09/19/2001 Agreement
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
TAXILANES/CONNECTORS, FBO AND SHERIFF APRON
AND T-tiANGAR DEVELOPMENT
FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
-
A.I.P. NO. 3-12-0044-1501
PFC Application No.4 and 5
FOOT Nos: 41077919401 and 41078019401
URS Corporation
Contract Nos.: C500004059.04, C500003897.09,
C500004059.05 and C500004059.12
Prepared for:
THE MONROE COUNTY
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
MR. GEORGE NEUGENT, DISTRICT 2
MS. NORA WilLIAMS, DISTRICT 4
MR. CHARLES "SONNY" MCCOY, DISTRICT 3
MS. MURRAY NELSON, DISTRICT 5
MS. DIXIE SPEHAR, DISTRICT 1
MAYOR
MAYOR PROTEM {
MEMBER
MEMBER
MEMBER
Prepared by:
URS CORPORA TION
MARCH, 2001
VOLUME 1 OF 2
..~
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
TAXILANES/CONNECTORS, FBO AND SHERIFF APRON
AND T-JiANGAR DEVELOPMENT
FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
A.I.P. NO. 3-12-0044-1501
PFC Application No.4 and 5
FOOT Nos: 41077919401 and 41078019401
URS Corporation
Contract Nos.: C500004059.04, C500003897.09,
C500004059.05 and C500004059.12
Prepared for:
THE MONROE COUNTY
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
MR. GEORGE NEUGENT, DISTRICT 2
MS. NORA WilLIAMS, DISTRICT 4
MR. CHARLES "SONNY" MCCOY, DISTRICT 3
MS. MURRAY NELSON, DISTRICT 5
MS. DIXIE SPEHAR, DISTRICT 1
MAYOR
MAYOR PROTEM
MEMBER
MEMBER
MEMBER
Prepared by:
URS CORPORA TION
MARCH, 2001
VOLUME 1 OF 2
FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
TAXILANES/CONNECTORS, FBO AND
SHERIFF APRONS AND
T-HANGAR DEVELOPMENT
A.I.P. NO. 3-12-0044-1501
PFC Application No.4 and 5
FOOT Nos: 41077919401 and 41078019401
URS Corporation
Contract Nos.: C500004059.04, C500003897.09,
C500004059.05 and C500004059.12
Prepared for:
THE MONROE COUNTY
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
Prepared by:
URS CORPORA TION
MARCH, 2001
VOLUME 1 OF 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME I
DIVISIO N I .................................................................................... .............. BI D DOCU M ENTS
DIVISION II ............. ................ ... ................. .... ........ .... ........... ........................ ....... CONTRACT
DIVISION III ...................................................................................... G EN ERAL PROVISIONS
VOLUME II
DIVISION IV........................................................................................ SPECIAL PROVISIONS
DIVISIO N V ......................................... on................................ TECH NICAL SP ECI FICA TIO NS
BID DOCUMENTS
DIVISION I
BID DOCUMENTS
SECTION A - INVITATION FOR BIDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1-2
SECTION B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-4
SECTION C - PROPOSAL AND SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1-13
SECTION 0 - BID BOND .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-20
SECTION E - DRUG-FREE WORK PLACE .............................. 1-22
SECTION F - PRIME BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 1-23
SECTION G - DISCLOSURE OF LOBBY ACTIVITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... 1-25
SECTION H - ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM. . . . . . . . . .. 1-26
SECTION I
- DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
1-27
SECTION J - BIDDER'S AFFIDAVIT IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 1-28
SECTION K - SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133C3J(A),
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES. . . . . . . . ... 1-30
SECTION L - SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 10-1990 ...... 1-33
SECTION M - CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES. . . . . . . . .. 1-34
SECTION N - FEDERAL WAGES DECISION ............................. 1-35
SECTION 0 - CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARTMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY, AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION - 49 CFR PART 29 . . 1-40
1-1
SECTION A
INVITATION FOR BIDS
Sealed bids will be received by the Monroe County Board of County Commissioners until
3:00 PM local time. Thursday. August 9th. 20..Q.L for the furnishing of all labor and materials
and performing all work for constructing the following contract:
Taxi Lanes/Connectors, FBO and Sheriff Aprons, and
T -Hangar Development
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
Monroe County, Florida
At the specified time, all bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. The opening will be held
at the office of the Director of Purchasing, 5100 College Road, Public Service Building, Cross
Wing, Room 002, Stock Island, Key West, Florida, 33040. Any bids received after this date
and time will be automatically rejected.
The major items of work for the contract will be as follows:
The purpose of work includes the construction of the new taxi lanes or
connectors to access future hangars, and FBO aprons located south existing
taxiway "A" west side of the Florida Keys Marathon Airport. In addition, there
will be two new FBO and sheriff aprons located south of existing taxiway "D" on
the east side of the airport.
A Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal of 13.70% participation has been established
for the contract.
Copies of the bidding documents (Contract Documents) may be obtained from URS
Corporation, 5805 NW 11th S~reet, Suite 340, Miami, Florida, 33126-2034, Telephone
305/262-7466, upon payment of $75.00 to URS Corporation, which will not be refunded. No
plans and specifications will be issued to contractors later than twenty-four (24) hours prior to
the time indicated above for receiving bids. No partial sets of plans will be issued.
Bids must be submitted upon the forms contained in the Contract Documents. Guarantee will
be required with each bid as follows: At least 5% of the amount of the bid shall be filed in the
form of a certified check or bid bond payable to the Monroe County Board of Commissioners.
A public construction bond will be required for 100% of the contract price.
A Surety Payment bond will be required for 100% of the contract price and a Surety
Performance Bond also 100% of the contract price.
1-2
The Contractor will be required to pay all workers on this project the prevailing scale of wages
contained in the Contract Documents.
Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities and Equal Opportunity Report Statements must be
signed as included in the bid proposal. Failure to complete these forms may be grounds for
rejecting bids.
Disadvantaged Business involvement data and certification of compliance must be included with
each bid.
No bids will be considered unless the bidder is properly qualified to submit a proposal for this
construction in accordance with all applicable laws of the State of Florida. This shall include
evidence of possession of a current license from the State Licensing Board for General
Contractors, Tallahassee, Florida. Non-residents of the state, if a corporation, shall show
evidence of qualification by the Secretary of State to do business in Florida.
No bid shall be withdrawn for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the opening of bids
without the consent of the Owner.
The right is reserved to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities in the bidding.
The right is reserved to accept or reject any item or items of bid and to award and/or negotiate
a contract in the best interest of the County.
All bids, including the recommendation of the County Administrator and the requesting
Department Head or Division Director, will be presented to the Board of County Commissioners
of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or otherwise.
The Board will automatically reject the bid of any person or affiliate who appears on the
convicted vendor list prepared by the Department of General Services, State of Florida, under
Sec. 287.133(3)(d), Fla.Stat. (1997).
Interested bidders shall submit ~wo (2) signed originals and four (4) copies of each bid in a
sealed envelope marked on the outside, "Sealed Bid for Taxilanes/Connectors, FBO
and Sheriff Apron and T-Hangar Development at Florida Keys Marathon Airport". All bids
remain valid for a period of ninety (90) days.
All bidders submitting bids for construction, improvement, remodeling or repair of public
building, will furnish evidence that the bidder holds an appropriate current certificate or
registration per Ch. 489.113 FS, unless exempt under Ch. 489.103 FS.
1-3
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. CONTENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
Proposal forms are contained in these Contract Documents. All papers bound with or
attached to the Proposal Form are a part of the Contract and must not be detached or
altered.
A Bid Bond in the form of a cashier's check, certified check or surety bond in the amount
of not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of bid submitted shall accompany
each proposal. The Bid Bond shall be made payable to Monroe County Board of
County Commissioner.
2. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF WORK:
The bidder shall examine carefully the site of the work and the Contract Documents and
he shall investigate and satisfy himself as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the
character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished
and as to the requirements of the Contract. Bidders shall familiarize themselves with
all federal and state laws, local ordinances and regulations which may in any manner
affect the work or its prosecution. The filing of a Proposal shall be presumptive
evidence that the bidder has complied with these requirements.
3. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS:
If any person contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to
the meaning of any part of the proposed Contract Documents, he may submit to the
Engineer, URS Corporation, 5805 NW 11th Street, Suite 340, Miami, Florida, 33126-
2034, a written request for an interpretation of the proposed documents. Such
interpretations will be made only by Addenda and a copy of each Addendum will be
mailed or delivered to each bidder receiving a set of such Contract Documents.
Requests for interpretation will be accepted up to seven (7) days prior to the bid due
date.
4. ADDENDA:
Any Addenda issued during the preparation of bids shall be included in the Proposal and
shall become a part of the Contract Documents. Subcontractor's attention must be
called to these changes as well as to the effect Addenda may have on their work.
1-4
5. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL:
Proposals shall be submitted on the Proposal Form contained in these Contract
Documents. Each blank space in the Proposal Form shall be filled in correctly and the
bidder shall state the price for which he proposes to do the work written in ink. The
bidder will be responsible for all errors or omissions in his Proposal. Each bidder shall
sign his Proposal correctly in ink. If the bidder is an individual, his name and post office
address must be shown. If a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of
each member of the firm or partnership must be shown. If a corporation, the Proposal
must designate the state under the laws of which the corporation is chartered, the
names, titles and business addresses of its officers and the one signing the Proposal
as agent of the firm or corporation must furnish legal evidence that he has authority to
such signature and that such signature is binding upon the firm or corporation.
On the Proposal Form (Schedule of Bid Item sheets), the bidder shall enter in words
and figures a unit price and in figures the product (extension) of the unit price and
quantity in the appropriate column for each bid item exclusive of those items for which
a fixed contract unit price and extension are shown. On "lump sum" items, the same
amount shall be shown in both the unit price (words and figures) and extension (figures
only) columns. After all extensions are made, the bidder shall total the extended
amounts of the bid items and show his total of the extended amounts of the bid items
and show his total bid amount in the appropriate place on the Proposal Form.
All figures shall be legibly shown in ink or typed. Any inter-lineation, erasure or other
alteration of a figure shall be initialed by the signer of the proposal. The Owner will
check the extension of each item given in the proposal and correct all errors and
discrepancies. In case of a discrepancy between a unit bid price and the extension
amount, the unit price will govern. In case of discrepancy between the unit price in
words and figures, the words shall govern. The sum of the correct extension amounts
will be the contract bid price.
6. ALTERNATE BIDS:
Where alternate designs are provided by the plans and proposal, the bidder shall enter
prices only on the items for the design alternate that will be most economical for him to
construct and other bid items that will be common for all alternates. The bidder shall
enter the words "No Bid" in the unit price column on items for the design alternates not
selected.
If any item on the proposal form permits a choice between alternate specified types of
materials, the bidder shall indicate by a checkmark the type of material he proposes to
use. If more than one type or none is checked, the Owner will make the selection.
Where alternate designs are provided for which bids area called for on each alternate,
the bidder shall furnish bid prices for each of the alternates. Failure to do this may be
1-5
grounds for rejection of the proposal.
7. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS:
Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration of form, additions not called for,
conditional or alternate bids or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in which prices are
obviously unbalanced may be rejected. The Owner reserves the right to waive minor
irregularities in any bid.
8. BID PRICE:
The price bid shall cover the cost of furnishing of all materials, tools, labor,
transportation, local, state and federal taxes, Old Age Benefits, Social Security,
services and equipment necessary to perform the work in full conformity with the
Contract Documents.
9. PRE-QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS:
No proposal will be considered from any contractor unless he is licensed to do work in
the State of Florida and is properly qualified to submit a proposal for this construction
in accordance with all applicable laws of the State of Florida.
10. AWARD OF CONTRACT:
The award of the contract, if it be awarded, will be made by the Owner to the lowest
responsible bidder whose proposal meets the requirements thereof. The award, if
made, will be made within ninety (90) days after opening of the proposal but no award
will be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the
contract has been investigated. Notice of award will be mailed by the Owner to the
successful bidder at the address stated in his proposal.
11. RETURN OF BID BOND:
All bid bonds except those of the two lowest qualified bidders will be returned promptly
after the tabulation of the bids has been made and in no case will a bid bond be held
longer than ninety (90) days without the bidder's written consent.
12. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT:
The successful bidder will be required to execute the contract and furnish bond within
ten (10) days of date of notice to award. In the case of a corporation, the officer or
agent to execute the contract must be designated in a power of attorney executed by
the Board of Directors and duly certified by the Secretary and bearing the seal of the
corporation. When the successful bidder is a partnership, the power of attorney
designating one member of the firm to execute the contract shall be filed with the
1-6
Owner. Such power of attorney must bear the signature of the other members of the
firm and must be executed before a notary.
Any officer or agent signing on behalf of the surety company bonding the contractor will
be required to file a power of attorney with the bond executed and will be required to
affix the seal of the surety to said bond.
13. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT:
Should the successful bidder fail or refuse to execute the contract and furnish
satisfactory bond within ten (10) days after notice of award has been issued by the
Owner, the bond filed with the proposal shall become the property of the Owner. At his
option, the Owner may then annul the award and award the contract to the next lowest
responsible bidder or reject all proposals and re-advertise.
14. CONTRACT TIME:
The contractor shall begin work after receipt of the Notice to Proceed in accordance
with Paragraphs 80-02 and 80-03 of the General Provisions and Special Provisions Nos.
2 and 3, and shall fully complete performance within one hundred eighty (180) calendar
days.
15. CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT:
Subsequent to the final acceptance of this project by the Owner, the requirements of
Special Provision No.1., Section 25 "Project Documentation" Subsection H.
"Prerequisites to Substantial Completion" must be satisfied.
16. BID PROPOSAL SUBMISSION:
The Bid Proposal submitted for the work included in this project shall include the
following fully executed documents:
A. Bid Proposal Contract (Division I, Section C)
B. Schedule of Bid Items (Division I, Section C)
C. Bid Bond (Division I, Section D)
D. Drug-free Work Place (Division I, Section E)
E. Prime Bidder's Qualifications (Division I, Section F)
F. Disclosure of Lobby Activities (Division I, Section G)
1-7
G. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Addendum (Division I, Section H)
H. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (Division I, Section I)
I. Bidder's Affidavit in Compliance With the Florida Trench Safety Act (Division I,
Section J)
J. Sworn Statement Under Section 287.133(3)(a) FLORIDA STATUTES, on Public
Entity Crimes (Division I, Section K)
K. Sworn Statement Under Ordinance NO.1 0-1990, Monroe County (Ethics Clause)
(Division I, Section L)
L. Certification of Segregated Facilities (Division I, Section M)
M. Federal Wage Decision (Division I, Section N)
N. Certification regarding Department, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary
Exclusion-49 CFR Part 29 (Division I, Section 0)
O. Copy of Contractor's license for State of Florida
P. Bidder's Statement on Insurance (Division III, Section 140)
17. MARKING AND MAILING BIDS:
Bids, with their guaranties, must be securely sealed in suitable envelopes, addressed
and marked on the outside as follows:
Office of the Director of Purchasing
5100 College Road, Public Service Building
Cross Wing, Room 002, Stock Island
Key 'f'J est, Florida 33040
Taxi lanes/Connectors. FBO and Sheriff Apron
and T-Hangar Development
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
Bid Submission
Bids received prior to the time of opening will be securely kept, unopened. The Owner
will decide when the specified time has arrived and no bid received thereafter will be
considered. No responsibility will be attached to the Owner for the premature opening
of a bid not properly addressed and identified. Unless specificallly authorized,
telegraphic bids will not be considered but modifications by telegraph of bids already
submitted will be considered if received prior to the hour set for opening.
1-8
18. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:
Bids may be withdrawn on written or telegraphic request received from bidders prior to
the time fixed for opening. Negligence on the part of the bidder in preparing the bid
confers no right for the withdrawal of the bid after it has been opened.
19. BIDDERS PRESENT:
At the time fixed for the opening of the bids, their contents will be made public for the
information of bidders and other properly interested parties who may be present either
in person or by representation.
20. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID:
If more than one bid for each contract is offered by anyone party, by or in the name of
his or their clerk, partner or other person, all such bids may be rejected. A party who
has quoted prices on materials to bidders is not thereby disqualified from quoting prices
to other bidders or from submitting a bid directly for the materials of work.
21. ERRORS IN BID:
Bidders or their authorized agents are expected to examine the maps, drawings,
specifications and all other instructions pertaining to the work, which will be open to their
inspection. Failure to do so will be at the bidder's own risk and he cannot secure relief
on the plea of error in the bid. In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit price
will govern.
22. CONTRACT AND BOND:
The bidderto whom award is made must, when required, enter into written contract on
the standard form as set out herein with satisfactory security in the amount required,
within the period specified or, if no period is specified, within ten (10) days after the
prescribed forms are presented to him for signature.
23. COLLUSION:
If there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, any or all
proposals may be rejected and those participating in such collusion may be barred from
submitting bids on the same or other work.
24. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING OF CONTRACT:
(a) Limitations: The Contractor shall not sublet, assign, transfer, oonvey, sell or
otherwise dispose of any portion of the contract, his right, title or interest therein,
1-9
or his power to execute such contract, to any person, firm or corporation without
written consent of the Owner and such written consent shall not be construed to
relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract.
Unless otherwise stipulated in the proposal or special provisions and with the
assistance of workmen under his immediate superintendence and reported on his
payroll, all contract work of a value not less than fifty percent (50%) of the total
contract amount, except that any items designated in the contract as "Specialty
Items" may be performed by subcontract may be deducted from the total
contract amount before computing the amount of work required to be performed
by the Contractor with his own organization.
(b) Subcontractor's Status: A subcontractor shall be recognized only in the capacity
of an employee or agent of the contractor and the Contractor will be responsible
to the Owner for all of the subcontractor's work, including failures or omissions
and his removal may be required by the Engineer, as in the case of any
employee.
25. PERMITS:
The County permit fees for the project are $ 0.00 Which shall be an expense of the
Contractor. The county cautions bidders that the contractor shall also be re~ponsible
for the permit fees of any state or federal agency having permitting jurisdiction over the
project, including but not limited to, the ACE, DNR, and DER.
26. PRE-SUBMITTALS:
Pre-submittal of data on various equipment, if required in the proposal, shall be made
by the bidder and approval obtained from the Engineer. This approved list shall be the
actual equipment used in the construction of this project if the contract is awarded on
the bid.
27. SHOP DRAWINGS:
Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Engineer for general conformance in accordance
with the contract documents. The Contractor shall check all shop drawings in detail and
stamp with his approval prior to submittal to the Engineer.
The Engineer's review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from his
responsibility for any deviations from the requirements of the contract documents.
28. FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT:
In accordance with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act, if applicable, the
bidder shall indicate in his bid his cost of compliance with the requirements of the Florida
Trench Safety Act and shall also complete and properly execute the bidder's Affidavit
1-10
in compliance with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553-
64, Florida Statutes).
29. SCHEDULE OF WORK:
Contractor shall coordinate work items that may overlap with other work being
performed by other contractors. Each bidder shall take this into account and no
provision for re-mobilization or re-negotiation for time delay can be made.
Depending on the bids received, certain quantities may be increased or decreased and
no provision shall be made for re-negotiation (see Division I, General Provisions, Section
40, for further information).
30. PROJECT FUNDING:
Work included in this project is being funded in part by the use of Passenger Facility
Charges collected by Monroe County, in part from funds from the Work Project
Improvement (W PI) Program administered by the Florida Department of Transportation
(FDOT), part from Federal funds under the FAA Airport Improvement Program (AlP)
and part from Monroe County funds.
31. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DB E) SUBCONTRACTOR GOALS:
There are 13.70% DBE subcontractor goals for the FAA funding projects on this
contract. Should any DBE subcontractors be used on this contract, the subcontractor's
name, address, type of work performed and subcontract amount shall be reported as
part of the project close-out documentation submitted with the information requested in
Special Provision No.1, Section 25, "Project Documentation".
32. PUBLIC ENTITY CRIME STATEMENT:
A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a
conviction for public enUty crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any
goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public
entity for the construction or repair of a public entity, may not be awarded or perform
work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any
public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the
threshold amount provided in Section 287.017 of the Florida Statutes, for CATEGORY
TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor
list.
33. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) POLICY and OBLIGATION:
DBE POLICY: It is the policy of the Florida Department of Transportation that
1-11
disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26, as amended, have
the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in
whole or in part with Department funds contract. The DBE requirements of 49 CFR Part
26, as amended, apply to this contract.
DBE OBLIGATION: Monroe County and its contractors agree to ensure that
Disadvantaged Business Enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26, as amended, have
the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts. In this regard,
all contractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR
Part 26, as amended, to ensure that the Disadvantaged Business Enterprises have the
maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts. Grantees, recipients and
their contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex
in the award and performance of Department assisted contracts.
The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program statements and certification shall be
fully completed and submitted as required by Section 150 of the specifications. This
form is provided in Division I, Bid Documents, Section I.
34. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY: In connection with the carrying out of this
project, the contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, age, creed, color, sex or national origin. The contractor
will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees
are treated during employment, without regard to their race, age, creed, color, sex, or
national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Employment upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising;
layoff or termination, rates of payor other forms of compensation; and selection for
training, including apprenticeship. The contractor shall insert a similar provision in all
subcontracts, except subcontracts for standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
35. CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES: The Certification of
Nonsegregated Facilities as required by Section 120, shall be completed and submitted
with the bid proposal. This form is provided in Division I, Bid Documents, Section M.
1-12
SECTION C
PROPOSAL
Contract
BID TO: Monroe County Board of Commissioners
c/o Purchasing Department
Public Service Building, Room 002
5100 College Road, Stock Island
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM: 7Op.PtNo'S INC.
~ O. B~x '7err
Key W~T, FI ~304--1
Submitted (Date): 8/ q 101
The undersigned, as Bidder, hereby declares that he has examined the site of the work and
informed himself fully in regard to all conditions pertaining to the place where the work is to be
done; that he has examined the plans and specifications for the work and contractual
documents relative thereto, and has read all bid documents, Contract Documents, General
Provisions, Special Provisions and Specifications furnished; and that he has satisfied himself
relative to the work to be performed.
The Bidder proposes and agrees, if this proposal is accepted, to contract with the Monroe
County Board of Commissioners, in the form of contract specified, to furnish all necessary
materials, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, means of transportation and labor
necessary to and to complete the construction of:
TaxilaneslConnectors, FBO and Sheriff Aprons,
and T -hangar Development
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
Monroe County, Florida
in full and complete accordance with the shown, noted, described and reasonably intended
requirements of the plans, specifications and contract documents to the full and entire
satisfaction of the Monroe County Board of Commissioners, with a definite understanding that
no money will be allowed for extra work except as set forth in the attached Contract
Documents for the unit prices listed opposite each item.
1-13
It is agreed that the description under each item, being briefly stated, implies, although it does
not mention, all incidentals and that the prices stated are intended to cover all such work,
materials and incidentals as constitute Bidder's obligations as described in the specifications
and any details not specifically mentioned, but evidently included in the contract shall be
compensated for in the item which most logically includes it.
The quantities for bid items listed on the attached Schedule of Bid Item sheets are estimated
quantities only for the purpose of comparing bids. Any difference between these estimated
quantities and actual quantities required for construction" will not be allowed as a basis for
claims by the Contractor for extra compensation. Compensation will be based on the unit
prices and actual construction quantities and may be modified as stipulated by Sections 20-05
and 90-03 of the General Provisions.
The bidder further proposes and agrees hereby to commence the work with an adequate force,
plant and equipment at the time stated in the notice to the Contractor from the Owner to
proceed and fully complete performance within the time period stated in the Instructions to
Bidders from and after the date stated in the Notice-to-Proceed.
The undersigned further agrees that in case of failure on his part to execute the said contract
and the bond within ten (10) consecutive calendar days after written notice being given of the
award of the contract, the check or bid bond in the amount as specified herein accompanying
this bid and the monies payable thereon, shall be paid into the funds of the Monroe County
Board of Commissioners as liquidated damages for such failure; otherwise, the check or bid
bond accompanying this proposal shall be returned to the undersigned.
Attached hereto is a certified check on the
Bank of
of . $" % dollars ($
made payable to the Monroe County Board of Commissioners.
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) ~ve included Pages '-13 through
1-40 of the Bid Proposal which entails the Proposal Form t---;Schedule of Bid Items
(Attachment "A") V, Prime Contractor's Qualifications ~ ,the Drug-Free
Workp~ Form ~ , the Bid Bond ~, Acknowledgment of Addenda_
, Bidder's Affidavit of Compliance with Florida Trench Safety Act ~ , S w 0 r n
Stateme~rdinance No. 10-1990 ~ The Disclosure of lobby Activities
, the Sworn Statement Pursuant to ~ 287. 133(3)a c..----;- the
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program , and the certifi91tion Regarding
Department, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion ~ . Also include a
copy of valid ContractoryeenSes and evidence of Competency and evidence of Financial
Responsibility
or a bid bond for the sum
1 )
(Checkmark items above as a reminder that they are included.)
1-14
..
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
NPi (\0 '5 ::J;lc
p. 6. Be) K '7g If
J <' 8. 1 Lu e;::;J--r; FL~ "5"30 4- 1
30b "2-q (p -5 ~b k
Date: S / q / c> J
Signed:
~~-/
l21J\NI'TJZD 7;;polnb SR
(Name)
Sec-/-ne~
. (Title)
~L--,{) ~~ a
(Seal)
Witness:
1-15
ATTACHMENT ItA"
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS I
13IDDI;R NAMI;:
AIRPORT NAME: FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
PFC APP NOS.: 4 AND 5 AlP No.: 312.0044.1501
rreM NOs: 41078018401 and 41077919401
PROJI;CT DESCRIPTION: TAXILANI;s/CONNI;CTORS AND T.HANGAR DEVELOPMENT
ESTIMATED UNIT PRICe EXTENDE:D
ITEM SPEC No. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT IN
QUANTITY NUMBERS TOTAL
Moblllzatlon ~
1 P-l01-3.1 ATe\5t H.T.:i~~:)\.JR. \"HDLm6'i S LS 1.00 .-
AND CENTS 84-1000 84,000
Maintenance of air operations lIrea traffIc
2 P.l02.14.1 AT~lf'\'f\HOU":\a Y\d DOLLARS LS 1.00 '30(oCO ~OoO--
AND CENTS
Clearing and grubbing
3 P.151-4.1 AT t170~ -1f.IJ.'~)'" 0 v1.r\ DO~S AC 5.00 4,5@-- 7C flClC' -
ANOOnF, \-\u (\o.n~H~ t'~f ~.".rtr.:li 1
exIstIng hangar removal
4 P.151-4.3 AT f6l)~..e.eN- 'IHot<j(H'\d DOLLARS LS 1.00 .-
J 4- 4-00 {Lh /fOb -
AND~b....--I-'I\JMIc"'c\ ~ "'''' CI;NTS \ (
Pa~ent del!fJitlon d 6 vd-l undyed
P.151-4.4 we.,\Vc,' CU~ I \ LS 1.00 '7- _&1f{J
5 AT 1 1). 0--,-,,/ ~,>< DOLLARS 121&54 lfO
AND p{, vI'! CENTS I, _ ,(cl::>
Unclassified excavation
6 P.152.4.1 Ai S\r:- DOLLARS CV 4,600.00 h9~ .-
AND 6<;:::> CENTS 2.111~6D
Borrow excavation
7 P-152-4.2 AT ~ 1 ~-re: E t\,\ DOLLARS CY 720.00 l~~ I Z- .OC:U~ j~
AND el~Y1.t'i CENTS
pOllution. erosion and siltation control
8 P-156-5.1 AT tl1.~\~\:ee rI hlt'\-"'Ano DOLLARS LS 1.00 .- .-
AND ~dV'f\-\.I..)"o'(eA - "';?foBENTS IL\-, %0 14 (4-{lD
S" L1mBroek base course
9 P-211-5.1 AT -PofC\i-or~ DOLLARS CY 2,220.00 4l q~ Q3(D(,80
AND N I t-lp{ -~DU(-=Z CENTS .
2" Bituminous concrete surface CDurse
10 P.401.8.1 (3/4" maximum aggregate) TN 675.00 qt0b ~J rrg1;L
AT 'N\I~T-I-hnJ\::z. DOLLARS
AND +=i ~y CeNTS
Portland cement concrete placement, 6"
thIck V \ :f-..8 4<'
11 P-501.B.1 AT S \1-ILj C(l<S DOLLARS SV 4.930.00 3031~-
AND rtt=:\'y'- e ~WT CENTS
Eiiturninol.lS prime coat '3 b8 totlH'Z- qo
12 P-GO~-5.1 AT --yt:; \' l2t=.. DOLLARS GAL 2,930.00
AND.....5Il-\Y-~\q\-\ I CE;I'ITS
1-16
Addendum No. 1 ~
Page 5
BIDDER NAME:
AIRPORT NAME: FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
PFC APP NOS.: 4AN05 AlP No.: 312-0044-1501
ITEM NOs: 41078019401 and 41077919401
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: T AXILANESlCONNECTORS AND T -HANGAR DEVELOPMENT
Final marking
13 P-620-5.1 AT lWO DOLLARS SF 1.674.00 z.EPI. 4B-:/l ~
AND ~lC\V(\,-/ - \-.l1\Je CENTS
12" PVC Water Main
14 P-702-10.1 AT ~brt;l-~00 DOLlARS LF 1270.00 4'L~ ~
AND 00 CENTS 53,':)<'\0
1" Poly Tubing
15 P-702-10.2 AT el~\-t:'TE(;::~ DOLLARS LF 570.00 18~ IO/l1fl~
AND ~\N.\'f CENTS
Warer Meter '11-1 \r" e e. l-t\Jn6\"w
16 P-702-10.3 AT -;;;(:;(\,I Seue.~ DOLLARS EA 2.00 .~~" ~ tyy5. .-
AND -CI p'''! CENTS
Connection to the existing 12" Water Main --
17 P-702.10.4 AT hC1'"e€..J'4. !-\undvecOOLLARS EA 1.00 \6'15 -- 15'15
AND '5evexrr:10hl"': - 0-0 CENTS
Fire Hydrant or
18 P.702.10~ AT\\.hI?\J ~l(1e t\bl"6Tt'd DOLLARS EA 2.00 315D r'.o '3()6~
AND~"r-,.'f .- ("'(2 CENTS
6" Ductile Iron pipe
19 P-702-10.6 AT '1\i-;e'Y\'\\t-e\qb '\ OOLLAl'!S LF 580.00 <8 35'" \&/t-Lt~
AND 1\\\~-{ - \=\ \i \"" CENTS 1. -
Stub-out
AT \\.Pe-I.ue \'-\v'(\O'Ce..6. DOLLAnS EA 1.00 ~
20 P-702-10.8 \~&t:J .- \UO
AND S\':I..\'-I -- 00 CENTS
12" Water valve
21 P.702.10.9 AT f\r::rt:C-N. I-\v<<!'o/€-C DOLLARS EA 1.00 -
\S'15 15fl6 -
AND5e,;:e/'..-\-~ "I1e ~ CIa CENTS
4" PVC Sewer pipe
22 P-704-8.1 AT '\i-hRt'f-S( ':L DOLLARS LF 120-00 '3 n6 4-4\0"
&---
AND Sp \-'e'f'.--"Vt \--\\{C" CENIS
Septic and drain field'-rwe~,-F' \v e... !1? 50
23 P-704-8.2 AII"i\-\ou"':> a ..,.,A ~ H~LLAAS LS 1.00 '2514'1- 25141
AND ,~~"^\ -s e 'UC 14. ,- t:.3t"J CENTS
18" reinforced concrete pipe (Class Vk- '15 4~Z(tl6 rr5'
24 0-701-5.1 AT s't:?\.J € \'\ \' f . t& ~'Dbt'LARS LF 545.00 '18-
AND<SC. Ve '^ \1 +,'4 e. CENTS
Inler type F (unpaved area)
25 0-751-5.1 AT\\\llClf 0"'(".. \-\u,~~.9&l;I;;APlS EA 4.00 '3\5b -
AND ~ ~\<-/- 00 CENTS l7..LlB(JO
Inlet type F with baffle (unpaved area) - -
26 D-751-5.2 AT~\f:"i '5 \"}... \-\'\jncl'<t'CiPOLl..MlS EA 2.00 ~~rJ5" t1.'?:>5b
AND seul2~:i A..~-Cl:J CENTS
1-17
Addendum NO.1"
Page 6
BIDDER NAME:
AIRPORT NAME: I=lORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
PFC APP NOS.: 4AND5 AlP No.: 312-0044-1501
ITEM NOs: 41076019401 and 41077919401
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: TAXILANES/CONNECTORS AND T.HANGAR D~VELOPMENT
Sodding :
27 T -904-5.1 AT Qne DOLLARS SY 11,728.00 \ ,6Lt 21. '5'lC{ S-Z
AND eli:if-"fi";I-~uR. CENTS
Cable trench
28 L.108.5.1 AT 6r1e DOLLARS LF 2,030.00 \.58 '3 'lOll 40
ANDr::-I-.'f=-,-{ e\q r\i CEms
Furnish and Install cable (ife, ila 5kv. L-
824, type C), 11'1 ~rel'lch, duct or conduit,
29 L-l08-6.2 complete in place LF 2.500.!)O "\.05 '2k2.5 .-
AT eJ0e DOLLARS
AND {:l~" CENTS
Furnish and install counterpoise wire (16,
eSD copper stranded) 800 voh wi~h
30 L-1OW.3 ground rod, complete in place LF 2,030.00 ,.58 ( I "'1 ~-,
AT DOL.LARS
ANO \,-, ~l" l' \~ \-\'I CENTS
1W2 duct (2"' PVC, Schedule 40, type I)
31 ~-11O-S.1 AT 6\'\ e_ DOLLARS LF 1,850.00 t.~ \ 'l'+ii~ 5" 0
AND ":1J-l 1\o'Lr! -ODe CENTS
W2 Concrele enC<l$e<I duct (2" PVC,
32 L-11o-S.2 Schedule 40, type I) LI= 205.00 '2e;
AT"' \JJeY\Tf - "7 \ ')l DOLLARS U."l5 5391
AND 'Iv.> e w'( - 'T- \V e. CENTS
Furnish and Install Junction box (si';;r:e D, L.
33 L.-111J..5.3 867. Class I, load bearing) EA 10.00
AT S\ 'f--I-tllnc\w-{ -.;\, '\Hle\V DOLLARS &30-- ~ ,?J6D .-
AND ~ CENTS
Furnish and Inslall L-867 base can (12" 43.5'7 ~
34 L-11Mi.4 dia. Class I) complete in place EA 10.00 ~5~5
Ar+:I)\..V1\lJ~~.t\H\Itt"<J..:r\~ DOllARS ~~.
AND S-e ~ 'fY\ '{ ~ '\Je. CENTS
Furnish and install L.-861 taxiway edge
35 L-125-5.1 light (Base mounted), comple~ in place EA 18.00 8&(}S ! 55"9'2. fie:
A1e\QHI ~\Jw1vJ't\ 1. 5li(l~\iDOL.LARS
AND' . -s::,"",o. CENTS
Remove and reinstall existing L~61 T
36 L-i2S-5.2 taxiway edse lI~ht base mounted EA 10.00 [056 c:.='
AT nre \-HJY\(:_"rd :y ~\ ~ DOLLARS I () 5 _C5:)
AND L12C> CENTS
I~~~on well (1 B" steel casing drain pipe) /' CJg
~7 S.OO1-5.1 A lC.'\J f\ UP. "\~\>sa. nd DOLLARS EA 2.00 35 1'15 '7q '!JElY
AND .rl(\(l.I,\~'C~~ ~\le(\\~<<Hfs oW'
Recessed fire draft well type A, InclUding
casing s'1"f..\<-/1-llUC: "Hvl'\dy~ .~ --~
38 S.o02-5.1 EA 4.00 r.r,q 30 <'0
AT "'\\-\-W\ i DOLL.ARS d,I1,f'/tD -
AND r?-lr> CENTS
39 13.1000-11.1 ToHfngar development, complete In place LS 1.00 5'775/1) 5'7'7/5Cb
AT \\if l-\\lnc~ec.{,:>-eut."'"t"'bOLLARS
AND ~\le'i'\ ~l:'U?a. t\o. .QE14'ft;
~ I U e.- I-\-v ",0." e.~ -- 071 00
[-18
Addendum No. 1 ~
Page 7
biDDER NAME:
AIRPORT NAME: FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
PfC APP NOS.: 4 AND 5 AlP No.: 312-Q044.1501
ITEM NOs: 41078019401 and 41077919401
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: TAXILANESlCONNECTORS ANDT-HANGAR DEVELOPMENT
Landscaping
40 02900-5.1 AT D~D
AND
TOT AL SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS I - BASE BID AMOUNT: $
{D,5CD~
ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.1
..
DOLLARS
CENTS
LS
1.00 ~tf;gCD~ stlf/2Co'
* SEE PLAN SHEET NO. C-2, "PROJECT LAYOUT PlAN", GENERAL PROJECT NOTE 11.
1-19
Addendum No.1
Page 8
ATTACHMENT "A"
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS II
BIDDER NAME:
AIRPORT NAME: FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
PFC APP NOS.: 4AND5 AlP No.: 312.0044-1501
ITEM NOs: 41078019401 and 41077919401
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: FBO AND SHERIFF APRONS
ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED
ITEM SPEC No. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT IN
QUANTITY NUMBERS TOTAL
MObilizatiOn\l:l~:.1 :1~ue-" --rnl.J\f:.li~c 4'7'2.50
1 P-101-3.1 AT 1L00 \\\J~'H' a.l'\C DOLLARS LS 1.00 4 '1,7.5"0
AND ~ ~-r-+ DO CENTS
Maintenance of air operations area traffic
2 P-l02-14.1 AT"'fy-j'\'-\\-\o v54re DOLLARS LS 1.00 IOI~- IO/5CO-
ANDt:;\I(O ~wt"\6-r~c CENTS
Asphalt pavement milling (0" to 1.5") 2rr,B'lfl~
3 P-150-4.1 AT ~Ne DOLLARS SY 2,950.00 g4S
AND Yff -f=', 'HE CENTS
Clearing and grubbing
4 P-151-4.1 AT1Hvee:'IAv<J~. C'/,\e DOLLARS AC 4.40 '3150'- Ck'>
ANDHI ,l\Av..A -+\,~ - ~ CENTS t'3 let<D'-
Removal of existing aircraft tledowns
(Include removal of cablllS) .- -
5 P.151-4.2 LS '.00 fO(5OO 10,506
AT'I'f"Y\ '1~()\.."5~f\d- DOLLARS
AND :C-0t'_ \"\v(\CI(t",d---Dl?CENTS
unclassified excavation
P-152-4.' AT :t:l\Je DOLLARS CY ',745.00 54D --
6 q Lf2. ~
CENTS ,-
AND. 0 \2..,'1
Borrow excavation
7 P.152.4.2 AT S \ Y.. \" ~i--\- DOllARS CY 3,395.00 Its, ~) 6/7,03&
AND e... \ ~ \r. \' 'i CENTS
Pollution, erosion and siltation control
AT'~\le1j -";)\)1.. ~\)\'dV<?d DOlLAFlS c't::> =0
8 P-156-5.' lS 1.00 "3 &Ob -- 3& cO
AND c2:>o C!!NT$
6" Limerock base course
9 P-211-5.1 AT -r-ol~-r:1 0(\<9- DOLLARS CY 2,420.00 4\~ .eP
AND \'-llNI-/ ~L~\..'e CENTS l.bl/t9L(-
2" Bituminous concrete surtace course
10 P-401-8.1 (3/4" maximum aggregate) TN 2,027.00 9Lf~ SD
AT NI~l.f - ~DLlR.- DOLlAFlS IQ\,55/
AND F"\ ~V CENTS
Bituminous prime coat -
11 P-602-5.1 AT \1-\ V e,e. DOLLARS GAL 7,275.00 '3{.,~ U ,'7'"/l
AND 'S I XI'! - el'1h\ CENTS
Bituminous 1ack coat 15r0 ~
12 P-603-S.1 AT '\\-\~ee- DOLLARS GAL 445.00 '3 ~I
AND wv'\1' -c~ CENTS
Final marking 3rc 7i) 19
13 P-62f.l-S.l AT ~o DOLLARS SF 1,724.00 2, I;?
AND r~a CENTS
J.16
SC) 5 00 z..
I t:--
l/.--..'
Adderlldum No.1
Page 9
BIDoeR NAME:
AIRPORT NAME: FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
PFC APP NOS.: 4 AND 5 AlP No.: 312.0044-1501
ITE:M NOs: 41078019401 and 41077S19401
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: FElO AND SHERIFF APRONS
ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED
ITEM SPEC No. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY' IN TOTAL
NUMBERS
Removal of existing markings
14 P-620-5.2 AT -rcvo DOLLARS S~ 430.00 2.~. 00
AND T~'J\ CENTS 903---
8" Ductile iron pipe
15 P-702.10.7 AT S \-x.r;-f. e.\l\ v,\ DOLLARS LF 220.00 z:-: DO
~E~ _:J \50\6
ANO \" v-'E' n T.-1~\..;e CENTS
1 B" reInforced concretft plpll (Class V) ..-
16 D.701-5.1 AT Sf~veytV-C' li\ ~'1\ DOLLARS LF 400.00 '1 q'J '31 -.co
AND L)l9"tK nTf ~\" <:C. CENTS 6.- ,'::l
Trench drain
17 [). 703-5.1 AT 016 \-tllY\ i.! \"to- i .e,'1!J.1 V DOLLARS LF 70.00 \ Et3 '15 -0
AND'-rl:wzer: -- r1;r:5.Llou C!;;NTS IZf3t..,/2- ;;,
Inlet type F {unpaved area} .-'
18 0-751-5.1 ATlwe.t\Tf C;f'_\!e"'t\wd~ecbOLLARS EA 2.00 '7..11 '~. 5~r.,(:J
AND I ~'l \ \Z-"..j -- oc> C!;;NTS
Inlet type F with baffle (unpaved area) t!2Y
19 D-751.5.2 AT1\4\1{tt.'::M- 'c\\in~.:'(td- DOLLARS !;;A 2.00 3~'15 'l?JSC c~
AND SP\>€l""t).f ~lve.-60 CENTS
Inlet type I ~Cqc:..\H:oV"'so... "0 i ~~ eXl
20 0-751-5.3 AT S"e""E'il i-K.!I\.c..Y~ DOLLARS EA 1.00 4IYL~ 4fl7-6-
ANDIl;..)e'\"\f- E\VL: _cL-; C6NTS
.
Sodding ~
21 H104-5.1 AT {;y ~'"\ e. DOLLARS SY 6,250.00 \, B L\: \ \ I Sob
AND r'.l C\ \4-..-;./ - Po,-'Q CENTS
Furnish and install L-858Y guidance sign,
including foul'ldalion and accessories, Ltf.,qg ~ 4ltC\ Q) '1 fi
22 L.125.5.3 b~~~n and compact, CO~f~~ In place EA 1.00
AT \,,'\l...-'\ttb<f.;t\l\d .C,i:l \.:l t.<BOLLARS
ANDNll.if !-~.\.G '~'f --~ CENTS
'n~tion well (18" $teel\~ing drain pipe) ~J,3bt:'J"'-
23 S-001-5.1 A tcil(TU ~\lt"\l-\\71.60-- /iIto DOLLARS EA 2.00 '35) '15
AND -votn-t".,(:.\ Ii F.-- t><OENTS
Recessed fire draft well type A, Including
24 S-002-5.1 cllsing e '':i''c\ 'Tt\Cl/)b._nd i l::.l<,e EA 1.00 . ---0 .-u
ATH.\;\BV~d-j,)}~\'t -,{::.>E:"1X".(\ DOLLARS B\3~ '::1_ GI3q;;:l-
AND .c. +='-1- C!;;NTS
Oil~ter $eparator t;; ev \':c ,'0 \-f -e l "I tt-r 2'5 'z5
25 S..{I05-5.1 AT \-;\l)L''Sc:\.t\d & IL0 t\L"V"c\:y{'d>OLLARS LS 1.00 118;Z5l %,2-5 \
ANO:ht--U (';<CV"- 'lE CENTS
New concrete tie downs
\~Yi:::'-'" 1:-\ \.: i\dVd DOLLARS .- ~
26 AT EA 58.00 3ltS
AND ~\\-'-\E.F'..-N --c[:; CENTS
Cables 101' tie downs 316 ~
~-~
27 AT . \-\; \'t::-e DOLLARS LF 1,805.00
AND :(\ r\ l"'(~: "-' C!;;NTS
TOTAL BID IT!;:MS 1 THROUGH 27
(~t1D!!-
5~5~
TOTAL SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS 11- BASE 810 AMOUNT: $
f{ '1 ell '1 ( ! . 4D
1-17
Addendum No.1
Page 10
ATTACHMENT "Au
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS
Schedule I - Base Bid:
0(") e I'r\ \ \ \ \ "'\'\ , S I v'... I-\- U /'0 "'-C'L~ i -n.OE' 0\'--f S 1'f.-. .-n-\-OI.JoCftl:\d " ~
'\LUO t--\v('\6\(e~~ Tr\\R.T-j SeveN - ~8/\L"'O $ 102~':l-3'7.ft.(:!;
(In words and figures) ,
Schedule II - Base Bid:
Se'-Jen \-\-uf.c'led G~ '5Bve_,\\-.:.; -~\)...-\~ 'V\cvJG....Y"'c\
"5e've{"'.. rt\)''1dyecl.. --Ar\d e\e..ve..Y\ . t.tD(\f::'ob . $ '779. q {1.4D
(In words and figures)
Additive Alternate NO.1 - Base Bid: (see note below)
S\Y..T-;-+'ouR- T\~Ouc.)CL\\C\, e,C}.\---\\' \--tu('C}\('e.6-(",clk~, $ ~lf,h'06a~
(In words and figures)
Schedule I + Schedule II - Base Bid:
\l.LJl) ,,-{'II \ \ I 0" I +bLJV \4- un cL ~ 1> F\ \) 19._ ~ LJU 'Sa. (\ d
\,\\(\e BLJflch-e0 1> ~'lTj- \..J\'\.....:,-~ _____ ~!tbO $ 'l,Ltb5, q~-q .b8
(In words and figures)
Schedule I + Schedule II + Additive Alternate No.1 - Base Bid:
':v...'o ....y..1\ \ \ \ ol'l ~OVK \~\J(ton<:'o ~ ""::J eV~:dl\-t \HC\J"';(LYlC 1
S'e.v€(\ ~\7,(\CY~ I.~ \2o("1'y'-N\~E . Q8'(\L'D $ 21it']O .'lLf-CLoe:,
(In words and figures) .
The County reserves the right to award the contract work for the base bid Schedule I
and/or Schedule II and/or Additive Alternate No. 1 or all of th~m, whichever is in the
County's best interest.
In the event of an error in extended price, the unit cost will prevail.
Note: If the owner selects Additive Alternate No.1 the price shall include the
credit from item No.4 "Existing Hangar Removal" Schedule of Bid Item I.
Addendum NO.1'"
Page 11
SECTION E
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE FORM
The undersigned Contractor, in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087, hereby certifies that:
1DPPfJVl) IS TfJc,
(Name of Business)
1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and
specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
2. Inform such employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business'
policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation
and employee assistance programs and the penalties that may be imposed upon
employees for drug abuse violations.
3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in Sub-section (1). ~
4. In the statement specified in Sub-Section (1), notify the employees that as a condition of "
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will
abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of or )
plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any violation of Chapter 893 (Florida Statutes) or of
any controlled substance law of the United States or any state for a violation occurring in
the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
5. Impose a sanction on or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance
or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community or any employee
who is so convicted.
6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
As a person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the
above requirements.
~~rdJ~-v fF
Bidder's Signatur
Date: &J/9/0 1
/-21
SECTION F
PRIME BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
I
Each contractor shall furnish with his bid the following completed and signed statements on
"evidence of competency. and "evidence of financial responsibility", which is in accordance
with General Provision 20-02.
I
1. Name of Bidder: f;;PP'NO'S 'TNC
2. Business Address: m.m.g,S HIGHWAy U~ J. kEy l~I~FJ_
3. Telephone Number: '3ot;; 'zq L,-S &0(..,
4. When Organized: FluG. ~l ICf $4-
5. . Where Incorporated: PL
I
I
I
I 6. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under the present
firm name?
Jr; (/2'$ .
I
7. What is the type of construction work in which you are principally engaged?
<S l+t=:: v.J()~
I
'7
8.
On separate sheet list major contracts in past 10 years.
I
J
9.
On separate sheet list equipment and plant available for this project.
I '1, 10. Enclose a copy of latest Financial Statement.
I
11. Credit Available for this Contract: $
'3, DC/O, OoD
I
12. Contracts now in hand, Gross Amount: $ ~ I 000, 000 -
13. Have you ever refused to sign a contract at your original bid? N ()
I
I
~
1-22
~
14. Have you ever been declared in default on a contract? No
15. Remarks: '7Op,PfnDt:;i TAlc. /-fA-<; ,q Bon Q( n~ CApf}C, t-y
OF :; SO, ()()(). Dm ~ AJJU Tl F:D~(r. fG4-TIN6- o:p
$ .'
'3'7; 300/ OD() /
(The above statements must be subscribed and sworn to before a Notary Public.)
Date:
R/S(6/
-r;;p.p J no S LN C
~~ ~J7 ~orro ~ ~
v<p.
Firm Name:
By:
Title:
Notary Public:
)
>
1-23
I
I
SECTION G
DISCLOSURE OF LOBBY ACTIVITIES
I
Certification of Contracts. Grants. Loans and Cooperative Agreements
I The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
~
(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid by or on behalf of the
undersigned to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee
of any agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress or an
employee of a member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal
contract, the making of any Federal Grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering
into of any cooperative agreements and the extensiC?n, continuation, renewal, amendment
or modification of any Federal contract, Grant, loan or cooperative agreement.
(2) It any funds other than Federal appropriate funds have been paid or will be paid to any
person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a
member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress or an employee of a member
of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, Grant, loan, or cooperative
agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form -LLL, "Disclosure
of Lobby Activities", in accordance with its instructions. D
(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the ,
award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub-grants and
contracts under Grants, loans and cooperative agreements) and that all sub-recipients
shall certify and disclose accordingly.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for
making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title .31, U.S. Code. Any
person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less
than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
Signed:
t~~j}~;'cT
Contractor's Authorized Representative
Dated:
fl/@/o/
I~/
1"
~
~
J
~
~
~
~
~
J
J
J
..
11
'"
!I
!I
'J
~
',1
SECTION H
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM
Acknowledgment of Addenda
Addendum
No. Sianature Date
i ;;~L& ~ 1 ~_A~' .~ 8/~1 I))
'-/
,
1-26
SECTION I
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
.contract
(As Required by Division III,
Section 159 of the General Provisions)
DBE Subcootractom
Names! AddreSses/identity*
Cornrn U () 1+ y'
&Ph4.q Colep .
Subcontract Work Hem
Dollar Value of
Subcontract Work
~ 1) haI:::r
,
0Ifl/rJ'2>; .00
.....;
Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work
Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid
Total DBE Percent (Round to nearest 1/10 percent)
'~f'.J ,'1:).8. 00
::J ~55 ,l, '3 tJ. . P/l
13.Q
%
*(Black Hispanic, Asian American, American Indian, and other economically disadvantaged.)
1-27
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
SECTION J
BIDDER'S AFFIDAVIT IN COMPLIANCE WITH
FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT
(SECTION 553.60-553.64, FLORIDA STATUTES)
t
STATE OF FLORIDA )
)SS
COUNTY OF MONROE )
BE,FORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared
E lJ kJ A R.I] --,;; pe I () b J J<
who, being duly sworn, deposes and says as follows:
Tha~ he is the duly, authorized representative of
~PPI (105 IlL) C <
(Name of Bidder)
being its
V~
(Owner) (Partner) (President or other Corporate Officer)
~
~
and as such, has full authority to execute this Bidder's Affidavit.
1. The full legal name and business address of the person or entity submitting this bid:
to f.P' n bs-=r0L:.
--PD < Box t"J8'7
IGe\.f Lu~T ~_
y ,
'3 ~b Lt I
2. By submission of this bid and subsequent execution of this Contract, the undersigned
bidder certifies that as successful bidder (Contractor) all trench excavation done within
his control (by his own forces or by his subcontractors) shall be accomplished in strict
adherence with OSHA Trench Safety Standards contained in 19 CFR, s.1926.650, Sub-
part P, including all subsequent revisions or updates to these Standards as adopted by
the Department of Labor and Employment Security.
3. The bidder acknowledges that included in the various items listed in the Schedule of
Prices Bid and in the Total Amount Bid are costs for complying with the Florida Trench
Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes). The bidder further identifies the
costs to be summarized below:
1-27
q
Unit of
Trench Safety Measure Measure Unit Unit . Extended
{Description) . (LF, SY) Quantity Cost Cost
A Stable Rock ,~~gt-add.
n
B Type A Soils, -Benching No. AddCo !It 0
C 'Type B Soils - Benching No.Add.Co !It 0
0
TOTAL: $ 0
See enclosed Information OSHA Technical Manual (2 pages)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
,t;..L-~~ <d~.;, fJ
\j. )=>.
Title
g/ 81~.r
Date
STATE OF: FL
COUNTY OF: ~11D/'-J12.0b
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 8. day of A U&
20 (.} I , by EI7/)Jft.k:..O '7{) pp I (\ D J JC.
who is E-ersonally known to me or who has produced
as identification and who did/did not take an oath.
(Sole, Corporation or Partnership)
~ondld ~ d{msl-rom
(Print name of Notary Public)
My Commission Expires
RONALD J. ARMSTRONG
. 811 0r'200 1
PUIlUC a.. /' . No. cc 670407
..r~ ~ IJOIw tD.
I-?R
..-
.I
J
J
J
J
J
J
'"
'I!
a
SECTION K
SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133(3)(a),
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
This form must be signed and sworn to in the presence of a Notary Public or other
official authorized to administer oaths.
1.
This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or Contract No.
for ]'Ax, \ A~ s:-<> I &>N"'-J !2CT6/.2S
I
This sworn statement is submitted by --'-;;'p p {71 0 '--5 +/.JC
(name of entity submitting sworn statement)
2.
3.
whose business address is p.O. 130x VltJ'1
~~ t lu-e~~ pc.-
and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is
(If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing
this sworn statement: qq - ;;. 4-Z(.., q CJ h '.)
My name is 8JLt..I'A--(LG ~~P\'(1.~
(please print name of individual signing)
relationship to the entity named above is
.:J \~
'V.p.
and my
4.
I understand that a upublic entity crimea, as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1 )(g), Florida
Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and
directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency
or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States, including, but not
. limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity
or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and
involving anti-trust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy or material
mis-representation.
5. I understand that "convicted a or .convictiona, as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(6),
Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime with or
without an adjudication of guilt in any federal or state trial court of record relating to
charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury
verdict, non-jury trial or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
6. I understand that an "affiliate", as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1 )(a), Florida Statutes,
means:
a. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime; or
1-30
b.
An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the
management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime.
The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members and agents who are active in the
management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting
a controlling interest in another person or a pooling of equipment or income
among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement,
shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person
who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted
of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be
considered an affiliate.
~
7. I understand that a "person", as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(e), Florida Statutes,
means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the
United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or
applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity
or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The
term .person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders,
employees, members and agents who are active in management of an entity.
8.
Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in
relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. (Indicate which statement
applies.)
--X
~
Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement nor any of its officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members or
agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate
of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July 1, 1989. .
The entity submitting this sworn statement or one or more of its officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, emp,loyees, members or
agents who are active in the management of the entity or an affiliate of
the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND (please indicate which additional
statement applies)
There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a Hearing
Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The
Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer did not place the person or
affiliate on the convicted vendor list. (Please attach a copy of the Final
Order.)
1-30
The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. There has
been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the State of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The Final Order entered by
the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove
the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. (Please attach a
copy of the Final Order.)
The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list.
(Please describe any action taken by or pending with the Department of
General Services.)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
l(~~& dw'~ Cs
vp.
Title
818/0/
Date
STATE OF: FL
COUNTY OF: In[)f\LBo~
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _ day of e3 OJ A Lie ~
20...Ql, by 874J~r<.C) TnW\{')b j~
(Sole, Corporation or Partnership)
who is personally known to me or who has produced
as identification and who did/did not take an oath.
~~
State of Florida at Large)
~O~ \ .(mS "t-'f'c)y)
(Print name of Notary Public)
My Commission Expires
1-31
I
I
SECTION L
I
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 10-1990
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
I
ETHICS CLAUSE
I
~) 1\ 0 } <] T u (~ warrants that he/it has not employed,
retained or otherwise had act on his/its behalf any former County officer or employee in
violation of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 10-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation
of Section 3 of Ordinance No. 10-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County
may, in its discretion, terminate this Contract without liability and may also, in its discretion,
deduct from the Contract or purchase price or otherwise recover the full amount of any fee,
commission, percentage, gift or consideration paid to the former County officer or employee.
I
I
I
I
Date:
r;c~o-D ~1:f'~ G
(Signature)
8/8/6/
I
~l-
I
STATE OF:
COUNTY OF: mDN\20e
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME the undersigned authority
who, after first being sworn by me affixed his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the
space provided above on this g day of A \ /(,1 ' 20..Ql.
~~-
(Signature of t ry P Iic,
State of Florida at Large)
My Commission Expires
1-32
SECTION M
CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
Contract
(As Required by Division III,
Section 120 Subsection 120-02
Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements
of the General Provisions)
The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide,
for his employees, any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he does not
permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where
segregated facilitie~ are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certifies
that he will not maintain or provide, for his employees, segregated faciliti~s at any of his
establishments and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any
location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted
construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal
opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities"
means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other
eating areas, timelocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots,
drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities
provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directives or are in fact segregated
on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any
other reason. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has
obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will
obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of
subcontractors exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal
opportunity clause and that he will retain such certifications in his files.
t c4v",,Q ~~ !:r
Signature of Contractor
8/8/01
Title
1-33
SECTION N
FEDERAL WAGE DECISION
Use the latest publication or the attached publication dated 03/12/1999 if that is the latest list
issued for Monroe County.
1-35
...
General Decision Number FL990035
Superseded General Decision No. FL980035
State: Florida
construction Type:
HIGHWAY
County (ies) :
CHARLOTTE
DB SOTO
GLADES
HARDEE
HENDRY
HIGHLANDS
MONROE
OKEECHOBEE
. .
HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding tunnels; Building
structures in rest area projects; railroad construction; bascule,
suspension and sprandrel arch bridges designed for commercial
navigation; bridges involving marine construction; other major
bridges) .
Modification Number
o
Publication Date
03/12/1999 .
1-36
03/12/1999
~. ---.:..:....--- --
--_....-"
------ - --. -~ .
COUNTY (ies) :
CHARLOTTE
'DE SOTO
GLADE~
HARDEE
HENDRY
HIGHLANDS
SUFL300~ 08/01/1993
BRICKLAYERS/~ON
CARPENTERS
CONCRETE FINISHERS
ELECTRICIANS
FENCE ERECTOR
FORM SETTER
IRONWORKERS:
. Reinforcing
Structural
LABORERS :
Asphal t Raker.
Unskilled
PAINTERS
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
Asphalt Distributor
Asphalt Paving Machine
Asphalt Screed
Backhoe
Boom-Auger
Bulldozer
Crane, Derrick, Dragline
Earthmover
Forklift
Front End Loaders:
1 cu. yard and under
over 1 cu. yard
Gradall
Grademan
Guardrail Erector
Guardrail Post Driver
Mechanic
Milling Machine Grade Checker
Milling Machine
Motor Grader
Mulching Machine
Oiler, Greasernan
Pavement Striping Machine
1-17
MONROE
OKEECHOBEE
Rates
9.50
12.00
9.34
11.85
7.45
8.61
13.83
12.94
7.80
6.69
7.92
8.01
9.28
8.48
8.92
7.95
10.30
12.56
7.75
7.50
7.91
7.94
9.00
7.16
7.08
7.50
10.14
7.15
9.00
10.56
7.15
7.73
8.26
Fringes
03/12/1999
Pavement Stripping Machine
. Nozzleman
pile Driver
Piledrivermen
Powe~.:SUb9ra.de Mixer
Rollers:
Finish
Rough
Self-Prop. Rubber Tire
Scraper/Pan
Small:Tool" Operator
Tractor ,.:-- Light
Trenching. Machine _
Widening Spreader Machine
SIGN ERECTOR
TRAFFIC CONTROIi SPECIALIST
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION INSTALLER
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION MECHANIC
TRUCK DRIVERS:
Lowboy .
Multi-Rear Axle
Single~Rear Axle
7.00
10.50
10.00
7.94
8.41
8.01
8.16
8.11
7.00
7.52
8.12
8.00
7.63
7.50
9.79
13.16
8.11
8.06
7.80
----------------------------------------------------------------
WELDERS--Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation
to which welding is incidental.
----------------------------------------------------------------
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the
scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only
as provided in the labor standards contract clauses
(29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (v) ) .
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS. PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial.
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
1-38
03/12/1999
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch
of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (~hose affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage payment
data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the
requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review
Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are fina~.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
1-39
03/12/1999
SECTION 0
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARTMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY, AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION - 49 CFR PART 29
(Version 1. 5/90)
The bidder/offerer certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that
neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debartment,
declared ineligibility, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal
department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this cause
without modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and
subcontracts. Where the bidder/offerer/contractor any lower tier participant is unable to certify
to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal.
1-40
CONTRACT
DIVISION II
CONTRACT
SECTION A - PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
SECTION B - THIS SECTION IS NOT INCLUDED ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
SECTION C - ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
SECTION D - CONTRACT............................................. 11-6
11-1
SECTION A
Bond No. 11133623154
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
By this Bond, We Toppino' s Inc. , as Principal, whose principal
busine~ address is P. O. Box 787, Key West, FL 33041 , as corporation,
The Amer1.~n nsuran,ce GO'JIIPauy . .
as ~ure y, are Douna to Monroe County hereinafter called County, In the sum of U.S.
Dollars $~, 171), 7~9 q (Minimum 100% of total bid amount) for payment which we bind
ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
1 . Performs the contract dated , 20_ between Principal and County for
construction of Taxilanes/Connectors. FBO. Sheriff Aprons and T-Hangar Development
located at Florida Keys Marathon Airport, the Contract being made a part of this Bond by
reference, at the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract.
2. Promptly make payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05 91), Florida
Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by
Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, which is made a part of
this bond by reference, and in the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract; and
3. Pays the County all losses, damages, expenses, costs and attorneys fees, including
appellate proceedings, that County sustains because of a failure by Principal under the
Contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the Contract for the
time specified in the Contract, then this Bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
This bond is subject to the provisions of Section 255.05, Florida Statues. Any changes in or
under the Contract Documents and compliance or non-compliance with any formalities
connected with the Contract orthe changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this Bond.
Principal agrees to record this Bond in the Official Records for Monroe County before
the commencement of the work subject of this Bond.
Date on
December 10,
20~
Q /u'-!A/;~ U< ~u- -0 O)/l.&t
PRINCIPAL: Toppino' s Inc.
Address: P. O. Box 787, Key West, FL 33041
By:
As Attorney-in-Fact
11-2
SURETY:
The American Insurance Company
Address:
777 San Marin Dr., Novato, CA 94998
William L. Parker, At
& FL Resident Aent
By:
/
Claims against this Bond are subject to the notice and time provisions set forth in Section
255.05, Florida Statutes.
11-3
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
MtlERICAN AlITOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
GENERAL POWER OF ATrORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY TIIESE PRESENTS: That FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY, a California corporation, NATIONAL
SURETY CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a New Jersey corporation redomesticated in
Nebraska, ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a California corporation, and AMERICAN AUfOMOBILE INSURANCE
COMPANY, a Missouri corporation, (herein collectively called "the Companies") does each hereby appoint Juan E. Beltran,
E. B. Blondell, Jr., Gladys M. Ogden, Joe Pietrangelo, William L. Parker
. ,
Mercedes Pamparatto, Olga O. Igleslas, Martha Menendez or Davor I. Mimica of
Miami, FL
their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power of authority hereby conferred in their name, place - and stead, to execute, seal,
acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof ____________
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seals of the
Companies and duly attested by the Companies' Secretary, hereby.ratifying and confirming all that the said Attomey(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises.
This power of attorney is granted under and by the authority of Article vn of the By-laws of each of the Companies which provisions are now
in full force and effect.
This power of attorney is signed and sealed under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the
Companies at a meeting duly called and held, or by written consent, on the 19th day of March, 1995, and said Resolution has not been amended
or repealed:
"RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice-President, Assistant Secretary, and Resident Assistant Secretary of the Companies,
and the seal of the Companies may be affIxed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney,
or on any certificate relating thereto, by facsimile, and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attorney, or
certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Companies."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice-President, and their c9fPOrate seals to be hereunto
affiXed this 28 day of January ,200 0 . .
"'''';;;;~;';~"" FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
/,"<>~...-...-...~..-.... NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
(~~;~;~l) A~~c~r=~gJg~~
'qJ'J:LoiilS.~~,.," AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPMry
.........'"""...."
STATEOFCALIFORNIA}SS. By IV~~ vk. ~
COU1\rrY OF MARIN Vice-President
On this 28 day of J an uary , 2000, before me personally came Donn R. Kolbeck
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he is a Vice-President of each company, described in and which executed
the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said Companies; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such company seals; that
they were so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said companies and that he sigr.ed his name thereto by like order.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year herein first above written.
J..........IlI.J.r..............I&-'o1.1i;1JOL.........
~'@ N~:fE~~<< (
~ ~.~.. ~ ~.~~~~-~~~:,~2J
CERTIFICATE
~'U4,"''''
...~...i\~~\.tlll/', >-~
f~llJ"..I.....'.. ~~\
f ~I :}
to _~
'So" .... <t'
\;;.. .'r P. ..... .~l
"",,,;:;~::;,~~....~..
STATE OF CALIFORNIA} 5S
COUNTYOF~ .
(Jfr#l~
/ Notary Public'
I, the undersigned, Resident Assistant Secretary of each company, DO lffiREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER OF
ATTORNEY remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that Article VII of the By-laws of each company. and the Resolution
of the Board of Directors; set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force. .
Signed and sealed at the County of Marin. Dated the 10th day of December 2001
="
="
..~~
".....H.M...,....
~~....~~~"''\
! ..,o':..~.... . .....'. ~~ ~
t g{~'~' -'El
\~\. .... ..~l
"'..-. 'e ..... .,$'
..,,~:.:,;.::.~~~:;~...."
........".;;';,."..,..
/ '"<>~...-_.._~~ '\
{~::; ~~~l)
......:~~t...~ij:.~~....~..
SECTION B
THIS SECTION IS NOT INCLUDED
11-4
SECTION C
ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS
TO: Monroe County Board of Commissioners
Key West, Florida
REF: Taxilanes/Connectors, FBO, Sheriff Aprons and
T -Hangar Development
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
Gentlemen:
In order to avoid the necessity of extensive amendments to the referred contract, the
undersigned acknowledges hereby that the following conditions are those for which change
orders are allowed under the Bid Law:
1. Unusual and difficult circumstances which arose during the course of the execution of
the contract which could not have been reasonably foreseen.
2. Where competitive bidding for the new work for new money will work to the serious
detriment of the awarding authority.
3. Emergencies arising during the course of the work.
4. Changes or alterations provided for in the original bid and originals contract.
l;;Pfih o's InC.
Contractor
BY:
~\~~~
(J) t!-VO
Title:
11-5
SECTION D
CONTRACT TO
Taxilanes/Connectors, FBO, Sheriff Aprons and T-Hangar Development
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
THISAGREEMENT made and entered into the day of
and between WepnJo's ):.Me.
the Monroe County Board of Commissioners, Key West, Florida, Owner.
by
Contractor, and
WITNESSETH:
That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out hereby agrees with the
Owner as follows:
1. That the Contractor, shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in the
manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Instruction to Bidders, Form
of Proposal, General Provisions, Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, Form of
Contract, Form of Bond, Drawings and Addenda, which are attached hereto and made
a part hereof, as if fully contained herein, for the construction of:
Taxilanes/Connectors, FBO, Sheriff Aprons and
T -Hangar Development
Florida Keys MarathonAirport
Monroe County, Florida
2. That the Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this agreement on
a date to be specified in a written order of the Owner and shall fully complete all work
hereunder within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days from the Notice-to-Proceed
(Construction) as per Special Provision No.2.
3. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of the
agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the specifications or
proposal in lawful money of the United States as follows:
APproximatelyT~"llllOh.-eoUR.\tUMnd$s~SMnHondral~('6~a"'(~
(~14q.08 ) in accordance with lump sum and unit prices set forth in the proposal.
4. On or before the 15th day of each calendar month, the second party shaU make partial
payment to the on the Contractor basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work
performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, less ten percent (1 0%)
of the amount of such estimate which is to be retained by the Owner until all work has
been performed strictly in accordance with this agreement.
5. Upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls,
11-6
material bills and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the
construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this agreement
shall be made within twenty (20) days after the completion by the Contractor of all work
covered by this agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner.
6. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence in this
contract and in the event the construction of the work is not completed within the time
herein specified, it is agreed that from the compensation otherwise to be paid to the
Contractor, the Owner may retain the sum of $ 500.00 per day for each day thereafter,
Sundays and holidays included, that the work remains uncompleted, which sum shall
represent the actual damages which the Owner will have sustained per day by failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated and this sum is not a
penalty being the stipulated damages the Owner will have sustained in the event of such
default by the Contractor.
7. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if at any time after the
execution of this agreement and the surety bond hereto attached for its faithful
performance, the Owner shall deem the surety or sureties upon such bond to be
unsatisfactory, or if, for any reason, such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the
performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at its expense within five (5) days after the
receipt of notice from the Owner so to do, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such
form and amount and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner.
In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this
agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work
shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this agreement on the day and date
first above written in two (2) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for
the other counterpart, be deemed an original contract. ..,. ~ '"T'J
-\OI;DiYlO)S ~CI in~ ~ ~
I (Contractor) nty Board of ComftV$siooers) '"T'J
On. ...., 0
~ ~ n_. ~ . S:~;.o:: ::u
By: ~'~\..,J"7 ~ By: ~'.~ -0 ::u
. :-1:::-
O .." C") .r:-
Title: fLvJ ~ ,..,
President*
WITNESS: r..4.~.p J-..6- WIT
STATE OF FLORIDA
I, the undersigned authority, a Notary Public in and for said 'tiunty ~ Sta~erebY certify
that -Yo,. . 0 . 0 whose name as eS } ~ of
o ~ ~ ~ . Is signed to the foregoing instrument and who is known to
me, a nowledged before me on this day that being informed of the contents of the within
11-7
instrument, he, in his capacity as such, executed the same voluntarily on the date the same
bears date.
Given under my hand and seal this 7+'-' day of :Decem bey, 2001.
~~
RONuJ. ~
~ ::;:111_
. DO CIS 1 144
.... It 0lIlIr I.D.
* Who is authorized by the corporation to execute this contract.
1/-8
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVISION '"
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 0 - DEFINITION OF TERMS ................................ 111-2
SECTION 20 - PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS... . . . . . . .. 111-7
SECTION 30 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 111-11
SECTION 40 - SCOPE OF WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 111-13
SECTION 50 - CONTROL OF WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 111-17
SECTION 60 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 111-23
SECTION 70 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC. . . . .. 111-27
SECTION 80 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 111-35
SECTION 90 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 111-42
SECTION 100 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM ............ III-50
SECTION 110 - METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF
MATERIALS WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) . . . . . . . .. III-58
SECTION 120 - CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CLAUSES
AIRPORT IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM .................... 111-68
SECTION 130 - SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS
FOR CONSTRUCTION ................................. 111-94
SECTION 140 - GENERAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR
CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 111-95
SECTION 150 - DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM .... 111-103
111-1
DIVISION III - GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 10
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the Contract, in any
documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern,
the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows:
10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
the successor association to AASHO.
10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed
thereon connecting the airport to a public highway.
10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for
work to be performed and materials to be furnished.
10-04 AlP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the
Federal Aviation Administration.
10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air
operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing,
takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or
unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft
in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron.
10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be
used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any.
10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials.
10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the owner, of the successful bidder's proposal.
10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a
duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated.
10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be
used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport
buildings and facilities located thereon.
10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar.
10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans,
111-2
specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time
adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change
order, shall be within the scope of the contract.
10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded
contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The
Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The
Specifications; The Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders.
10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided
in the contract.
10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the
proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a
calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working
days, the contract shall be completed by that date.
10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the
acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts
pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the
contract work.
10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface
or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area.
10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the
owner (sponsor) to be responsible for engineering supervision of the contract work and acting
directly or through an authorized representative.
10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and
maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and
acceptable completion of the work.
10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously
modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to
be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously
modified.
10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly authorized
representative.
10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and
supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General
Services Administration of the Federal Government.
111-3
10-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all
necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the
materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor.
10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words
"directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of the
like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order,
designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words" approved,"
"acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable
to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the owner.
Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications
or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section,
specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference.
1 0-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the owner or such other laboratories
as may be designated by the Engineer.
10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or
near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals,
markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the
operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface.
1 0-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that
is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the
total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items.
1 0-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work.
1 0-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract
work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date
on which the contract time begins.
10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term owner shall mean the party of the first part or the
contracting agency signatory to the contract. For AlP contracts, the term sponsor shall have
the same meaning as the term owner.
10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any,
considered as a single unit.
10-32 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and
his/her surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor
used in the construction of the work.
111-4
10-33 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor
and his/her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with
the terms of the contract.
10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location,
character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be
considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications.
10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development
with respect to a particular airport.
10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal
form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance
with the provisions of the plans and specifications.
10-37 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the
bidder will enter into a contract if his/her proposal is accepted by the owner.
10-38 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft.
10-39 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and
requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing
which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect
as if included in the contract physically.
10-40 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets,
retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical
ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid
pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other man made features ofthe airport that
may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein.
10-41 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation.
10-42 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the
work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who
shall supervise and direct the construction.
10-43 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and
the owner covering: (1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded
contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased
work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or (2) work that is not within the
scope of the originally awarded contract.
10-44 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor,
executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by the Contractor.
111-5
10-45 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of
the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority
for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas.
10-46 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals
necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed
by the contract, plans, and specifications.
10-47 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday,
or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular
work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for
causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. on which the
Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be
considered as working days.
END OF SECTION 10
111-6
SECTION 20
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). The owner, or his/her authorized agent, shall
publish the advertisement at such places and at such times as are required by local law or
ordinances. The published advertisement shall state the time and place for submitting sealed
proposals; a description of the proposed work; instructions to bidders as to obtaining proposal
forms, plans, and specifications; proposal guaranty required; and the owner's right to reject any
and all bids.
20-02 PREQUALlFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory
evidence of his/her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency,
unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience
on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key
personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory
evidence of his/her financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless
otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial
resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the Contractor's last fiscal year. Such
statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such
financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his/her financial
responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the
bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's
statement or report to reflect his/her (bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified
statement or report is submitted to the owner.
Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State
Highway Division and is on the current' I bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work
is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as
evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinbefore
specified.
Each bidder shall submit' 'evidence of competency" and' 'evidence of financial responsibility"
to the owner no later than 10 days prior to the specified date for opening bids.
20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner shall furnish bidders with proposal
forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must
not be detached.
The plans specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be
considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not.
20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner reserves the right to refuse to issue
a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following
reasons:
111-7
A. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the owner, if such
regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for
bidding.
B. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on
former contracts in force (with the owner) at the time the owner issues the
proposal to a prospective bidder.
C. Contractor default under previous contracts with the owner.
D. Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the owner.
20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of
quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given
in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given
only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The owner does
not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly
therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates
of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment
to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials
furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities
may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION
OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in anyway invalidating the unit bid prices.
20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS. SPECIFICATIONS. AND SITE. The bidder is expected
to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans speci~fications, and
contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to
be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract.
The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such
examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and
as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications.
Boring logs and other records of ~ubsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection
of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in
the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is
intended for the owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been
made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that
each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may
make or obtain from his/her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface
investigations and tests that are furnished by the owner.
20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his/her prqposal on the
forms furnished by the owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled
in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state
the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each
pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, the
111-8
words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern.
The bidder shall sign his/her proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an
individual, his/her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the
name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by
a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws
of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the
president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file
evidence of his/her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or
corporation.
20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following
reasons:
A. If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the owner, or if the
owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached.
B. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or
irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or
otherwise ambiguous.
C. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the
proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the
bidder is not required to furnish a unit price.
D. If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced.
E. If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the
owner.
The owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive
technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and conforms to local laws and
ordinances pertaining to the let1ing of construction contracts.
20-09 BID GUARANTEE. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check,
or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposa!1 form. Such
check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the owner.
20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed
envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business
address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed
proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No
proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertis~ment before
the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be
returned to the bidder unopened.
111-9
20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise
(by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the
bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the owner in writing or by telegram before the
time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in
the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids.
20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, publicly
at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and
other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written
or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned
to the bidder unopened.
20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any
of the following reasons:
A. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or
corporation under the same or different name.
B. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall
be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the owner until any such
participating bidder has been reinstated by the owner as a qualified bidder.
C. If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the
subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section.
END OF SECTION 20
111-10
SECTION 30
AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and
read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by
multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's
proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices
written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern.
Until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal
for any of the following reasons:
A. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR
PROPOSALS of Section 20.
B. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection
titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20.
In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject any or
all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and is in
conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of
construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All
such actions shall promote the owner's best interests.
30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be
made within 90 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals, unless
otherwise specified herein.
Award of the contract shall be made by the owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose
proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the owner.
30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The owner reserves the right to cancel the award
without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract
has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the owner in accordance with the
subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section.
30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the
two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the owner has made a comparison of
bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of
this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the owner until
such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's propos~1 guaranty will
be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soo~ as the owner
receives the contracts bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIRIEMENTS OF
CONTRACT BONDS of this section.
111-11
30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the
contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the owner a surety bond or bonds which have been
fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the
payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of
the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the owner.
Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal
to the full amount of the contract.
30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the
necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the
owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled
REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the
date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is mailed, special
handling is recommended.
30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds
that have been executed by the successful bidder, the owner shall complete the execution of
the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract
to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the
owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the
contract.
30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the
contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period
specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section
shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as
a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the owner.
END OF SECTION 30
111-12
SECTION 40
SCOPE OF WORK
40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and
completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor
shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to
complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract.
40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have the
right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the
work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the
Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may
increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that lhe aggregate
of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major
contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated
quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed the 25 percent limitation
shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept
payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract.
These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered
by "Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include
extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are
commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work.
Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinbefore
specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owner
and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires
a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect
to the item and make other arrangements for its completion.
The Contractor is advised that all supplemental agreements shall be approved by the FAA and
shall include valid wage determinations of the U.S. Secretary of Labor when the amount of the
supplemental agreement exceeds $2,000. However, if the Contractor elects to waive the
limitations on work that increases or decreases the originally awarded contract or any major
contract item by more than 25 percent, the supplemental agreement shall be subject to the
same U.S. Secretary of Labor wage determination as was included in the originally awarded
contract.
All supplemental agreements shall require consent of the Contractor's surety and separate
performance and payment bonds.
40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the owner's best interest, omit from the work
any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a
supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other
contract provision or requirement.
111-13
Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, the Contractor
shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the
order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the
subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90.
40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor
to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original
contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be
called Extra Work. Extra work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered
by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices
for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the
order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is
necessary for completion of such extra work.
When determined by the Engineer to be in the owner's best interest, he may order the
Contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled
PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90.
Extra work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the
general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental
Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
of Section 1 O.
Any claim for payment of extra work that is not covered by written agreement (change order
or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the owner.
40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety
of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important
consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and
unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to
his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors as specified in the
subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and
agreed that the Contractor shall provide forthe uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic
signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to,
from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70.
With respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors, the
Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel;
equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to
the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport.
When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or
highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the
contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway
open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate
111-14
traffic. The Contractor shall furnish erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagmen,
and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing
Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain
in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from
abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein,
the Contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or
highway.
The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and
incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified
in this subsection.
The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be
measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items.
40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within
the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless
such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down,
salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing
such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the
various contract items.
Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for
which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to
disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be
immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract.
Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN
THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be
encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the
work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the
property of the owner when so utilized in the work.
40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the
Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or
concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is
intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his/her
option either:
A. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the
Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to
such use; or,
B. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or
111-15
C. Use such material for his/her own temporary construction on site; or,
D. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract.
Should the Contractor wish to exercise option A., B., or C., he shall request the Engineer's
approval in advance of such use.
Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option A., B., or C., the
Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable
contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her own expense, such removed or
excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in
constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material
is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his/her use
of such material so used in the work or removed from the site.
Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option A., the Contractor shall be
paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance
with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of
his/her exercise of option A., B., or C.
The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part
of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the
work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or
specifications.
40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final
payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment,
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of
trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a
neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent
property will not be considered a~ having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor
has obtained the written permission of such property owner.
END OF SECTION 40
111-16
SECTION 50
CONTROL OF WORK
50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions
which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and
as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all
questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the
work, the fulfillment of the contract on the part of the Contractor, and the rights of different
Contractors on the project. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several
kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract.
50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials
furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross
sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified
(including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications.
If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within
reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work
affected will, in his/her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy,
durability, and workmanship acceptable to the owner, he will advise the owner of his/her
determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the
Engineer will document his/her determination and recommend to the owner a basis of
acceptance which will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion
of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will
be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are,
in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract
modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable.
If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not
in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an
unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced
or otherwise corrected by and. at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the
Engineer's written orders.
For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be
construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with
the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the
Engineer's right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and
specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion,
such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work.
For the purpose of this subsection, the term" reasonably close conformity" is also intended to
provide the Engineer with the authority to use good engineering judgment in his/her
determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a
111-17
finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans
and specifications.
50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT. PLANS. AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract,
plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract
requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are
intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of
discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical
specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials
or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans,
cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern
over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars.
The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or
specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he
shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such
decision shall be final.
50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with two copies
each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy
each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be
obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction.
The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and
he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his/her inspectors and with other contractors in every
way possible. The Engineer shall allocate he work and designate the sequence of construction
in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent
superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his/her agent on the work.
The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and
specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his/her authorized
representative.
50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The owner reserves the right to
contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract.
When separate contracts are let within the limits of anyone project, each Contractor shall
conduct his/her work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the
work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall
cooperate with each other as directed.
Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with
his/her contract and shall protect and save harmless the owner from any and all damages or
claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because
of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limi~s of the same
project.
111-18
The Contractor shall arrange his/her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being
used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the
same project. He shall join his/her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and
shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others.
50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall esta~lish horizontal
and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for t~e construction
of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his~her own or the
Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligehce on the part
of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings,
an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent
estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer.
50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant
equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a, breakdown or
malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by
other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this
method of operations will product results which conform to all other requirements of the
contract.
50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the owner
shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may
extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the
materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of
the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and
specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor.
Inspectors employed by the owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his/her
representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requi~ments of the
contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until
such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his/her decision.
50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall
be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of
the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is
required to make a complete and detailed inspection.
If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall
remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination,
the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard re~uired by the
specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, tt1e uncovering,
or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid
for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove una~ceptable, the
uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts
removed will be at the Contractor's expense.
111-19
Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized
representative of the owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's
expense unless the owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable
notice in writing that the work was to be performed.
Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing
facilities, not the property of the (contract) owner, authorized representatives of the owners of
such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in rto sense make
any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the
parties to this contract.
50-1 0 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does
not form to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered
unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the
subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section.
Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials,
damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance
of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in
accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
FOR WORK of Section 70.
Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on
the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will
be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract.
Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense.
Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer
made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause
unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be
removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the owner) from any monies due or to become
due the Contractor.
50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in
the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not
relieve the Contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving' of material or
equipment.
The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or
to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base
course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be
permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of theicuring period.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall
correct such damage at his/her own expense.
111-20
50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work
during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous
and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the
work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times.
In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously
constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all
construction operations.
All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is ac~epted shall be
included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor Will not be paid
an additional amount for such work.
50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail to
maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING
CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such
noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor
shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will
give due consideration to the exigency that exists.
Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Engineer may suspend
any work necessary for the owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition,
depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the owner, shall be
deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor.
50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the
Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which
will benefit the owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the
Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed In compliance
with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved
of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the
owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract.
50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion
of the entire project, the Engineer and owner will make an inspection. If all construction
provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the
contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The
Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final
inspection.
If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the
Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the
Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the
work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection,! provided the
work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will mlake the final
acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final
111-21
inspection.
50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor
deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for
in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify
the Engineer in writing of his/her intention to claim such additional compensation before he
begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer
is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost
as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional
compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account
of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the
validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based
has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his/her written claim
to the Engineer who will present it to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws
or ordinances.
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute
final payment based on differences in measurements or computations.
END OF SECTION 50
111-22
SECTION 60
CONTROL OF MATERIALS
60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the
work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless
otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as
compared to used or reprocessed).
In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish
complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all
materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution
of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials.
At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery
is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do
not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources.
The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of
cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting
equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment
that is:
A. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Equipment,
that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and,
B. Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and
listed equipment.
The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by
the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection:
EQUIPMENT NAME
CITED FAA SPECIFICATIONS
EFFECTIVE FAA AC OR APPROVAL LETTER FOR
EQUIPMENT AND MANUFACTURER
60-02 SAMPLES. TESTS. AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the work
shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any
work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the
Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and
unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the
Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited
standard methods of AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for
bids will be made by and at the expense of the owner. Samples will be taken by a qualified
111-23
representative of the owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or
rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be
furnished to the Contractor's representative at his/her request.
60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to
sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's
certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the
requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of
such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of
compliance in which the lot is clearly identified.
Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and
tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject
to rejection whether in place or not.
The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer.
When a material or assembly is specified by II brand name or equal" and the Contractor elects
to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shall be required to furnish the
manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to
the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify
as to:
A. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional
requirements; and,
B. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work.
Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, he shall furnish
the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand
name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the
proposed II or equal" is suitable for use in the work.
The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the
basis of certificates of compliance.
60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect,
at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants
may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified
manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for
his/her acceptance of the material or assembly.
Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist:
A. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Cbntractor and
the producer with whom he has contracted for materials.
111-24
B. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the
plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished.
C. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or
working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections.
Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant.
It is understood and agreed that the owner shall have the right to retest any material which has
been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The
Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the
requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications.
60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. When specified and provided for
as a contract item, the Contractor shall furnish a building for the exclusive use of the Engineer
as a field office and field testing laboratory. The building shall be furnished and maintained by
the Contractor as specified herein and shall become property of the Contractor when the
contract work is completed.
60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the
preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved
before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall
be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the
storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not
create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed
movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the
location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the
Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission
of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear
all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor
shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission.
All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the
Contractor at his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner
or lessee of the property.
60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to
the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and
shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site
of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer.
No rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor,
shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its
used in the work.
60-08 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required
to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the owner.
111-25
Owner-furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified
herein.
All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and
installing owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item
in which such owner-furnished material is used.
After any owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor
shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur
during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such owner-furnished material. The owner
will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the
owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of
owner-furnished materials.
END OF SECTION 60
111-26
SECTION 70
LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and
state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or
tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or
employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times
observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall
protect and indemnify the owner and all his/her officers, agents, or servants against any claim
or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order,
or decree, whether by himself or his/her employees.
70-02 PERMITS. LICENSES. AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and
licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the
due and lawful prosecution of the work.
70-03 PATENTED DEVICES. MATERIALS. AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required
or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or
copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner.
The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party,
or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such
patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall
indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by
reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the
work.
70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The owner reserves the
right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility
service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility
service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the
extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the
owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows:
Owner (Utility or Other Facility)
Location (See Plan Sheet No.)
Person to Contact (Name, Title, Address and Phone)
Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to
excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the
work without the written permission of the Engineer.
Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service
of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility
service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such
111-27
owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such
construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is
listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all
necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless
otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed
that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized
work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work.
70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AlP contracts, the United States Government has
agreed to reimburse the owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement
is made from time to time upon the owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration
of the United Sates Government's (FAA's) agreement with the owner, the owner has included
provisions in this contract pursuantto the requirements ofthe Airport Improvement Act of 1982,
as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987, and the
Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work.
As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly
authorized representatives of the Administrator, FAA, and is further subject to those provisions
of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications.
No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this contract shall
be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such
requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract.
70-06 SANITARY. HEALTH. AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and
maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his/her employees
as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health,
or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction.
Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning
construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work
in surroundings or under conditions are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health
or safety.
70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her
operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least
inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most
important consideration.
The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular
traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all
suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40
hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and! safety of the
traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section
80 hereinafter.
111-28
70-08 BARRICADES. WARNING SIGNS. AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall
furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary
to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades,
warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated.
Forvehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades,
warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual
of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States
Government Printing Office).
When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area,
the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting
conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports.
The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open
trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that
may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the
airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During
Construction Activity.
The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in
reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2.
The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards
prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades,
warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer.
Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport.
70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution
of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property,
including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use
of explosives.
All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances,
and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply,
storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000
feet (300 m) from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy.
The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures
or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his/her intention to use explosives. Such
notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may
deem necessary to protect their property from injury.
The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300 m) of the
airport property.
111-29
70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall
protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until
the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until
directed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during
the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his/her
manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and
said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and
accepted.
When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by
or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in
consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his/her own
expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or
injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make
good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner.
70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save
harmless the Engineer and the owner and their officers, and employees from all suits actions,
or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained
by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on
account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of
unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect,
or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any
infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or
recovered under the' 'Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or
decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his/her contract as may be
considered necessary by the owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the owner
or, in case no money is due, his/her surety may be held until such suit or suits, action or
actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and
suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the owner, except that money due the Contractor
will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately
protected by public liability and property damage insurance.
70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties
executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract
to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not
a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to
the terms or provisions of the contract.
70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the
Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the owner
prior to completion of the entire contract, such" phasing" of the work shall be sp~cified herein
and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete sUlch portions of
111-30
the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall
make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit such
beneficial occupancy by the owner as described below:
Phase or Description
Required Date or Sequence of Owner's Beneficial Occupancy
Work Shown on Plan Sheet
Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the
owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50.
No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the
Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic
on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the 'Opinion of the
Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic.
Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not
constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision
of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to
traffic which is permitted by the owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense.
The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in
completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added
compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract
work.
70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written
acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted
in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor
shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage
to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether al1ising from the
execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore,
and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the
above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to
the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the faultor negligence
of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquakie, tidal wave,
tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or
of government authorities.
If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the
work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The
Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures,
signs, or other facilities at his/her expense. During such period of suspensiol1l of work, the
Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing conpition all living
material in newly established planting, seedings, and soddings furnished under hi~/her contract,
and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative
growth against injury.
111-31
70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF
OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED
BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or
private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may
be authorized by the owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities
during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his/her operations to
prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities.
To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility
services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract
work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated
as follows:
Utility Service or Facility
Person to Contact (Name, Title, Address, & Phone)
Owner's Emergency Contact (Phone)
It is understood and agreed that the owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the
completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or
structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or
omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to protect
such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service.
It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract,
notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his/her plan of operations. Such
notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided
hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES
DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the
Engineer.
In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his/her plan of
operations that would affect such owners.
Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the
Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his/her plan of operation. If, in the
Contractor's opinion, the owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or
the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice
should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious
means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business
days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The
Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer.
The Contractor's failure to give the two day's notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for
the Engineer to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service
or facility.
111-32
Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the
ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer
within 3 feet (90 cm) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure
protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations.
Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by
accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and
shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The
Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the
Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the
satisfaction of the utility or facility owner.
The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service
or facility due to his/her operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The contract
owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due
the Contractor, or his/her surety.
70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The owner will be responsible for furnishing all
rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's
operations.
70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract
provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall
be no liability upon the Engineer, his/her authorized representatives, or any officials of the
owner either personally or as an official of the owner. It is understood that in such matters they
act solely as agents and representatives of the owner.
70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the owner will
expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final
acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the owner from correcting any measurement,
estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the owner be
precluded or estopped from recovering from the Contractor or his/her surety, or both, such
overpayment as may be sustailled, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his/her
obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the owner of any breach of any part of
the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the owner for
latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the
owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty.
70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state,
and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary
precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils,
bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from
particulate and gaseous matter.
111-33
70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this
subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property,
district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current
National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior.
Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building,
structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease
operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate
the Contractor's finding and will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to
suspend operations as directed.
Should the Engineer order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an
archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall
be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement)
as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled
PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If
appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance
with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of
Section 80.
END OF SECTION 70
111-34
SECTION 80
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the
work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in
person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is
duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer.
Should the Contractor elect to assign his/her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in
by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the owner, and shall be
consummated only on the written approval of the owner. In case of approval, the Contractor
shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer.
80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is
expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be
charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10
days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction
operations will begin.
80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall
submit his/her progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective
date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the
Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress
of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to
guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within
the time set forth in the proposal.
If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the
Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract
time and modify his/her operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor
necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued
for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of
resuming operations.
For AI P contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date
on which the notice to proceed is issued by the owner.
80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and
the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and
unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AI R OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport.
When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AIR
OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport management
111-35
(through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor
shall not close an AI R OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the
necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection
titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70.
When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA
of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR
OPERATIONS AREA), the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter
specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA;
immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure
to maintain the specified communications orto obey instructions shall be cause for suspension
of the Contractor's operations in the AI R OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions
are provided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) cannot be closed to operating
aircraft to permit the Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and will therefore be closed
to aircraft operations intermittently as follows:
AOA
TIME PERIODS AOA CAN BE CLOSED
TYPE OF COMMUNICATIONS REQUIRED WHEN WORKING IN AN AOA
CONTROL AUTHORITY
80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. METHODS. AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall,
at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion
in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications.
All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to
them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such
work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily.
All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such
mechanical condition as to met requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality
of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously
completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use.
When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are
not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will
accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and
specifications.
When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and
equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor
desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the cOhtract, he may
request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include
a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to
make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be
fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use
111-36
of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does
not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute
method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and
equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of
specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change
will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result
of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection.
80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Engineer shall have the authority
to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary,
due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the
prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the
Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract.
In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Engineer, in writing, to suspend work for
some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the
Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on
the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The
period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to
suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for
such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the
Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his/her claim information
substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim
to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this
article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to
inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Contractor, or for any other
delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications.
If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall
store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become
damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the
work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect
temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport.
80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar
or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract
and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME.
Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall
be adjusted as follows:
CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the
Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his/her weekly statement
of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and
the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the
original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included
111-37
in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENT ALAGREEMENTS covering EXTRA
WORK).
The Engineer shall base his/her weekly statement of contract time charged on the
following considerations:
1) No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to
proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for
at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal
item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall
be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall
apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes,
lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the
principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the
entire work which have been ordered by the Engineer for reasons not the
fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the oontract time.
2) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the
effective date of the notice to proceed.
3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first
working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed.
4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the
date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL
ACCEPTANCE of Section 50.
5) The Contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest
setting forth his/her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no
objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be
considered as acceptable to the Contractor.
The contract time (stated jn the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities
as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL
QUANTITI ES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require
performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the
contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually
completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the
proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or
the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental
agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment.
B. CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of
calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice
to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and nbnwork days.
All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Engineer's orders
" 1-38
to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor,
shall be excluded.
At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same
proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of
the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract
time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that
has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges
against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance.
C. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on
which all contract work shall be substantially completed.
If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his/her control to
complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in
accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to
the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the
Engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will
justify the granting of his/her request. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time
was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Engineer finds
that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without
the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount
as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full
force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion.
80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as
specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including
all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND
EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and
proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the
Contractor or his/her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall
be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that will be incurred by the
owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his/her contract.
Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed
for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended,
will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the owner of any of its rights under the
contract.
80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered
in default of his/her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the owner to
terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor:
A. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the" Notice
to Proceed," or
111-39
B. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or
materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the
contract, or
C. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to
perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or
D. Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or
E. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after
notice to do so, or
F. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or
insolvency, or
G. Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10
days, or
H. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or
I. For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable
manner.
Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason
hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's
surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the owner's intentions to
terminate the contract.
If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in
accordance therewith, then the owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the
facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice,
have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work
out of the hands of the Contractqr. The owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and
equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into
an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof,
or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion
of said contract in an acceptable manner.
All costs and charges incurred by the owner, together with the cost of completing the work
under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the
Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the
contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the owner the
amount of such excess.
80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The owner shall terminate the
contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding
111-40
with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with
respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense.
When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work
in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed
at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started.
No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered.
Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not
otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will
be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor.
Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not
incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the
Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points
of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer.
Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her
responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and
concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed.
END OF SECTION 80
111-41
SECTION 90
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be
measured by the Engineer, or his/her authorized representatives, using United States
Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units.
The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of
material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally
recognized as conforming to good engineering practice.
Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made
horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs) having an area
of 9 square feet (0.8 square meter) or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse
measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or
ordered in writing by the Engineer.
Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field
conditions.
Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as
electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured
parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed.
In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods
will be used.
The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe,
metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in
decimal fraction of inches.
The term" ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds (907 kilograms) avoirdupois.
All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate,
approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If
material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight
of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed
through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed
empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible
identification mark.
Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles
and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or
type acceptable to the Engineer, provided that the body is of such shape thl:lt the actual
contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least
their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arriv~ at the point
111-42
of delivery.
When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified
to be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be
converted to cubic yards (cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from
weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be
agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used.
Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon (liter) orton (kilogram). When measured
by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60 F (15 C) or will be corrected to the volume
at 60 F (15 C) using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars.
Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments
will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has
been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work.
When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume,
subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities.
Cement will be measured by the ton (kilogram) or hundredweight (kilogram).
Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M.F.B.M.) actually incorporated
in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the
extreme length of each piece.
The term" lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the
work described in the contract.
When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the
unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories.
Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary
traveling time of the equipment vvithin the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the
Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order
or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection
titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section.
When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, foiled shapes,
pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc.,
such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more
stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established
by the industries involved will be accepted.
Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for
by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified
permanently installed commercial scales.
111-43
Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the correct weight throughout the range of
use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector
before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in
spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed
one-tenth of 1 percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound
(454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted.
Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and
the inspector can safely and conveniently view them.
Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound (2.3 kilogram) weights for testing
the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment.
Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales
shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end.
Scales" overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate,
and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting-accuracy test will
be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1 percent.
In the event inspection reveals the scales have been I' underweighing" (indicating less than
correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be
allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded.
All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for
furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection,
for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract
prices for the various items of the project.
When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay
quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific
portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on
the plans are revised by the Engi.neer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease
in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount
represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions.
90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation
provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work
under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or
expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof,
subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section
70.
When the" basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract
price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this
same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item
111-44
which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications.
90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of
work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full,
so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted
quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in
the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made
for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits
suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly
from his/her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from
any other cause.
90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED
ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order
nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the
owner.
Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item
from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work
actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or non perform such
contract item.
Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of
the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon
become the property of the owner.
In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for
all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the
date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly
related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the
Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs.
90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in
accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the
contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement
authorizing the extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the
extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and
paid for based on expended labor, equipment, and materials plus a negotiated and agreed
upon allowance for overhead and profit.
A. Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general
superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for whioh no specific
allowance is herein provided.
B. Comparison of Record. The Contractor and the Engineer shall compare records
of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be
111-45
indicated by signature of the Contractor and the Engineer or their duly authorized
representatives.
C. Statement. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account
basis until the Contractor has furnished the Engineer with duplicate itemized
statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows:
1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for
each laborer and foreman.
2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for
each unit of machinery and equipment.
3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions.
4) Transportation of materials.
5) Cost of property damage, liability and workman's compensation insurance
premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax.
Statements shall be accompanied and supported by a receipted invoice for all materials used
and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not
specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of
the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken
from his/her stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and
transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor.
90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the
work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of
the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the
contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered
actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled
PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section.
No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate
amounts to less than five hundred dollars.
From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of
such total amount will be deducted and retained by the owner until the final payment is made,
except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF
WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all
previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his/her
option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section,
no such 10 percent retainage shall be deducted.
When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed the Engineer may, at his/her
111-46
discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained
an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the
work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will
then be certified for payment to the Contractor.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive
partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or
covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess
quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item
of work in question.
No partial payment shall bind the owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place
as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final
payment as provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this
section.
90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent
of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials
meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to
acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to
the owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next
partial payment after the following conditions are met:
A. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the
Engineer at or on an approved site.
B. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the
quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials.
C. The Con!ractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the
material and transportation costs have been paid.
D. The Contractor has furnished the owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances
of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled.
E. The Contractor has furnished the owner evidence that the material so stored or
stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such
materials at anytime prior to use in the work.
It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the owner's payment for such stored
or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility for
furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract,
plans, and specifications.
In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price
for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended
111-47
to be used.
No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials.
The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled
materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection.
90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the Contractor's option, he/she may request
that the owner accept (in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on partial payments described in the
subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the Contractor's deposits in escrow
under the following conditions.
A. The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow
account and escrow agreement acceptable to the owner.
B. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities
or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the owner and having a value
not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from
partial payment.
C. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the owner.
D. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement.
90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the contract work has been accepted
in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section
50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The
Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his/her
objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations
of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or
supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any)
in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of
the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute
still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities
in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the owner as a claim in
accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section
50.
After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate,
final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of
approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and
all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and
payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment.
If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the
subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the
111-48
provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the owner in accordance with
local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment
determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate.
END OF SECTION 90
111-49
SECTION 100
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM
100-01 GENERAL. When the specifications require a Contractor Quality Control Program,
the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that
details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and
completed construction conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other
requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or
vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified
herein and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose.
The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control
that will:
A. Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials.
B. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that
the specification requirements can be met.
C. Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own
standard of control.
The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference,
his/her understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any
construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the
Quality Control Program has been reviewed by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made
for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program
has been reviewed.
The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract
technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing
requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer.
100-02 DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM.
A. General Description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program
to perform inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical
specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control
Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with
respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional
performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective fOri control of all
construction work performed under this Contract and shall speci~ically include
surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in ad(jition to other
III-50
requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the
Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control.
B. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control
Program in a written document which shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to
the start of any production, construction, or off-site fabrication. The written
Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least
seven (7) calendar days before the Preconstruction Conference.
The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address, as a minimum, the following items:
A. Quality control organization;
B. Project progress schedule;
C. Submittals schedule;
D. Inspection requirements;
E. Quality control testing plan;
F. Documentation of quality control activities; and
G. Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance
criteria are not met.
The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program
that he/she deems necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction
processes required by this contract.
100-03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION. The Contractor's Quality Control Program
shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An
organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these
personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and
personnel.
The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall
indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program,
including inspection and testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can
be utilized for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside
organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the
Quality Control Program, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification
requirements of paragraph 1 00-03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which
personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization.
III-51
The quality control organization shall consist of the following minimum personnel:
A. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time employee
of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program
Administrator shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience in airport and/or
highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a
project of comparable size and scope as the contract.
Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least 1 of
the following requirements:
1) Professional engineer with 1 year of airport paving experience acceptable
to the Engineer.
2) Engineer-in-training with 2 years of airport paving experience acceptable
to the Engineer.
3) An individual with 3 years of highway and/or airport paving experience
acceptable to the Engineer, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil
Engineering, Civil Engineering Technology or Construction.
4) Construction materials technician certified at Level III by the National
Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET).
5) Highway materials technician certified at Level III by NICET.
6) Highway construction technician certified at Level III by NICET.
7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology
with 5 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to
the Engineer.
The Program Adm.inistrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions
necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to
ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The
Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the
construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control
Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site
within 2 hours after being notified of a problem.
B. Quality Control Technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians
necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be
provided. These personnel shall be either engineers, engineering technicians, or
experienced craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field! equivalent to
NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway
construction technician and shall have a minimum of 2 years of experience in their
III-52
area of expertise.
The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator
and shall perform the following functions:
1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for
conformance to the technical specifications, and as required by Section
100-06.
2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical
specifications and Section 1 00-07.
Certification at an equivalent level, by a state or nationally recognized
organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification.
C. Staffing Levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control
personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being
produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field
technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The
scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and
pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different
technicians will be required for different work elements.
100-04 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated
construction schedule for all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network
diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT, or other format, or as otherwise specified in
the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities,
milestone dates, and activity duration.
The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the
progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract.
Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility for
scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the
contract.
1 00-05 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all
submittals (e.g., mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the
technical specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall
include:
A. Specification item number;
B. Item description;
C. Description of submittal;
III-53
D. Specification paragraph requiring submittal; and
E. Scheduled date of submittal.
100-06 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. Quality control inspection functions shall be
organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All
inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by Section 100-07.
Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract
requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following
minimum requirements:
A. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and
periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of aggregates and
other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the
approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All
equipment utilized in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its
proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these
and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized.
B. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall
be utilized to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment
utilized in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its
proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in
conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions,
lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these
and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized.
100-07 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING PLAN. As a part of the overall Quality Control
Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the
technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies
required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that
the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction
processes.
The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum, include
the following:
A. Specification item number (e.g., P-401);
B. Item description (e.g., Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements);
C. Test type (e.g., gradation, grade, asphalt content);
D. Test standard (e.g., ASTM or AASHTO test number, as applicable);
III-54
E. Test frequency (e.g., as required by technical specifications or minimum
frequency when requirements are not stated);
F. Responsibility (e.g., plant technician); and
G. Control requirements (e.g., target, permissible deviations).
The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring
test samples in accordance with ASTM D 3665. The Engineer shall be provided the
opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing.
All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by Section
100-08.
1 00-08 DOCUMENTATION. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of
all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the
required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections
or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for
rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken.
These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must
include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full
compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished
to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously
furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator.
Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include, but are not
necessarily limited to, the following records:
A. Daily Inspection Reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall
maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and
subcontractor operations on a form acceptable to the Engineer. These
technician's daily (eports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality
control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the
following:
1) Technical specification item number and description;
2) Compliance with approved submittals;
3) Proper storage of materials and equipment;
4) Proper operation of all equipment;
5) Adherence to plans and technical specifications;
III-55
6) Review of quality control tests; and
7) Safety inspection.
The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of
inspections, location and nature of defects found, causes for rejection, and
remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed.
The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control
technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at
least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day
of record.
B. Daily Test Reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a
system which will record all quality control test results. Daily test reports shall
document the following information:
1) Technical specification item number and description;
2) Test designation;
3) Location;
4) Date of test;
5) Control requirements;
6) Test results;
7) Causes for rejection;
8) Recommended remedial actions; and
9) Retests.
Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior
to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical
specifications, the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The
daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and
the Program Administrator.
100-09 CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS. The Quality Control Program shall
indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or beliaved, to be out
of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into
control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for
operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work contained
III-56
in the technical specifications.
The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests
will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules
to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain
process control.
When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and
utilize statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for
corrective action shall be linked to the control charts.
100-10 SURVEILLANCE BY THE ENGINEER. All items of material and equipment shall be
subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production, manufacture!or shipment to
determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality
control system in conformance with the requirements detailed herein and ~he applicable
technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in
place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose.
Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control
inspections of either on-site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work.
100-11 NONCOMPLIANCE.
A. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the
foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice,
immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer
or his/her authorized representative to the Contractor or his/her authorized
representative at the site of the work, shall be considered sufficient notice.
B. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the
Contractor's Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the
Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control
Program, as det~rmined by the Engineer, the Engineer may:
1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control
personnel or subcontractors.
2) Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective
actions is taken.
END OF SECTION 100
III-57
SECTION 110
METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF
MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL)
110-01 GENERAL. When the specifications provide for material to be samp!led and tested
on a statistical basis, the material will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with this
section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically, using procedures to determine
the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. This cdncept, termed
percent within limits (PWL), is a statistically based evaluation method, whereby the PWL is
computed on a lot basis, using the average (X) and standard deviation (Sn) of the specified
number (n) of sublot tests for the lot and the specification tolerance limits (L f<l>r lower and U
for upper) for the particular acceptance parameter. From these values, the res~ective Quality
index(s) (QL for Lower Quality Index and/or QU for Upper Quality Index) is computed and the
PWL for the specified n is determined from Table 1.
There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only
a small fraction of production material (the population) is sampled and tested. Tlhis uncertainty
exists because all portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly
sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability that material produced at the acceptable
quality level is rejected or subjected to a pay adjustment. The Owner's risk is the probability
that material produced at the rejectable quality level is accepted.
It is the intent of this section to inform the Contractor that, in order to consistently offset the
Contractor's risk for material evaluated, production quality (using population average and
population standard deviation) must be maintained at the acceptable quality speoified or higher.
In all cases, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to produce at quality levels that will meet
the specified acceptance criteria when sampled and tested at the frequencies specified.
110-02 METHOD FOR COMPUTING PWL. The computational sequence for computing the
PWL is as follows:
A. Divide the lot into (l sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of
the specification.
B. Locate the sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the random
sampling requirements of the specification.
C. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the
measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of
the specification.
D. Average all sublot values within the lot to find X by using the fOlloWing formula:
X = (x1 + x2 + x3 + . . .xn) / n
I II-58
Where:
X = Average of all sublot values within a lot
x1, x2 = Individual sublot values
n = Number of sublots
III-59
E. Find the standard deviation Sn by use of the following formula:
Sn = SQRT[(d1 *d1 + d2*d2 + d3*d3 + . . .dn*dn) / (n-1)]
Where:
Sn = standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set
d1, d2 = deviations of the individual sublot values X1, X2 . . . from the
average value X
that is: d1 = (x1 - X), d2 = (xn - X) . . dn = (xn - X)
n = number of sublots
F. For single sided specification limits (Le., L only), compute the Lower Quality
Index QL by use of the following formula:
QL = (X - L) / Sn
Where:
L = specification lower tolerance limit
Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the
column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements. If the value of QL falls between
values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PWL.
G. For double sided specification limits (Le. Land U), compute the Quality Indexes
QL and QU by use of the following formulas:
QL = (X - L) / Sn and QU = (U - X) / Sn
Where:
Land U = specification lower and upper tolerance limits
Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits
(PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and QU, using the column appropriate to the
total number (n) of measurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and
percent of material below PU for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values
shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or PU. Determine the PWL by use of the
following formula:
PWL = (PU + PL) - 100
Where:
PL = percent within lower specification limit
PU = percent within upper specification limit
111-60
EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION
Project: Example Project
Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A.
A. PWL Determination for Mat Density.
1) Density of four random cores taken from Lot A.
A-1 96.60
A-2 97.55
A-3 99.30
A-4 98.35
n=4
2) Calculate average density for the lot.
X = (x1 + x2 + x3 + . . xn) / n
X = (96.60 + 97.55 + 99.30 + 98.35) /4
X = 97.95 percent density
3) Calculate the standard deviation for the lot.
Sn = SQRT[ ( (96.60 - 97.95)*(96.60 - 97.95) +
(97.55 - 97.95)*(97.55 - 97.95) +
(99.30 - 97.95)*(99.30 - 97.95) +
(98.35 - 97.95)*(98.35 - 97.95)) / (4 - 1)]
Sn = SQRT[ (1.82 + 0.16 + 1.82 + 0.16) /3]
Sn = 1 .15
4) Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the Jot. (L=96.3)
QL = (X -L) / Sn
QL = (97.95 - 96.30) / 1.15
QL = 1.4384
5) Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL= 1.44 and n=4.
PWL = 98
" 1-61
B. PWL Determination for Air Voids.
1) Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A.
A-1 5.00
A-2 3.74
A-3 2.30
A-4 3.25
2) Calculate the average air voids for the lot.
x = (x1 + x + x3 . . n) 1 n
x = (5.00 + 3.74 + 2.30 + 3.25) 14
x = 3.57 percent
3) Calculate the standard deviation Sn for the lot.
Sn = SQRT[ ( (3.57 - 5.00)*(3.57 - 5.00) +
(3.57 - 3.74)*(3.57 - 3.74) +
(3.57 - 2.30)*(3.57 - 2.30) +
(3.57 - 3.25)*(3.57 - 3.25))/(4 - 1)]
Sn = SQRT[(2.04 + 0.03 + 1.62 + 0.10 ) 13]
Sn = 1 .12
4) Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L= 2.0)
QL = (X - L) 1 Sn
QL = (3.57.- 2.00) 1 1.12
QL = 1 .3992
5) Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.40 and n = 4.
PL = 97
6) Calculate the Upper Quality Index QU for the lot. (U= 5.0)
QU = (U - X) 1 Sn
QU = (5.00 - 3.57) 11.12
111-62
QU = 1 .2702
7) Determine PU by entering Table 1 with QU = 1.27 and n = 4.
PU = 93
8) Calculate Air Voids PWL
PWL = (PL + PU) - 100
PWL = (97 + 93) - 100 = 90
" 1-63
TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN LIMITS (PWL)
Percent Within Positive Values of Q (QL and QU)
Limits
(PL and PU) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8
99 1 . 1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1.9520
98 1 .1524 1 .4400 1.6016 1 .6982 1.7612 1.8053
97 1 . 1496 1 .41 00 1.5427 1.6181 1.6661 1.6993
96 1 . 1456 1.3800 1 .4897 1 .5497 1.5871 1.6127
95 1 . 1405 1 .3500 1 .4407 1 .4887 1.5181 1.5381
94 1 .1342 1 .3200 1 .3946 1 .4329 1 .4561 1.4716
93 1 . 1269 1 .2900 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112
92 1.1184 1 .2600 1 .3088 1.3323 1.3461 1 .3554
91 1 .1 089 1 .2300 1.2683 1 .2860 1 .2964 1 .3032
90 1 .0982 1 .2000 1 .2290 1 .2419 1.2492 1.2541
89 1.0864 1 . 1 700 1 .1909 1. 1995 1 .2043 1 .2075
88 1.0736 1 .1400 1. 1537 1.1587 1.1613 1 . 1630
87 1.0597 1 .11 00 1 . 1173 1.1191 1 .1199 1 .1204
86 1.0448 1 .0800 1.0817 1 .0808 1 .0800 1.0794
85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1 .0435 1.0413 1.0399
84 1.0119 1.0200 1.0124 1.0071 1 .0037 1.0015
83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0.9672 0.9643
82 0.9749 0.9600 0.9452 0.9367 0.9325 0.9281
81 0.9550 0.9300 0.9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928
80 0.9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583
79 0.9124 0.8700 0.8478 0.8360 0.8291 0.8245
78 0.8897 0.8400 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0.7915
77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 0.7716 0.7640 0.7590
76 0.8417 0.7800 0.7535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271
75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 0.7009 0.6958
74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649
73 0.7636 0.6900 0.6617 0.6477 0.6396 0.6344
72 0.7360 0.6600 0.6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044
71 0.7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747
70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5583 0.5504 0.5454
111-64
Percent Within Positive Values of Q (QL and QU)
Limits
(PL and PU) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8
69 0.6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164
68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877
67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592
66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4354 0.431 0
65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4031
64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0.3753
63 0.4586 0.3900 0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0.3477
62 0.4251 0.3600 0.3392 0.3295 0.3239 0.3203
61 0.3911 0.3300 0.3107 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931
60 0.3568 0.3000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 0.2660
59 0.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391
58 0.2872 0.2400 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 0.2122
57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0.1855
56 0.2164 0.1800 0.1688 0.1636 0.1607 0.1592
55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1408 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322
54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057
53 0.1087 0.0900 0.0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0792
52 0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 0.0534 0.0528
51 0.0363 0.0300 0.0281 0.0272 0.0267 0.0264
50 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
111-65
TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN LIMITS (PWL)
Percent Within Negative Values of Q (QL and QU)
Limits
(PL and PU) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8
49 -0.0363 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0.0267 -0.0264
48 -0.0725 -0.0600 -0.0562 -0.0544 -0.0534 -0.0528
47 -0.1087 -0.0900 -0.0843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0.0792
46 -0.1447 -0.1200 -0.1125 -0.1090 -0.1070 -0.1057
45 -0.1806 -0.1500 -0.1408 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322
44 -0.2164 -0.1800 -0.1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1592
43 -0.2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -0. 1911 -0.1877 -0.1855
42 -0.2872 -0.2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122
41 -0.3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0.2391
40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0.2738 -0.2691 -0.2660
39 -0.3911 -0.3300 -0.3107 -0.3016 -0.2964 -0.2931
38 -0.4251 -0.3600 -0.3392 -0.3295 -0.3239 -0.3203
37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0.3477
36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0.3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0.3753
Percent Within Negative Values of Q (QL and QU)
Limits
(PL and PU) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8
35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4031
34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4354 -0.4310
33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592
32 -0.6187 -0.5400 -0.5129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877
31 -0.6490 -0.5700 -0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164
30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0.5719 -0.5583 -0.5504 -0.5454
29 -0.7077 -0.6300 -0.6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747
28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0.6095 -0.6044
27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344
26 -0.7904 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0.6649
25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0.7089 -0.7009 -0.6958
24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271
23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0.7640 -0.7590
22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915
21 -0.9124 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0.8360 -0.8291 -0.8245
20 -0.9342 -0.9000 -0.8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583
19 -0.9550 -0.9300 -0.9123 -0.9025 -0.8966 -0.8928
18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0.9367 -0.9325 -0.9281
17 -0.9939 -0.9900 -0.9785 -0.9715 -0.9672 -0.9643
16 -1.0119 -1.0200 -1.0124 -1.0071 -1.0037 -1.0015
15 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1.0467 -1.0435 -1 .0413 -1.0399
111-66
14 -1 .0448 -1.0800 -1.0817 -1.0808 -1.0800 -1 .0794
13 -1.0597 -1 . 11 00 -1 . 11 73 -1.1191 -1 . 11 99 -1 .1204
12 -1.0736 -1 .1400 -1 .1537 -1 .1587 -1.1613 -1 .1630
11 -1.0864 -1 .1700 -1 .1909 -1 .1995 -1.2043 -1 .2075
10 -1.0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1 .2492 -1.2541
9 -1 .1 089 -1 .2300 -1.2683 -1 .2860 -1 .2964 -1.3032
8 -1.1184 -1.2600 -1.3088 -1.3323 -1.3461 -1.3554
7 -1 .1269 -1 .2900 -1.3508 -1.3810 -1.3991 -1.4112
6 -1 .1342 -1.3200 -1.3946 -1 .4329 -1.4561 -1.4716
5 -1 .1405 -1.3500 -1 .4407 -1 .4887 -1.5181 -1.5381
4 -1 .1456 -1 .3800 -1 .4897 -1 .5497 -1.5871 -1.6127
3 -1 .1496 -1 .41 00 -1 .5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993
2 -1 .1524 -1 .4400 -1.6016 -1 .6982 -1.7612 -1.8053
1 -1 . 1 541 -1.4700 -1.6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 -1.9520
111-67
SECTION 120
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CLAUSES
AIRPORT IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
120-01 LABOR PROVISIONS
1 . Each Sponsor entering into a Construction Contract over Two Thousand Dollars
($2,000.00) for an Airport Development project is required to insert in the
Contract the following provisions from 29CFR 5.5. Each Contractor is to include
these provisions in each Construction Subcontract.
a. Minimum Wages
(1) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of
the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once
a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any
account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by
regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland
Act [29 CFR Part 3]), the full amount of wages and bona fide
fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of
payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the
wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached
hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual
relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor
and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs
reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section
1 (b )(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics
are considered wages paid to laborers or mechanics, subject to
the provisions of subparagraph a.(4) below; also, regular
contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly
period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds,
programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed
to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period.
Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage
rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the
classification of Work actually performed, without regard to skill,
except as provided in paragraph d. of this clause. Laborers or
mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be
compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the
time actually worked therein: Provided, that the employer's payroll
records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in
111-68
(2)
which work is performed. The wage determination (including any
additional classification and wage rates conformed under a.(2) of
this Section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be
posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the
site of the Work in a prominent and accessible place where it can
easily be seen by the workers.
(I)
The Contracting Officer shall require that any class of
laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage
determination and which is to be employed under the
Contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage
determination. The Contracting Officer shall approve an
additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits
therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(A) The Work to be performed by the classification
requested is not performed by a classification in the
wage determination; and
(B) The classification is utilized in the area by the
construction industry; and
(C) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide
fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to
the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(ii) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be
employed in the classification (if known), or their
representatives, and the Contracting Officer agree on the
classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report
of the action taken shall be sent by the Contracting Officer
to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division,
Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of
Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an
authorized representative, will approve, modify, or
disapprove every additional classification action within thirty
(30) days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or
will notify the Contracting Officer within the thirty (30) day
period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the
Office of Management and Budget under OMB control
number 1215-0140.)
111-69
(Hi) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to
be employed in the classification or their representatives,
and the Contracting Officer do not agree on the proposed
classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the
Contracting Officer shall refer the questions, including the
views of all interested parties and the recommendation of
the contracting officer, to the Administrator for
determination. The Administrator, or an authorized
representative, will issue a determination within thirty (30)
days of receipt and so advise or notify the Contracting
Officer within the thirty (30) day period that additional time
is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.)
(iv) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate)
determined pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(ii) or (iii) of this
paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in
the classification under this Contract from the first day on
which work is performed in the classification.
(3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the Contract for
a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is
not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the
benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another
bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
(4) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other
third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of
any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably
anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or
program, Provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon
the "Yritten request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards
of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor
may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account
assets for the meeting of obligations under the Plan or Program.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB
control number 1215-0140.)
b. Withholding. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) shall upon its
own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor
111-70
under this Contract or any other Federal Contract with the same prime
contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-
Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime
contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be
considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including
apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any
subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the Contract. In the
event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice,
trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of
the wages required by the Contract, the FAA may, after written notice to
the Contractor, Sponsor, Applicant, or Owner, take such action as may
be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance,
or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
c. Payrolls and Basic Records.
(1) Payrolls and Basic Records relating thereto shall be maintained by
the Contractor during the course of the Work and preserved for a
period of three (3) years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics
working at the site of the Work. Such records shall contain the
name, address, and social security number of each such worker,
his or her correct classification hourly rates of wages paid
(including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide
fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described
in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly
number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid.
Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under a(4) of this
clause that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the
amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits
under a plan or program described in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the
Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show
that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that
the ~Ian or Program is financially responsible, and that the Plan or
Program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or
mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated
orthe actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors
employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall
maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship
programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of
the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates
prescribed in the applicable programs. (Approved by the Office of
Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140
and 1215-0017.)
111-71
(2)
(I)
The Contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which
any contract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the
Applicant, Sponsor, or Owner, as the case may be, for
transmission to the FAA. The payrolls submitted shall set
out accurately and completely all of the information required
to be maintained under paragraph c(1) above. This
information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional
Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be
purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal
Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime
Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of
payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of
Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-
0149.)
(ii) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a
"Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or
subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises
the payment of the persons employed under the Contract
and shall certify the following:
(A) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the
information required to be maintained under
paragraph c(1) above and that such information is
correct and complete;
(B) That each laborer and mechanic (including each
helper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the
Contract during the payroll period has been paid the
full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either
directly or indirectly and that no deductions have
been made either directly or indirectly from the full
wages earned, other than permissible deductions as
set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3;
(C) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not
less than the applicable wage rates and fringe
benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of
work performed, as specified in the applicable wage
determination incorporated into the Contract.
(iii) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification
set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347
shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the
"Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph c.(2)(b)
111-72
of this section.
(iv) The falsification of any of the above certifications may
subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal
prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231
of Title 31 of the United States Code.
(3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required
under paragraph c.(1) of this section available for inspection,
copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the FAA
orthe Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives
to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the
Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or
to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written
notice to the Contractor, sponsor, applicant or Owner, take such
action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to
submit the required records upon request or to make such records
available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29
CFR 5.12.
d. Apprentices and Trainees
(1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than
the predetermined rate for the Work they performed when they
are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide
apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of
Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship
Agency recognized by the bureau, or if a person is employed in his
or her first ninety (90) days of probationary employment as an
apprentice in such as apprenticeship program, who is not
indiv.idually registered in the program, but who has been certified
by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State
Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for
probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of
apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification
shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as
to the entire work force under the registered program.
Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is
not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be
paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually ~erformed. In
addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess
111-73
of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid
not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination
for the work actually performed. Where a Contractor is
performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in
which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates
(expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate)
specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program
shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than
the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's
level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen
hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination.
Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the
provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship
program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be
paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage
determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator
determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable
apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with
that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and
Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the
Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the
Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less
than the applicable predetermined rate for the Work performed
until an acceptable program is approved.
(2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be
permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate forthe Work
performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually
registered in a program which has received prior approval,
evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor,
Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to
journeymen on the job site shall not be greater that permitted
und~r the Plan approved by the Employment and Training
Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the
rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of
progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly
rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall
be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe
benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits
listed in the wage determination unless the Administrator of the
Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship
program associated with the corresponding jou rneyman wage rate
111-74
on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe
benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a
trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training
plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall
be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed. In
addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of
the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not
less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for
the Work actually performed. In the event the Employment and
Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program,
the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less
than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed
until an acceptable program is approved.
(3) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices,
trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with
the Equal Employment Opportunity requirements of Executive
Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.
e. Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements. The Contractor shall
comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated
by reference in this Contract.
f. Subcontracts. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall insert in any
subcontracts the clauses contained in paragraphs a through j of this
Contract and such other clauses as the FAA may by appropriate
instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to
include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime
contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor
or lower tier subcontractor with all the Contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
g. Contract T.ermination: Debarment. A breach of the Contract clauses
in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the Contract, and for the
debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR
5.12.
h. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All
rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained
in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this
Contract.
111-75
I. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the
labor standards provisions of this Contract shall not be subject to the
general disputes clause of this Contract. Such disputes shall be resolved
in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth
in 29 CFR Parts 5,6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause
include disputes between the Contractor (or any of its subcontractors)
and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the
employees of their representatives.
j. Certification of Eligibility.
(1) By entering into this Contract, the Contractor certifies that neither
it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the
Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded
Government contracts by virtue of section 3( a) of the Davis-Bacon
Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a) (1).
(2) No part of this Contract shall be subcontracted to any person or
firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of
section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in Criminal
Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
2. The following clauses in paragraphs a., b., c., d., and e. below, required by the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, will also be inserted in full in AlP
Construction contracts in excess of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) in
addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 (a) or 4.6 of Part 4 of Title 29.
As used in the following, the term "laborers" and "mechanics" include watchmen
and guards.
a. Overtime Requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for
any part of the contract work which may require or involve the
employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such
laborer or mechanic in any work week in which he or she is employed on
such work to work in excess of forty (40) hours in such workweek unless
such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than
one and one-half (1 'Y:2) times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in
excess of forty (40) hours in such work week.
b. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. In the
event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph a. above, the
Contractor or any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the
unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be
111-76
liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for
the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory),
for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with
respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and
guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph a.
above, in the sum of ten dollars ($10.00) for each calendar day on which
such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the
standard workweek of forty (40) hours without payment of the overtime
wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph a. above.
c. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The FAA
shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized
representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be
withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the
Contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal
contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted
contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act,
which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be
determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or
subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in
the clause set forth in paragraph b. above.
d. Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any
subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs a. through d. and also
a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower
tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the
clauses set forth in paragraphs a. through d.
e. Working Conditions. No contractor or subcontractor may require any
laborer and mechanic employed in the performance of any contract to
work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary,
hazardous. or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under
Construction Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR Part 1926) issued by
the Department of Labor.
3. In addition to the provisions in 1 and 2 above, for contracts in excess of $2,000,
the following is to be included in all contracts for work on airport development
projects involving labor:
Veterans Preference. In the employment of labor (except in executive,
administrative and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans
of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans. However, this preference shall apply
only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the Work to
which the employment relates.
111-77
120-02 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction
Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246. as amended).
1 . As used in these Specifications:
a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation
from which this Contract resulted;
b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person of whom
the Director delegates authority;
c. "Employer Identification Number" means the Federal Social Security
number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S.
Treasury Department Form 941 ;
d. "Minority" includes:
1) Black (all persons having origins in any of the black African racial
groups not of Hispanic origin);
2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or
South American or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of
race) ;
3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the
original peoples of the Far East, Southeast, Asia, the Indian
Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and
4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any
of ttle original peoples of North America and maintaining
identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation
or community identification).
2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a
portion of the Work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in
each subcontract in excess of $1 0,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) the provisions of
these Specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals for
minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from
which this Contract resulted.
111-78
6.
3.
If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown
Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either
individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligatibns on all work
in the plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that
plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors
must be able to demonstrate their participation in and complifince with the
provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Isubcontractor
participating in an approved plan is individually required to c mply with its
obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith e ort to achieve
each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employee . The overall
good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors t ward a goal in
an approved plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or s bcontractor's
failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the plan goals and timetables.
The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action stanJards provided
in paragraphs 7a through p of these Specifications. The goals ~et forth in the
solicitation from which this Contract resulted are expressed as p~rcentages of
the local hours of employment and training of minority and femal~ utilization the
Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each constr~ction trade in
which it has employees in the covered area. Covered constructi~n contractors
performing construction work in geographical areas where they ~o not have a
federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply th$ minority and
female goals established for the geographical area where the ork is being
performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Re ister in notice
form, and such notices may be obtained from any Federal Contra t Compliance
Programs office or from Federal Procurement contracting fficers. The
Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress n meeting its
goals in each craft during the period specified. I
Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement no~ the failure by
a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agre~ment to refer
either minorities orwomen shall excuse the Contractor's obligatio~s under these
Specifications, E);Cecutive Order 11246, as amended, or th~ regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto.
4.
5.
In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and t~ainees to be
counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees mustl be employed
by the Contractor during the training period and the Contractor mu~t have made
a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the com~letion of their
training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. ~rainees must
be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. yepartment of
Labor. i
111-79
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure EEO. The
evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these Specifications shall be
based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The
Contractor shall document these efforts fully and shall implement affirmative
action steps at least as extensive as the following:
a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment,
intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the
Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where
possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project.
The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents,
and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the
Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with
specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or
in such facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment
sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment
sources and to community organizations when the Contractor on its unions
have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the
organization's responses.
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers
of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority orfemale
referral from a union, a recruitment source, a community organization and
of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such
individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred
back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the
Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore
along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or
unions with, which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement
has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by
the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the
union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its
obligations.
e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training
programs for the area which expressly includes minorities and women,
including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs
relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those
programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The
Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources complied
under 7b above.
111-80
f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy
to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in
assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in
any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in
the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the
policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female
employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy
on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where
construction work is performed.
g. Review, at least annually, the Company's EEO policy and affirmative
action obligations under these Specifications with all employees having
any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other
employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite
supervisory personnel such as superintendents, general foremen, etc.,
prior to the initiation of construction work on any job site. A written record
shall be made and maintained identifying the time and p'lace of these
meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition
of the subject matter.
h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any
advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female
news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the
Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with
whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business.
I. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female,
and community organizations, to schools with minority and female
students; and to minority and female recruitment and training
organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment
needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of
applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment
source, th~ Contractor shall send written notification to organizations,
such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and
tests to be used in the selection process.
j. Encourage present minority female employees to recruit other minority
persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school,
summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on
the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force.
k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an
obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3.
111-81
I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation, at least of all
minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and
encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through
appropriate training, etc., such opportunities.
m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments, and
other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by
continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to
ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these
Specifications are being carried out.
n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except
that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall
be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.
o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for
subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and
suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female
contractor associations and other business associations.
p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors, adherence to and
performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action
obligations.
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist
in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The
efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community,
or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may
be asserted as fulfilling anyone or more of its obligations under 7a through p of
these Specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the
group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the
employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete
benefits of the prqgram are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female
work force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals
and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates
the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to
comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an
obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for j'Vomen have been
established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide EEO and to take
affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, arid all women,
both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation
111-82
of the executive order if a particular group is employed in a substantially
disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its
goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the executive
order if a specific minority group of women is under utilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action
standards to discriminate against any person because of race,color, religion,
sex, or national origin.
11 . The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm
debarred from government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as
amended.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these
Specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension,
termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or
ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing
regulations, by the OFCCP. Any contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions
and penalties shall be in violation of these Specifications and E~ecutive Order
11246, as amended.
13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these Specifications, shall
implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those
standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these Specifications, so as to achieve
maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the
Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the executive order, the
implementing regulations, or these Specifications, the Director shall proceed in
accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment
related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to
submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be re<l1uired by the
government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each
employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union
affiliation, if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security
number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or
laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated
trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records
shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however,
to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not
be required to maintain separate records.
15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the ~pplication of
other laws which establish different standards of compliance lor upon the
application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area re$idents (e.g.,
those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and tha Community
111-83
Development Block Grant Program).
B. Contractor Contractual Requirements. During the performance of this Contract, the
Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to
as the "Contractor") agrees as follows:
1. COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS. The Contractor shall comply with the
Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the
Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, C<llde of Federal
Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to tinhe (hereinafter
referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and
made a part of this Contract.
2. NONDISCRIMINATION. The Contractor, with regard to the Work performed by
it during the Contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or
national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including
procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not
participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section
21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the Contract
covers a program set forth in Appendix 3 of the regulations.
3. SOLICITATIONS FOR SUBCONTRACTS, INCLUDING PROCUREMENT OF
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding
or negotiation made by the Contractor for work to be performed under a
subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each
potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the
Contractor's obligation under this Contract and the Regulations relative to
nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin.
4. INFORMATION AND REPORTS. The Contractor shall provide all information
and reports required by the Regulations or Directives issued pursuant thereto
and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of
information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sponsor or the FAA
to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such regulations, orders, and
instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive
possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the
Contractor shall so certify to the Sponsor or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall
set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information.
5. SANCTIONS FOR NONCOMPLIANCE. In the event of the Contractor's
noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this ContraGt, the sponsor
shall impose such Contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be
appropriate, including, but not limited to:
a. Withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the
111-84
Contractor complies, and/or
b. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in
part.
6. INCORPORATION OF PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall include the
provisions of Paragraphs 1. through 5. in every subcontract, including
procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the
Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take
such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sponsor or
the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions inclujjing sanctions
for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes
involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a
result of such direction, the Contractor may request the Sponsor to enter into
such litigation to protect the interests of the Sponsor and, in addition, the
Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect
the interests of the United States.
C. Equal Employment Opportunity Clause. During the performance of this Contract the
Contractor agrees as follows:
1 . The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The
Contractor will take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed and
that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race,
color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited
to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or
recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of payor other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprentieeship. The
Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places available to employees and
applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of
this nondiscrimination clause.
2. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive
consideration for employment without regard to race, color, relilgion, sex, or
national origin.
3. The Contractor will send, to each labor union or representative of workers with
which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or
understanding, a notice to be provided advising that said labor union or workers'
representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section and shall
post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to err1ployees and
applicants for employment.
4. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Ord$r 11246, as
111-85
amended, of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant
orders of the Secretary of Labor.
5. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive
Order 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations,
and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will!permit access
to his books, records, and accounts by the FAA and the Secretary of Labor for
purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and
orders.
6. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses
of this Contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this Contract
may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the
Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or
federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures
authorized in Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September24, 1965, and
such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in
Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, or by rule,
regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
7. The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding
paragraph 1. and the provisions of Paragraph 1. through 7. in every subcontract
or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the
Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246,
as amended, of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding
upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with
respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the FAA may direct as a means
of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; provided,
however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened
with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the
FAA, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation
to protect the interests of the United States.
D. Notice to be Posted. The "Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" poster is to be
posted by the Contractor in a conspicuous place available to employees and applicants
for employment as required by paragraphs 1. and 3. of the EEO clause. Copies of this
poster will be furnished to contractors at the Pre-Construction Conference.
E. Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment
Opportunity (Executive Order 11246. as Amended).
1. The Offerer's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause"
and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity ConstruQtion Contract
Specifications" set forth herein.
111-86
2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in
percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trace on all
construction work in the covered area are as follows:
Timetables
Goals for minority
participation for
each trade 30.4 %
Goals for Female
participation in
each trade 6.9 %
These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or
not it is Federal or Federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the
Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of
the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area
where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the
Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its Federally involved and
nonfederally involved construction.
The Contractor's compliance with the executive order and the regulations in 41
CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity
Clause, specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-40.3(a), and its efforits to meet the
goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be
substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade,
and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorny and women
evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or
trainees from contractor to contractor or from female employees or trainees
from contractor to contractor or from project to project, for the sole purpose of
meeting the Contractor's goals, shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive
Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will
be measured against the total work hours performed.
3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director, OFCCP, within
ten (10) working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of
$10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) at any tier of construction subcontract in excess
of $10,000 (Ten ~housand Dollars) at any tier of construction work under the
Contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name,
address, telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number
of the subcontractor, estimated dollar amount of the subcontracts; estimated
starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in
which the subcontract is to be performed.
4. As used in this notice and in the Contract resulting from this solicitation, the
"covered area" is in Marathon, Monroe County, State of Florida.
111-87
F. Required Reports.
1 . Monthly Employment Utilization Reports (SF 257). This Report is to be
prepared on Form CC 257 ( Rev. 9-78) and sent to the Area Office, Federal
Contract Compliance Program (OFCCP) that serves the geographical area in
which this project is located. The Report is due by the fifth day of each month
after work has commenced. The Contractor will be advised further regarding this
Report including the address of the OFCCP Area Office, atthe Pre-Construction
Conference.
2. Annual EEO-1 Report. Contractors/subcontractors working on Federally-
assisted airport construction projects are required to file witlh the sponsor
annually, on or before March 31, complete and accurate reports on Standard
Form 100 (Employee Information Report, EEO-1). The first Such report is
required within thirty (30) days after award unless the Contractor/subcontractor
has submitted such a report within twelve (12) months preceding the date of
award (the FAA or Department of Labor, OFCCP can designate other intervals).
This form is normally furnished based on a mailing list, but can be obtained from
the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) - Survey:Division, 2401
E. St., NW, Washington, D.C. 20507 or by calling (703)756-6020. This report
is required if a Contractor or subcontractor meets all of the following conditions:
a. Nonexempt. Contractors/subcontractors are not exempt based on 41
CFR 60-1 .5, and
b. Number of Employees. Has fifty (50) or more employees,
c. Contractor/Subcontractor. Is a prime contractor or first tier
subcontractor, and
d. Dollar Level. There is a contract, subcontract, or purchase order
amounting to $50,000 (Fifty Thousand Dollars) or more or serves as a
depository of government funds in any amount, or is a financial institution
which is an issuing and paying agent for U.S. Savings BondS and Savings
Notes. Some subcontractors below the first tier who work at the site are
required to file if they meet the requirements of 41 CFR 60-1.7.
3. Records. The FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP may require a Contractor
to keep employment or other records and to furnish, in the form requested within
reasonable limits, such information as necessary.
111-88
G. Requirement for Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities.
1. Notice to Prospective Federally Assisted Construction Contractors.
a. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the
award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000
(Ten Thousand Dollars) which is not exempt from the pr<l>visions of the
equal opportunity clause.
b. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards
exceeding $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) which are not exempt from
the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause will be requIred to provide
for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective sub~ontractors for
supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed
$10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) and are not exemptfrom the provisions
of the Equal Opportunity Clause.
2. Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement for Certification of
Nonsegregated Facilities.
a. A Certificate of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the
award of subcontract exceeding $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) which
is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause.
b. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards
exceeding $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) which are not exempt from
the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be requited to provide
for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for
supplied and construction contracts where the subcon~racts exceed
$10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) and are not exempt from 1he provisions
of the equal opportunity clause.
NOTE TO THE CONTRACTOR: This Certification is not required here if completed, signed
and furnished to the Owner with the Proposal.
Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities
The Construction Contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide, for his employees
segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he does not permit his employees
to perform their services at any location, under his control where segregated facilities are
maintained. The Construction Contractor further certifies that he will not maintain or provide,
for his employees segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he ill not permit
his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control wher segregated
111-89
facilities are maintained. The construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification
is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this Contract. As used in this certification, the
term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms,
restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other storage and dressing
areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and
housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directives or are in
fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin because Of habit, local
customs, or any other reason. The Construction Contractor agrees that (except where he has
obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will
obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of'subcontracts
exceeding $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars) which are not exempt from the provisions of the
Equal Opportunity Clause and that he will retain such certifications in his files.
Signature of Contractor
Title
120-03 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT PROVISIONS
1. Airport Improvement Program Project (AlP). The Work in this Contract is
included in AlP Project No. 03-12-0044-1501 which is being undertaken and
accomplished by the Owner in accordance with the terms and conditions of a
grant agreement between the Owner and the United States, under the Airport
and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation
Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed
to pay a certain percentage of the costs of the Project that are determined to be
allowable project costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this
Contract and no reference in this Contract to the FAA or any representative
thereof, or to any rights granted to the FAA or any representative ~hereof, or the
United States, by the Contract, makes the United States a party tothis Contract.
2. Consent to Assignment. The Contractor shall obtain the prior written consent
of the OWNER to. any proposed assignment of any interest in or part of this
Contract.
3. Veterans Preference. In the employment of labor (except in executive,
administrative, and supervisory positions), the Contractor shall give preference
to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section
515(c)(1) and (2) of the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982.
4. FAA Inspection and Review. The Contractor shall allow any authorized
representative of the FAA to inspect and review any work or materials used in
the performance of this Contract.
111-90
5. Foreign Trade Restrictions. The Contractor or subcontractors, by submission
of an offer and/or execution of a Contract, certifies that it:
a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a
foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminates against
U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade
Representative (USTR);
b. has not knowingly entered into any Contract or subcontract forthis project
with a Contractor that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said
list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens
or nationals of a foreign country on said list.
c. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply of any
product for use on the Project that is produced in a foreign country on
said list.
Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of
Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no Contract shall be awarded
to a contractor or subcontractor who is unable to certify to the above. If the
Contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or
service of a foreign country on the said list for use on the Project, the FAA may
direct, through the Sponsor, cancellation of the Contract at no cost to the
Government.
Further, the Contractor agrees that, if awarded a Contract resulting from this
solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification
in each Contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely
upon the certification of a prospective subcontractor unless it has knowledge that
the certification is erroneous.
The Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the Sponsor if the
Contractor learns .that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous
when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
The subcontractor agrees to provide immediate written notice to the Contractor,
if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed
circumstances.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was
placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or
subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the PAA may direct,
through the Sponsor, cancellation of the Contract or subcontract fbr default at no
cost to the Government.
111-91
Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of
a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by
this provision. The knowledge and information of a Contractor is not required to
exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary
course of business dealings.
This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the
United States of America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent
certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United
States Code, Section 1001.
6. Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insure in each of his subcontracts the
provisions contained in Paragraphs A., C., and D. of this section and also a
clause requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier
subcontractors which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this
insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made.
7. Clean Air and Water Pollution Control Requirements for All Construction
Contracts and Subcontracts Exceeding $100,000 (One Hundred Thousand
Dollars).
Contractors agree:
a. That any facility to be used in the performance of the Contract or to
benefit from the Contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities.
b. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act
and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all
regulations issued thereunder.
c. That as a condition for award of a Contract, they will notify the awarding
official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that
a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the Contract is
under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities.
d. To include in any subcontract which exceeds $100,000 (One Hundred
Thousand Dollars), the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above.
STANDARD CLAUSE FOR SOLICITATIONS. CONTRACTS. AND SUBCONTRACTS
REQUIRED FOR 49 CFR PART 29
Certification Regarding debarment, Suspension, ineligibility, and voluntary E~clusion:
The Bidder/Offeror certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this
111-92
Contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed
for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded for participation in this
transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this
proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions,
solicitations, proposals, contracts and subcontracts. Where the Bidder/Offer/Contractor
or any lower tier participant is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an
explanation to this solicitation/proposal.
END OF SECTION 120
111-93
SECTION 130
SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION
The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for
construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL91-596)
and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act! (PL91-54).
The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of his plant,
appliances and methods of construction and for any damages which may result from their
failure or their improper construction, maintenance or operations.
The Contractor will be required to comply with the latest edition of Advisory Circular No.
150/5370-2C "Operational Safety of Airports with Emphasis on Safety During Construction".
In addition, the Contractor will be required to comply with all Safety and Security Aequirements
stipulated in the Contractor's Safety and Security Requirements stated on Plan Sheet 2 of 11 ,
"Summary of Quantities, Safety and Security Notes".
END OF SECTION 130
111-94
SECTION 140
GENERAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR
CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
Prior to the commencement of work governed by this contract (including the pre-staging of
personnel and material), the Contractor shall obtain, at his/her own expense, insurance as
specified in the attached schedules, which are made part of this contract. The <Contractor will
also ensure that the insurance obtained will extend protection to all subcontractors engaged
by the Contractor. As an alternative, the Contractor may require all subcontra<J:tors to obtain
insurance consistent with the attached schedules.
The Contractor will not be permitted to commence work governed by this contract (including
pre-staging of personnel and material) until satisfactory evidence of the required insurance has
been furnished to the County as specified below. Delays in the commencament of work
resulting from the failure of the Contractor to provide satisfactory evidence 0If the required
insurance shall not extend deadlines specified in this contract and any penalties and failure to
perform assessments shall be imposed as if the work commenced on the specified date and
time, except for the Contractor's failure to provide satisfactory evidence.
The Contractor shall maintain the required insurance throughout the entire term of this contract
and any extensions specified in any attached schedules. Failure to comply with this provision
may result in the immediate suspension of all work until the required insurance has been
reinstated or replaced. Delays in the completion of the work resulting from the failure of the
Contractor to maintain the required insurance shall not extend deadlines specified in this
contract and any penalties and failure to perform assessments shall be imposed as if the work
had not been suspended, except for the Contractor's failure to maintain the required insurance.
The Contractor shall provide to the County as satisfactory evidence of the required insurance
either:
Certificate of Insurance, or
A certified copy of the actual insurance policy.
The County, at its sole option, has the right to request a certified copy of any or all insurance
policies required by this contract.
All insurance policies must specify that they are not subject to cancellation, non-renewal,
material change or reduction in coverage unless a minimum of thirty (30) days' ptior notification
is given to the County by the insurer.
The acceptance and/or approval of the Contractor's insurance shall not be construed as
relieving the Contractor from any liability or obligation assumed under this contltict or imposed
bylaw.
111-95
The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, its employees and officials will be
included as "Additional Insureds" on all policies, except for Workers' Compensation.
In addition, the County will be named as an Additional Insured and Loss Payee on all policies
covering County-owned property.
Any deviations from these General Insurance Requirements must be requested in writing on
the County prepared form entitled "Request for Waiver of Insurance Requirements" and
approved by Monroe County's Risk Manager.
To assist in the development of your proposal, the insurance coverages marked with an "X" will
be required in the event an award is made to your firm. Please review this f(>rm with your
insurance agent and have him sign it in the place provided. It is also required that the bidder
sign the form and submit it with each proposal.
Workers' Compensation Statutory Limits
WC1 Employer's Liability $100,000/$500,000/$100,000
WC2 X Employer's Liability $500,000/$500,000/$500,000
WC3 Employer's Liability $1,000,000/$1,000,000/$1,000,000
WCUSLH U.S. Longshoremen & Harbor
Workers Act Same as Employer's Liability
WCJA Federal Jones Act Same as Employer's Liability
WORKERS' COMPENSATION & EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY
GENERAL LIABILITY
As a minimum, the required general liability coverages will include:
- Premises Operations - Products and Completed Operations
- Blanket Contractual - Personal injury
- Expanded Definition of Property Damage
R . d
eaUlre Limits:
GL1 $100,000/person; $300,000/occurrence
$ 50,000 property damage or
$300,000 combined single limit
GL2 $250, OOO/person; $500, OOO/occurrence
$ 50,000 property damage or
$500,000 combined single limit
GL3 X $ 500,000/person; $1,OOO,000/occurrence
$ 100,000 property damage or
$1,000,000 combined single limit
111-96
R . dEd t
eQulre n orsemen:
GLXCU X Underground, Explosion & Collapse (XCU)
GLUQ Liquor Liability
All endorsements are required to have the same limits as the basic policy.
VEHICLE LIABILITY
As a minimum, coverage should extend to liability for:
- Owned, Non-owned and hired vehicles
R . d L' 't
eQUlre Imls:
VU $ 50,000/person; $100,000/occurrence
$ 25,000 property damage or
$100,000 combined single limit
VL2 $100,000/person; $300,000/occurrence
$ 50,000 property damage or
$300,000 combined single limit
VL3 X $ 500,000/person; $1 ,OOO,OOO/occurrence
$ 100,000 property damage or
$1,000,000 combined single limit
MISCELLANEOUS COVERAGES
BR1 Builders' Risk Limits Equal to the risk completed project
MVC Motor Truck Cargo Limits Equal to the max. value of anyone shipment
PR01 Professional Liability $250,000/occurrence
PR02 $500,000/occurrence
PR03 $1,000,000/occurrence
POL1 Pollution Liability $500,000/occurrence
POL2 $1,000,000/occurrence
POL3 $5,000,000/occurrence
ED1 Employee $10,000
ED2 Dishonesty $100,000
GK1 Garage $300,000 ($25,OOO/vehicle)
GK2 Keepers $500,000 ($100,OOO/vehicle)
GK3 $1,000,000 ($250,000/vehicle)
MED1 Medical $500,000/$1,000,000 Agg.
111-97
MED2 Professional $1,000,000/$3,000,000 Agg.
MED3 $5,000,000/$10,000,000 Agg.
IF Installation Floater Max. Value of Equip. Installed
VLP1 Hazardous $300,000 (Requires MCS-90)
VLP2 Cargo $500,000 (Requires MCS-90)
VLP3 Transporter $1,000,000 (Requires MCS-90)
BLL Bailee Liability Max. value of property
HKL1 Hangarkeepers' Liability $300,000
HKL2 $500,000
HKL3 $1,000,000
AIR1 Aircraft Liability $25,000,000
AIR2 $1,000,000
AIR3 $1,000,000
AE01 Architects' Errors & Omissions $250, OOO/occu rrence/$500,000 Agg.
AE02 $500,000/occurrence/$1 ,000,000 Agg.
AE03 $1 ,000,000/occurrence/$3,000,0ll>0 Agg.
INSURANCE AGENT'S STATEMENT
I have reviewed the above requirements with the bidder named below. The following
deductibles apply to the corresponding policy:
POLICY:
DEDUCTIBLES:
Liability policies are
Occurrence Claims Made
Insurance Agency
Signature
BIDDER'S STATEMENT
I understand the insurance that will be mandatory if awarded the contract and will comply in full
with all the requirements.
I
Signatur~
Bidder
111-98
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT:
BETWEEN MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
AND
Prior to the commencement of work governed by this contract, the Contractor shall obtain
Workers' Compensation Insurance with limits sufficient to respond to the appllicable state's
statutes.
In addition, the Contractor shall obtain Employers' Liability Insurance with limits of not less than:
$500,000 Bodily Injury by Accident
$500,000 Bodily Injury by Disease, policy limits
$500,000 Bodily Injury by Disease, each employee
Coverage shall be maintained throughout the entire term of the contract.
Coverage shall be provided by a company or companies authorized to transact business in the
state of Florida and the company or companies must maintain a minimum rating of A-V1 as
assigned by the A.M. Best Company.
If the Contractor has been approved by the Florida Department of Labor as an authorized self-
insurer, the County shall recognize and honor the Contractor's status. The Contractor shall be
required to submit a Letter of Authorization issued by the Department of Labor and a
Certificate of Insurance providing details on the Contractor's Excess Insurance Program.
If the Contractor participates in a self-insurance fund, a Certificate of Insurance will be
required. In addition, the Contractor will be required to submit updated financial statements
from the fund upon request from the County.
111-99
GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT:
BETWEEN MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
AND
Prior to the commencement of work governed by this contract, the Contractor shall obtain
General Liability Insurance. Coverage shall be maintained throughout the life of the contract
and include, as a minimum:
- Premises Operations
- Products and Completed Operations
- Blanket Contractual Liability
- Personal Injury Liability
- Expanded Definition of Property Damage
The minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$1 ,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL)
If split limits are provided, the minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$ 500,000 per person
$1,000,000 per occurrence
$ 100,000 property damage
An Occurrence Form policy is preferred. If coverage is provided on a Claims Made policy, its
provisions should include coverage for claims filed on or after the effective date of this contract.
In addition, the period for which claims may be reported should extend for a minimum of twelve
(12) months following the acceptance of work by the County.
The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners shall be named as Additional Insured on
all policies issued to satisfy the above requirements.
111-100
VEHICLE LIABILITY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT:
BETWEEN MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
AND
Recognizing that the work governed by this contract requires the use of vehicles, the
Contractor, prior to the commencement of work shall obtain Vehicle Liability Insurance.
Coverage shall be maintained throughout the life of the contract and include, as a minimum,
liability coverage for:
- Owned, Non-Owned and Hired Vehicles
The minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$1,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL)
If split limits are provided, the minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$ 500,000 per person
$1,000,000 per occurrence
$ 100,000 property damage
The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners shall be named as Additional Insured on
all policies issued to satisfy the above requirements.
111-101
GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT:
BETWEEN MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
AND
Recognizing that the work governed by this contract involves either underground exposures,
explosive activities orthe possibility of collapse of a structure, the Contractor's General Liability
Policy shall include coverage for the XCU (explosion, collapse and underground) exposures with
limits of liability equal to those of the General Liability Insurance Policy.
111-102
150.01
150.02
150.03
SECTION 150
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
The terms used in this program have the meaning defined in 49 CFR Section
26.5.
OBJECTIVES/POLICY STATEMENT (Sub-section 26.1, 26.23)
The County has established a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)
program in accordance with regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOT), 49 CFR Part 26. The County has received Federal financial assistance
from the Department of Transportation, and as a condition of receiving this
assistance, the County has signed an assurance that it will comply with 49 CFR
Part 26.
It is the policy of the County to ensure that DBEs, as defined in part 26, have an
equal opportunity to receive and participate in DOT-assisted contracts. It is also
their -
To ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of DOT
assisted contracts;
To create a level playing field on which DBEs can compete fairly for DOT
assisted contracts;
To ensure that the DBE Program is narrowly tailored in accordance with
applicable law;
To ensure that only firms that fully meet 49 CFR Part 26 eligibility
standards are permitted to participate as DBEs;
To help remove barriers to the participation of DBEs in DOT assisted
contracts; and
To assist the development of firms that can complete successfully in the
market place outside the DBE Program.
Theresa Cook, Airport Manager, has been delegated as the DBE Liaison Officer.
In that capacity, Mrs. Cook is responsible for implementing all aspects of the
DBE program. Implementation of the DBE program is accorded the same priority
as compliance with all other legal obligations incurred by the County in its
financial assistance agreements with the Department of Transportation.
NON-DISCRIMINATION (Section 26.7)
The County will never exclude any person from participation in, deny any person
111-103
150.04
150.05
150.06
the benefits of, or otherwise discriminate against anyone in connection with the
award and performance of any contract covered by 49 CFR Part 26 on the basis
of race, color, sex, or national origin.
In administering its DBE program, the County will not, directly or through
contractual or other arrangements, use criteria or methods of administration that
have the effect of defeating or substantially impairing accomplishment of the
objectives of the DBE program with respect to individuals of a particular race,
color, sex, or national origin.
DBE PROGRAM UPDATES (Section 26.21)
We will continue to carry out this program until all funds from DOT financial
assistance have been expended. We will provide to DOT updates representing
significant changes in the program.
FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT ASSUR~NCE
(Section 26.13)
The County has signed the following assurance, applicable to all DOT-assisted
contracts and their administration:
The County shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national
origin, or sex in the award and performance of any DOT assisted contract
or in the administration of its DBE Program or the requirements of 49
CFR part 26. The recipient shall take all necessary and reasonable steps
under 49 CFR part 26 to ensure nondiscrimination in the award and
administration of DOT assisted contracts. The recipient's DBE Program,
as required by 49 CFR part 26 and as approved by DOT, is incorporated
by reference in this agreement.
Implementation of this program is a legal obligation and failure to carry
out its terrTls shall be treated as a violation of this agreement. Upon
notification to the County of its failure to carry out its approved program,
the Department may impose sanctions as provided for under part 26 and
may, in appropriate cases, refer the matter for enforcement under 18
U.S.C. 1001 and/or the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 (31
US.C. 3801 et seq.)
REQUIRED CONTRACT CLAUSES (Sub-section 26.13, 26.29)
Contract Assurance
We will ensure that the following clause is placed in every DOT-assisted contract
and subcontract:
111-104
150-07
The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of
race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The
contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in
the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the
contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this
contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other
remedy as the recipient deems appropriate.
Prompt Payment
We will include the following clause in each DOT-assisted prime contract:
The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime
contract no later than thirty (30) days from the receipt of each payment
the prime contractor receives from the County. The prime contractor
agrees further to return retainage payments to each subc()ntractor within
thirty (30) days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed.
Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time
frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the
County. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS
1 . Bidders List
If the recipient's DBE program provides for collecting information for a
bidders list by using a contract clause, the recipient should devise an
appropriate clause and include it in each DOT-assisted contract. DOT's
"Sample DBE Program" interpreting 49 CFR Section 26.11 lists various
methods by which a recipient can collect information for a bidders list.
Use of a contract clause is one such method. Recipients that choose to
use another method would not include such a clause in their DOT-assisted
contracts. .
2. Good faith efforts
In accordance with 49 CFR Section 26.51 , the recipient must meet the maximum
feasible portion of their overall goal through race-neutral means of facilitating
DBE participation. The recipient is not required to set a contract goal on every
DOT-assisted contract, but must set contract goals that will cumulatively result
in meeting any portion of the overall goal the recipient does not project meeting
through the use of race-neutral means. Contract goals may be established only
on those DOT-assisted contracts having sub-contracting possibilities.
When a contract goal is established pursuant to the recipient's DBE program, the
sample bid specification set forth below can be used to notify biidders/offerors
111-105
of the requirements to make good faith efforts. The forms that follow the
specification can be used to collect information necessary to determine whether
the bidder/offeror has satisfied these requirements. The sample specification is
intended for use in both nonconstruction and construction contracts for which a
contract goal has been established. Thus, it can be included in invitations for bid
for construction, in requests for architectural/engineering and other professional
services, and in other covered solicitation documents.
The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26, Regulations of the U.$. Department
of Transportation, apply to this contract. It is the policy of the County to
practice nondiscrimination based on race, color, sex, or national origin in
the award or performance of this contract. All firms qualifying under this
solicitation are encouraged to submit bids/proposals. Award of this
contract will be conditioned upon satisfying the requirements of this bid
specification. These requirements apply to all bidders/offetors, including
those who qualify as a DBE. A DBE contract goal of 13.70 percent has
been established for this contract. The bidder/offeror sha.1I make good
faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A, 49 CFR Part 26 (Attachment 1),
to meet the contract goal for DBE participation in the perfotmance of this
contract.
The bidder/offeror will be required to submit the following information: (1)
the names and addresses of DBE firms that will participate in the
contract; (2) a description of the work that each DBE firm will perform; (3)
the dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm participating; (4)
written documentation of the bidder/offeror's commitment to use a DBE
subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet the contract goal; (5)
written confirmation from the DBE that it is participating in title contract as
provided in the commitment made under (4) and (5) if the contract goal
is not met, evidence of good faith efforts.
DBE participation in this contract may be in form of a prime contract,
subcontrac~, joint venture, or another arrangement that qualifies under 49
CFR Sections 26.55, "How is DBE participation counted toward goals?"
or 26.53(g), both of which are included as Attachment 2.
111-106
AITACHMENT 1
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRise (DBE)
UTILIZATION
The undersigned bidder/offeror has satisfied the. requirements of the bid specHication in the
following manner (please check the appropriate space):
X The bidder/offeror is committed to a minimum of 11!J/7 % DSEE utilization on
this contract.
The bidder/offeror (if unable to meet the DBE.goal of %) is commited
to a minimum of % DBE utilization on this contract and submits d~umentati(!)n
demonstrating good faith efforts.
Name of bidder/offeror's firm: -r;;pp / ^' D '5. IN c .
State Registration NQ. K& 00453&4
,
By ;r:~-d) ~.- 0-
Signature
y.p
Title
.:;
111-107
"
ATTACHMENT 2
lETTER OF INTENT
Name of bidder/offeror's firm: -0,0 IN 0 15 IN.c _
Address: Po. 60 X '7 B 7
City: /::::E. Y wEST _ State: F L- ZIp: '6 7, b '-J. I
Name of DBE firm: {lommun It; ~phALT ('Ok!. p.
Address: 14006 N.W. 18~r..H ST..
Cily:-.H.!.A l E-Af-I State: PI-. _ Zip: 3'3018
Telephone: (30.5) ~7..9 6 ?OC)
Description of work to be performed by D8E firm:
A5phaLT
HelmE,
{fJC I<.
. .
mlll1l1b
The bidder/offeror Is committed to utilizing the above-named DBE firm for the work described
above. The estimated dollar value of this work is';$~ 0~.? i '128 ,,00 .
Affirmation
firm affirms that It wlI/ perform the portIon of the contract for the
~s s~ed above.
~ ' ;C()",EC7 ~~A{;'(:-/?.
~ oJ...--[) ~~e) (Title)
If the blddedofferor does n~elve award of the prime contrac~ "ny and all
representations in this Letter 01 Intent and Affirmation shall be null and vc~id.
B
(Submit this page for each DBE subcontractor.)
111.108
..-
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
TAXILANES/CONNECTORS, FBO AND SHERIFF APRON
AND T-HANGAR DEVELOPMENT
FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
-
..-
A.I.P. NO. 3-12-0044-1501
PFC Application No.4 and 5
FOOT Nos: 410n919401 and 41078019401
URS Corporation
Contract Nos.: C500004059.04~ C500003897.09,
C500004059.05 and C500004059.12
Prepared for:
THE MONROE COUNTY
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
MR. GEORGE NEUGENT, DISTRICT 2
MS. NORA WILLIAMS, DISTRICT 4
MR. CHARLES "SONNY" MCCOY, DISTRICT 3
MS. MURRAY NELSON, DISTRICT 5
MS. DIXIE SPEHAR, DISTRICT 1
MAYOR
MAYOR PROTEM
MEMBER
M':MBER
MEMBER
--
Prepared by:
URS CORPORA TION
MARCH, 2001
VOLUME 2 OF 2
FLORIDA KEYS MARATHON AIRPORT
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
TAXILANES/CONNECTORS, FBO AND
SHERIFF APRONS AND
T-HANGAR DEVELOPMENT
A.I.P. NO. 3-12-0044-1501
PFC Application No.4 and 5
FOOT Nos: 41077919401 and 41078019401
URS Corporation
Contract Nos.: C500004059.04, C500003897.09,
C500004059.05 and C500004059.12
Prepared for:
THE MONROE COUNTY
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
Prepared by:
URS CORPORA TION
MARCH, 2001
VOLUME 2 OF 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME I
DIVISIO N I ................................ .................................................................. BID DOCU MENTS
DIVISIO Nil................................................ ............... .......... ............................ .,..... CONTRACT
DIVISIO N III ................................................. ....................... .............. G EN ERAL PROVISIONS
VOLUME II
DIVISION IV........................................................................................ SP ECIAL PRO VISIO NS
DIVISION V ............................................................................ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
DIVISION IV
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SP-1 - PROJECT GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.....................................................IV-2
SP-2 - NOTICE TO PROCEED, CONSTRUCTION
PHASING AND WORK SEQUENCING ..................................................... IV-21
SP-3 - CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES....................................IV-25
SP-4 - PROTECTION OF AIRPORT CABLES, CONTROLS, NAVAIDS
AND WEATHER BUREAU FACILITIES.. .......... ....... ....... ....... ............. ....... IV-27
SP-5 - RESIDENT PROJECT INSPECTION ........................................................IV-29
SP-6 - SAFETY AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................IV-30
SP-7 - LIST OF DRAW INGS................................................................................. IV -35
SP-8 - RESIDENT ENGINEER'S (RPR) OFFICE .................................................IV-36
SP-9 - TEMPORARY FACILlTI ES ........................................................................ IV-37
SP-10 - DEWATERING ......... ................ ................ ........ .......... ......... ............. .......... IV-42
SP-11 - PRECEDENCE OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................IV-43
SP-12 - FINAL PAY REQUESTS AND RELATED FORMS ....................................IV-44
IV-1
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.1
PROJECT GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. WORK LOCATION. Florida Keys Marathon Airport is located approximately two miles
northeast of the city of Marathon, Florida, on U.S. Highway NO.1. The airport terminal
has one active runway, 7-25 being 100 feet in width and 5,006 feet in length. Airport
property ranges in elevation from 0 to 7 feet above mean sea level.
2. SCOPE OF WORK. The proposed work includes the construction of the new taxilanes
or connectors to access future hangars, T -Hangar development and FBO aprons
extension located south existing taxiway "A" west side of the airport terminal. In
addition, there will be two new FBO and sheriff aprons, located south of the existing
taxiway "0" on the east side of the airport terminal.
3. WORK PHASING AND SEQUENCING. Work phasing and sequencing requirements
are stipulated in Special Provision NO.2 included hereinafter.
4. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Work included in this
contract shall be completed within one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days as
stipulated in Special Provision Nos. 2 and 3.
5. PLANS. The plans included in this contract are listed in Special Provision NO.7.
6. LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND CABLES AND ST~UCTURES. All
existing cables, light fixtures, signs and related structures are to be protected by the
Contractor in accordance with the provisions contained in Special Provision NO.4.
7. PROTECTION OF EXISTING PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES. The Contractor
shall be responsible for methods, means, materials and procedures necessary to
protect all existing facilities, property, asphalt and concrete pavements, structures,
equipment, and finishes from any and all damage whatsoever arising from the
execution or non-execution of the work of this project.
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect asphalt and concrete
pavement surfaces when steel threaded equipment or vehicles are used. Rubber tires
or treads shall be used wherever possible.
All conflicts discovered between existing underground utilities or structures and new
structures and other foundation work shall be immediately brought to the attention of
the Engineer who will then issue directions regarding a solution to the conflict(s).
IV-2
8. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Contractor shall furnish all lines, grades
and measurements necessary for the proper prosecution and control of the work and
contracted for under these specifications.
The project layout surveying may be accomplished during daylight hours provided the
Contractor meets the following conditions:
A. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Airport Manager seventy-two (72)
hours in advance with dates and times surveying will be started so a NOTAM can
be issued.
B. No vehicles or heavy equipment shall be within 200' of the centerline of Runway
7 -25 or within 93' of any active taxiway centerline during the time the survey work
is being accomplished.
C. Only men and "hand tools" will be allowed within 125' of Runway 7-25 centerline,
at the turn arounds and T/W's connectors.
D. Survey party members shall be equipped with hand-held radios and shall
continuously monitor the UNICOM and airline radio frequencies and pull back
men and survey equipment to a point 125' from the runway centerline during
aircraft operations.
E. No survey men or equipment will be allowed on the runway (100' wide) or
taxiway (50' wide) pavement during survey work periods unless authorized by the
Engineer.
F. No survey work shall be accomplished without the presence of the Engineer or
his authorized representative.
9. VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. Prior to bidding and commencing with
construction, the Contractor shall familiarize himself as to the existing conditions. Should
the Contractor discover any inaccuracies, errors or omissions between the actual
existing conditions and the Contract Documents, he shall within seven (7) calendar days
prior to Bid Opening, notify the Engineer in writing. Submission of Bid by the Contractor
shall be held as an acceptance of the existing conditions by the Contractor.
10. SAFETY AND PROTECTION.
A. Safety: Inasmuch as each work area will be accessi,ble to and used by the
public, the Owner and other companies doing business at the Airport during the
construction period, it is the Contractor's responsibility to mairtain each work
area in a safe, hazard free condition at all times. Should the Owher find the area
IV-3
unsafe at any time, they will notify the Contractor, and the Contractor shall take
whatever steps necessary to remedy the unsafe condition. Should the
Contractor not be immediately available for corrective action, the Owner will
remedy the problem and the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the
expense of such correction.
B. Protection of Property: Fixed structures, equipment, paving, landscaping and
vehicles (automobiles, trucks, etc.) shall be protected with drop cloths, shielding
and other appropriate measures to ensure maximum protection of all property
and vehicles.
11. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. Before beginning work at the site, the
Contractor shall attend a pre-construction conference and bring with him the
superintendent employed for this project. In the event the Contractor is unable to
attend, he shall send a letter of introduction with the superintendent in which he advises
the superintendent's full name and states that he is assigned to the prOject and will be
in full responsible charge. This conference will be called by the Engineer or Resident
Project Representative (RPR), who will arrange for the Owner's representative and
other interested parties to be present. At this time, all parties will dis~uss the project
under contract and prepare a program of procedure in keeping with reqlUirements of the
drawings and specifications. The superintendent will henceforth make every effort to
expeditiously coordinate all phases of the work, including the required reporting
procedure, to obtain the end result within the full purpose and intent of the drawings and
specifications for the project.
12. COORDINATION AND PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. General: The Engineer or RPR will prepare a written memorandum on required
coordination activities. Included will be such items as required notices, reports,
and attendance at meetings. This memorandum will be distributed to each entity
performing work at the project site.
B. Weekly Coordination and Progress Meetings: The Engineer or RPR will hold
weekly general project coordination and progress meetings at regularly
scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. These rrtleetings are in
addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as special project
meetings and special preinstallation meetings. The Engineer or ffiPR will require
representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination
or planning for the work of the entire project. Meetings will be conducted in a
manner which will resolve coordination problems.
C. The Engineer or RPR will record results of the meeting and distribute copies to
everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting
from each meeting.
IV-4
13. ADMINISTRATIVE/SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL. The Contractor shall provide a full-
time Project Management Team consisting of a Project Superintendent and other
supervisory personnel for the duration of the Project. The names and qualifications of
this team for this work shall be submitted to the Owner as part of the Bidder
Qualification Form. They shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience on
suitable projects of equal difficulty. The Project Superintendent shall be at the
construction site at all periods when work is in progress. This person shall have full
authority to act in the Contractor's behalf. It is agreed and understood that, if requested
in writing by the Owner, the Contractor shall replace any member of the team with
another meeting the required qualifications within three (3) days of the receipt of the
request.
14. SPECIAL REPORTS.
A. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature
occurs at the site, Contractor shall prepare and submit a specia.l report to the
Engineer. List chain of events, persons participating, response by the
Contractor's personnel, an evaluation of the results or effedts and similar
pertinent information. Advise the Owner and Engineer as soon as possible when
such events are known.
B. Submit special reports directly to the Owner within one day of occurrence.
Submit a copy of the report to the Engineer and other entities that are affected
by the occurrence within one day of the occurrence.
15. SCHEDULE OF WORK
A. Prepare and submit, in triplicate, for the Engineer's information, progress
schedules for the work.
B. Progress schedules shall relate to the entire project to the extent required by the
Contract Documents and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution
of the work.
C. Progress schedules shall be updated monthly.
D. Percent complete shall be based on actual construction in place ordollarvolume
of the work. If dollar volume of the work reflects the greater percent complete,
the maximum percent complete shall in no case exceed 5 percen1 of the value of
the in-place construction.
16. PROGRESS SCHEDULE.
A. Preliminary Schedule: Within 15 days after date of Notice of Award and
Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit his preliminary network phasing diagram
IV-5
(Preliminary Schedule) indicating a comprehensive overview of the Project
including an activity line for each of the work segments to be performed at the
site.
1) Arrange the schedule to indicate required sequencing of work and to
show time allowances for submittals, inspections, and similar time
margins.
2) The submitted schedule shall be reviewed by the Engineer and Owner for
conformance to Critical Dates and overall project completiclm time criteria.
Lack of this information will be cause for rejection of the !schedule.
3) Following initial submittal of schedule to and response by the Engineer,
print and distribute the Progress Schedule to entities with a need-to-know
responsibility, including three (3) copies to the Engineer. Post in
temporary office space. Revise at intervals matching paYl1T1ent requests,
and redistribute and repost. Provide copies required with payment
requests.
17. MAINTENANCE OF SCHEDULE. The Contractor's Progress Schadule must be
updated on a monthly basis, and a copy thereof submitted with each of the Contractor's
Applications for Payment. The updated Progress Schedule shall not only indicate
revisions to the Schedule for upcoming work but show "as-built" schedulelprogress data.
The Engineer will not recommend for payment, by the Owner, an Application for
Payment without the Contractor's submission of a Monthly Schedule Update.
A. If the Contractor's Monthly Schedule Update reflects, or the Engineer
determines, that the Contractor is at least ten percent (10%) behind the
original Progress Schedule or fou rteen (14) or more calendar days behind
the original Progress Schedule for:
1) the work as a whole;
2) a major Contract item;
3) an item of work which is on the critical path; or
4) an item of work not on the origlnal critical path that, lJlecause of the
delay or anticipated delay became a critical path item;
then the Contractor must submit with the Monthly Schedule Update his
proposed plan for bringing the work back on schedule and completing the
Work within the Contract time.
B. The Progress Schedule shall be coordinated by the Owner's Project
Administrator with the overall schedule for the Airport projects. The
IV-6
Contractor is required to revise the Progress Schedule promptly in
accordance with the conditions of the work, subject to approval by the
Owner's Project Coordinator and the Engineer.
C. The Contractor shall comply fully with all time and other requirements of
the Contract Documents. Recommendation of an Application of Payment
of the Engineer and payment thereon by the Owner, without the
submission of a Monthly Schedule Update, shall not constitute a waiver
of the requirements of such updates, nor shall it relieve the Contractor
from the obligation to complete the Work within the Contract Time.
D. Should a review of work indicate a critical path (milestone) item has fallen
behind the approved schedule; at the option of the Engineer; funds equal
to the established liquidated damages for the number of calendar days
behind schedule will be withheld until that critical path item is brought back
on schedule.
18. CHANGES IN THE SCHEDULE.
A. Minor Changes: Each week, prior to the weekly coordination meeting,
during the time of the contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of
any minor changes that are anticipated in the schedule for the following
week.
B. Major Changes: If for any reason, a major change in the approved
schedule is anticipated, the Contractor shall make the necessary changes
to the schedule and resubmit the revised schedule for approval.
Copies of the approved schedule shall be posted in the Contractor's field
office with completed work identified in colored pencil.
19. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC.
A. The Contractor shall not obstruct nor create a hazard to any traffic during
the prosecution of the work and shall be responsible for repair of all
damage to existing pavement or facilities caused by his operations.
B. Beginning date of Contractor's Responsibility: the Contractor's
responsibility for maintenance of traffic shall begin on the day he starts
the work and continue until Final Completion and Acceptance of the
Project.
C. Sections Not Requiring Traffic Maintenance: the Contractor will not be
required to maintain traffic over those portions of the ptoject where no
work is to be accomplished or where construction opel rations will not
affect aircraft operations. The Contractor, however, shall not obstruct nor
IV-7
create a hazard to any traffic during the prosecution of the work and shall
be responsible for repair of any damage to existing pavement or facilities
caused by his operations.
D. Traffic During Construction: All construction vehicles are required to use
existing traffic routes. Normal traffic lanes are not to be used as staging
areas for arriving delivery vehicles. The Contractor's employees shall
utilize the designated Contractor employee parking area.
E. Contractor Signing: The Contractor may furnish and install construction
traffic directional signs along the existing traffic route. The signs shall
depict Contractor's logo or name, directional arrows and "deliveries".
Signs shall be of sufficient size to have 6" high message and shall be
located at each decision point. All signs and their looations shall be
approved by the Engineer and Owner. NO OTHE~ SIGNS ARE
PERMITTED.
F. Material Deliveries: The Contractor shall make his own material and
equipment deliveries. No deliveries shall be made by vendors or suppliers
without escort by a representative of the Contractor.
G. Notification: On days when construction traffic is expected to be extra
heavy or when oversized pieces of equipment are to be delivered, give
minimum forty-eight (48) hours notice to the Engineer.
H. All Contractor's material orders for delivery to the work site will use as a
delivery address, the street name and number assigned to the access
point onto the airport. The name "FLORIDA KEY~ MARATHON
AIRPORT" shall not be used in the delivery address at any time. This
will preclude delivery trucks from entering into aircraft operations areas
inadvertently. All Contractor material orders for the work site shall be
delivered to the areas designated as the Contractor's receiving area. All
deliveries shall be made only during the Contractor's working hours.
I. Interference Request:
1) The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Owner in
writing and securing approval for any and all interruptions or
interference with traffic (pedes-trian, automobile, or other
necessary function of the Airport or any of the Airlines).
2) The request shall include a traffic control plan indicating
barricades, lighting and flagmen where required.
3) Such notification shall be made as soon as possible but in no case
less than 48 hours prior to interference.
IV-8
4) It is suggested that the Contractor utilize a standard form
addressed to the Owner with a blank space for a description of
the interference, the exact area affected, the exact times and
dates the interference will take place and blanks for the Owner's
approval. The forms shall be submitted in duplicate. No
interference will be allowed until the Contractor has received back
a copy of the approved interference request form.
J. Personnel Traffic:
1) General: All construction personnel shall be restricted to
construction areas. They shall wear shirts with sleeves and long
pants at all times.
2) Use of Public Areas: The Contractor's workmen shall not utilize
public areas for taking their "work breaks" or "lunch breaks".
Areas for this purpose can be designated by the Owner upon
request. No Public Toilets shall be used by any workmen at any
time.
20. DAILY CLEAN-UP AND TRASH REMOVAL.
A. Debris from this work shall be promptly removed from the site at least
daily. It shall not be allowed to become a hazard to the safety of the
public.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for clean-up and trash removal.
Accumulation of trash and debris will not be allowed and the Engineer or
RPR may at any time direct the Contractor to immediately remove his
trash and debris from the site of the work when in the opinion of the
Owner such trash constitutes a nuisance or in any way hinders the work
or the Airports operations. If the Contractor should faiil to remove his
trash and debris from the site of the work in a timely manner, the Owner
may have this work performed and deduct the cost of such from
Contractor's payment.
21.- CLEANING AND PROTECTION.
A. General: During handling and installation of work at the project site, clean and
protect work in progress and adjoining work on the b,asis of continuous daily
maintenance. Apply protective covering on installed work to ensure freedom from
damage or deterioration.
B. Clean and perform maintenance on installed work as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and luoricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
IV-9
C. Limiting Exposure of Work: To the extent possible through appropriate control
and protection methods, supervise performance of the work in such a manner
and by such means which will ensure that none of the work, whather completed
or in progress, will be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise
deleterious exposure during the construction period. Such exposures include,
where applicable, but not by way of limitation the following:
1) Excessive static or dynamic loading
2) Excessive internal or external pressures
3) Solvents
4) Chemicals
5) Light
6) Puncture
7) Abrasion
8) Heavy Traffic
9) Soiling
10) Combustion
11 ) Improper shipping or handling
12) Theft
13) Vandalism
D. Protection at Openings: Contractor shall provide protection at all openings in
structures and finishes to maintain the building weather and dust tight. All
protection shall be of solid material and substantial so that it will not be disturbed
by wind and weather normal to the area and season, and also tight fitting to
prevent noise infiltration.
E. Protection of Improvements:
1) Damage to Existing Facilities: Existing surfaces and materials of the
Owner's property not requiring work by the Contract DOQuments that is
damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be immediately repaired.
Repaired surfaces and materials shall match existing adjacent undamaged
IV-10
surfaces and materials. Repair work shall be coordinated with the
Engineer and Owner with regard to time and method.
2) Accidental Demolition: All structures or parts thereof that may become
damaged due to accident or Contractor's error shall be restored to their
original condition at no cost to the Owner. Materials and ~quipment being
used in the repair or replacement resulting from damage shall be new and
shall perform at the manufacturer's published capacities. If the existing
equipment or materials cannot be identified, or if unavailaQle, the selection
of the replacement will be subject to approval by the Engineer in writing.
F. Overhead Protection
1) No cranes or other construction equipment shall cross over non-
construction personnel, their travel ways or ride systems.
2) The plan of operation of cranes and other hoisting equipment shall be
established in writing by the Contractor. This plan of operation shall be
subject to approval by the Engineer.
22. CONSERVATION AND SALVAGE
A. General: It is a requirement for supervision and administration of the Work that
construction operations be carried out with the maximum possible consideration
given to conservation of energy, water and materials. In addi~ion, maximum
consideration shall be given to salvaging materials and equipment involved in
performance of the work but not incorporated therein. Refer to other sections
for required disposition of salvaged materials which are the Owner's property.
23. TESTING COST BORNE BY OWNER. Unless otherwise specified herein, all initial
construction "acceptance" testing costs shall be borne by the Owner. An independent
testing laboratory selected and responsible to the Engineer shall perform all
"acceptance" testing required by the technical specifications or as Qjirected by the
Owner and/or the Engineer.
24. TESTING COST BORNE BY CONTRACTOR. The Contractor shall bear the cost of
testing under the following conditions:
A. If substitute materials or equipment are proposed by the Contractor, he shall pay
the cost of all tests which may be necessary to satisfy the Engineer that
specification requirements are satisfied. The Contractor shall pay for the
Engineer's time spent in review and administrating such propo$ed substitution.
B. If materials or workmanship are used which fail to meet specification
requirements, the Contractor shall pay the cost of all testing deemed necessary
by the Engineer to determine the safety or suitability of the material or element.
IV-11
C. The Contractor shall pay for all testing costs including, but not limited to, power,
fuel, and equipment cost which may be required for complete testing of all equip-
ment and systems for proper operation.
D. The Contractor shall pay for all testing required for materials, job mix designs,
equipment, structures and related items included in all shop drawings and other
submittals as required by the Technical Specifications to be submitted and
approved by the Engineer prior to construction.
25. PROJECT DOCUMENTATION.
A. Project Drawings: The successful Contractor will be furnished, at no charge,
four (4) copies of drawings and specifications. Additional copies may be
purchased at actual cost of reproduction.
A field set of drawings and specifications shall remain on the job site at all times
and shall be available at all times to the Engineer. The field set shall be
continuously updated to reflect the "as-built" condition of all work included in this
Contract.
The Contractor shall immediately include plainly and conspicuously on the field
set of drawings, and at appropriate paragraphs in the specifications, all changes
or corrections made by addenda and change orders as they are issued.
Approved copies of all shop drawings and other submittals are to be kept on the
job site at all times and shall be available at all times to the Engineer.
Changes and deviations from the existing conditions shall be submitted in writing
for approval prior to installation. In no case shall any unspecified equipment or
materials be installed without prior approval by the Engineer.
B. Record Documents:
1) Definition: Record copies are defined to include those documents or
copies relating directly to performance of the work, which the Contractor
is required to prepare or maintain for the Owner's records, recording the
work as actually performed. In particular, record copies show changes.
in the work in relation to the way in which shown and specified by the
original contract documents; and show additional information of value to
the Owner's records, but not indicated by the ori~inal Contract
Documents. Record copies include newly-prepared drawings (if any are
specified), marked-up copies of contract drawings, stlop drawings,
specifications, addenda and change orders, marked-up product data
submittals, record samples, field records for variable ~nd concealed
conditions such as excavations and foundations, and miscellaneous record
information on work which is otherwise recorded only schematically or not
IV-12
at all.
2) Record Drawings: The Contractor shall maintain a set of Record
Drawings at the job site. These shall be kept legible and current and shall
be available for inspection at all times by the Engineer. Show all changes
or work added on these Record Drawings in a contrasting color.
a) Mark-up Procedure: During progress of the work, maintain a
white-print set (blue-line or black-line) of contract drawings and
shop drawings, with mark-up of actual installations which vary
substantially from the work as originally shown. Mark whatever
drawing is most capable of showing actual physical condition, fully
and accurately. Where shop drawings are martked up, mark
cross-reference on contract drawings at correspolilding location.
Mark with erasable colored pencil, using separat~ colors where
feasible to distinguish between changes for differerlt categories of
work at the same general location. Mark-up important additional
information which was either shown schematically or omitted from
original drawings. Give particular attention to informa-tion on work
concealed, which would be difficult to identify or measure and
record at a later date. Note alternate numbers, change order
numbers and similar identification. Require each person preparing
the mark-up to initial and date the mark-up and indicate the name
of the firm. Label each sheet "PROJECT RECORO" in 1-1/2 inch
high letters.
In showing changes in the work use the same legends as used on
the original drawings. Indicate exact locations by dimensions and
exact elevations by job datum. Give dimensions from a permanent
point.
b) Preparation of Transparencies: In preparation for certification of
substantial completion on the last major portion of the work, review
the completed mark-up of record drawings and shop drawings with
the Engineer. The Engineer will then proceed with preparation of
a full set of corrected transparencies for contract drawings. The
Engineer will date each updated drawing and label each sheet
"PROJECT RECORD" in 1-1/2 inch high letters. Printing as
required herein is the responsibility of the Engineer.
c) Copies, Distribution: Upon completion of transparency record
drawings, the Engineer shall prepare three blue-line or black-line
prints of each drawing, regardless of whether ~hanges and
additional information were recorded thereon. The ~ngineershall
then organize each of three copies into manageable ~ets, bind with
durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titl~s and dates.
IV-13
The mark-up set of prints maintained during the construction period
shall be bound in the same manner. The Engineer will retain one
copy set. At the completion of the project, the Engineer shall
submit one set of mylars and one set of prints, with changes noted
thereon, to the Owner.
3) Record Drawings shall contain the names, addresses and phone numbers
of the General Contractor and the major sub-contractors.
4) The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the accept-ability of the Record
Drawings. Receipt and acceptance of the As-Built drawings is a pre-
requisite for Final Payment.
C. Record Specifications
1) During progress of the work, maintain one copy of specifications, including
addenda, change orders and similar modifications issued in printed form
during construction, mark-up variations (of substance) irn actual work in
comparison with text of specifications and modifications as issued. Give
particular attention to substitutions, selection of options, and similar
information on work where it is concealed or cannot otherwise be readily
discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related record
drawing information and product data where applicable. Upon completion
of the mark-up, submit to the Engineer for the Owner's records. Label
the front cover "PROJECT RECORD" in 1-1/2 inch high! letters.
2) Where the manual is printed on one side of the page only, mark variations
on blank left-hand pages of the Project Manual, facing printed right-hand
pages containing original text affected by variation.
D. Record Product Data
During progress of the work, maintain one copy of each product data submittal,
and mark-up significant variations in the actual work in comparison with submitted
information. Include both variations in product as delivered to site, and variations
from manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for in~allation. Give
particular attention to concealed products and portions of the worlk which cannot
otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note
related change orders and mark-up of record drawings and speci~ications. Upon
completion of the mark-up, submit the complete set of product data submittals
to Engineer for the Owner's records. Label each data submittal "PROJECT
RECORD" in 1-1/2 inch high letters.
E. Record Sample Submittal
Immediately prior to the date(s) of substantial completion, thei Engineer and
IV-14
Owner's personnel will meet with the Contractor on site, and will determine if any
of the submitted samples maintained by the Contractor during progress of the
work are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the
Engineer's instructions for packaging, identification marking, and delivery to the
Owner's sample storage space. Dispose of other samples in the manner
specified for disposal of surplus and waste materials, unless otherwise indicated
by the Engineer.
F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals
Refer to other sections of these specifications for requirements of miscellaneous
record-keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the work.
Immediately prior to the date(s) of substantial comple~ion, complete
miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or
filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Ehgineer for the
Owner's records. Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous work
records are recognized to include, but are not limited to, the following:
1) Required field records on excavations, foundations underground
construction, wells and similar work.
2) Surveys by a Registered Land Surveyor establishing lines and elevations
of finished construction.
3) Inspection and Test Reports: Where not processed as shop drawings or
product data.
4) Asphalt or PCC concrete pavement or backfill mix design record and/or
certifications.
5) Concrete mix certifications.
G. Project Close-out
Close-out is hereby defined to include general requirements near end of Contract
Time, in preparation for final acceptance, final payment, normal termination of
contract, occupancy by the Owner and similar actions evidencing completion of
the work. Specific requirements for individual units of work are s~ecified in other
sections. Time of close-out is directly related to substantial completion, and
therefore may be a single time period for the entire work or a series of time
periods for individual parts of the work which have been 'certified as substantially
complete at different dates. The time variation, if any, shall be applicable to
other provisions of this section.
IV-15
H. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion
1) Prior to requesting the Engineer's inspection for certification of substantial
completion, for either entire work or portions thereof, complete the
following and list known exceptions in request:
a) In progress payment request coincident with, or first following the
date claimed, show 100% completion for the I!>ortion of work
claimed as "substantially completed", or list incomplete items,
value of incompleteness, and reasons for being incomplete.
b) Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in the
Contract Documents.
c) Submit statement showing accounting of changes to the Contract
Sum.
d) Advise the Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
e) Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner's full and
unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities,
including, where required, occupancy permits, operating certifi-
cates, and similar releases.
f) Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of material$, removed light
fixtures, transformers and similar physical items to the Owner.
g) Make final change-over of locks and transmit keys to the Owner,
and advise Owner's personnel of change-over in security
provisions.
h) Complete start-up testing of systems, and instructions of Owner's
operating-maintenance personnel. Dis-continue,or change over
and remove from project site, temporary facilities and services,
along with construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, barricades
and similar elements.
2) Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of the Con-tractor's request, the
Engineer will proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of
prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial inspection, the Engineer will
prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion or advise the Contractor
of work which must be performed prior to issuance of theiCertificate and
will perform a repeat inspection when requested and assured by the
Contractor that the work has been substantially comple1ed. Results of
the completed inspection will form an initial "pundhlist" for final
IV-16
acceptance.
I. Prerequisites to Final Acceptance
1) Prior to requesting the Engineer's final inspection for certification of final
acceptance as required by the General Provisions, the Contractor shall
complete the following and list known exceptions in the request:
a. Submit certified copy of the Engineer's final punchlist of itemized
work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has
been completed or otherwise resolved for accepta.nce, endorsed
and dated by the Engineer.
b. Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up of
marred surfaces. -
c. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed
finishes.
2) Re-inspection Procedures: Following Substantial Completion, the
Contractor shall correct or remedy all Punchlist items to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and Owner within a two (2) week period after the Date
of Substantial Completion. If subsequent inspections are necessary after
the two week period in order to eliminate all deficiencies, the cost of all
subsequent inspections with respect to the Owner and Engineer's time
shall be paid by the Contractor. When ready, the Contractor shall request
in writing a final inspection of the work. Upon completion of reinspection,
the Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Final Acceptance or advise the
Contractor of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required
for Final Acceptance. If necessary, the procedures will be repeated.
J. Prerequisites to Final Payment
1) Final Payment: Final Payment will be made after final acceptance of the
project by the Engineer and Owner upon request by the Contractor on
condition that the Contractor:
a) Furnish properly executed complete releases of lien from all
materialmen and subcontractors who have furnished materials or
labor for the Work and submit supporting documentation not
previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of
insurance for products and completed operations Where required.
b) Furnish the Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (2 copies)
that all materialmen and subcontractors have beern paid in full. In
IV-17
the event they have not been paid in full, the Owner shall retain a
sufficient sum to pay them in full and at his option may make direct
payment as provided in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, as
amended, to obtain complete releases of lien. This authorization
to make a direct payment is not an acknowledgement or waiver by
the Owner that an unpaid Subcontractor Material man may seek
payment from the Owner rather than from the Public Construction
Bond Surety as required by Sect. 255.05, F.S.
c) Furnish Contractor's Affidavit of Debts and Claims (2 copies).
d) Furnish required sets of record drawings and maintenance and
operating instructions of new mechanical equipment.
e) Furnish guarantees signed by subcontractors, material suppliers,
and countersigned by the Contractor for operating equipment.
f) Submit specific warranties, workmanship-maintenance bonds,
maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar
documents.
g) Furnish a signed guarantee, in form acceptable to Engineer and
Owner agreeing to repair or replace as decided by the Engineer,
all work and materials that prove defective within one (1) year (or
more) from the date offinal acceptance, including restoration of all
other work damaged in making such repairs or replacements.
h) Furnish consent of Surety to final payment.
i) Submit updated final statement, accounting for final changes to
Contract Sum.
j) Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying
with insurance requirements.
k) Certify that all Social Security, Unemployment and all other taxes .
(City, State, Federal Govern'TIent) have been paid.
I) Provide receipt, as applicable, of affidavits certifying all labor
standards of local, State, or Federal requirements have been
complied with by the Contractor.
m) Submit actual DBE participation percentages.
IV-18
K. Record Document Submittals
Specific requirements for record documents are shown in the section, PROJECT
RECORD DOCUMENTS. Other requirements are indicated in the General
Provisions. General submittal requirements are indicated in "Submittals"
sections. Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from
deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to
record documents for the Engineer's reference during normal working hours.
1) Record Drawings: The Engineer shall organize record drawing sheets into
manageable sets, bind with du rable paper cover sheets, and print suitable
titles, dates and other identification on cover of each sen.
2) Record Specifications: Upon completion of mark-up., submit to the
Engineer for the Owner's records.
3) Record Product Data: Upon completion of mark-up, submit a complete
set to the Engineer for the Owner's records.
4) Record Sample Submittal: Comply with the Engineer's instructions for
packaging, identification, marking, and delivery to the Owner's sample
storage space.
5) Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Complete miscellaneous records and
place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for
continued use and reference. Submit to the Engineer for the Owner's
records.
6) Maintenance Manuals: Complete, place in order, properly identify and
submit to the Engineer for the Owner's records.
L. Close-out Procedures
General Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of
. work requiring continuing maintenance or operation, to meet with the Owner's
personnel at the project site to provide basic instructions needed for proper
operation and maintenance of the entire work. Include instructions by
manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required
procedures. Review maintenance manuals, record documentation and materials,
lubricants, fuel, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and
similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment, demonstrate start-
up, shut-down, emergency operations, safety, economy, efficiency adjustments,
and similar operations. Review maintenance and operations irll relation with
applicable warranties, agreements to maintain bonds, and simillar continuing
commitments. Permit owner employees to video tape operationing and
IV-19
maintenance instructions.
26. FINAL CLEANING.
A. Provide final cleaning of the work, at the time indicated, consisting of cleaning
each surface or unit of work to normal"clean" condition.
B. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection devices and facilities
which were installed during the course of the work to protect previous completed
work during the remainder of the construction period.
C. Compliances: Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for
cleaning operations. Do not burn waste materials at site, bury debris or excess
materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile or other harmful or
dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from site
and dispose of in a lawful manner.
Where extra materials of value remaining after the completion of the associated
work have become the Owner's property, dispose of these as directed by
Owner.
IV-20
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.2
NOTICE TO PROCEED, CONSTRUCTION
PHASING AND WORK SEQUENCING
NOTICE TO PROCEED
To avoid the Contractor from being held responsible for delays in obtaining the necessary
permits, and having these delays deducted from the total calendar days provided in the
contract to complete construction, two (2) Notice to Proceeds will be issued as follows:
1. Notice to Proceed (Permits)
A Notice to Proceed will be issued ten (10) days after award of contract, for the
Contractor to pursue obtaining the necessary permits.
This Notice to Proceed shall allow the Contractor to obtain any necessary construction
permits which will be required to accomplish the work. Also, during this notice, the
Contractor shall order and deliver materials, equipment and supplies needed to
complete the work. No on-site construction activities shall be accomplished and the
Airport shall remain open to aircraft operations during this time.
2. Notice to Proceed (Construction)
Only after the Contractor has obtained all the necessary permits, will the Notice to
Proceed be issued, which shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor
will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged.
This Notice to Proceed shall include all the construction activities necessary to
complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. One hundred eighty
(180) calendar days will be allowed to complete the work included in this stage.
IV-21
WORK SEQUENCING
The work included in this Contract shall be accomplished in accordance with, but not limited
to, the following work sequencing:
Notice to Proceed (Permit)
1. Obtain permits as required for construction.
2. Prepare and transmit all required shop drawings, submittals and certifications as
required by the Contract Documents to the Engineer for review and approval.
3. Place orders for the purchase and delivery of equipment, materials and supplies
required to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4. Prepare his staging area and establish haul routes.
5. Mobilize equipment, materials and supplies in Contractor's staging area. No men,
equipment, materials or supplies will be allowed outside the staging area during this
notice unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer.
Notice to Proceed (Construction)
1 . Construction Sequence
This sequence shall include all the construction activities necessary to complete the
work in accordance with the contract documents. One hundred eighty (180) calendar
days will be allowed to complete the work included in this stage.
Construction work under this project will be accomplished during the day. The
construction work included in this project has been divided into phases as follows:
Phase I - Work To Be Performed
1- The Contractor will construct new taxi lanes for the new T-hangars, located at
Sta. 13 + 20 (+/-) to Sta. 19 + 20 (+/-) to the west side of the airport and south
of taxiway "A". The proposed taxi lanes include the installation of new asphalt
pavement, drainage, lighting system, striping, taxilane connectors and concrete
slab with foundation for the T-hangar development.
2- This phase may be concurrent with Phases II, III, IV and V and shall be done
during the daytime.
3- Area within 76 feet of Centerline of taxiway "A" shall be finished to top of base
in 2 weeks and shall be concurrent with Phases II and III.
IV-22
Phase II - Work To Be Performed
1- The Contractor will erect the T -hangars, located at Sta. 14 + 00 (+/-) to Sta. 18
+ 70 (+/-) to the west side of the airport and south of taxiway "A". The contractor
shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and supplies required to complete
the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of contract.
This work also includes septic tanks, utilities connections, parking spaces, fire
wells and all other work specified in the contract document.
2- This phase may be concurrent with Phases 1,111, IV, and V, and shall be done
during daytime.
Phase III - Work To Be Performed
1- The Contractor will construct an extension to the existing Grant Air Apron,
located at Sta. 20 + 00 (+/-) to Sta. 22 + 70 (+/-) to the west side of the airport
and south of taxiway "A". The proposed apron extension includes new asphalt
pavement, striping and tiedowns.
2- This phase may be concurrent with Phases I, II, IV and V and shall be done
during daytime.
3- Area within 76 feet of Centerline of taxiway "A" shall be finished to top of base
in 2 weeks and shall be concurrent with Phases I and II.
Phase IV - Work to be Performed
1- The contractor will construct an extension to the existing Paradise Aviation
apron, located at Sta. 60 + 80 (+/-) to Sta. 62 + 70 (+/-) to the east side of the
airport and south of taxiway "0". The proposed apron extension includes new
asphalt pavement, striping and new tiedowns.
2- This phase may be concurrent with Phases I, II, III, and V and shall be done
during the daytime.
3- Area within 76 feet from Centerline of taxiway "0" shall be finished to top of
base in 2 weeks, and shall be concurrent with Phase V.
Phase V - Work To Be Performed
1- The Contractor will construct a new sheriff apron, located at Sta. 66 + 50 ( +/-)
to Sta. 68 + 50 (+/-) to the east side of the airport and south of taxiway "0". The
proposed apron includes the installation of new asphalt pav$ment, oil-water
separator, drainage system, striping and new tiedowns.
2- This phase may be concurrent with Phases I, II, III and IV, and shall be done
IV-23
during the daytime.
3- Area within 76 feet of Centerline of taxiway "0" shall be finished to top of base
in 2 weeks and shall be concurrent with Phase IV.
During the week of Fantasy Fest (October 31st) and New Years week, the contractor
shall coordinate with the airport manager, RPR, and FBO's to isolate his work on some
specific areas. The airport manager may instruct the contractor to stop the work during
this time. No additional time and/or cost will be granted to the contractor.
The contractor shall have a total of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive calendar
days from the issuances of the Notice-to-Proceed (Construction) to complete all work
associated with this project.
PAYMENT
No separate payment shall be made for the work included in this Special Provision. The costs
of all labor, equipment, materials and supplies associated with the work stipulated in this
section shall be included in the lump sum price quoted for Item P-1 01, Mobilization" in the bid
proposal submitted for this project.
IV-24
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.3
CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
CONTRACT TIME
NOTICE TO CONTRACT TIME
PROCEED AND DESCRIPTION
PHASES TO COMPLETE
This notice shall allow the Contractor to obtain any necessary
construction permits which will be required to accomplish the
NOTICE TO work. Also, during this time, the Contractor shall order and
PROCEED deliver materials, equipment and supplies need to complete the A.S.A.P.
(PERMITS) work. No on-site construction activities shall be accomplished
and the .Alrport shall remain open to aircraft operations during
the stage.
This notice shall Include all construction activities necessary to
NOTICE TO complete the work In accordance with the contract documents.
PROCEED One hundred and eighty (180) calendar days will be allowed to 180 Calendar
(CONSTRUCTION) complete the work Included In Phases I,ll, III, IV and V. Da~s
TOTAL CONTRACT TIME:
Schematic Construction Scheduling and Staging are Included In the plans with the
work and operational constraints for Informal purposes only. They are intended to Maximum 180
represent viable construction sequence which the Contractor may elect to Implement. Calendar Days
The Contractor shall ultimately be responsible for submittal of a detailed construction
schedule to the AlE for review and approval.
IV-25
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
If the work in Phases I, II, III, IV or V is not complete within one hundred and eighty (180)
Calendar Days, the Contractor will be assessed liquidated damages listed below for each
calendar day the work overruns the allotted contract time.
NOTICE TO PROCEED
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Notice to Proceed
(Permit)
None (no on-site construction) activity is being
accomplished during this time.
Notice to Proceed
(C;onstruction) .
Phase I, II, III, IV and V
After 180 Calendar Days - $500.00 per day
IV-26
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.4
PROTECTION OF AIRPORT CABLES. CONTROLS. NAVAIDS
AND WEATHER BUREAU FACILITIES
A. The Contractor is hereby informed that there may be installed on the Airport FAA
NAVAIDS including, without limitation, airfield lighting systems, electric cables and
controls relating to such NAVAIOS and facilities. Such NAVAIOS and other facilities
and electric cables must be fully protected during the entire construction time. Work
under this contract can be accomplished in the vicinity of these facilities and cables
only at approved periods of time.
Approval is subject to withdrawal at any time because of change in the weather,
emergency conditions on the existing airfield areas, anticipation of emergency
conditions, and for any other reason determined by the Resident Project
Representative (RPR) acting under the orders and instructions of the airport
management and the designated FAA representative. Any instructions to this
contractor to clear any given area at any time by the RPR or the Airport Management
shall be immediately executed. Construction work will be commenced in the cleared
area only when additional instructions are issued by the Engineer.
B. Power and control cables leading to and from any FAA NAVAIDS and other facilities
have been located and shown from best available information and are approximate.
The Contractor shall verify actual locations. Through the entire time of this
construction, the Contractor shall not allow any construction equipment to cross power
and control cables leading to and from any FAA NAVAIOS or other facilities without
first protecting the cable with steel boiler plate, or similar structural devices, on three
(3') feet either side of the marked cable route. All excavation within three (3') feet of
existing cables shall be accomplished by hand digging only.
C. This Special Provision intends to make perfectly clear the need for protection of FAA
NA V AIDS and other facilities and cables by this contractor at all times.
O. The Contractor shall immediately repair, at his own expense, with identical material by
skilled workmen, any underground cables serving FAA NA V AIDS and other airport
facilities, which are damaged by his workmen, equipment, or work. Prior approval of
the FAA must be obtained for the materials, workmen, time of day or night, method of
repairs, and for any temporary or permanent repairs the Contractor proposed to make
to any FAA NA V AIDS and facilities damaged by the Contractor. Prior approval of the
Engineer must be obtained for the materials, workmen, time of day or night, and for the
method of repairs for any temporary or permanent repairs the Contractor proposes to
make to any other airport facilities and cables damaged by this Contractor. If any repair
requires splicing, it shall be spliced at the direction of the Engineer. Nb work shall be
backfilled or covered prior to approval by the Engineer.
IV-27
E. The Contractor shall have a sufficient supply of extra cable, connectors, splice kits and
light fixtures on site to temporarily "jump" around damaged or cut cables and fixtures if
necessary to make the existing runway/taxiway/NA VAl OS systems operational during
scheduled aircraft operation periods.
IV-28
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.5
RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE
1. ON-SITE OBSERVATION. The Resident Project Observation for this contract shall be
performed by the Engineer or his duly authorized representative.
2. DUTIES OF RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (RPR). The RPR'S
Inspector's duties and responsibilities are to:
a. Monitor performance of the Contractor; require correction of work that does not
meet plans and specifications; and report serious problems to the Engineer and
Owner.
b. Determine test sites/locations, coordinate and supervise testing.
c. Interpret plans and specification details.
d. Resolve minor construction problems.
e. Maintain project records.
f. Review and approve requests for payment to the Contractor.
g. Conduct day-to-day construction observations.
h. Maintain a project diary on a daily basis.
I. Maintain up-to-date records on quantities of work performed and quantities of
materials in place.
j. Contact Engineer for advice and assistance when needed and when major
problems arise.
k. Recommend to the Engineer when a Change Order or Supplemental
Agreement is required.
3. OFFICE. See Special Provision NO.8 for Resident Engineer's (RPR) Office.
IV-29
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.6
SAFETY AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
1 . SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Construction Sequencing. All construction being accomplished under this
contract shall be in accordance with the sequencing indicated on the drawings.
B. Radio Communications. When working in an Air Operations Area (AOA) ,
whether closed or not, the Contractor shall maintain communications by two-
way radio with the Airport Radio Frequency during all hours of Radio Frequency
operations. The Contractor's radios shall be capable of operating on the
ground control frequency assigned to the Radio Frequency. The radio operator
shall be trained on the use of the radio, including the terminology normally used
on airports for ground control communications. If the Contractor is operating in
more than one general area on the airport at the same time, additional radios
shall be provided to allow coordination of work activities with the Airport
Frequency.
In addition to the above requirements for radios for use by Contractor's
personnel, the Contractor shall provide a similar two-way radio for exclusive use
by the Resident Inspector during normal working hours throughout the contract
time period.
C. Construction Activitv and Aircraft Movements. During the time that the
Contractor is performing the work under this project, the Airport will remain in
use by aircraft except as provided herein. To the extent feasible and
convenient, in the opinion of the Engineer, the use by aircraft of runways and
taxiways adjacent to areas where the Contractor is working will be so scheduled
as to reduce disturbance to the Contractor's operations. Aircraft operations,
unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications, shall always have
priority over any and all of the Contractor's operations and the Contractor shall
not allow his employees, sub-contractors, materialmen or any other persons
over whom he has control, to enter or remain upon or alloW any plant or
materials to be brought or remain upon any part of the airport which, in the
opinion of the Engineer, would be a hazardous location.
Should aprons, runways or taxiways be required for use of aircraft and should
the Engineer or Resident Inspector deem the Contractor to be too close to the
portion used by aircraft for safety, he may in his sole discretion order the
Contractor to suspend his operations, remove his personnel, plant, equipment
and materials to a safe distance and stand by until the runway ~nd taxiways are
no longer required for use by aircraft.
IV-30
D. Limitations of Construction
1) All Contractor vehicles that are authorized to operate on the Airport
outside of the designated construction area limits or haul routes as
specified on the plans and in the active Aircraft Operations Area (AOA)
shall display in full view above the vehicle a 3' x 3' or larger orange and
white checkerboard flag, each checkerboard color being l' square. Any
vehicle operating in the active AOA during the hours of darkness shall
be equipped with a flashing amber (yellow) dome-type light mounted on
top of the vehicle and of such intensity to conform to local codes for
maintenance and emergency vehicles.
2) All Contractor vehicles that are required to cross active runways,
taxiways and approach clear zones shall do so under direct control of a
f1agman-. The flagman shall be trained and instructed by Airport
Operations in the regulations governing operations on the AOA and the
Airport. The flagman shall remain with his vehicle at all times. All
aircraft traffic on runways, taxiways and aprons shall have priority over
Contractor's traffic.
3) No runway, taxiway apron or aircraft roadway shall be closed without
written approval of the Airport Manager to enable necessary "Notices to
Airman" (NOT AM) or advisories to airport service or tenants. A minimum
of 48 hours' notice of requested closing shall be directed to the Engineer
who will coordinate the request with the Airport Manager.
4) Any construction activity within 200' of an active runway centerline or 93'
from an active taxiway centerline or open excavations in excess of three
inches (3") deep within the above areas will require closure of the
affected runway or taxiway unless otherwise approved by the Airport
Director. Closure requires the same provisions as Paramraph 3) above.
5) Open flames, welding or torch-cutting operations are prohibited unless
adequate fire and safety precautions have been taken and the procedure
approved by the Airport Manager.
6) Stockpiled material shall be constrained in a manner to prevent
movement resulting from aircraft blast or wind conditions in excess of 10
knots.
7) Open trenches, excavation and stockpiled material located in the AOA
shall be prominently marked with flags and lighted by approved light
units during hours of visibility and darkness.
IV-31
8) The Contractor must provide his authorized personnel with radios
operating on the local ground control frequency of 122.8 for clearance
when crossing active runways or taxiways.
9) Contractor to provide barricades across pavement to isolate construction
activities from aircraft operating areas at locations as determined by the
Resident Inspector. Barricades to be orange and white striped 8" x 8"
timber, "low-silhouette" type barricades with battery operated yellow
flashing lights or approved equal. Each barricade shall have a minimum
of two flashing lights with the intensity of the lights being of such
brightness so as to be readily identified during darkness periods.
Barricades to be spaced approximately 20' on centers. Barricades to be
sandbagged as necessary to prevent being blown over. Barricades shall
be- removed at individual locations as paving in the area is completed.
Cost of barricades shall be incidental and included in the mobilization
cost.
10) During runway closures, the Contractor shall provide temporary runway
closure markers on each runway end (over runway numerals) in
accordance with the special provisions of these specifications, unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer.
11) Equipment and materials shall not be left on or within 500' from active
runway centerlines and 94' from active taxiway centerline after work
operations are ceased each work shift.
12) The Contractor shall keep all active airfield pavement clear of all debris,
stones and other materials during construction. All active pavement
shall be cleaned and inspected by the Contractor's superintendent prior
to release of work crews after each shift of work.
13) All construction barricades shall be inspected by the Contractor's
superintendent prior to release of work crews after each work shift to
ensure barricades are properly placed and lighted for non-work hours.
14) Open trenches, excavation and stockpiled material will not be allowed
within 200' of centerline of active runways or within 94' of active
taxiways. Coverings for open trenches must be of such strength as to
support the weight of a 60,000 pound gross weight aircraft on an FAA
dual-gear type undercarriage.
15) All existing facilities, equipment (runway/taxiway lights, visual aids,
NA V AIDS, etc.) and underground utilities shall be carefully protected by
the Contractor. Any damage to these items caused by the Contractor or
Sub-Contractors shall be immediately repaired and restored to a
condition similar or equal to the original condition.
IV-32
E. Payment. No separate payment shall be made for the safety requirements
stated above. All costs necessary to provide these items or services shall be
included in other bid items quoted in the Bid Proposal.
2. SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
A. General Intent. The Contractor shall comply with all security requirements
specified herein. The Contractor shall designate in writing the name of his
"Contractor Security Officer" (CSO). The CSO shall represent the Contractor
on the security requirements of the contract.
B. Construction Security Committee. The committee shall be established by the
Manager or Director concurrent with the life of this contract to monitor,
coordinate and adopt new security procedures relating to this contract. Meeting
shall be scheduled by the Manager or Director. Committee membership shall
include the CSO, the Manager or Director and such other personnel as the
Manager or Director may designate.
C Contractor Personnel Security Orientation. The CSO shall be responsible for
briefing all contractor personnel on these requirements and, from time to time,
other security provisions adopted by the Construction Security Committee. All
new contractor employees shall be briefed on these requirements prior to
working in the construction area.
D. Access to the Site. Contractor's access to the site shall be as shown on the
plans. No other access points shall be allowed unless approved by the
Manager or Director. All contractor traffic authorized to enter the site shall be
operated by personnel experienced in the route or guided by contractor
personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible for traffic control to and from
the various construction areas on airport property. The Contractor shall be
responsible for immediate clean-up of any debris deposited along any route
resulting from his construction traffic. Directional signing at the access point
and along the delivery route to the storage area or work sites shall be as
directed by the Resident Project Engineer or Representative.
E. Materials Delivery to the Site. All Contractor's material deliveries to the site
shall enter the airport only at designated gates and such deliveries shall be
escorted to the construction site by experienced contractor personnel.
F. Identification - Vehicles. The Contractor shall establish and maintain a list of
contractor and sub-contractor vehicles authorized to operate on the site.
Vehicle permits shall be assigned in a manner to assure positive control of all
vehicles at all times. Each vehicle shall display a large company sign on both
sides of vehicles. The CSO shall maintain a current list of companies
authorized to enter and conduct work on the airport. Employee personal
vehicles shall be parked in designated areas. These vehicles shall not enter
IV-33
the airfield at any time. All vehicles and equipment entering the job site shall
display the company's logo and/or name.
G. Identification - Personnel. The Contractor's onsite personnel shall be badged
with 10 badges provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide to the
manager or Director a five-year employee history verification on all supervisors.
All supervisors shall be required to attend an orientation training seminar
presented by Airport Management personnel. All other non-supervisory
personnel of the Contractor and his subcontractors shall be issued construction
work security badges supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall maintain
a master list of personnel issued badges and it shall be available for
examination during construction hours. All personnel shall wearthe badges on
their outermost garment at all times while in the air operations area.
Responsibility for supply issuance, and control of identification badges shall be
that of the Contractor.
H. Manaoer or Director. The work on the Florida Keys Marathon Airport shall be
under the direction of the Airport Manager or his authorized agent(s).
I. Contractor shall maintain security at all times during construction.
J. Payment. No separate payment for the above security requirements shall be
made. All costs necessary to cover these items and services shall be included
as part of other bid items quoted in the Bid Proposal.
IV-34
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.7
LIST OF DRAWINGS
The drawings which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the work to be
done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract supplementary to the
specifications are as follows:
Sheet
No. Description
C-1A
C-18
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-7
C-8
C-9
C-10
C-11
C-11 A
C-11 B
C-12
C-13
C-14
C-15
C-16
C-17
C-18
C-19
C-20
C-21
C-22
L-1
E-1
E-2
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
Cover Sheet
Summary of Quantities
Summary of Quantities
Project Layout Plan
Safety / Security Notes and Construction Plan
Key Map
T -Hangars Typical Sections
Geometry Plan I (T-Hangar and Grant Air Apron)
Geometry Plan II (Paradise and Sheriff Aprons)
T -Hangars Profiles
Grading and Drainage Plan I (T-Hangars and Grant Air Apron)
Grading and Drainage Plan II (Paradise and Sheriff Aprons)
Drainage Details
Oil Water Separator
Cathodic Protection Details
Pavement Marking (T -Hangars Development)
Pavement Marking (Grant Air Apron)
Pavement Marking (Paradise and Sheriff Aprons)
Pavement Markings & Tie-Downs Details
Taxiway "A" Lighting Layout
Lighting Details I
Lighting Details "
12" Watermain Extension with Connections
Water Details
Fast, AOS, Absorption Bed / Drainfield Site Plan
Fast, AOS, Absorption Bed / Drainfield Schematic & Details
Landscaping
Electrical Layout Plan
Electrical Notes and Panel Schedule
T-Hangar Type I (191'-2" X 52'-0") Details
T-Hangar Type I Details
T -Hangar Type II (207'-8" X 60'-0") Details
T-Hangar Type II Details
IV-35
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.8
RESIDENT ENGINEER'S (RPR) OFFICE
1. The Contractor shall furnish office space (300 square foot minimum) for the exclusive
use of the Resident Engineer(s) (RPR) as a field office. The space shall be furnished
and maintained by the Contractor and shall be erected and ready for full occupancy
not later than ten (10) days after the Notice-to-Proceed of Construction is issued.
A. Office Equipment and Utilities. Provide all necessary power for lighting, for
power outlets, for heating and cooling; provide adequate heating, cooling and
ventilating equipment, drinking fountain, water, lavatory, toilet facilities,
telephone and OSHA approved fire extinguisher.
B. Office Furniture. Provide two desks with chairs, two drafting tables with stools,
plan racks, shelves, a fire-resistant three-drawer legal size filing cabinet with
locks (U.L. approved), FAX machine and a telephone answering machine.
C. Services. Provide and pay all costs for private telephone service for project-
related calls, water, electricity, janitorial service and all janitorial and sanitary
supplies.
2. BASIS OF PAYMENT. The cost of the field office, the equipment, furniture and
services shall be incidental and included in the overall cost of the pay items in the
project.
3. OWNERSHIP. The equipment and furniture shall remain the property of the
Contractor, shall be maintained by the Contractor and removed by the Contractor after
the final acceptance of the project.
IV-36
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.9
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
1. GENERAL DEFINITIONS
A. This section specifies certain minimum temporary facilities 'to be provided
regardless of methods and means selected for performance of the work but not
by way of limitation and not assured for compliance with govenling regulations.
Use of alternate temporary facilities may be permitted subject to the Engineer's
and Owner's approval and acceptance.
B. Energy Considerations: Administer the use of temporary facili1ies in a manner
which conserves energy but without delaying work or endangering persons or
property; comply with reasonable requests by the Engineer and Owner.
C. Costs: Except as otherwise indicated, costs associated with terilporary facilities
are the Contractor's. Temporary facilities remain the property afld responsibility
of the Contractor.
D. Dust Control: Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent the transfer of dust
to other areas of the airport complex.
E. Noise Control: Where work is being conducted in or adjacent to occupied
areas, the Contractor shall make every effort to keep construction noise to a
minimum.
F. Fire Protection: In addition to temporary water service for cons~ruction and the
placing of permanent fire protection facilities in operating concllition at earliest
feasible date, provide fire extinguishers of types and sizes recommended by
NFPA or any other governing authority or agency.
Provide Type A extinguishers in field offices and for similar exposures, Type
ABC in construction areas. Locate extinguishers near each entrance. Prohibit
smoking except in marked, non-hazardous areas. Smoking in existing premises
. is prohibited.
G. Environmental Protection: Review exposure to possible environmental
problems with the Engineer and Owner. Establish procedure$ and discipline
among tradesmen and provide needed facilities which will protect against
environmental problems (pollution of air, water and soil, exceSsive noise and
similar problems).
IV-37
2. TEMPORARY PROTECTION
Provide facilities and services as necessary to effectively protect project from losses
and persons from injury during the course of construction.
The existing utilities shall not be modified for use by the Contractor. Do not interrupt
existing services serving occupied or used facilities except when authbrized in writing
by the Owner. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities as
acceptable to the Owner.
The Contractor shall furnish electrical and water utilities as required and provide
temporary power, telephone and system connections where required by the Owner to
continue operation of existing equipment or systems during construction.
3. TEMPORARY STAGING/STORAGE AREAS
A. The Contractor may provide a trailer or prototype building fielld office for his
own use. The location of the field office or building must be approved by the
Engineer and Owner. All costs for connection to utilities shall be paid for by the
Contractor. Water, electric and telephone will be available on site.
Equipment not in use during construction, nights and/or holidays shall be
parked in areas designated by the Engineer and Owner. Construction workers'
private vehicles shall be parked within the areas.
B. During construction, the Contractor shall maintain these areas in a neat
condition.
The Contractor's vehicles, equipment and materials shall be stored in the areas
designated by the Engineer. Upon completion of the work, the staging and
storage areas shall be cleaned up and returned to their original condition to the
satisfaction of the Owner. Remove all construction fencing and t1>arricades from
the project site. No special payment will be made for clean-up and restoration
of the storage area.
Personal vehicles will not be permitted beyond the Contractor's parking area.
Drivers of vehicles being operated beyond this area shall be subject to loss of
permission to enter the construction site.
C. If additional storage areas are needed, the Contractor may reqliJest it from the
Engineer. The request will be reviewed on the basis of what is to be stored and
the area needed. The Contractor shall provide any necessary fencing and/or
security.
IV-38
4. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
A. De-watering: Maintain construction work free of water accumulation. Do not
endanger the work or adjacent properties.
B. Miscellaneous Facilities: Provide miscellaneous facilities as needed including
ladders, runways, shoring, scaffolding, railing, bracing, barriers, closures,
platforms, temporary partitions and similar items.
5. TEMPORARY SUPPORT FACILITIES
A. General: Provide facilities and services as may be needed to properly support
the primary construction process and meet governing regulations.
B. Drinking Water: Provide either pipe-connected potable water fountains or
electric cooled bottled water fountains or insulated potable water containers in
work areas spaced so that personnel at the site will travel no more than 300
feet.
C. Toilets: Furnish adequate temporary sanitary facilities within the Contractor's
staging and storage areas located on the drawings for the use of workmen
during the entire period of construction. Temporary facilities shall be furnished
at a minimum ratio of one toilet for each 25 workmen or as required by local
governing code, whichever is greater. The toilets shall be portable, chemical
type or water-borne type connected to an approved existing sanitary sewer.
Toilets shall be placed or installed in conformity with local governing code
requirements and shall be enclosed in a weather-tight, fly-proof building with a
self-closing door. The building shall be tied down to prevent overturning by
wind. Provide standard, roll-type toilet paper holder and a supply of standard,
roll-type toilet tissue.
The premises shall be thoroughly disinfected at least twice each week. Provide
means for locking the door from the outside and keep locked at all times except
during hours that workmen are at the project site.
6. . TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES
A. The Contractor shall coordinate the requirements for temporary utilities with the
Owner and shall install at the Contractor's expense all necessary utilities in a
safe, acceptable manner. Should leaks, breaks, etc. occur during installation or
use, the Contractor shall immediately notify the appropriate utility personnel and
promptly repair the utility so as to keep disruption of service to a minimum.
B. The Contractor shall provide temporary wiring if required. All wiring shall meet
all safety requirements of the National Electrical Code, Florida Department of
IV-39
Commerce, Bureau of Workmens' Compensation or local requirements. In
addition, all wire shall be so sized that it is not overloaded according to the
National Electrical Code and all wire used shall be fused to adequately protect
that wire according to the Code referred to.
C. The Contractor shall provide all temporary lines and connections from existing
sources of water as required for the work. The Contractor is responsible for
proper drainage of water used.
D. The Contractor shall furnish all temporary wiring, piping connections and other
apparatus that is needed to operate the utilities and shall remove all evidence of
same when work is complete.
E. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining and paying for all utilities that he
requires at the project site.
7. STAGING. STOCKPILE AND SPOIL AREAS
The staging area(s) depicted on the plans shall be used to house the Contractor's and
Resident Project Representative's Inspector's offices and to store all idle equipment,
supplies and construction materials (other than bulk materials such as aggregate, sand
and soil).
The Contractor may erect and maintain throughout the life of this contract, at his
expense, a six-foot high fence of chain link fabric around the perimeter of each staging
area used. He may also install vehicle and pedestrian gates as necessary to provide
adequate ingress/egress.
Additionally, the perimeter of any staging area which abuts an active operation
pavement shall be marked with yellow flashing barricades no more than 50 feet apart.
Upon completion of all work, remove all construction fencing and barricades from the
project site.
The Contractor's vehicles, equipment and materials shall be stored in the area
designated on the plans. Upon completion of the work, the storage area shall be
cleaned up and returned to its original condition to the satisfaction of the Owner.
Personal services will not be permitted beyond the Contractor's parking area. Drivers
of vehicles being operated beyond this area shall be subject to loss of permission to
enter the construction site.
Equipment not in use during construction, nights and/or holidays will be parked in the
Contractor's staging area. Exceptions will only be approved by the Engineer when
absolutely necessary. Parking of construction workers' private vehicles shall also be
within the staging area construction fence.
IV-40
Stockpile areas shall be used to store all bulk materials needed for the project and may
or may not be fenced at the Contractor's option. However, yellow flashing barricades
shall be installed where potential conflicts with air or ground vehicular traffic might
occur.
Separate stockpiles shall be created for the project construction. Separate stockpiles
shall be created for structural soil and topsoil. Stockpiles shall not penetrate the FAR
Part 77 imaginary surfaces.
All other waste material, including rubble and debris, shall be removed from the Airport
at the Contractor's expense.
No stockpile areas to store all bulk materials for the project are provided. All material
removed by excavation, such as concrete, asphalt or Iimerock, will be transported off
the Airport limits when it is taken up. It will not be stockpiled on Airport property.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary environmental controls as
directed by the Engineer (including, but not limited to: hay bales, siltation fence, etc.) to
protect the environment from erosion of any stockpile areas.
The cost for these temporary environmental controls shall be considered incidental to
the project.
IV-41
SPECIAL PROVISION NO.1 0
DEWATERING
Dewatering operations and any permits necessary to complete any portion of this project,
including, but not limited to, trench excavation, backfill, installation of edge light fixtures,
junction boxes, conduit and the installation of new cables in existing ducts shall be considered
incidental to the bid item for which de-watering may be necessary.
No separate payment will be made for the cost of dewatering.
IV-42
SPECIAL PROVISION NO. 11
PRECEDENCE OF DOCUMENTS
1 . GENERAL. The Bid Documents, Contract, Special Provisions, General Provisions,
Specifications, Plans and all referenced Standards cited in these documents are
essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurriing in one is as
binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary to describe
and provide for a complete work.
2. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In case of conflicts within the above mentioned
documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows:
A. Bid Documents (Division I)(including any and all Addenda)
B. Contract (Division II)
C. Special Provisions (Division IV)
D. Technical Specifications (Division V)
E. General Provisions (Division III)
F. Plans (large scale detail drawings over smaller scale general drawings)
IV-43
SPECIAL PROVISION NO. 12
FINAL PAY REQUESTS AND RELATED FORMS
In addition to the requirements for payments (Partial and Final) stipulated in General
Provisions (Division III) Section 90 "MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT" and in Special
Provision NO.1 "PROJECT GENERAL REQUIREMENTS" Section 25 (Division IV).
All pay requests shall be prepared by the Contractor within the time frames stipulated in the
County Procedures unless otherwise approved by the Engineer and Owner.
Pay Requests shall be submitted in one (1) original and one (1) copy (to the Engineer) unless
otherwise instructed by the Engineer.
IV-44
1; I
... 0
...
G."" ::0 en
c"<> ~
g~::~
~.~CJC:
lb.=-.,
:t.B:S
.f2=.cet!
~~-E~~
o~::o_~
t:i 0 c .
~':!i ~"" '0
c--c:: e1 ~
o.e. ~ c OJ c
o c-o. &I .. ::0 C ....
a o~ '- ~ 0 4)
=~-:..2 0 0 CIJ c_
og.!!~ ~ '0 E 6~
>-
~ ~~:8 c >- CO _ E
'" 0- ~1::
Z<~.g ~ "C
I .... c CO
~~o8:B .2 ::Jo..
0'"
--0<- "0 ()o
.g ::l1U.,~ C>
> '" '"
t: 0 ~~~j!"g .. 0 ~ U
&I :: a. c: c;
"e -:.~>. 5 c co
0 "<> : to ~ ~ D- O c: ca
c; &I .. ~ ~u:
.. .. 0:; 5ao.cc E 0
CII a. c~=2 ~ ..
c a
'" ~ E c; 80"""" ,g
"" 0 ~=:~~.!
0 0 CII &I
"C '" 'U.G.2- .Q
.., a c: ft ft
&I CJ co ~~g~ E .2
e e OJ 0 ~ c e
0:; Cl OJ c..~g E
::0 .. c;; a: ~ ::0 0 Ci
a. a a O="e ~
en a. -.5 .. ;: o.o__"E ~
~ < ~ "0 .. ... C ..,AH.2.2:
.. 0. .. .., c
f! ,.. &I ~ .. c ~~.oB 0
m E c; .. ~ c U
C "" ::0 u: .. ';;
co ::0 a. .. 0 E'.s~ e 0= ..
0 CII cn E .. E "> .. .2 ~!'g~.:! "C .Q E ....
0 c: Q. .. :> 0
'" u 0 ." ... co Cl ~ ~~ ~ ~ .:.: 8. Q. E e
.. "" 0 co w a:. c 0 0 u ~
c: 0 'f! 'C: &I C ;: 0 e-c; ~ .. 0
:2- c ;;; co co .. .. co 0 ;;;
c; OJ .. t: co .. .Q -0 C
<5 0 -0 ~ co ::0 co t::€g5~ >. iii :> >-
Z 0 1-'. a: ~ 0 m m cn z ~ E
"0
~
>-
Q:; c
C ::l
.2 cO
.. '" 3:()
. = CJ .... .. E
-0=-= 00 >- 0 vi
'0"5 cu -"C
"0_ .0 f!.?. 0- 2:-'"
G:~u - .. .... cJ:J
:5A" e c.... .2 ::J 0
00. 0;:- 00:::
'"0.0- 0>-
~~16 8 .2 "0 ().
coc "C C> 4)...1
. ..0.50 .c'" >
(;'5 .. o ..
C-"G == 0
a. ....e> c;
.g~;s _0 0.. C E
bE 0.. 0.. 0 ca
--GOO '" ~ ~~ 0
~_..c g~ c
::g:~ ..~ ::0
.D. ...... :a.. .0
~ 0 o g''E .. - E
I- Cle-a >-c '"
=.cG.e ",CJ ..
~ii g a.E :5
..>-.
'P-=l ~:t:a :;; ~:i: E
~ co _ .... .g
~~~~ c: 0-
_ c r:!
c"o
:~GC ..00 ..
I- ':;ti~8 o~... >::::
pS .. z c a..:C :.g
... w ~:#:C;CI . gtj:: "0
"t: :E OJ ~
0 c1i~=~ EO~ c:
G: >- CJ_~.cc <("'c t Ol
~ ,,: 0( ~~-g~~ "C " .. '"
a.. .. c _ 0 c
0 co a: 0:"80 (5.....2 c '"
" 0 . ~ ~ " ~
P-< 0 (; oc~ cc
0 u. 0 c
U tJO=fO= .!!E~ E .2
.. w ..=..-eo ~ >. 0 ..
Z e f! I- ~r;E8E <.3
E < ~ ~<: OJ
c co ~= 0 u < = 2
0 0 0 0 u o ~:s fQ ~ 01 - 0 c -;;
::E 0 It u: ~ g ~ =
I--< ~ o. ..E- c '" c
E-< :5 ~ ~~ "0 o~~ g E 0
a: >- u
w =.8~~~ c .. ..
~ u ~.~ ;,; c '" >-
~.~~E ... ...2 a. C
U~ <:; U <n 8~gc~ .. ..c c: a. .2
z L: ... c;.s= .c >< .=.: "
2~ 0 .. 0 c-.JiC.s=a. ,g~o .. ... u 0
c lL. 0 ~g''h=0 c "0 U
.2 w -- ., ... 0 w '"
U U I- -.. 0- C.c- .. I- ~ '"
-;; OJ .c c.c
U :! -0 :! 5:: g ~~ ~ ~ o ~.g' 5:: 0
.!'! E " 0 ... C iD
~~ '" co 0 co u 0 .. 0 u :;
Ci. 0- "t: -EuiIII: .. E >- ca
a. <:; 0 0 .. 0 a: !:g<&~ ::c... c E= a: >. ;; '" 0
< I- It a: <.) a.. 0 0( I-c .. <~ <( m a 0::: ~ 0
~
~
~
C/)
z
o
......
E-<
--<
:::>
z
~
o
u
13
o
~
c...
o
C4
o
~
dWQ
z~1-
ZOO
ozQ
i=OO::
<-w
2~0.
....I()
0. -
0.....1
<&
~
.2E.-
0..
0..
01
>-
CG
E
...
"'E
GJ
c..:=
~..
F- :g~
Z'"d-....
~.,....2
::E;.c:f!..
>cUt'OOI
<.!!GJOI
GieE
~ ... CD t'O
cx:-,sCij
O c: 0 ....
r.. 0 - .!! ...:
-='t:f.D e>
~~"'t'OGJ
~=~1i1i
U t'" >"0
z:;:~f!!!"O
_ CQCPc
f-ou."..c:GJ
C%:~c3:GJ
~ 0I::l <II..c:
U-;;;OO=
,.... '" E E CIl
......'-co-ou
ZO;i5GJ
<:~.Q()~
Z'-"GJCCIl
Oc.oo<n
o en - OJ
f=Ucc-o
<: g'g ~O
~c~o'"
c=~E()g'
c... c ~ ClJ tQ
_ 0 C "'..c:
__U_:::>()
I WW I
0-'
- ~~~
~~~
cc'"
c
UI
~ ~5
;l: ::s~%.
:i l<:e
u
~f
2-
~~
<oc;:
-,o~
0 <Iii +
I-' W
~-,ge
e..o:
"'0
8lii
G
0~ 0:
g go
.... CCwo:O
~:3t;i!:
~o: l-
e.. ~ --
a
0
a:
w w
"-
aU)
~i:
wI-
...
"-Q.
'"
0
0...
llo: ::>:z:
a: 00
o~ ~~Ci1
0:0+
Cl.::;o
:l;e..-
0"-
cc<
...
0
'" .
-'w
0 ::>::>
0-,
~~
0
U)
'"
a:
~
...
0
CD 2:
0
l=
"-
a:
u
'"
w
a
< ~o
t::Z:
CHANGE
ORDER
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
FIELD
OTHER
o
o
o
o
o
AlA DOCUMENT G701
PROJECT:
(name, address)
CHANGE ORDER NUMBER:
DATE:
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
CONTRACT DATE:
CONTRACT FOR:
TO CONTRACTOR:
(name, address)
The Contract is changed as,follows:
Not valid until signed by the Owner, Architect and Contractor.
The original (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) was . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
Net ch:mge by previously authorized Ol2nge Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
TIle (Contract Sum) (Gwr:mteed Maximum Price) prior to this Ol:mge Order was. . . . . . . . . . S
The (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) will be (increased) (decreased)
(unch:mged) by this Ch:mge Order in the 2IllOunt of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
The new (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) including this Ounge Order will be .. S
The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by
TIle d:lte of Subst:mtial Completion as of the d:lte of dlis Qunge Order therefore is
) days.
NOTE:
Thi~ summ:iry docs not relkct ch2ngcs in the COl1lrolct Sum. COl1lrolct Time or Gwranlct:d Maximum Price ".hich h:i\"t: Ilt:en :illthori7.t:d h,'
Constru<:tion Change Dirc:ctiYc.
ARCHITECT
CONTRAcrOR
OWNER
Addrc:s.~
Addres.~
^ddres.~
BY
BY
BY
DATE
DATE
DATE
.....~ti.t+..~
_ _J
-::.'.:..37:::: ': ".-: ~I.ljd .;ir;:1 :n ;~;~:n::;1 "'l.-~ ;CC:"::T::')!1! 'vhich has this ;~ution :::.,;;:c .. ."
:.,-: ;::'i~::-':J ._~'.:~-: .~~t C:-:~I"!.}2S oJIt! ."=~ '-:~ :;D~C:~~':.:3~.s :n3V occur .I.,nen ccc~met::: :::-:': .- :~.-: .::...:..:::...:..
AlA DOCUMENT G701 . CHANGE ORDER . 1987 EDITION . AlAe . @1987 . THE
AMERICAN lNSTITLTE OF ARCHITECTS. I7;\S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASlllNGTON. D.C. !(KIII(,
G701-1987
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
AlA DOCUMENT G704
AI<I....III I IO~.'
(Instructions on reverse side)
CONTRACTOR
FIELD
OTHER
o
o
o
PROJECT:
PROJECT NO.:
(.v,""t. ""tlllt/tln......')
CONTRACT FOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
TO CONTRACTOR:
TO OWNER:
(.\"'U'U! ItlUlltcl,I,"c.':\-.()
(S"II/" will "d,I,"('s.<)
DATE OF ISSUANCE:
PROJECT OR DESIGNATED PORTION SHALL INCLUDE:
The \'Cbrk performed under this Contr:J.Ct h:1S been re'\'ic:wc:d 2nd found. to the Architecr"s best knowledge. information and belief.
to be SUbsclOtially complete. subst2ntial Completion is the st2ge in tht: progress of the Work when the Work or design:lled portion
thereof is sufficiently complete in accorcbnce with the Contr:J.ct Documents so the Owner on occupy or utilIze the \Vork for il~
intended use. The date oC-SUbSClOti:t1 Completion of the Project or portion thercof dc:sign:lted :lbo\'e is hereby estahlLo;hed :IS
which is :tlso the date of commencement of :lpplioble w:ur:J.nties required by the ContiJ.ct Documents. except :IS stated below:
A list of itcms to be completed or corrected is att2ched hereto. The f:tilure to include :lOy items on such list does not :titer thc respon.
sihility of the Contr:tctor to complete :tll Work in :tccord:tnce with the Contr:J.ct Documents.
ARCHITECT
BY
DATE
The Contractor will complete or correct the Work on the list of items :t((:lched Irecelo within
the :lbo\.e d:ue of SubsclOtial Completion.
d:tys (rom
CO:-lTR:\CTOR
BY
DATE
The Owner acceptS the \,(brk or uesign:ued portion thereof as substantially complete and will :tssume full possession thereof at
(time) on (date).
BY
DATE
O\"(':-IER
The responsibilities o( the Owner :lOd the Contr:J.ctor for security, m:tinten:lOce. he:lt. utilitks. damage to the \X'ork :md insur.mce
sh:tll he as (0110""5:
(.\"(I(...-O/l./It'r.$ (II,d COlllrtlClorS /('Ri,1 alld ill$"rtlIlCI.' crl//lIsl!l should (/1.'(t'rll/;1I1.' mill ,.,..";1.'''' ;IISlIrl/l'Ct' n!</I/;1l!III..."tS (",tl""'.t'rCl,~('.J
-!
.... . ~ .-- -.. 1.
..-._. .-" .
"
_ ... .._0.__ ._ .---,
.'o. o.o.' ;io;;. .-"'
.., . .-.'
. . ----
_ ~.,_J
IImT1,1 AlA DOCU.MENT G104 . (]:ItTlI'II~\TE 01' ,;nl';Y\STI.\I. C()~\I'I.I'nOS . I''''~ UllHOS . .-\1..... . ,;;;I'/'I! ' lllE
~;ilY.t~ .\\IIJ(lL\S 1~"n"I"'E Ill' .\l'CI IlTECI~. ,-\, ,E\~. Yl )III-; ,\\"1'.='1"1'. S\~'.. \~:\.'I IlSI;TilS. II.!:. !,"X",~'I!
~~~,~~: WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will 5ubjectthe violator to legal prosecution.
G704-1992
Contractor's Affidavit of
Payment of Debts
and Claims
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURElY
OrnER
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
AlA Document G706 -
Electronic Format
nus DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITII AN AlTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED wrm RESPECT TO ITS
COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AurnENTICATION OF nus ELECTRONICAllY DRAFTED AlA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AlA
DOCUMENT 0401.
TO OWNER:
(Name and address)
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:
CONlRACT FOR:
CONlRACf DATED:
PROJECT:
(Name and address)
STATE OF:
COUNTY OF:
The undersigned hereby certifies that, except as listed below, payment has been made in full and all obligations have otherwise been
satisfied for all materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services perfonned, and for all known indebtedness and
claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the perfonnance of the Contract referenced
above for which the Owner or Owner's property might in any way be held responsible or encumbered. against any property of the
Owner arising in any manner out of the perfonnance of the Contract referenced above:
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. Whenever Surety is
involved, Consent of Surety is required. AIA Document
G707, Consent of Surety, may be used for this purpose.
Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, to
the extent required by the Owner, accompanied by a list
thereof.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATfACHED HERETO:
3. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AlA
Document G706A).
Indicate attachment: [ ] yes [ ] no
The following supporting documents should be attached
hereto if required by the Owner.
CONTRACTOR:
(Nome tmd address)
1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional
upon receipt of fmal payment.
BY:
(Signature of authorized representative)
2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from
(printed name and iii/e)
AlA DOCUMENT 0706 _ CONTRACfOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAlMS- 1994 EDmON - !AlA - COPYRIGHT 1994 - TIlE
AMERICAN INSm OF ARcmTECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASlUNGTON D.C 20006-5292.. WA~ING; Unlicensed photoCOpying
violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission pf the AlA and can be reproduced
without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic ~onnat G706 - 1994
User Document: G706.CON -11/13/1997. AlA License Number 68235, which expires on 1o/:h/1998 - Page #1
Notary Public:
Subscribed and sworn to before me on this date:
My Commission Expires:
.:
AlA DOCUMENT 0706 _ CONTRACfOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAlMS- 1994 EDmON 1 AlA - COPYRIGHT 1994 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITIJTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C 20006-5292.. WAWING; Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with pennission! of the AlA and can be reproduced
without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Fonnat G706 - 1994
User Document: G706.CON --11/13/1997. AlA License Number 68235, which expires on 10/31/1998 - Page #2
Contractor's Affidavit of
Release of Liens
AlA Document G706A -
Electronic Format
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURETY
OlliER
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
nus DOCUMENT HAS IMPORT A:Nf LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN A TIORNEY IS ENCOURA.GED WITH RESPECT TO ITS
COMPLETION OR MODlRCATION. AUTHENTICATION OF nus ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AlA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AlA
DOCUMENT 0401.
r
TO OWNER:
(Name tmd address)
PROJECT:
(Name tmd address)
ARCHITECTS PROJECT NO.:
CONTRACT FOR:
CONTRACT DATED:
STATE OF:
COUNTY OF:
The undersigned hereby certifies that to the best of the undersigned's knowledge, information and beliet except as listed below, the
Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and
all performers of Work, labor or services who have or may have liens or encumbrances or the right to assert liens or encumbrances
against any property of the Owner arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above:
EXCEPTIONS:
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATIACHED HERETO:
CONTRACTOR:'
(Name and address)
1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional
upon receipt of fmal payment.
2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from
Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, to
the extent required by the Owner, accompanied by a list
thereof.
BY:
(Signature of authorized rtpresenlative)
(printed name and title)
Subscribed and sworn to before me on this date:
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
I
AlA DOCUMENT G706A _ CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS . 1994 EDITION - AlA - coptRIGlIT 1994 - THE AMERICAN
INSTl11JTE OF ARCHITECTS 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGfON D.C 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.s.
copyright laws and is subject to iegal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of tile AlA and I can be reproduced without violation
until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic F6rmat G706A - 1994
User Document: G706A.CON _ 11/1311997. AlA license Number 68235, which expires on 10/31/1998 - Page #1
Consent of Surety
to Final Payment
AlA Document G707 -
Electronic Format
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURElY
OTHER
( ]
(]
[]
[ ]
( ]
nus DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATIORNEY IS ENcouRAGED WITH RESPECf TO ITS
COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF nus ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AlA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AlA
DOCUMENT 0401.
TO OWNER:
(Name and address)
ARCIDTECT'S PROJECT NO.:
CONTRACT FOR:
PROJECT:
(Name and ttddrus)
CONTRACT DATED:
, sURETY,
on bond of
(Insert IIQtrIe and ttddrus ofConJIYlCIOI')
,CONTRACTOR.,
hereby approves of the fmal payment to the Contractor, and agrees that fmal payment to the Contractor shan not relieve the Surety of
any of its obligations to
(Insert IIQtrIe and oddrus of Owner)
,OWNER.,
as set forth in said Surety's bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand on this date:
(Insert in writing the monthfollowd by the numeric date and yeor.)
(Surety)
Attest:
(Seal):
(Signature of auIhorized represenkltive)
(printed IIQRIe and title)
AlA DOCUMENT 0707 _ CONTRACTOR'S CONSET OF sUREYT TO FINAL PAYMENT. 1994 EDmON - AlA -lPYRlGHf 1994 - TIlE AMERlCA1
INSllTUlE OF AIlCHITECIS. "35 NEW VORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.c 20006-'m.. wARNING; oI"""""~" ,10"'" U;
_gbl 10'" .... ;, """".. .... ,..,..,..... no __ "" _""" ........ w.... """;,,ion .r th< AlA d "" '" """".... """"'" vloblk
until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electro~c Forinat G707 - 1994
User Document G707. CON _ 11/13/1997. AlA license Number 68235. which expires on 10/31/1998 - page #1
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION TITLE DOCUME~T PAGES
P-lOl Mobilization P-lOl-l thnu P-101-2
P-102 Maintenance of Air Operations Area Traffic P-102-1 thnu P-102-7
P-150 Asphalt and Concrete Pavement Milling P-150-1 thru P-150-2
P-151 Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition P-151-1 thru P-151-4
P-152 Excavation and Embankment P-152-1 thru P-152-8
P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil P-156-1 thru P-156-3
Erosion, and Siltation Control
P-211 Lime Rock Base Course P-211-1 thru P-211-5
P-401 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements P-401-1 thru P-401-25
P-501 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement P-501-1 thru P-501-34
P -602 Bituminous Prime Coat P-602-1 tlml P-602-3
P-603 Bituminous Tack Coat P-603-1 thna P-603-3
P-605 Joint Sealing Filler P-605-1 thru P-605-3
P-61O Structural Portland Cement Concrete P-61O-1 thru P-61O-7
P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting P-620-1 thru P-620-8
P-702 Water Main P-702-1 thruP-702-27
P-704 Sanitary Sewer System P-704-1 thru P-704-7
D-701 Pipe for Storm Drains and Culverts D-701-1 thru D-701-7
D-703 Trench Drain D-703-1 thru D-703-6
D- 7 51 Manholes, Catch Basins, Inlets and D-751-1 thruD-751-7
Inspection Holes
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
TC-l
March 2001
SECTION
T -904
L-108
L-110
L-125
S-OOI
S-002
S-003
S-004
S-005
S-006
S-007
B-lOOO
02900
TITLE
Sodding
Installation of Underground Cable for
Airports
Installation of Airport Underground
Electrical Duct
Installation of Airport Lighting Systems
Stormwater Gravity Injection Well
Fire Wells
OWS Basic Mechanical Requirements
OWS Protective Coatings
Oil-Water Separator
OWS Pipe and Fittings
Cathodic Protection of Underground Piping
T -Hangar Development
Landscaping
New Concrete Tiedowns
Cables for the Downs
DOCUMENT PAGES
T-904-1 thru T-904-4
L-I08-1 thro L-I08-8
L-ll 0-1 thnil L-ll 0-6
L-125-1 thru L-125-6
S-OOI-1 thru S-001-6
S-002-1 thru S-002-4
S-003-1 thruS-003-15
S-004-1 thru S-004-15
S-005-1 thru S-005-5
S-006-1 Thru S-006-15
S-007-1 thru S-007-7
B-lOOO-l thruB-lOOO-13
02900-1 thru 02900-9
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
TC-2
March 200 1
ITEM P-I0l- MOBILIZATION
DESCRIPTION
101-1.1 The work specified in this item shall consist of the preparatory work and operations in
mobilizing for beginning work on the Project, including, but not limited to, those operations
necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the Project Site,
and for the establishment of temporary offices, building facilities, utilities, safety equiipment and
first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these Specifications, and State and
local laws and regulations. The costs of bonds and any required insurance and other
preconstruction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction
materials, shall also be included in this Section.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
101-2.1 Measurement of Mobilization for payment shall be the work under this Section
completed in accordance with the Plans and these Specifications.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
101-3.1 Payment for the work measured as described shall be made at the contract lump sum
price for Mobilization which price and payment shall be full compensation for mobilizing for
beginning work on the project, furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, processes, tools and
incidental costs required to complete the work under this Section for the item of Mobilization.
Payment shall be made under:
Item P-101-3.1
Mobilization -- per lump sum
101-3.2 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial Payments on the contract lump sum price for
Mobilization will be made in accordance with the following schedule during the progress of
construction on this project.
% of Original
Contract Amount
Earned
5%
10%
25%
50%
Allowable %
of the Lump Sum
Price For Mobilization
25%
50%
75%
100%
Partial payments for any project will be limited to ten percent (10%) of the original Contract
amount for that project. Any remaining amount will be paid upon completion of all work on the
Project.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-IOl-l
March, 200 1
The standard retainage, as herein specified will be applied to these allowances. Partial payments
made on this item shall in no way act to preclude or limit any of the provisions for partial
payments otherwise provided for by the Contract.
END OF ITEM P-101
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-101-2
March, 2001
ITEM P-I02 MAINTENANCE OF AIR OPERATIONS AREA TRAFFIC
DESCRIPTION
102-1.1 The work under this Section consists of furnishing all measures required to maintain the
safe and orderly movement of Air Operations Area (AOA) traffic in and around the construction
areas as shown on the Plans and as described in these Technical Specifications.
102-2.1 GENERAL. This Section covers the Contractor's responsibilities for maintaining the
optimum level of safety and the operating efficiency of the airport during construction. These
responsibilities are based on criteria contained in current edition of Federal Aviation
Administration Advisory Circular AC 150/5370-2C, Operation Safety on Airport with Emphasis
on Safety During Construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for all activities, under his
control, as specified in the above referenced Advisory Circulars, the Zoning Ordinance and in
other referenced documents. In certain cases where the obstacle clearance criteria utilized for
this project may differ from that described herein, these variances will be depicted on the Plans.
102-3.1 OBSTACLE CLEARANCES DURING CONSTRUCTION - TAXIWAYS,
TAXILANES AND APRONS. Construction activity, personnel, equipment or materials shall
not be permitted within 73 feet of the centerline of an active taxiway and within 64 feet of the
centerline of an active taxilane, unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
102-4.1 TRENCHES, EXCA VA TIONS AND STOCKPILED MATERIAL.
a. Open trenches or excavations exceeding 3 inches in depth and 3 inches in width shall
not be permitted within 200 feet of the centerline of an active runway or within 94 feet of the
center line of active taxiways and taxilanes unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
b. Coverings for open trenches or excavations may be utilized by the Contractor to
restore operations in these areas. Covering shall be of sufficient strength to support the weight of
the heaviest aircraft operating on the runway or taxiway. Each covering shall be installed only as
approved by the Architect/Engineer.
c. Banicades and/or flagging shall be installed to identify the limits of construction near
open trenches or excavations. Stockpiled material shall be secured against displacement by
aircraft engine and propeller blast and ambient winds.
d. Stockpiled materials, equipment and personnel shall not be allowed within the runway,
taxiway and taxilane obstacle clearance areas as described in this Article.
102-5.1 MARKING AND LIGHTING OF CONSTRUCTION AREAS. The Contractor
shall install lighting, marking, barrel banicades, railroad tie banicades, lighted commercial
banicades, concrete baniers, plastic banicades, signs and other measures to delineate closed and
hazardous areas during construction. The guidance and procedures provided by the current FAA
Advisory Circular AC 150/5340-1, including changes, "Marking of Paved Areas <1m Airports",
shall be utilized as depicted on the Plans. Steady burning red obstruction lights may be required
in certain instances to supplement lighted barricades or highlight hazardous or potentially
dangerous objects. The location of these lights shall be as shown on Plans or as ditected by the
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-I02-1
March, 200 1
Architect/Engineer. Obstruction lights and barrel barricades, railroad tie barricades, lighted
commercial barricades, plastic barricades, concrete barriers, and signs shall not be located within
runway, taxiway and taxilane obstacle clearance areas.
102-6.1 LOOSE MATERIALS AND DEBRIS. Loose materials shall be removed from the
active portion of the AOA, placed in protected areas or otherwise secured to prevent dispersal
into active portions of the AOA. The AOA is defined as all areas used or intended! to be used for
aircraft operations including active runways, aprons, taxiways, taxilanes, etc. Debris shall be
promptly removed from the AOA. The Contractor shall exercise care in the tralnsportation of
materials within the AOA. Materials tracked or spilled in the AOA shan be removed
immediately. When hauling, loading, grading, or when any of the Contractor's activities are
likely to cause the deposit of loose materials in the AOA, it shall be immediately nemoved using
powered vacuum sweepers which shall continuously patrol the affected areas. The sweepers
shall be supplemented by hand sweepers, loaders, trucks, etc., as necessary.
102-7.1 VEHICLES AND MOBILE EQUIPMENT.
a. All Contractor vehicles and mobile equipment operating in the AOA shall be identified
by three foot (3) square orange and white flags whenever such vehicle and equipment is
operating on or about the AOA. In addition, such vehicles and equipment shall have the
Contractor's name clearly affixed on each side of such vehicles and equipment, all in accordance
with current requirements. During the hours between 30 minutes before sunset and 30 minutes
after sunrise and at all times when visibility is impaired, vehicles and mobile equipment shall
also be equipped with a revolving yellow beacon light mounted on the top of the vehicle or
equipment. Beacon lights shall provide:
(1) Three hundred sixty degree azimuth coverage.
(2) Effective intensity in the horizontal plane not less than 40 or more than
400 candelas.
(3) Beam spread measured to 1/10 peak intensity extending from 10 degrees
to 15 degrees above the horizontal.
(4) Sixty to ninety flashes per minute.
b. All Contractor vehicles and mobile equipment not individually authorized by the
Airport Manager for independent operation in the AOA shall be operated under escort while in
the AOA. The escort vehicle and its driver must be authorized by the Airport Manager for
escort duty and for operation within the AOA. If access to the construction, stagirng or storage
sites requires the crossing of an active runway or taxiway, all vehicles shall be escorted across
said runway or taxiway by either an Airport Manager escort vehicle or a vehicle equipped with a
VHF-AM Transceiver specifically authorized by the Airport Manager to cross these operational
pavements. No crossing of active taxiways or runways by vehicles so equipped shall be made
without first obtaining specific clearance from ground Control Unicorn 122.8
c. No crane shall be allowed on the work site until the equipment and! its intended
operation is approved by the Airport Manager, in accordance with the requiretnents of the
General Condition. The Contractor shall provide the RPR with not less than 24-hour advance
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-102-2
March, 2001
written notice requesting crane access to the AOA. The RPR will then request approval from the
Airport Manager.
d. When access is approved by the Airport Manager, the tip of the crane boom shall be
identified by the orange and white flag mentioned above and, if appropriate, by red obstruction
lights.
102-8.1 CLOSURES.
a. Prior to the commencement of any demolition or other work which will cause an
interruption or modification to existing aircraft operations, the Contractor shall confer with, and
obtain written authorization from the RPR.
b. When the Contractor's operations require the closure of any runway, taxiway, apron,
roadway, service gate, walkway, etc., the Contractor shall notify the RPR not less than 48 hours
prior to need. No runway, taxiway, apron, roadway, service gate, walkway, etc., shall be closed
without prior written authorization from the RPR.
c. If the Contractor requires access to operational areas not delineated on the Construction
Safety Plan Drawing(s), the Contractor shall participate in negotiations leading to the imposition
of restrictions on airport operations in the affected areas; the Contractor shall strictly abide by all
conditions imposed by the Airport Manager relating to its entry and use of such areas and the
Contractor shall not enter these areas until granted temporary, conditional entry clearance by the
RPR and the Airport Manager.
d. Trenching, excavation and other work requiring temporary runway or taxiway closure
shall be limited by the Contractor to that amount of work that can be completed within the hours
of minimal operation. All ditches, excavations, etc., shall be restored prior to the end of the work
period and affected pavements returned to service. This work shall be scheduled during hours of
minimal operations. Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, hours of minimal
operation shall be defined as the hours between 12:00 midnight and 5:30 A.M. daily. All other
hours are considered hours of normal operation.
e. The Contractor may be required to pursue affected portions of the work on a
continuous 24 hour per day basis during construction of the various phases and subphases shown
on the Plans and described in the Contract Documents (such as when runways or taxiways,
aprons, service or access roadways, or service gates are closed for operation or when hazards of
any kind arise).
102-9.1 OPERATIONS SAFETY INSPECTION. The entire work site shall be inspected daily
and more frequently if construction activities are of a nature that debris may be expected to
accumulate on AOA pavements. Special inspections shall be conducted for each work area prior
to return to service for aircraft operation. The purpose of these inspections is to ascertain that
areas returned to aircraft service are in satisfactory condition and that the overall work site and
its activities are within the safety criteria set forth in these Contract Documents. Inspections
shall be conducted jointly by representatives of the Contractor, the Airport Manager, the RPR
and the affected airlines. These inspections shall cover the several safety items noted in and
referred by this Article.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-I02-3
March, 200 1
Any violations of the Safety Criteria found during these inspections shall be rectified
immediately. If a violation cannot be corrected on an immediate basis by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall immediately notify the RPR. No area shall be approved for aircraft operations
while it is in violation unless specifically authorized by the Airport Manager, the RPR and the
designated airline representative.
102-10.1 OPERATIONAL EMERGENCIES. During construction periods, the Contractor
shall monitor the UNICOM frequency of 122.8 and be able to activate the runway/tiaxiway upon
demand, in response to emergency or other conditions that require him to clear the runway to
accept a landing aircraft or one taking off. In all cases aircraft safety shall be the one single
foremost priority over all construction activity on the runway. In this event the Contractor may
need to respond to an evacuation request from the RPR, from the Airport Manager or from the
aircraft itself if one of the other controlling entities are not present. The Contractor shall have a
Safety Officer on the project site, at all times, monitoring the UNICOM frequencies and able to
determine the limits of the area to be evacuated and the restoration work needed to prepare the
area for aircraft operations. Should the directive entail extra work under the contract, and is
determined so by the RPR, the Contractor will not be reimbursed for such extra work, since this
work is considered incidental to the General Contractor's operation and safety procedures as part
of Item P-I02.
102-11.1 FINAL CLEANUP. After work in any work area has been completed and before
opening it to traffic, the Contractor shall remove all temporary traffic control devices, temporary
pavements, and other temporary work and devices installed for traffic control. The Contractor
shall restore the site to its original condition or to the revised condition shown on the Plans.
MA TERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS
102-12.1 TEMPORARY MARKER LIGHTS. The Contractor shall install, operate and
maintain temporary marker lights in the locations shown on the Plans. The Corttractor shall
furnish portable base mounted light fixtures, red or yellow and blue lenses, 30/45 watt 6.6/6.2
ampere transformers, and 30 watt 6.6 ampere lamps. The Contractor shall furnish 5000 volt,
#8A WG, Type "C", FAA Specification L824 stranded copper cable; compatible connector kits;
FAA Specification L823 tape; compression sleeves and any other materials necessary to install,
operate and maintain the temporary marker lights.
The Contractor shall furnish and install the following:
(1) . Heat shrinkable sleeves, tape and incidentals,
(2) 15 watt lamps for 120V circuit,
(3) Necessary wiring, power, connections, etc. to operate lights on 120V circuit,
(4) Required staples to keep cable and wire securely fastened to pavement.
(5) Pavement sealant to seal pavements, when wiring is installed recessed in saw
kerfs.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-102-4
March, 200 1
Yellow flashing lights mounted on top of the various types of barricades are not considered
marker lights.
102-12.2 BARREL BARRICADES. The Contractor shall install and maintain barrel
barricades in the locations shown on the Plans, in accordance with the approved layout for each
construction area, and as directed by the ArchitectlEngineer. Barrel barricades shall be in
accordance with the details shown on the Plans including barrels, lights, ropes, flags and
incidentals. Barrels shall be weighted immediately upon installation, as necessary to prevent
displacement by aircraft engine blast and by ambient wind. Barrel barricade lines shall be
inspected each day and repaired or replaced as necessary to meet the requirements of the
approved layout plan.
102-12.3 TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIERS.
a. Temporary concrete barriers for traffic control and protection shall be New Jersey type
precast concrete barriers conforming to the requirements of ASTM C825.
b. Temporary concrete barrier sections shall be capable of being interlocked and shall be
provided with warning flags, steady burning lights and/or flashing lights as required and shall be
provided with grooves to allow flow of surface drainage.
c. The temporary concrete barriers need not be new, but shall be structurally sound, of a
quality and type meeting the requirements of these specifications and shall be subject to the
ArchitectlEngineer's approval.
d. Temporary concrete barriers shall, at the conclusion of the construction or when no
longer needed, be relocated or removed and disposed of as the case may be.
e. Commercial lighted barricades may be used in lieu of concrete barriers as directed by
the RPR.
102-12.4 RAILROAD TIE BARRICADES (LOW TIE BARRICADES). The Contractor
shall install and maintain Railroad Tie Barricades consisting of standard 6" x 8" x 8' timber
railroad ties placed as and where shown on the Plans and as directed by the ArchitectlEngineer.
Railroad ties shall be painted as detailed on the Plans and placed in the location and manner
shown on the Plans. A battery operated yellow flashing light shall be installed on each section of
the railroad tie barricades; the yellow flashing light shall be continuously (24 hours a day basis)
operated. The railroad tie barricades shall be anchored to the subgrade or pavement using two
No.4, 18" long steel pins driven in the subgrade, or flexible pavement or installed through
predrilled holes in rigid pavement. At conclusion of work and when the barricades are no longer
needed, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of them and restore the pavement to its original
condition.
102-12.5 PLASTIC BARRICADES. Plastic barricades, meeting the following requirements,
shall only be used when specifically shown on the Plans or ordered by the ArchitectlEngineer.
a. Plastic barricades shall consist of a molded plastic I-beam section suspended, by means
of a toggle system, from a molded plastic cone.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-102-5
March, 200 1
The assembly shall be designed to remain usable following vehicular impact.
(1) The plastic barricade (I-beam section and cones) shall be manufactured from
high density Polyethylene compounded with Ultra Violet Stabilizer to protect it against ultra
violet exposure and outdoor weathering.
(2) The cone shall consist of a stem and a base. The base shall be hollow and so
manufactured as to allow for external and internal ballasting (using water, sand or other suitable
material), to provide a ballast weight of approximately 20 lbs.
(3) The dimensions of the various elements of the plastic barricade system shall
be as follows:
Cones
Overall Height
Base Dimension
Weight (unballasted)
Outside diameter stem
Top
Bottom
Wall Thickness
45"
18" x 18" x 4"
7 3/4 lbs.
3 1/4"
6 Y2"
1/8" :!: 1/32"
I-Beam Section
Depth (reflective areas)
Lengths (as ordered by the
Archi tect/Engineer)
Wall Thickness
Weight
8"
36" or 48"
1/8"
1.2 lbs. per foot
b. The plastic barricade assembly shall be equal to MAXICADE System as manufactured
by Glasdon - Traffic Services Incorporated (distributed locally by Saft T Store, West Palm
Beach, Telephone: 1-561-793-5817) or approved equal.
c. The I-beam section shall be capable of being mounted (using a flexible toggle system)
on the plastic cones. The cones shall be designed to support the I-beam sections and also to
support traffic lights.
d. The plastic barricade assembly shall be impregnated with traffic orange color. White
reflective sheeting shall be applied to the I-beam section to form a series of alternating 6 inch
wide stripes, traffic orange and reflective white, at 450 angle.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
102-13.1 Maintenance of Air Operations Area Traffic will be paid for on a lump sum basis
wherein no measurement will be made.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-102-6
March, 200 1
BASIS OF PAYMENT
102-14.1 The price bid for the items under. this section shall include the cost of furnishing,
placing and maintaining the various devices including replacing exhausted batteries, defective
lamps, painting, etc. as required to maintain the various devices in good operational condition.
Payment shall be made under:
Item P-I02-14.1
Maintenance of Air Operations Area Traffic - per lump sum
END OF ITEM P-102
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-102-7
March,2oo1
ITEM P-150 ASPHALT AND CONCRETE PAVEMENT MILLING
DESCRIPTION
150-1.1 The work specified in this Section shall consist of the milling of the surfaces of
existing asphalt or Portland cement concrete pavements to provide a rough textured surface for
bonding of proposed asphalt overlays, and the removal of existing asphalt and concrete pavement
to a measured depth, as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Additional
over-cutting may be directed by the Architect/Engineer in areas of pavement damage.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
150-2.1 GENERAL. The existing pavement shall be milled and removed to the depths and
dimensions shown on the Plans. The resulting surface shall maintain the proposed grade and
cross slope as shown on the Plans, and it shall be_ textured so as to provide a sound mechanical
bonding surface for the new asphalt overlays. The milling operation shall be performed so as to
minimize the amount of dust emitted by the machine. Pre-wetting of the pavement immediately
ahead of the operation shall be provided, using a separate, self-propelled, watering vehicle. All
dust and debris shall be removed immediately following the milling operation, using self-
contained sweepers.
All materials removed by this operation shall be promptly loaded and transported by the
Contractor to designated disposal areas. Equipment operations will be confined to areas as
shown on the Staging Plans and/or as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
150-2.2 GRADE CONTROL. Grade control within the pavement areas shall be referenced
from the existing pavement or from grade lines and elevations shown on the Plans or as directed
by the Architect/Engineer in the field. Tolerance for over-cutting shall be within 1/4" (6mm) of
the specified grade.
150-2.3 EQUIPMENT. The milling equipment shall be self-propelled heavy duty units
capable of maintaining depth of cut and cross slope to achieve the results specified herein and as
depicted on the Plans without the application of heat to the pavement surfaces. The equipment
used shall be capable of milling a constant one inch (25mm) depth of cut at the rate of 2,000
square yards (1675 sq. m) per hour at normal operating speed. The milling equipment shall be
equipped with an effective waste pick up and removal device integral with the unit and it shall be
equipped with positive means to limit the amount of dust escaping from the removal operation.
The milling equipment used for this project shall be equipped with automatic grade control
devices capable of maintaining depth of cut. The control system shall be automatically actuated
from either a reference line or surface through a system of mechanical sensors or sensor-directed
mechanisms which will maintain the depth of cut and maintain a predetermined transverse slope.
The controls shall be capable of working in conjunction with any of the following attachments:
a. Adjustable length ski-type device of up to thirty (30) feet (9 m) in lelI1gth.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-150-1
March, 2001
b. Taut string line (wire) pre-set to grade.
c. Short ski or shoe.
The control systems or devices shall be capable of being operated on both sides of the equipment
simultaneously.
The pre-wetting equipment provided shall be self-propelled tank units with sufficient capability
to provide continuous full coverage watering immediately ahead of the milling operation at all
times.
The final clean-up sweepers shall be large, highway type, self-propelled units with integral self-
contained storage tanks capable of effectively and rapidly cleaning and containing and
transporting waste from the expanse of pavements milled or otherwise covered with debris from
milling operations.
150-2.4 PROTECTION OF MILLED PAVEMENT SERVICES. The milling operations
shall progress immediately ahead of the asphalt paving operation such that a minimum of over-
cut area will be exposed to aircraft and vehicular traffic until the new asphalt surface course has
been applied.
150-2.5 HAUL AND CLEANUP. Hauling and cleanup will be a necessary and incidental
part of the work and its cost shall be included in the Contract Unit Price Bid for the pay items of
work involved.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
150-3.1 The measurement of pavement milling for payment shall be the number of square
yards (meters) of existing asphalt or concrete pavement milled to the various depths completed
and accepted as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
150-4.1 Payment shall be made at the Contract Unit Prices Bid, per square yard (meters), for
asphalt or P.e. concrete Pavement Milling, of the various depths, which prices and payments
shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, processes, tools and any
incidentals necessary to complete the work under this Section.
Payment shall be made under:
Item P-150-4.1
Asphalt Pavement Milling (0" to IS') -- per square yard.
END OF ITEM P-150
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-150-2
March, 200 1
ITEM P-151 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND DEMOLITION
DESCRIPTION
151-1.1 The work specified in this section consists of the clearing, grubbing, demolition,
removal and disposal of all material and debris, for the areas designated on the Plans or as
directed by the Architect/Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
151-2.1 The areas shown on the Plans to be cleared, grubbed and demolished under this
Section shall be staked by the Contractor and approved by the Architect/Engineer before work
begins. The clearing, grubbing and demolition shall be done well in advance of grading,
stripping or other operations as approved by the Architect/Engineer.
All materials and debris, except for material to be salvaged for the airport's use as specified
below, obtained from the clearing, grubbing and demolition operations shall be removed and
legally disposed of by the Contractor in commercial disposal areas. The Contractor shall not
bum, or otherwise dispose of any unsalvageable materials or debris anywhere within the Airport
property.
All removed limerock and soil, including organic soil materials, shall be salvaged for the
airport's future use and shall be stockpiled in areas shown on the Plans or as directed by the
Architect/Engineer. Removal of limerock will be as specified in Item P-152.
The Contractor shall provide disposal areas outside of the airport property limits for the disposal
of materials not intended for salvage for the airport's use. If the Contractor intends to use a
private disposal area, he shall obtain and file with the Architect/Engineer, the property owner's
written permission, for the use of such property.
Whenever any above or below ground communications facility, pipeline, conduit, sewer, drain,
or any other utility not depicted on the Plans is encountered which must be either removed or
relocated, the Contractor shall promptly advise the Architect/Engineer of this condition, who will
then either order the Contractor to proceed with the necessary Extra Work, and payment
therefore will be made under a change order in accordance with the requirements of the General
Conditions, or he will notify the proper local authority or owner to secure remedial action.
151-2.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing
the surface of the ground, canal banks and bottom of canals of all trees, stumps, roots, matted
roots, down timber or wood, logs, snags, boulders, unsuitable soil, silt, brush,. undergrowth,
underwater growth, hedges, and heavy growth of grass or weeds and the proper disposal of such
materials.
151-2.3 DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES. Demolition shall consist of the removal
and disposal from the site of fences, gates, buildings, abandoned materials, construction debris,
curbs, gutters, sidewalks, headers, retaining walls, asphalt and concrete pavemehts, above and
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-151-l
March, 2001
below ground structures and utilities, foundations, foundation cut off, drainage or utility
structures and pipes or other appurtenances, utility poles, general debris, clean-up, and rubbish of
any nature. The work shall also include utility modifications, utility disconnects, cut and patch
walls and slabs in structures to remain as required, all in conduction with the removal of
buildings and structures under this Item.
151-2.4 BACKFILLING. Any holes or openings remaining in the subgrade or existing
pavement shall be backfilled with acceptable materials and properly compacted, as specified in
these Technical Specifications.
All holes remaining after the grubbing and demolition operation within embankment areas is
completed, shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, backfilled with suitable
backfill material, and compacted as required in Item P-152 of these Technical Specifications.
The same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes located within excavation areas and
remaining after grubbing and demolition is completed, where the depth of holes exceeds the
depth of the proposed excavation.
151-2.5 ADJUSTING EXISTING STRUCTURES. Existing manholes, catch basins,
inlets, valve boxes, monument boxes, etc., within the limits of the proposed work, that do not
conform to the finished grade of the proposed pavement, or to the finished grade designated on
the plans for such structures, shall be cut down or extended, and made to conform to the grade of
the new pavement, or to the designated grade of the structure if outside of the proposed
pavement area. The materials and construction methods for this work shall conform to the
requirements ofD-751. Where manholes are to be raised, the adjustment may, at the Contractor's
option, be made by the use of adjustable extension rings of the type which do not require the
removal of the existing manhole frame. The extension device shall provide positive locking
action and shall permit adjustment in height as well as diameter. The particular type of device
used shall meet the approval of the Engineer.
151-2.6 DEMOLITION OF PAVEMENT. In paved areas to be demolished the concrete
pavement and bituminous pavement materials shall be (scarified and/or) broken into pieces,
using approved equipment and shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with and proper
disposal methods.
The thickness of pavement shown in the plans is the thickness found which was determined by
project related geotechnical investigation and is the best information available. The thickness
may be deviate from the conditions actually found in the field and the contractor shall take this
information into consideration when removing the pavement.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
151-3.1 The quantities of clearing and grubbing as shown by the limits on the plans or as
ordered by the Engineer shall be the number of acres or fractions thereof, of land specifically
cleared and grubbed.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-151-2
March, 2001
151-3.2 Measurement for removal of existing aircraft tie-downs (incl. removal of cables)
for payment shall be per lump sum of tie-down removed and accepted in accordance with the
Plans and Specifications.
151-3.3 Measurement for removal or modification of structures or utilities for payment
shall be each structure or utility removed or modified complete and accepted in accordance with
the Plans and Specifications.
151-3.4 Measurement for demolition of asphalt and concrete pavement for payment shall
be the number of square yards of pavement demolition, completed and accepted in accordance
with the Plans and Specifications.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre for clearing and
grubbing. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor,
equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
151-4.2 Payment for the quantities for modifying existing aircraft tie-downs (incl. removal
of cables) shall be made at the Contract Unit Prices Bid as described above for which prices and
payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, processes,
tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work under this Item.
151-4.3 Payment for the quantities for removal or modification of structures and utilities
shall be made at the Contract Unit Prices Bid as described above for which prices and payment
shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, processes, tools and
incidentals necessary to complete the work under this Item.
151-4.4 Payment for the quantities for the asphalt pavement demolition and concrete
demolitions shall be made at the Contract Unit Prices Bid as described above for which prices
and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, processes,
tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work under this Item.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-151-3
March. 200 1
Payment shall be made under:
Item P-151-4.1
Clearing and Grubbing - per acre
Item P-151-4.2
Removal of existing aircraft tiedowns (incl. Removal
of cables - per lump sum
Item P-151-4.3
Existing hangar removal - per lump sum
Item P-151-4.4
Pavement demolition - per lump sum
END OF ITEM P-151
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-151-4
March, 200 1
ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
DESCRIPTION
152-1.1 This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the
limits of the work required to construct safety areas, runways, taxiways, aprons, and intermediate as
well as other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or other purposes in accordance with
these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical section(s) shown on the plans.
152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be classified as defined below:
a. Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal
of all material, regardless of its nature, which is not otherwise classified and paid for under the
following items.
b. Muck Excavation. Muck excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of deposits or
mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material. Muck shall include materials
which will decay or produce subsidence in the embankment. It may be made up of decaying stumps,
roots, logs, humus, or other material not satisfactory for incorporation in the embankment.
c. Borrow Excavation. Borrow excavation shall consist of approved material required for the
construction of embankment or for other portions of the work in excess of the quanWy of usable
material available from required excavations. Borrow material shall be obtained from areas within
the limits of the airport property but outside the normal limits of necessary grading, or from areas
outside the airport.
152-1.3 Unsuitable Excavation. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck,
peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material,
when approved by the Engineer as suitable to support vegetation, may be used on the embankment
slope.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
152-2.1 General. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area, the
area shall be completely cleared and grubbed, if necessary, in accordance with Item P-151.
The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans. All waste areas shall
be graded to allow positi ve drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste
areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless
specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer.
When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or atchaeological
significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued. At the direction of the Engineer, the
Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow
for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work.
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-152-1
Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material has become
compacted, by hauling or other activities of the Contractor shall be scarified and disked to a depth of
4 inches (100 mm), in order to loosen and pulverize the soil.
If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage, conduits, utilities,
or similar underground structures, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary
precautions to preserve them or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered,
the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. The
Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, satisfactorily repair or pay the cost of all damage to such
facilities or structures which may result from any of the Contractor's operations during the period of
the contract.
152-2.2 EXCA V A TION. No excavation shall be started until the work has been staked out by the
Contractor and the Engineer has obtained elevations and measurements of the ground surface. All
suitable excavated material shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, or for other
purposes shown on the plans. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans.
When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades
indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed of as
directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades
indicated, the deficiency shall be obtained from borrow areas.
The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times. When necessary,
temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which
may affect the work.
a. Selective Grading. When selective grading is indicated on the plans, the more suitable
material as designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment orin capping the
pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place this material in its final
location, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that it can be measured for payment for rehandling
as specified in paragraph 3.3.
b. Undercutting. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for
safety areas, subgrades, roads, shoulders, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a
minimum depth of 12 inches (300 mm), or to the depth specified by the Engineer, below the subgrade.
Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be
removed to the depth specified. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of at locations shown on the
plans. This excavated material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (per cubic
meter) for unclassified excavation. The excavated area shall be refilled with suitable material
obtained from the grading operations or borrow areas and compacted to specified densities. The
necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled
with selected material, any pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with
the details shown on the plans.
c. Overbreak. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened
beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-152-2
the displacement of such material was unavoidable and hislher decision shall be final. All overbreak
shall be graded or removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed; however, payment will not
be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the Engineer determines as avoidable.
Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation."
d. Removal of Utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the
orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone otherthan the Contractor, e.g., the utility
unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated f~ at least 2 feet
(60 cm) below the top of subgrade or as indicated on the plans, and the material disposed of as
directed. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as
specified herein.
e. Compaction Requirements. The subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to a
depth of 6" and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by
ASTMD 1557.
The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTMD 1556 or ASTMD 2167.
Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches (100 nun) in their greatest dimension will not be
permitted in top 6 inches (150 nun) ofthe subgrade. The finished grading operations, conforming to
the typical cross section, shall be completed and maintained at least 1,000 feet (300 m) ahead of the
paving operations or as directed by the Engineer.
In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed
to line of finished grade of slope. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross
section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Blasting will not be permitted.
152-2.3 BORROW EXCA VA TION. Borrow area(s), when required, within the airport property
are indicated on the plans. If not indicated on the plans, then borrow sources shall be outside the
boundaries of the airport property. Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated
locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed.
When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval ofthe Engineer. The Contractor
shall notify the Engineer, at least 15 days prior to beginning the excavation, so necessary
measurements and tests can be made. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable material
to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit
accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat, presentable condition with all
slopes dressed uniformly.
152- 2.4 D RAINA GE EX CA VA TI ON. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage
ditches such as intercepting; inlet or outlet, for temporary levee construction; or for any other type as
designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence! with the other
construction. All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsuitable material shalll be placed in
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
. March, 2001
P-152-3
waste areas or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent
excavation operations. All necessary work shall be performed to secure a finish true to line,
elevation, and cross section.
The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed on the project to the required cross section and shall
keep them free of debris or obstructions until the project is accepted.
152-2.5 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA. Where an embankment is to be constructed
to a height of 4 feet (120 cm) or less, all sod and vegetable matter shall be removed from the surface
upon which the embankment is to be placed, and the cleared surface shall be completely broken up
by plowing or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm). This area shall then be compacted
as indicated in paragraph 2.6. When the height of fill is greaterthan 4 feet (120 cm), sod not required
to be removed shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground
before construction of embankment.
Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3 to 1, horizontal benches shall
be constructed as shown on the plans.
No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing
and grubbing and the quantity of excavation removed will be paid for under the respective items of
work.
152-2.6 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS. Embankments shall be formed in successive
horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for the full width of the cross
section, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a
soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. Materials such as brush, hedge,
roots, stumps, grass and other organic matter, shall not be incorporated or buried in the embankment.
Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained
because of rain, freezing, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag,
blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage.
The material in the layer shall be within +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content before rolling to
obtain the prescribed compaction. In order to achieve a uniform moisture content throughout the layer,
wetting or drying of the material and manipulation shall be required when necessary. Should the
material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all of the affected portions
of the embankment shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content.
Sprinkling of dry material to obtain the proper moisture content shall be done with approved
equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water
shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after
placement and compaction, will be taken for each 1000 cubic yards. Based on th~se tests, the
Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and adjustments in methods, materials or moisture
content in order to achieve the correct embankment density.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-152-4
Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95 percent
of maximum density for noncohesive soils, and 90 percent of maximum density for cohesive soils as
determined by ASTMD 1557. Under all areas to be paved, the embankments shall be compacted to
a depth of 6" and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by
ASTM D 1557.
On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches (100
mm).
The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTMD 1556 or ASTM D 2167.
Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another until the proper
density is obtained,
During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his/her equipment at all times, both
when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly
over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that
hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles
and become incorporated with the other material in the layer.
In the construction of embankments, layer placement shall begin in the deepest portion of the fill; as
placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement
grade line.
When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock
shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be
incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches (100 mm)
in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade.
Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to
fill the voids with the finer material forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be
disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner
designated by the Engineer.
When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material
cannot be placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing, pulverizing or further breaking
down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding
2 feet (60 cm) in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable leveling
equipment and by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. These type lifts shall not be
constructed above an elevation 4 feet (120 cm) below the finished subgrade. Density requirements
will not apply to portions of embankments constructed of materials which cannot be tested in
accordance with specified methods.
Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen
material.
There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted embankment, and all costs
incidental to placing in layers, compacting, disking, watering, mixing, sloping, and otIl1er necessary
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-152-5
operations for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation,
borrow, or other items.
152-2.7 FINISHING AND PROTECTION OF SUB GRADE. After the subgrade has been
substantially completed the full width shall be conditioned by removing any soft or other unstable
material which will not compact properly. The resulting areas and all other low areas, holes or
depressions shall be brought to grade with suitable select material. Scarifying, blading, rolling and
other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgrade shaped to the lines and
grades shown on the plans.
Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall take all
precautions necessary to protect the subgrade from damage. He/she shall limit hauling over the
finished subgrade to that which is essential for construction purposes.
All ruts or rough places that develop in a completed subgrade shall be smoothed and recompacted.
No subbase, base, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrade has been
approved by the Engineer,
152-2.8 HAUL. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. Its cost
shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay of items of
work involved. No payment will be made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work.
152-2.9 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the
top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 m) straightedge
applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of
112-inch (12 rum), or shall not be more than 0.05-foot (.015 m) from true grade as established by grade
hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or
removing materials; reshaping; and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling.
On safety areas, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such smoothness that
it will not vary more than 0.10 foot (0.03 m) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any
deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and
reshaping.
152-2.10 TOPSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans or under Item
T -905, it may be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations, if available. Otherwise it shall
be obtained from off-site. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905. If, at the time of
excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished
construction, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed
within 125 feet of runway pavement or 75 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas
which subsequently will require any excavation or embankment. If, in the judgment of the Engineer,
it is practical to place the salvaged topsoil at the time of excavation or stripping, the material shall
be placed in its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling.
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-152-6
Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed,
or as required in Item T-905.
No direct payment will be made for topsoil as such under Item P-152. The quantity removed and
placed directly or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter)
for' 'Unclassified Excavation."
When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer, the
material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for
"Topsoiling," as provided in Item T-905.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
152-3.1 The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic meters)
measured in its original position.
Measurement shall not include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond
normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed.
152-3.2 Borrow material shall be paid for on the basis of the number of cubic yards (cubic meters)
measured in its original position at the borrow pit.
152-3.3 For payment specified by the cubic yard (cubic meter), measurement for all excavation shall
be computed by the average end area method. The end area is that bound by the original ground line
established by field cross sections and the final theoretical pay line established by excavation cross
sections shown on the plans, subject to verification by the Engineer. After completion of all
excavation operations and prior to the placing of base or subbase material, the final excavation shall
be verified by the Engineer by means of field cross sections taken randomly at intervals not exceeding
500 linear feet (150 meters).
Final field cross sections shall be employed if the following changes have been made:
3. Plan width of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 1.0 foot (0.3
meter); or
b. Plan elevations of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 0.5 foot
(0.15 meter).
March, 2001
Horida Keys Marathon Airport
P-152-7
BASIS OF PAYMENT
152-4.1 For "unclassified excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard
(cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment,
tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
152-4.2 For "Borrow Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard
(cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment,
tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
Item P-152-4.1
Unclassified Excavation -- per cubic yard
Item P-152-4.2
Borrow excavation - per cubic yard
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
ASTM D 698
Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures,
Using 5.5-pound (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (305 mm) Drop
ASTM D 1556
Test for Density of Soil In Place by the Sand-Cone Method
ASTMD 1557
Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures,
Using lO-pound (4.5 kg) Rammer and 18-inch (45 cm) Drop
ASTM D 2167
Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Rubber Ballon
Method.
END OF ITEM P-152
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
. March, 2001
P-152-8
ITEM P-156 TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION,
SOIL EROSION, AND SILTATION CONTROL
DESCRIPTION
156-1.1 This item shall consist of temporary control measures as shown on the plans or as ordered
by the Engineer during the life of a contract to control water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation
through the use of berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope
drains, and other erosion control devices or methods.
The temporary erosion control measures contained herein shall be coordinated with the permanent
erosion control measures specified as part of this contract to the extent practical to assure economical,
effective, and continuous erosion control throughout the construction period.
Temporary control may include work outside the construction limits such as borrow pit operations,
equipment and material storage .sites, waste areas, and temporary plant sites.
MA TERIALS
156-2.1 GRASS. Grass which will not compete with the grasses sown later for permanent cover
shall be a quick-growing species (such as ryegrass, Italian ryegrass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the
area providing a temporary cover.
156-2.2 MULCHES. Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, bark, wood chips, or other
suitable material reasonably clean and free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials.
156-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial grade and shall conform to all
Federal and state regulations and to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists.
156-2.4 SLOPE DRAINS. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble, portland
cement concrete, bitumi'nous concrete, or other materials that will adequately control erosion.
156-2.5 OTHER. All other materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be approved
by the Engineer before being incorporated into the project.
CONSTRUCTION REQillREMENTS
156-3.1 GENERAL. In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws,
rules, or regulations of other Federal, state, or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules, or
regulations shall apply.
The Engineer shall be responsible for assuring compliance to the extent that construction practices,
construction operations, and construction work are involved.
March,2001
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
P-156-1
156-3.2 SCHEDULE. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit schedules for
accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion control work, as are applicable for clearing and
grubbing; grading; construction; paving; and structures at watercourses. The Contractor shall also
submit a proposed method of erosion and dust control on haul roads and borrow pits and a plan for
disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods
of operation for the applicable construction have been accepted by the Engineer.
156-3.3 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER. The Engineer has the authority to limit the surface area
of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, to limit the surface area of erodible earth
material exposed by excavation, borrow and fill operations, and to direct the Contractor to provide
immediate permanent or temporary pollution control measures to minimize contamination of adjacent
streams or other watercourses, lakes, ponds, or other areas of water impoundment.
156-3.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. The Contractor will be required to incorporate all
permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in the
accepted schedule. Except where future construction operations will damage slopes, the Contractor
shall perform the permanent seeding and mulching and other specified slope protection work in stages,
as soon as substantial areas of exposed slopes can be made available. Temporary erosion and
pollution control measures will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that
were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation of permanent control
features; or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develops during normal construction
practices, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project.
Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be scheduled and
performed so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediatel y
thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise, temporary erosion control measures may be
required between successive construction stages.
The Engineer will limit the area of clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow, and embankment
operations in progress, commensurate with the Contractor's capability and progress in keeping the
finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent control measures current in accordance
with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic,
temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified.
In the event that temporary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the Contractor's
negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled
or are ordered by the Engineer, such work shall be performed by the Contractor at his/her own
expense.
The Engineer may increase or decrease the area of erodible earth material to be exposed at one time
as determined by analysis of project conditions.
The erosion control features installed by the Contractor shall be acceptably maintained by the
Contractor during the construction period.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-156-2
Whenever construction equipment must cross watercourses at frequent intervals, and such crossings
will adversely affect the sediment levels, temporary structures should be provided.
Pollutants such as fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, wash water from concrete mixing
operations, and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into or near rivers, streams, and
impoundments or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
156-4.1 Temporary erosion and pollution control work required which is not attributed to the
Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls will be performed as
scheduled or ordered by the Engineer. Completed and accepted work will be measured as a Lump
Sum for:
a. Temporary seeding and mulching if needed or requested by the engineer.
b. Temporary slope drains.
c. Temporary benches, dikes, dams, and sediment basins at the direction of the Engineer.
156-4.2 Control work performed for protection of construction areas outside the construction limits,
such as borrow and waste areas, haul roads, equipment and material storage sites, and temporary plant
sites, will not be measured and paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of
the Contractor with costs included in the contract prices bid for the items to which they apply.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
156-5.1 Accepted quantities of temporary water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation control work
ordered by the Engineer and measured as provided in paragraph 156-4.1 will be paid for under:
Item P-156-5.1
Pollution, Erosion and Siltation Control--per lump sum
Where other directed work falls within the specifications for a work item that has a contract price, the
units of work shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price bid for the various items.
END OF ITEM P-156
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
P-156-3
ITEM P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE
DESCRIPTION
211-1.1 This item shall consist of a base course composed of lime rock constructed on the prepared
underlying course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the dimensions and
typical cross section shown on the plans.
MA TERIALS
211-2.1 MATERIALS. The lime rock base course material shall consist of fossiliferous limestone
of uniform quality, and shall not contain hard or flinty pieces which will cause a rough surface
containing pits and pockets. The rock shall show no tendency to "air slake" or undergo chemical
change when exposed to the weather. The material when watered and rolled shall be capable of being
compacted into a dense and well-bonded base.
The oolitic type of lime rock shall meet the following requirements:
Carbonates of calcium and magnesium - not less than 70%.
Oxides of iron and aluminum - not more than 2%.
The combined amount of carbonates, oxides, and silica shall be at least 97%. The material shall
be non-plastic.
All other types of lime rock shall contain not less than 95% of carbonates of calcium and magnesium.
Liquid limit shall not exceed 35, plasticity index shall not exceed 6, as determined in accordance with
ASTM D 4318.
The chemical analysis of lime rock shall consist of determining the insoluble silica, iron oxide, and
alumina by solution of the sample in hydrochloric (HCI) acid, evaporating, dehydrating, redissolving
the residue, and neutralizing with anunonium hydroxide, filtering, washing, and igniting the residue
lime rock. The difference between the percentage of insoluble matter and 100% is reported as
carbonates of calcium and magnesium.
The lime rock shall not contain more than 0.5% of roots, leaf mold, organic, or foreign matter and
shall be obtained from pits from which all overburden has been removed previous to blasting and
quarrymg.
The gradation of the lime rock shall meet the following requirements:
Sieve Designation
(square openings)
3-112 inch (90.nun)
3/4 inch (19.0 nun)
Percentage by Weight
Passing Sieves
100
50-100
All fine material shall consist entirely of dust of fracture.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-211-1
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
211-3.1 SOURCES OF SUPPLY. All work involved in cleaning and stripping pits, including the
handling of unsuitable material shall be performed by the Contractor at his/her own expense. The lime
rock shall be obtained from approved sources. The pits shall be operated in such a manner that a
clean and uniform material will be secured.
211-3.2 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary for the proper construction of this work shall be
on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the Engineer before construction is
permitted to start.
211-3.3 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked and
accepted by the Engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. Any ruts or soft
yielding places caused by improper drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause shall be corrected
at the Contractor's expense before the base course is placed thereon. Material shall not be placed on
frozen subgrade.
211-3.4 PLACING AND SPREADING. All base course material shall be placed on the prepared
underlying course and compacted in layers to the thickness shown on the plans. The depositing and
spreading of the material on the prepared course or on a completed layer shall comtnence where
designated and shall progress without breaks. The material shall be deposited and spread in lanes in
a uniform layer and without segregation of size to such loose depth that, when compaClted, the layer
shall have the required thickness. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure
described herein shall apply similarly to each layer, excepting the scarifying and remlling of the
surface which shall apply to only the top layer.
The rock shall be transported to locations where it is to be used over rock previously placed and
dumped at the end of the preceding spread. It shall then be spread uniformly with shovels, forks, or
approved mechanical spreaders especially constructed for this purpose. In no case shall rock be
dumped directly onto the underlying course. Transporting over the underlying course will not be
permitted, except as directed, in which case it must be protected by planking if rutting occurs. During
the dumping and spreading operations, the rock shall be brought to the proper moisture content to
obtain maximum density. If water is added, it shall be uniformly mixed to the full depth of the course
by discing. All segregated areas of fine or coarse rock shall be removed and replaced with well-
graded rock, and approved by the Engineer. Lime rock shall not be spread when the subgrade is in
an unsuitable condition.
The lime rock base course shall be constructed in a layer not less than 4 inches (100 mm) nor more
than 6 inches (150 mm) of compacted thickness. The base course shall be constructed in lanes or
strips parallel with the centerline of the paved area.
During the placing operation, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of
subgrade, subbase, or shoulder material in the lime rock.
211-3.5 ROLLING. Immediately after completion of the spreading operations, the base material
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 200 1
P-211-2
shall be thoroughly compacted. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact
the mixture to the required density.
The field density of the compacted material shall be at least 100 percent of the maximum density of
laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the base material delivered to the jobsite. The
laboratory specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The in-place
field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. The moisture
content of the material at the start of compaction shall not be below nor more than 1-112 percentage
points above the optimum moisture content.
211-3.6 FINISHING BASE COURSE. After the watering and rolling of the base course, the entire
surface shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 nun) and shaped to the exact crown and
cross section with a blade grader. The scarified material shall be rewatered and thoroughly rolled.
Rolling shall continue until the base is bonded and compacted into a dense, unyielding mass, true to
grade and cross section. The scarifying and rolling of the surface of the base shall follow the initial
rolling of the lime rock by not more than 4 days, When the lime rock base is constructed in two layers,
the scarifying of the surface shall be to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm).
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the surface of the base is glazed or cemented to the extent that the
prime coat could not penetrate properly, and after determining that the condition of the base meets all
requirements, he will direct that the surface of the base be hard-planed with a blade grader and
broomed immediately prior to the application of the prime coat. This hard-planing shall be done in
such a manner that only the glazed or cemented surface is removed, leaving a granular or porous
condition that will allow free penetration of the prime material. The material planed from the base
shall be removed from the base area.
If at any time the underlying material becomes churned up and mixed with the base course material,
the Contractor shall, without additional compensation, dig out and remove the mixture, reshape and
compact the underlying course, replace the materials removed with clean rock which shall be watered
and rolled until satisfactorily compacted.
Where cracks, checks, or failures appear in the base, either before or after priming and before the
surface course is laid, the Contractor shall remove such cracks, checks, or failures by rescarifying,
reshaping, watering, rolling, and adding lime rock where necessary.
211-3.7 SURFACE TOLERANCE. After the course has been completely compacted, the surface
shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any portion lacking the required
smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and
otherwise manipulated as the Engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are
obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch (9 nun) from a 16-foot (4.8 nun)
straightedge when applied to the surface parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. In testing
surface of the harder lime rocks, measurement of clearances from the straightedge shall not include
small holes caused by individual pieces being pulled out by the grader.
211-3.8 THICKNESS. The thickness of the base course shall be determined by <;lepth tests or
March, 2001
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
P-211-3
elevations taken at intervals in such a manner that each test shall represent 300 square yards (250
square meters), or it shall be as otherwise directed by the Engineer. The depth tests shall be made by
test holes through the base at least 3 inches (75 rnm) in diameter. Where the base deficiency is more
than Y2 inch (12 rnm), the Contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying and adding rock. The base
shall be scarified, rock added, and tapered a distance of 100 feet (30 m) in each direction from the
edge of the deficient area for each inch of rock added. The affected area shall then be watered,
bladed, rolled, and brought to a satisfactory state of compaction, required thickness, and cross
section. The thickness of the base in the affected area shall be remeasured by. depth tests or
elevations. The operations of scarifying, adding rock, and rerolling shall continu~ until the base
thickness is within the Y2-inch (12 rnm) tolerance of base thickness. The final base thickness of the
reconditioned area shall be used to determine the average job thickness.
The average job thickness shall be the average of the depth measurement as above outlined and shall
be within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of the thickness shown on the typical cross section. On individual depth
measurements, thicknesses more than Y2 inch (12 rnm) in excess of that shown on the plans shall be
considered as specified thickness plus Y2 inch (12 mm) in computing the average job thickness. The
Contractor shall replace, at his/her expense, the lime rock removed from test holes.
211-3.9 PROTECTION. Work on the base course shall not be accomplished diuring freezing
temperatures nor when the subgrade is wet. When the aggregate contains frozen materials or the
underlying course is frozen, the construction shall be stopped.
Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage
results and provided that such equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid
rutting or uneven compaction. However, the Engineer in charge shall have full and specific authority
to stop all hauling over completed or partially completed base course when, in his/her opinion, such
hauling is causing damage. Any damage resulting to the base course from routing equipment over the
base course shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her own expense.
211-3.10 MAINTENANCE. Following the completion of the base course, the Contractor shall
perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the base course in a condition satisfactory for
priming. After priming, the surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material. The base
course shall be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary, or if the prime coat becomes
disturbed, any work or restitution necessary shall be performed at the expense of the Contractor.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
211-4.1 The quantity oflime rock base course to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic
meters) of base material placed, bonded, and accepted in the completed base course. The quantity of
base course material shall be measured in final position, based upon depth tests taken as directed by
the Engineer, at the rate of 1 depth test for each 300 square yards (250 square meters) of base course,
or by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01
foot (3 rnm). On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than Y2 inch (12 mm) in excess of
that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus Y2 inch (12 rnm) in
computing the yardage for payment.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-211-4
BASIS OF PAYMENT
211-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for lime rock
base course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation,
hauling, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary
to complete the item.
The cost of removing cracks and checks including the labor and material for reptiming, and the
additional lime rock necessary for crack elimination, will not be paid for separately but shall be
included in the contract price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for lime rock base courSe.
Payment will be made under:
Item P-21l-5.1
6" Lime rock base course per cubic yard (cubic meter)
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
ASTM C 136
Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate
ASTM D 698
Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures
Using 5.5-lb (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in (305 mm) Drop
ASTM D 1556
Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method
ASTM D 1557
Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate
Mixtures Using lO-lb (4.5 kg) Rammer and 18-in (457 mm) Drop
ASTM D 2167
Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber
BaIlon Method
ASTM 4318
Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index
of Soils
END OF ITEM P-211
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-211-5
ITEM P-401 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS
DESCRIPTION
401-1.1 This item shall consist of surlace, leveling or base courses composed of mineral aggregate
and bituminous material mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in
accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical
cross sections shown on the plans. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical section, or
elevation required by the plans and shall be rolled, finished, and approved before the placement of
the next course.
MA TERIALS
401-2.1 A GGREGA TE. Aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag
with or without sand or other inert finely divided mineral aggregate. The portion of materials retained
on the No.8 sieve is coarse aggregate. The portion passing the No.8 (2.36 mm) sieve and retained
on the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve is fine aggregate, and the portion passing the No. 200 (0.075 mm)
sieve is mineral filler.
a. Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of sound, tough, durable particles,
free from adherent films of matter that would prevent thorough coating and bonding
with the bituminous material and be free from organic matter and other deleterious
substances. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 40 percent for surlace
and intermediate courses and 50 percent for base course, when tested in accordance
with ASTM C 131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 10 percent,
orthe magnesium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 13 percent, after five cycles,
when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88.
Aggregate shall contain at least 70 percent by weight of individual pieces having two
or more fractured faces and 85 percent by weight having at least one fractured face.
The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional
area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous, the angle between the
planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces.
Fractured faces shall be obtained by crushing.
The aggregate shall not contain more than 8 percent, by weight, of flat or elongated
pieces, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791.
Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted weight of not
less than 70 pounds per cubic foot (1.12 mg/cubic meter) when tested in accordance
with ASTM C 29.
b. Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, durable, angular shaped
particles produced by crushing stone, slag, or gravel that meets the req~irements for
wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-1
free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objectionable matter and shall contain no clay
balls. The fine aggregate, including any blended material for the fine aggregate, shall
have a plasticity index of not more than 6 and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when
tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318.
Natural (nonmanufactured) sand may be used to obtain the gradation of the aggregate
blend or to improve the workability of the mix. The amount of sand to be added will
be adjusted to produce mixtures conforming to requirements of this specification. The
fine aggregate shall not contain more than 20 percent natural sand by weight of total
aggregates.
The aggregate shall have sand equivalent values of 35 or greater when tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2419.
c. Sampling. ASTM D 75 shall be used in sampling coarse and fine aggregate, and
ASTM C 183 shall be used in sampling mineral filler.
401-2.2 MINERAL FILLER. If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is
necessary, it shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 242.
401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Bituminous material shall conform to the following
requirements: AC-20 in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D 3381.
The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each lot of bituminous material shipped
to the project. The vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material can be used for
acceptance or tested independently by the Engineer.
401-2.4 PRELIMINARYMA TERIALACCEPTANCE. Prior to delivery of materials to the job
site, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for the following materials:
a. Coarse Aggregate.
(1) Percent of wear.
(2) Soundness.
(3) Unit weight of slag.
b. Fine Aggregate.
(1) Liquid limit.
(2) Plastic index.
(3) Sand equivalent.
c. Mineral Filler.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-2
d. Bituminous Material. The certification(s) shall show the appropriate ASTM testes)
for each material, the test results, and a statement that the material meets the
specification requirement.
The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify
the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable
specifications.
COMPOSITION
401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURE. The bituminous plant mix shall becomposedofamixture
of well-graded aggregate, fillerif required, and bituminous material. The several aggregate fractions
shall be sized, handled in separate size groups, and combined in such proportions that the resulting
mixture meets the grading requirements of the job mix formula (JMF).
401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No bituminous mixture for payment shall be produced until ajob
mix formula has been approved by the Engineer. The bituminous mixture shall be designed using
procedures contained in Chapter III, MARSHALL METHOD OF MIX DESIGN, of the Asphalt
Institute's Manual Series No.2 (MS-2), Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete, and shall meet the
requirements of Tables 1 and 2.
The design criteria in Table 1 are target values necessary to meet the acceptance requirements
contained in paragraph 401-5.2b. The criteria is based on a production process which has a material
variability with the following standard deviations:
Stability (lbs.)
Flow (0.01 inch)
Air Voids (%)
=
270
1.5
0.65
=
=
If material variability exceeds the standard deviations indicated, the job mix formula and subsequent
production targets should be based on a stability greater than shown in Table 1, and the flow and air
voids should be targeted close to the mid-range of the criteria in order meet the acceptance
requirements.
If the Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) of the composite mixture, as determined by ASTM D 4867, is less
than 75, the aggregates shall be rejected or the asphalt treated with an approved anti-stripping agent.
The amount of anti-stripping agent added to the asphalt shall be sufficient to produce a TSR of not less
than 75. If an antistrip agent is required, it will be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-3
The job mix formula shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 21 days
prior to the start of paving operations and shall include as a minimum:
a. Percent passing each sieve size.
b. Percent of asphalt cement.
c. Asphalt viscosity or penetration grade.
d. Number of blows of hammer compaction per side of molded specimen.
e. Mixing temperature.
f. Compaction temperature.
g. Temperature of mix when discharged from the mixer.
h. Temperature-viscosity relationship of the asphalt cement.
I. Plot of the combined gradation on the Federal Highway Administration (FHW A) 45
power gradation curve.
j. Graphical plots of stability, flow, air voids, voids in the mineral aggregate, and unit
weight verses asphalt content.
k. Percent natural sand.
I. Percent fractured faces.
m. Percent elongated particles.
D. Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR).
o. Antistrip agent (if required).
The Contractor shall submit samples to the Engineer, upon request, for job mix formula verification
testing.
The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until modified in writing by the Engineer.
Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula must be approved by the
Engineer before the new material is used.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-4
TABLE 1. MARSHALL DESIGN CRITERIA
TEST PROPERTY
PAVEMENTS DESIGNATED FOR AIRCRAFT
GROSS WEIGHTS OF 60,000 POUNDS OR MORE
Number of blows
75
Stability, pounds
(newtons) minimum
2150
Flow, 0.01 in. (0.25 mm)
10-14
Air voids (percent)
2.8-4.2
Percent voids in
mineral aggregate,
minimum
See Table 2
TABLE 2. MINIMUM PERCENT VOIDS IN MINERAL AGGREGATE
Maximum Particle Size
Minimum Voids in Mineral
Aggregate, percent
m. mm.
Y2 12.5
3/4 19.0
1 25.0
1-1/4 31.25
Percent
16
15
14
13
The mineral aggregate shall be of such size that the percentage composition by weight, as determined
by laboratory screens, will conform to the gradation or gradations specified in Table 3 when tested
in accordance with ASTM Standard C 136 and C 117.
The gradations in Table 3 represent the limits which shall determine the suitability of aggregate for
use from the sources of supply. The aggregate, as selected (and used in the JMF), shall have a
gradation within the limits designated in Table 3 and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve
to the high limit on the adjacent sieve, or vice versa, but shall be well graded from coarse to fine.
Deviations from the final approved mix design for bitumen content and gradation of aggregates shall
be wi thin the action limits for individual measurements as specified in paragraph 401-6.5a. The limits
still will apply if they fall outside the master grading band in Table 3.
The maximum size aggregate used shall not be more than one-half of the thickness of the course being
constructed.
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-5
TABLE 3. AGGREGATE - BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS
Sieve Size
Percentage by Weight
Passing Sieve
Surface (3/4" Max)
1-1/4 in. (31.25 mm)
1 in. (25.0 mm)
3/4 in. (19.0 mm)
Y2 in. (12.5 mm)
3/8 in. (9.5 mm)
No.4 (4.75 mm)
No.8 (2.36 mm) .
No. 16 (1.18 mm)
No. 30 (0.60 mm)
No. 50 (0.30 mm)
No. 100 (0.15 mm)
No. 200 (0.075 mm)
100
79-99
68-88
48-68
33-53
20-40
14-30
9-21
6-16
3-6
Asphalt percent
Stone or gravel
Slag
5.0-7.5
6.5-9.5
The aggregate gradations shown are based on aggregates of uniform specific gravity. The percentages
passing the various sieves shall be corrected when aggregates of varying specific gravities are used,
as indicated in the Asphalt Institute Manual Series No.2 (MS-2), Appendix A.
401-3.3 RECYCLED ASPHALT CONCRETE. The use of recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) will
not be permitted in the P-401 plant mix bituminous pavements.
401-3.4 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare and place a quantity
of bituminous mixture according to the job mix formula. The amount of mixture should be sufficient
to construct a test section 300 long and 20 wide placed in two lanes, with a longitudinal cold joint,
and shall be of the same depth specified for the construction of the course which it represents. The
underlying grade or pavement structure upon which the test section is to be constructed shall be the
same as the remainder of the course represented by the test section. The equipment used in
construction of the test section shall be the same type and weight to be used on the remainder of the
course represented by the test section.
Three random samples shall be taken at the plant and tested for stability, flow, and air voids in
accordance with paragraph 401-5.1a(2). Two random samples of mixture shall be taken at the plant
and tested for aggregate gradation and asphalt content in accordance with paragraphs! 40 1-6.3a and
3b and evaluated in accordance with paragraphs 401-6.5a and 5b. Three randomly selected cores
shall be taken from the finished pavement mat, and three from the longitudinal joint) and tested in
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-6
accordance with paragraph 401-5.1b(4). Random sampling shall be in accordance with procedures
contained in ASTM D 3665.
Mat density and air voids shall be evaluated in accordance with paragraph 40 1-5.2f(1). Stability and
flow shall be evaluated in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2f(2). Joint density shall be evaluated
in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2f(3).
V oids in the mineral aggregate (VMA), for each plant sample, shall be computed in accordance with
procedures contained in Chapter Ill, MARSHALL METHOD OF MIX DESIGN, of the Asphalt
Institute's Manual Series No.2 (MS-2), Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete.
The test section shall be considered acceptable if; 1) stability, flow, mat density, air voids, and joint
density are 90 percent or more within limits, 2) gradation and asphalt content are within the action
limits specified in paragraphs 401-6.5a and 5b, and 3) the voids in the mineral aggregate is within
the limits of Table 2.
If the initial test section should prove to be unacceptable, the necessary adjustments to the job mix
formula, plant operation, placing procedures, and/or rolling procedures shall be made. A second test
section shall then be placed. If the second test section also does not meet specification requirements,
both sections shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Additional test sections, as required, shall
be constructed and evaluated for conformance to the specifications. Any additional sections that are
not acceptable shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Full production shall not begin until an
acceptable section has been constructed and accepted by the Engineer. The initial test section,
whether acceptable or unacceptable, and any subsequent section that meets specification requirements
shall be paid for in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1.
Job mix control testing shall be performed by the Contractor at the start of plant production and in
conjunction with the calibration of the plant for the job mix formula. It should be recognized that the
aggregates produced by the plant may not satisfy the gradation requirements or produce a mix that
exactly meets the JMP. In those instances, it will be necessary to reevaluate and redesign the mix
using plant-produced aggregates. Specimens should be prepared and the optimum bitumen content
determined in the same manner as for the original design tests.
401-3.5 TESTING LABORATORY. The laboratory used to develop the job mix formula shall meet
the requirements of ASTM D 3666. A certification signed by the manager of the laboratory stating that
it meets these requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of construction. The
certification shall contain as a minimum:
a. Qualifications of personnel; laboratory manager, supervising
technician, and testing technicians.
b. A listing of equipment to be used in developing the job mix.
c. A copy of the laboratory's quality control system.
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-7
d. Evidence of participation in the AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL)
program
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
401-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The bituminous mixture shall not be placed upon a wet
surface or when the surface temperature of the underlying course is less than specified in Table 4. The
temperature requirements may be waived by the Engineer, if requested; however, all other
requirements including compaction shall be met.
TABLE 4. BASE TEMPERATURE LIMIT A TIONS
Mat Thickness
Deg.F
Base Temperature (Minimum)
Deg.C
3 in. (7.5 em) or greater 40
4
Greater than 1 in. (2.5 em)
but less than 3 in. (7.5 em) 45
7
1 in. (2.5 em) or less 50
10
401-4.2 BITUMINOUS MIXING PLANT. Plants used for the preparation of bituminous mixtures
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 995 with the following changes:
a. Requirements for All Plants.
(1) Truck Scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on approved scales
furnished by the Contractor, or on certified public scales at the Contractor's
expense. Scales shall be inspected and sealed as often as the Engineer deems
necessary to assure their accuracy, Scales shall conform to the requirements
of the General Provisions, Section 90-01.
(2) Testing Facilities. The Contractor shall provide laboratory facilities at the
plant for the use of the Engineer's acceptance testing and the Contractor's
quality control testing, in accordance with paragraph 401-6.2d.
(3) Inspection of Plant. The Engineer, or Engineer's authorized representative,
shall have access, at all times, to all areas of the plant for checking adequacy
of equipment; inspecting operation of the plant: verifying weights, proportions,
and material properties; and checking the temperatures maintained in the
preparation of the mixtures.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-40 1-8
(4) Storage Bins and Surge Bins. Paragraph 3.9 of ASTM D 995 is deleted.
Instead, the following applies. Use of surge bins or storage bins for temporary
storage of hot bituminous mixtures will be permitted as follows:
(a) The bituminous mixture may be stored in surge bins for period of time
not to exceed 3 hours.
(b) The bituminous mixture may be stored in insulated storage bins for a
period of time not to exceed 24 hours.
The bins shall be such that mix drawn from them meets the same requirements as mix loaded directly
into trucks.
If the Engineer determines that there is an excessive amount of heat loss, segregation or oxidation of
the mixture due to temporary storage, no overnight storage will be allowed.
401-4.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. Trucks used for hauling bituminous mixtures shall have tight,
clean, and smooth metal beds. To prevent the mixture from adhering to them, the truck beds shall be
lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, or other approved material. Each
truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather, When necessary, to
ensure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature, truck beds shall be
insulated or heated and covers shall be securely fastened.
401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bituminous pavers shall be self-propelled, with an activated
screed, heated as necessary, and shall be capable spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant
mix material which will meet the specified thickness, smoothness, and grade. The paver shall have
sufficient power to propel itself and the hauling equipment without adversely affecting the finished
surface,
The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading
operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in
front of the screed without segregation. The screed shall effecti vely produce a finished surface of the
required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture.
If an automatic grade control device is used, the paver shall be equipped with a control system
capable of automatically maintaining the specified screed elevation. The control system shall be
automatically actuated from either a reference line and/or through a system of mechanical sensors or
sensor-directed mechanisms or devices which will maintain the paver screed at a predetermined
transverse slope and at the proper elevation to obtain the required surface. The transverse slope
controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1
percent.
The controls shall be capable of working in conjunction with any of the following at~achments:
a. Ski -type device of not less than 30 feet (9.14 m) in length.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-9
b. Taut stringline (wire) set to grade.
c. Laser control.
401-4.5 ROLLERS. Rollers of the vibratory, steel wheel, and pneumatic-tired type shall be used.
They shall be in good condition, capable of operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the
bituminous mixture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture
to the required density while it is still in a workable condition.
The use of equipment which causes excessive crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted.
401-4.6 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bituminous material shall be
heated in a manner that will avoid local overheating and provide a continuous supply of the bituminous
material to the mixer at a uniform temperature. The temperature ofthe bituminous material delivered
to the mixer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable viscosity for adequate coating of the aggregate
particles, but shall not exceed 325 degrees F (160 degrees C).
401-4.7 PREP ARA TION OF MINERAL AGGREGA TE. The aggregate for the mixture shall be
heated and dried prior to introduction into the mixer. The maximum temperature and rate of heating
shall be such that no damage occurs to the aggregates, The temperature of the aggregate and mineral
filler shall not exceed 350 degrees F (175 degrees C) when the asphalt is added. Particular care shall
be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The
temperature shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating and uniform distribution
on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satisfactory workability.
401-4.8 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE. The aggregates and the bituminous
material shall be weighed or metered and introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the job
mix formula.
The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtains a uniform coating of bitumen and
is thoroughly distributed throughout the mixture. Wet mixing time shall be the shortest time that will
produce a satisfactory mixture, but not less than 25 seconds for batch plants. The wet mixing time for
all plants shall be established by the Contractor, based on the procedure for determining the
percentage of coated particles described in ASTM D 2489, for each individual plant and for each type
of aggregate used. The wet mixing time will be set to achieve 95 percent of coated particles. For
continuous mix plants, the minimum mixing time shall be determined by dividing the weight of its
contents at operating level by the weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer. The
moisture content of all bituminous mix upon discharge shall not exceed 0.5 percent.
401-4.9 PREP ARA TION OF THE UNDERLYING SURFACE. Immediately before placing the
bi tumi nous mix ture, the under! ying course shall be cleaned of all dust and debris. A prime coat or tack
coat shall be applied in accordance with Item P-602 or P-603, if required by the contract
specifications.
401-4.10 TRANSPORTING, PLACING, AND FINISHING. The bituminous mixture shall be
transported from the mixing plant to the site in vehicles conforming to the requirements bf paragraph
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
P-401-10
401-3. Deliveries shall be scheduled so that placing and compacting of mixture is uniform with
minimum stopping and starting of the paver, Adequate artificial lighting shall be provided night
placements. Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be permitted until the material has been
compacted, as specified, and allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature.
The Contractor may elect to use a material transfer vehicle to deliver mix to the paver.
The mix shall be placed and compacted at a temperature suitable for obtaining density, surface
smoothness, and other specified requirements but not less than 250 degrees F (107 degrees C).
Upon arrival, the mixture shall be placed to the full width by a bituminous paver. It shall be struck
off in a uniform layer of such depth that, when the work is completed, it shall have the required
thickness and conform to the grade and contour indicated. The speed of the paver shall be regulated
to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bituminous mat. Unless otherwise permitted, placement of the
mixture shall begin along the centerline of a crowned section or on the high side of areas with a
one-way slope. The mixture shall be placed in consecutive adjacent strips having a minimum width
of 12.5 feet except where edge lanes require less width to complete the area. The longitudinal joint
in one course shall offset the longitudinal joint in the course immediately below by at least 1 foot (30
cm); however, the joint in the surface top course shall be at the centerline of the pavement. Transverse
joints in one course shall be offset by at least 10 feet (3 m) from transverse joints in the previous
course.
Transverse joints in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet (3 m).
On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and
finishing equipment impractical, the mixture may be spread and luted by hand tools.
The Contractor shall set grade stakes and string lines for both sides of each paving line. The string
lines shall be supported at a maximum of 25 foot center. Additional supports shall be installed to
prevent sag, if required. The horizontal alignment ofthe string lines shall be within ::!:1J4 inch per 10
feet. The Contractor shall provide a satisfactory method of securing the string line where vertical
curves are constructed to maintain the proper grade.
401-4.11 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE. After placing, the mixture shall be thoroughly and
uniformly compacted by rolling. The surface shall be compacted as soon as possible when the
mixture has attained sufficient stability so that the rolling does not cause undue displacement, cracking
or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the type of rollers used shall be at the discretion
of the Contractor.
The speed of the roller shall, at all times, be sufficiently slow to avoid displacement of the hot mixture
and be effecti ve in compaction. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of
the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once.
Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output of the plant. Rolling shall conlinue until the
surface is of uniform texture, true to grade and cross section, and the required field densi~y is obtained.
Horida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-11
To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be kept properly moistened (and
scrapers used), but excessive water will not be permitted.
In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with hand tampers.
Any mixture that becomes loose and broken, mixed with dirt, contains check-cracking, or in any way
defective shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot mixture and immediately compacted to
conform to the surrounding area. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. Skin patching
shall not be allowed.
401-4.12 JOINTS. The formation of all joints shall be made in such a manner as to ensure a
continuous bond between the courses and obtain the required density. All joints shall have the same
texture as other sections of the course and meet the requirements for smoothness and grade.
The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture except when necessary
to form a transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it shall be madie by means of
placing a bulkhead or by tapering the course. The tapered edge shall be cut back to its full depth and
width on a straight line to expose a vertical face prior to placing the adjacent lane. In both methods
all contact surfaces shall be given a tack coat of bituminous material before placing any fresh mixture
against the joint.
Longitudinal joints which are irregular, damaged, uncompacted, or otherwise defective shall be cut
back to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth of the course. All contact surfaces shall be
given a tack coat of bituminous material prior to placing any fresh mixture against the joint.
MA TERIAL ACCEPTANCE
401-5.1 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. All acceptance sampling and testing
necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be performed
by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor. Testing organizations performing these tests shall meet
the requirements of ASTM D 3666. All equipment in Contractor furnished laboratories shall be
calibrated by the testing organization prior to the start of operations.
a. Plant-Produced Material. Plant-produced material shall be tested for stability,
flow, and air voids on a lot basis. Sampling shall be from material deposited into
trucks at the plant or from trucks at the job site. A lot will consist of:
one day's production not to exceed 2,000 tons (1 814000 kg), or
a half day's production where a day's production is expected to consist of
between 2,000 and 4,000 tons (1 814000 and 3628000 kg), or
similar subdivisions for tonnages over 4,000 tons (3 628 000 kg).
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-12
Where more than one plant is simultaneously producing material for the job, the lot
sizes shall apply separately for each plant.
(1) Sampling. Each lot will consist of four equal sublots. Sufficient material for
preparation of test specimens for all testing will be sampled by the Engineer
on a random basis, in accordance with the procedures contained in ASTM D
36G5. One set of laboratory compacted specimens will be prepared for each
sublot in accordance with ASTM D 1559, paragraph 4.5, at the number of
blows required by paragraph 401-3.2, Table 1. Each set of laboratory
compacted specimens will consist of three test portions prepared from the
same sample increment.
The sample of bituminous mixture shall be put in a covered metal tin and
placed in an oven for not less than 30 nor more than 60 minutes to stabilize to
compaction temperature. The compaction temperature of the specimens should
be as specified in the job mix formula.
(2) Testing. Sample specimens shall be tested for stability and flow in
accordance with ASTM D 1559, paragraph 5. Air voids will be determined
by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 3203.
Prior to testing, the bulk specific gravity of each test specimen shall be
measured by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 2726 using the
procedure for laboratory-prepared thoroughly dry specimens, or ASTM D
1188, whichever is applicable, for use in computing air voids and pavement
density.
For air voids determination, the theoretical maximum specific gravity of the
mixture shall be measured for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D 2041,
Type C, D, or E container. The value used in the voids computation for each
sublot shall be base on the maximum specific gravity measurements for the
sublot.
The stability, flow for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results
of all test specimens representing that sublot.
(3) Acceptance. Acceptance of plant produced material for stability, flow, and
air voids shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b.
b. Field Placed Material. Material placed in the field shall be. tested for mat and joint
density on a lot basis.
(1) Mat Density. The lot size shall be the same as that indicated in paragraph
401-5.1.a and shall be divided into four equal sublots. One core of finished,
compacted materials shall be taken by the Contractor from each sublot. Core
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-13
locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance
with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Cores shall not be taken closer
than one foot from a transverse or longitudinal joint.
(2) Joint Density. The lot size shall be the total length of longjtudinal joints
constructed by a lot of material as defined in paragraph 40F5.1a. The lot
shall be divided into four equal sublots.
One core of finished, compacted materials shall be taken by the Contractor
from each sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineer on a
random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665.
(3) Sampling. Samples shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The cutting edge of
the core drill bit shall be of hardened steel or other suitable material with
diamond chips embedded in the metal cutting edge. The minimum diameter of
the sample shall be three inches. Samples that are clearly defective, as a result
of sampling, shall be discarded and another sample taken. The Contractor
shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the
cored pavement. Cored holes shall be filled in a manner acceptable to the
Engineer and within one day after sampling.
(4) Testing. The bulk specific gravity of each cored sample will be measured by
the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 2726 or D 1188, whichever is
applicable. The percent compaction (density) of each sample will be
determined by dividing the bulk specific gravity of each sublot sample by the
average bulk specific gravity of all laboratory prepared specimens for the lot,
as determined in paragraph 401-5.1a(2).
(5) Acceptance. Acceptance of field placed material for mat density will be
determined by the Engineer in accordance wi th the requirements of paragraph
401-5.2c. Acceptance for joint density will be determined in accordance with
the requirements of paragraph 401-5.2d.
c. Partial Lots - Plant-Produced Material. When operational conditions cause a lot
to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot, or
when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or other minor
tonnage placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be
used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot.
The last batch produced where production is unexpectedly halted will be sampled and
its properties shall be considered as representati ve of the particular sublOt from which
it was taken. Where three sublots are produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one
or two sublots are produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot and the total
number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance plan calculation, i.e., n = 5 or n =
6, for example.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-14
d.
Partial Lots - Field Placed Material. The lot size for field placed material shall
correspond to that of the plant material, except that in no cases less than (3) cored
samples shall be obtained, i.e., n = 3.
401-5.2
ACCEPT ANCE CRITERIA.
a.
General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the bituminous
mixture and completed pavement as well as the implementation of the Contractor's
Quality Control plan and test results:
(1) Stability
(2) Flow
(3) Air voids
(4) Mat density
(5) Joint density
(6) Thickness
(7) Smoothness
(8) Grade
Stability, flow, and air voids will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with
paragraph 401- 5 .2b. Mat densi ty will be eval uated for acceptance in accordance wi th
paragraph 401-5.2c. Joint density will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance
with paragraph 401-5.2d.
Acceptance for mat density and air voids will be based on the criteria contained in
paragraph 401-5.2f(1). Acceptance for stability and flow will be based on the
criteria contained in paragraph 401-5.2f(2). Acceptance for joint density will be
based on the criteria contained in paragraph 401-5f(3). Thickness will be evaluated
by the Engineer for compliance in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2.f(4).
Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph
401-5.2f(5). Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in
paragraph 401-5.2f(6).
The Engineer may at any time, not withstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and
require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of bituminous mixture which is rendered
unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, incomplete coating of aggregate, or
improper mix temperature. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection or
temperature measurements. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a
representati ve sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Eqgineer, and if
he can demonstrate in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material
was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit
pnce.
b. Stability, Flow, Air Voids. Evaluation for acceptance of each lot of plant-produced
material for stability, flow, and air voids shall be based on PWL. The Contractor
shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
P-401-15
c. Mat Density. Evaluation for acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for mat
density shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to
achieve 90 PWL or higher.
d. Joint Density. Evaluation for acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for joint
density shall be based on PWL. Contractor shall target production quality to achieve
90 PWL or higher.
e. Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL). The percentage of
material within specification limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with
procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions. The specification
tolerance limits(L) and (U) are contained in Table 5.
f. Acceptance Criteria.
(1) Mat Density and Air Voids. Ifthe PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent,
the lot shall be acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90 percent, payment shall be
made in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1a.
(2) Stability and Flow. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot
shall be acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90 percent, the Contractor shall
determine the reason and take correcti ve action. If the PWL is below 80 percent,
the Contractor must stop production and make adjustments to the mix.
(3) Joint Density. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall
be acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90 percent, the Contractor shall evaluate
the method of compactingjoints. If the PWL is below 80 percent, the Contractor
shall stop production until the reason for poor compaction can be determined.
(4) Thickness. Thickness shall be evaluated for compliance by the Engineer to the
requirements shown on the plans. Measurements of thickness shall be made by
the Engineer using the cores extracted for each sublot for density measurement.
(5) Smoothness. The finished surfaces of the pavement shall not vary more than 3/8
inch for the base course or 1/4 inch for the surface course. Each lot shall be
evaluated with a 12-foot (3.6 m) straightedge. The lot size shall be 2000 square
yards (square meters). Measurements will be made perpendicular and parallel
to the centerline at distances not to exceed '50 feet (15.2 m). When more than 15
percent of all measurements within a lot exceed the specified tolerance, the
Contractor shall remove the deficient area and replace with new material.
Sufficient material shall be removed to allow at least one inch of asphalt concrete
to be placed. Skin patching shall not be permitted. High points may be ground
off.
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
P-401-16
(6) Grade. The finished surface of the pavement shall not vary from the gradeline
elevations and cross sections shown on the plans by more than 1/2 inch (12.70
mm). The finished grade of each lot will be determined by running levels at
intervals of 50 feet (15.2 m) or less longitudinally and transversely to determine
the elevation of the completed pavement. The lot size shall be 2000 square yards
(square meters). When more than 15 percent of all the measurements within a lot
are outside the specified tolerallce, the Contractor shall remove the!deficient area
and replace with new material. Sufficient material shall be remo\'1ed to allow at
least one inch of asphalt concrete to be placed. Skin patching for correcting low
areas shall not be permitted. High points may be ground off.
g. Outliers. All individual tests for mat density and air voids shall be checked for
outliers (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E 178, at a significance level of 5
percent. Outliers shall be discarded, and the PWL shall be determined using the
remaining test values.
TABLE 5. ACCEPTANCE LIMITS STABILITY, FLOW, AIR VOIDS, DENSITY
Test Property Pavements Designed for Aircraft Gross Weights of 60,000 Lbs. or More
or Tire Pressure Greater than 100 Psi
Number of Blows
75
Specification Tolerance
L
u
Stability, minimum
pounds
1800
Flow,O.OI-inch
8
16
Air voids total
mix (percent)
2.0
5.0
Density, percent
96.3
Joint density
(percen t )
93.3
401-5.3 RESAMPLING PAVEMENT.
a. General. Resampling of a lot of pavement for mat density will be allowed if the
Contractor requests, in writing, within 48 hours after receiving the writte., test results
from the Engineer. A retest will consist of all the sampling and testing procedures
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
P-401-17
contained in paragraphs 40I-5.Ib and 40I-5.2c. Only one resampling per lot will be
permitted.
(1) A redefined PWL shall be calculated for the resampled lot. The number of tests
used to calculate the redefined PWL shall include the initial tests made for that
lot plus the retests.
(2) The cost for resampling and retesting shall be borne by the Contractor.
b. Payment for Resampled Lots. The redefined PWL for a resampled lot shall be used
to calculate the payment for that lot in accordance with Table 6.
c. Outliers. If the tests within a lot include a very large or a very small value which
appears to 'be outside the normal limits of variation, check for an outlier in accordance
with ASTME 178, at a significance level of5 percent, to determine if this value should
be discarded when computing the PWL.
401-5.4 LEVELING COURSE. Any course used for truing and leveling shall meet the requirements
of paragraph 401-3.2 and 5.2b, but shall not be subject to the density requirements of paragraph
40 I-5.2c and d. The leveling course shall be compacted with the same effort used to achieve density
of the test section. The truing and leveling course shall not exceed a nominal thickness of 1-1/2 inches
(37.5 mm).
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL
401-6.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with
Section 100 of the General Provisions. The program shall address all elements which effect the
quality of the pavement including, but not limited to:
a. Mix Design
b. Aggregate Grading
c. Quality of Materials
d. Stockpile Management
e. Proportioning
f. Mixing and Transportation
g. Placing and Finishing
h. Joints
I. Compaction
j. Surface smoothness
401-6.2 TESTING LABORATORY. The Contractor shall provide a fully equipped asphalt
laboratory located at the plant or job site. It shall be available for joint use by the Contractor for
quality control testing and by the Engineer for acceptance testing and must have adequate equipment
for the performance of the tests required by these specifications. The Engineer shall have priority in
use of the equipment necessary for acceptance testing.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-18
The effecti ve working area of the laboratory shall be a minimum of 150 square feet (14 square meters)
with a ceiling height of not less than 7.5 feet (2.3 meters). Lighting shall be adequate to illuminate all
working areas. It shall be equipped with heating and air conditioning units to maintain a temperature
of 70 degrees F + 5 degrees (21 degrees C + 2.3 degrees C).
Laboratory facilities shall be kept clean and all equipment shall be maintained in proper working
condition. The Engineer shall be permitted unrestricted access to inspect the Contractor's laboratory
facility and witness quality control activities. The Engineer will advise the Contract<1>r in writing of
any noted deficiencies concerning the laboratory facility, equipment, supplies, or testing personnel and
procedures. When the deficiencies are serious enough to be adversely affecting test results, the
incorporation of the materials into the work shall be suspended immediately and will not be permitted
to resume until the deficiencies are satisfactorily corrected.
401-6.3 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests
necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to these speeifications and
as set forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily
limited to, tests for the control of asphalt content, aggregate gradation, temperatures, aggregate
moisture, field compaction, and surface smoothness. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be
developed as part of the Quality Control Program.
a. Asphalt Content. A minimum of two extraction tests shall be performed per lot in
accordance with ASTM D 2172 or ASTM 6307 for determination of a~phalt content.
The weight of ash portion of the extraction test, as described in ASTMiD 2172, shall
be determined as part of the first extraction test performed at the begHming of plant
production; and as part of every tenth extraction test performed thereafter, for the
duration of plant production. The last weight of ash value obtained shall be used in the
calculation of the asphalt content for the mixture.
The use of the nuclear method for determining asphalt content in accordance with
ASTM D 4125 is permitted, provided that it is calibrated for the specific mix being
used.
b. Gradation. Aggregate gradations shall be determined a minimum of twice per lot from
mechanical analysis of extracted aggregate in accordance with AASHTO T 30 and
ASTM C 136 (Dry Sieve). When asphalt content is determined by the nuclear method,
aggregate gradation shall be determined from hot bin samples on batch plants, or from
the cold feed on drum mix or continuous mix plants, and tested in acoordance with
ASTM C 136 (dry sieve) using actual batch weights to determine the combined
aggregate gradation of the mixture.
c. Moisture Content of Aggregate. The moisture content. of aggregate used for
production shall be determined a minimum of once per lot in accordance with ASTM
C 566.
d. Moisture Content of Mixture. The moisture content of the mixture shall be
determined once per lot in accordance with ASTM D 1461.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-19
e. Temperatures. Temperatures shall be checked, at least four times per lot, at necessary
locations to determine the temperatures of the dryer, the bitumen in the storage tank, the
mixture at the plant, and the mixture at the job site.
f. In-Place Density Monitoring. The Contractor shall conduct any necessary testing to
ensure that the specified density is being achieved. A nuclear gauge may be used to
monitor the pavement density in accordance with ASTM D 2950.
g. Additional Testing. Any additional testing that the Contractor deems necessary to
control the process may be performed at the Contractor's option.
h. Monitoring. The Engineer reserves the right to monitor any or all of the above testing.
401-6.4 SAMPLING. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall sample and test any
material which appears inconsistent with similar material being sampled, unless such material is
voluntarily removed and replaced or deficiencies corrected by the Contractor. All sampling shall be
in accordance with standard procedures specified.
401-6.5 CONTROL CHARTS. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for
individual measurements and range (i.e., difference between highest and lowest measurements) for
aggregate gradation and asphalt content.
Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept current. As
a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test
number, each test parameter, the Action and Suspension Limits applicable to each test parameter, and
the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control
system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's
projected data during production indicates a problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory
corrective action, the Engineer may suspend production or acceptance of the material.
a. Individual Measurements. Control charts for individual measurements shall be
established to maintain process control within tolerance for aggregate gradation and
asphalt content. The control charts shall use the job mix formula target values as
indicators of central tendency for the following test parameters with associated Action
and Suspension Limits:
CONTROL CHART LIMITS FOR INDIVIDUAL MEASUREMENTS
Sieve
3/4 inch (19.0 nun)
l;2 inch (12.5 mm)
3/8 inch (9.5 nun)
No.4 (4.75 nun)
No. 16 (1.18 nun)
No. 50 (0.30 nun)
Action Limit
0%
+/-6%
6%
+/-6%
+/-5%
+/-13%
Suspension Limit
0%
+/-9%
+/-9%
+/-9%
+/-7.5%
+/-4.5%
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-20
No. 200 (0.075 nun)
Asphalt Content
+/-2%
+/-0.45%
+/-3%
+/-0.70%
b. Range. Control charts for range shall be established to control process variability for
the test parameters and Suspension Limits listed below. The range shall be computed
for each lot as the difference between the two test results for each control parameter.
The Suspension Limits specified below are based on a sample size of n = 2. Should
the Contractor elect to perform more than two tests per lot, the Suspensi<lm Limits shall
be adjusted by multiplying the Suspension Limit by 1.18 for n = 3 and by 1.27 for n =
4.
CONTROL CHART LIMITS BASED ON RANGE
(Based on n = 2)
Sieve
Y2 inch (12.5 mm)
3/8 inch (9.5 mm)
No.4 (4.75 mm)
No. 16 (1.18 mm)
No. 50 (0.30 mm)
No. 200 (0.075 mm)
Asphalt Content
Suspension Limit
11 percent
11 percent
11 percent
9 percent
6 percent
3.5 percent
0.8 percent
c. Corrective Action. The Quality Control Plan shall indicate that appropriate action
shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of tolerance. The Plan shall
contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and detail what action
will be taken to bring the process into control. As a minimum, a process shall be
deemed out of control and production stopped and corrective action taken, if:
(1) One point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements
or range; or
(2) Two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for
individual measurements.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
401-7.1 MEASUREMENT. Plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall be measured by the
number of tons (kg) of bituminous mixture used in the accepted work. Recorded batch weights or truck
scale weights will be used to determine the basis for the tonnage.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-21
BASIS OF PAYMENT
408-8.1 PAYMENT. Payment for an accepted lot of bituminous concrete pavement shall be made at
the contract unit price per ton for bituminous mixture and bituminous material adjusted according to
paragraph 401-8.1a, subject to the limitation that:
The total project payment for plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall not exceed 100
percent of the product of the contract unit price and the number of tons ofbitur)1inous mixture
and 100 percent ofthe product of the contract unit price and the numberofton$ of bituminous
material used in the accepted work (See Note 2 under Table 6).
The price shall be compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, mixing, and placing
of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
a. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each indi vidual lot shall be calculated
in accordance with Table 6. A pay factor shall be calculated for both mat density and air voids. The
lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both mat density and air
voids are 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only
one of the calculations for either mat density or air voids is 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor
shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both mat density and air voids are less than
100 percent. The lot pay factor shall apply to both the bituminous mixture and the bituminous material.
Table 6 Price Adjustment Schedulel
Percentage of Material Within Percent of Contract Unit Price
the Specification Limit (PWL) to be Paid
96 - 100
90 - 95
75 - 89
55 - 74
Below 55
106
PWL+ 10
0.5 PWL + 55
1.4 PWL - 12
Reject 2
1 Although it is theoretically possible to achieve a pay factor of 106 percent for each lot,
actual payment above 100 percent shall be subject to the total project payment limitation
specified in paragraph 401-8.1.
2 The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may decide to allow the
rejected lot to remain. In that case, if the Engineer and. Contractor agree in writing, that the
lot shall not be removed, it shall be paid for at 50 percent of the contract price and the total
project payment limitation shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot.
For each lot accepted, the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the
lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project paym~nt limitation
specified in paragraph 401-8.1. Payment in excess of 100 percent for accepted lots <l>f bituminous
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
P-401-22
concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of bituminous concrete pavement
that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100 percent.
b. Payment. Payment will be made under:
Item P-40 1-8.1
2" Bituminous Concrete Surface Course (3/4" Maximum Aggregate)--
per ton
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
ASTM C 29
Unit Weight of Aggregate
ASTM C 88
Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium
Sulfate
ASTM C 117
Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-um (No,200) Sieve in
Mineral Aggregates by Washing
ASTMC 131
Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of
the Los Angeles Machine
ASTM C 136
Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
ASTM C 183
Sampling Hydraulic Cement
ASTM C 566
Total Moisture Content of Aggregate by Drying
ASTM D 75
Sampling Aggregates
ASTM D 995
Requirements for Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed Hot-Laid
Bituminous Paving Mixtures
ASTMD 118
Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using
Paraffin-Coated Specimens
ASTM D 1461
Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Bituminous Paving Mixtures
ASTMD 1559
Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall
Apparatus
ASTMD2041
Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density <Df Bituminous
Paving Mixtures
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
P-401-23
ASTMD 2172
ASTMD 2419
ASTM D 2489
ASTM D 2726
ASTM D 3203
ASTM D 2950 .
ASTM D 3665
ASTM D 3666
ASTMD4125
ASTM D 4318
ASTMD4791
ASTM D 4867
ASTM E 178
AASHTO T 30
The Asphalt Institute's
Manual No.2 (MS-2)
The Asphalt Institute's
Manual No. 20 (MS-20)
ASTM D 242
ASTM D 946
Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous Paving
Mixtures
Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate
Degree of Particle Coating of Bituminous-Aggregate Mixtures
Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures
Using Saturated Surface-Dry Specimens
Percent Air Voids in Compacted Dense and Open Bituminous
Paving Mixtures
Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Method
Random Sampling of Paving Materials
Inspection and Testing Agencies for Bituminous Paving
Materials
Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures by the Nuclear
Method
Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils
Flat or Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate
Effect of Moisture on Asphalt Concrete Paving Mixtures
Practice for Dealing With Outlying Observations
Mechanical Analysis of Extracted Aggregate
Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete
Hot-Mix Recycling
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures
Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-24
ASTMD 3381
ASTM D 4552
Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement
Construction
Classifying Hot-Mix Recycling Agents
END OF ITEM P-401
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-401-25
ITEM P-501 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
DESCRIPTION
501-1.1 This work shall consist of pavement composed of portland cement concrete, with
reinforcement or without reinforcement constructed on a prepared underlying surface in accordance
with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross sections
shown on the plans.
MA TERIALS
501-2.1 AGGREGATES.
a. Reactivity. Aggregate shall be free of substances that are deleteriously reactive with the
alkalies in the cement in an amount sufficient to cause excessive expansion of the concrete. Acceptable
aggregate shall be based on satisfactory evidence furnished by the Contractor that the aggregate is free
from such materials. This evidence shall include service records of concrete of comparable properties
under similar conditions of exposure and/or certified records of tests by a testing laborat<1>ry that meets
the requirements of ASTM C 1077. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 295 and ASTM C
289.
b. Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33. Gradation
shall meet the requirements of Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136, except as may
otherwise be qualified under Section 5 of ASTM C 33.
TABLE 1. GRADATION FOR FINE AGGREGATE
(ASTM C 33)
Sieve Designation (Square
o enin s)
3/8 in. (9.5 nun)
No.4 (4.75 nun)
No.8 (2.36 nun)
No. 16 (1.18 nun)
No. 30 (600 micro-m)
No. 50 (300 micro-m)
No. 100 (150 micro-m)
Percentage by Weight
Passin Sieves
100
95-100
80-100
50-85
25-60
10-30
2-10
c. Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33.
Gradation, within the separated size groups, shall meet the requirements of Table 2 when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 136. When the nominal maximum size of the aggregate is greater than 1
inch, the aggregates shall be furnished in two size groups.
Aggregates delivered to the mixer shall consist of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel,
air-cooled blast furnace slag, crushed recycled concrete pavement, or a combination thereof. The
aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, uncoated particles and shall meet the req4irements for
deleterious substances contained in ASTM C 33, Class IN Dust and other coating shalli be removed
from the aggregates by washing. The aggregate in any size group shall not contain more t~an 8 percent
by weight of flat or elongated pieces when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791. A flat or
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-1
June,2001
elongated particle is one having a ratio between the maximum and the minimum dimensions of a
circumscribing rectangular prism exceeding 5 to 1.
The percentage of wear shall be no more than 40% when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 or
ASTM C 535.
TABLE 2
GRADATION FOR COARSE AGGREGATE - ASTM C33
Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves
Sieve Designations From 2" to No.4 From 1-1/2" to No.4 From ;1" to No.4
(square openings) (50.8 mm - 4.75 mm) (38.1 mm - 4.75 mm) (25.0 mm-4.75
nun)
#3 #57 #4 #67 #57
in. mm 2"-1 " 1 "-No.4 1-1/2"-3/4 3/4"-No.4 1 "-No.4
"
2-1/2 63 100 --- _u _u u_
2 50.8 90-100 u_ 100 _u _u
1-1/2 38.1 35-70 100 90-100 u_ 100
1 25.0 0-15 95-100 20-55 100 95-100
3/4 19.0 _u u_ 0-15 90-100 _u
1/2 12.5 0-5 25-60 _u --- 25-60
3/8 9.5 _u u_ 0-5 20-55 u_
No.4 4.75 u_ 0-10 u_ 0-10 0-10
No.8 2.36 _u 0-5 _u 0-5 0-5
501-2.2 CEMENT. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150 Type II.
If for any reason, cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be rejected.
Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used.
501-2.3 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS.
a. Fly Ash. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C, F, qr N with the
exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6 percent for Class F or N. The use
of fly ash produced by plants that utilize compounds of sodium, ammonium, or sulfur, such as soda ash,
to control stack emissions shall be prohibited for use in concrete.
Fly ash shall be produced and supplied by a Florida Department of Transportation approved fly ash
supplier.
The Contractor shall furnish certification and test results substantiating that the material furnished
conforms to the above requirements.
b. Blast Furnace Slag. Ground blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 989,
Grade 100 or 120.
501-2.4 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER. Premolded joint filler for expansion joints sha~l conform to
the requirements of ASTM D 1752, Type II or ill and shall be punched to admit the dbwels where
called for on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for tbe full depth
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-2
June, 2001
and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. When the use of more than
one piece is required for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to
shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Engineer.
501-2.5 JOINT SEALER. The joint sealer for the joints in the concrete pavement shall meet the
requirements of Item P-605 and shall be of the type(s) specified in the plans.
501-2.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcing shall consist of steel bars conforming to the
requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60 (ASTM A615M, Grade 40 or welded defornn.ed steel fabric
conforming to the requirements of ASTM A497).
501-2.7 DOWEL AND TIE BARS. Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars and conform to the
requirements of ASTM A 615, ASTM A 616, or ASTM A 617, except that rail steel bars, Grade 50 or
60, shall not be used for tie bars that are to be bent or restraightened during construction. Tie bars
designated as Grade 40 in ASTM A 615 can be used for construction requiring bent bars.
Dowel bars shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, ASTM A 616 or ASTM A 617 and
shall be free from burring or other deformation restricting slippage in the concrete. High strength
dowel bars shall conform to ASTM A 714, Class 2, Type S, Grade I, II or III, Bare Finish. Before
delivery to the construction site each dowel bar shall be painted on all surfaces with one coat of paint
meeting Federal Specification IT -P-664. If plastic or epoxy-coated steel dowels are used no paint
coating is required, except when specified for a particular situation on the plans. Coated dowels shall
conform to the requirements of AASIITO M 254.
The sleeves for dowel bars used in expansion joints shall be metal or other type of an approved design
to cover 2 to 3 inches (50 nun to 75 nun) of the dowel, with a closed end and with a suitable stop to
hold the end of the bar at least 1 inch (25 nun) from the closed end of the sleeve. Sleeves shall be of
such design that they will not collapse during construction.
501-2.8 WATER. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali,
sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in
accordance with the requirements of AASIITO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be
used without testing.
501-2.9 COVER MATERIAL FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the
following specifications:
a. Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B.
b. White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171.
c. White burlap-polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete. shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM C 171.
d. Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171.
501-2.10 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furni~hed meets all
of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contraqtor to submit
complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of
the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples! taken by the
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-3
June,2oo1
Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine
whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved.
a. Air-Entraining Admixtures. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of
ASTM C 260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field
conditions. The air-entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible.
b. Chemical Admixtures. Water-reducing, set retarding, and set-accelerating admixtures shall
meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, including the flexural strength test.
SOl-2.11 EPOXY-RESIN. Epoxy-resin used to anchor dowels and tie bars in pavements shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM C 881, Type I, Grade 3, Class C. Class A or B shall be used
when the surface temperature of the hardened concrete is below 60 degrees F (16 degrees C).
SOl-2.12 MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE. Prior to use of materials, the Contractor shall submit
certified test reports to the Engineer for those materials proposed for use during construction. The
certification shall show the appropriate ASTM test(s) for each material, the test results, and a statement
that the material passed or failed.
The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify the quality of
the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications.
MIX DESIGN
SOl-3.1 PROPORTIONS. Concrete shall be designed to achieve a 28-day flexural strength that meets
or exceeds the acceptance criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2 for a flexural strength of 715 psi. The
mix shall be designed using the procedures contained in Chapter 7 of the Portland Cement Association's
manual, "Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures".
The Contractor shall note that to ensure that the concrete actually produced will meet or exceed the
acceptance criteria for the specified strength, the mix design average strength must be l:Ugher than the
specified strength. The. amount of overdesign necessary to meet specification requirements depends on
the producer's standard deviation of flexural test results and the accuracy which that value can be
estimated from historic data for the same or similar materials.
The minimum cementitious material (cement plus fly ash) shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard. The ratio
of water to cementitious material, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including
moisture absorbed by the aggregates shall not be more than 0.50 by weight.
Prior to the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the
Contractor shall submit a mix design showing the proportions and flexural strength obt~ined from the
concrete at 7 and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a
complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of cement, fly ash, ground slag,
coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures. The fineness modulus of the fine aggregate
and the air content shall also be shown. The mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 30
days prior to the start of operations. Production shall not begin until the mix design its approved in
writing by the Engineer.
Should a change in sources be made, or admixtures added or deleted from the mix, a neW mix design
must be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-4
June, 2001
Flexural strength test specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in
accordance with ASTM C 78. The mix determined shall be workable concrete having a slump for
side-form concrete between I and 2 inches (25 mm and 50 mm) as determined by ASTM C 143. For
vibrated slip-form concrete, the slump shall be between 1/2 inch (13 mm) and 1 1/2 inches (38 mm).
501-3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS.
a. Fly Ash. Fly ash may be used in the mix design. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement
for cement, the minimum cement content may be met by considering portland cement plus fly ash as the
total cementitious material. The replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, but
shall not exceed 20 percent by weight of the total cementitious material.
b. Ground Slag. Ground blast-furnace slag may be used in a mix design containing Type I or
Type II cement. The slag, or slag plus fly ash if both are used, may constitute between 25 to 55 percent
of the total cementitious material by weight. If the concrete is to be used for slipforming operations and
the air temperature is expected to be lower than 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) the percent slag shall not
exceed 30 percent by weight.
501-3.3 ADMIXTURES.
a. Air-Entraining. Air-entraining admixture shall be added in such a manner that will insure
uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mix air-entrained
concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce
concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air in the mix shall be 3 :t 1. Air
content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel and stone coarse
aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate.
b. Chemical. Water-reducing, set-controlling, and other approved admixtures shall be added to
the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with
the specification requirements. Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes, with the materials to be used in
the work, in accordance with ASTM C 494.
501-3.4 TESTING LABORATORY. The laboratory used to develop the mix design shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C 1077. A certification that it meets these requirements shall be submitted to
the Engineer prior to the start of mix design and shall contain as a minimum:
a. Qualifications of personnel; laboratory manager, supervising technician, and testing
technicians.
b. A statement that the equipment used in developing the mix design is in calibration,
c. A statement that each test specified in developing the mix design is offered in the scope of the
laboratory's services.
d. A copy of the laboratory's quality control system.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
501-4.1 EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and tools necessary for handling
materials and performing all parts of the work.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-5
June, 2001
a. Batch Plant and Equipment. The batch plant and equipment shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM C 94.
b. Mixers and Transportation Equipment.
(1) General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers.
Each mixer shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity
of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or
blades.
(2) Central plant mixer. Central plant mixers shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM C 94.
The mixer shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or
mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and throwover blades shall be replaced when they have worn
down 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufactuter's design on
hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth.
(3) Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete
and truck agitators used for hauling central-mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM C 94.
(4) Nonagitator trucks. Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the requirements
of ASTM C 94.
c. Finishing Equipment. The finishing equipment shall be of sufficient weight and power for
proper finishing of the concrete. The finishing machine shall be designed and operated to strike off,
screed and consolidate the concrete such that laitance on the surface is less than lI8-inch (3 mm) thick.
d. Vibrators. Vibrator shall be either internal type with immersed tube or multiple spuds, or
surface type vibrating pan or screed. For pavements 8 inches (20 cm) or more thick internal vibrators
shall be used. They may be attached to the spreader or the finishing machine, or they may be mounted
on a separate carriage. Operating frequency for internal vibrators shall be between 8,000 and 12,000
vibrations per minute. Average amplitude for internal vibrators shall be 0.025-0.05 inches (0.06-0.13
cm). For pavements less than 8 inches (20 cm) thick, vibrating surface pans or scteeds shall be
allowed. Operating frequencies for surface vibrators shall be between 3,000 and 6,000 vibrations per
minute.
The number, spacing, and frequency shall be as necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous
pavement. Adequate power to operate all vibrators shall be available on the paver. The vibrators shall
be automatically controlled so that they shall be stopped as forward motion ceases.
Hand held vibrators may be used in irregular areas.
e. Concrete Saws. The Contractor shall provide sawing equipment ade<luate in number of units
and power to complete the sawing to the required dimensions. The Contractor shall provide at least one
standby saw in good working order and a supply of saw blades at the site of the work at a~l times during
sawing operations.
f. Side Forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel and shall be furnished in sections not
less than 10 feet (3 m) in length. Forms shall have a depth equal to the pavement thickness at the edge.
Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot (31 m) radius or less.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-6
June, 2001
Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they will
withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and
finishing equipment. Forms with battered top surfaces and bent, twisted or broken forms shall not be
used. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Engineer. The top face of the form
shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet (3 m), and the upstanding leg shall
not vary more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of
abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. Wood forms may be used under special conditions,
when approved by the Engineer.
g. Pavers. The paver shall be fully energized, self-propelled, and designed for the specific
purpose of placing, consolidating, and finishing the concrete pavement, true to grade, t<)lerances, and
cross section. It shall be of sufficient weight and power to construct the maximum specified concrete
paving lane width as shown in the plans, at adequate forward speed, without transverse, longitudinal or
vertical instability or without displacement. The paver shall be equipped with electronic or hydraulic
horizontal and vertical control devices.
501-4.2 FORM SETTING. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to
insure continuous paving operation. After the forms have been set to correct grade, the underlying
surface shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at both the inside and outside edges
of the base of the forms. Forms shall be staked into place sufficiently to maintain the form in position
for the method of placement.
Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The
forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) at any joint. Forms shall be so set
that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the
consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of
concrete.
The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the
Contractor immediately before placing the concrete.
501-4.3 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE, SLIP-FORM CONSTRUCTION.
The compacted underlying surface on which the pavement will be placed shall be widened
approximately 3 feet (1 m) to extend beyond the paving machine track to support the paver without any
noticeable displacement. After the underlying surface has been placed and compacted to the required
density, the areas which will support the paving machine and the area to be paved shall be trimmed or
graded to the plan grade elevation and profile by means of a properly designed machine. The grade of
the underlying surface shall be controlled by a positive grade control system using lasers, stringlines, or
guide wires. If the density of the underlying surface is disturbed by the trimming operations, it shall be
corrected by additional compaction and retested at the option of the Engineer before the concrete is
placed except when stabilized subbases are being constructed. If damage occurs on a stabilized
subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. If traffic is allowed to use the prepared
grade, the grade shall be checked and corrected immediately before the placement of concrete. The
prepared grade shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete
placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from concrete. The underlying surface shall be protected so
that it will be entirely free of frost when concrete is placed.
501-4.4 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE, SIDE-FORM AND FILL-IN LANE
CONSTRUCTION. The prepared underlying surface shall be moistened with walter, without
saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moistuk-e from the
concrete. Damage caused by hauling or usage of other equipment shall be corrected and r~tested at the
option of the Engineers. If damage occurs to a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-7
June,2001
Contractor. A template shall be provided and operated on the forms immediately in advance of the
placing of all concrete. The template shall be propelled only by hand and not attached to a tractor or
other power unit. Templates shall be adjustable so that they may be set and maintained at the correct
contour of the underlying surface. The adjustment and operation of the templates shall be such as will
provide an accurate retest of the grade before placing the concrete thereon. All excess material shall be
removed and wasted. Low areas shall be filled and compacted to a condition similar to that of the
surrounding grade. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost
when the concrete is placed. The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying surface shall not
be permitted.
The template shall be maintained in accurate adjustment, at all times by the Contractor, and shall be
checked daily.
501-4.5 HANDLING, MEASURING, AND HATCHING MATERIAL. The batch plant site,
layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material
to the work. Stockpiles shall be constructed in such a manner that prevents segregation and intermixing
of deleterious materials.
Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All
aggregates produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or
binned for draining at least 12 hours before being batched. Rail shipments requiring more than 12
hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage.
Batching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically
using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type. When bulk cement is used, the Contractor
shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or
into the batch itself for transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device, to
prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance that the cement
content specified is present in each batch.
501-4.6 MIXING CONCRETE. The concrete may be mixed at the work site, in a central mix plant
or in truck mixers. The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be
measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum. All concrete shall be
mixed and delivered to the site in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94.
Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or
nonagitating trucks. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the
concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled
in nonagitating trucks, nor 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators.
Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted, except when concrete is
delivered in transit mixers. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials
and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the
addition of water is performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the
water/cementitious ratio specified in the mix design is not exceeded.
501-4.7 LIMITATIONS ON MIXING AND PLACING. No concrete shall be mixed, placed, or
finished when the natural light is insufficient, unless an adequate and approved artificialli$hting system
is operated.
a. Cold Weather. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, nnxmg and concreting
operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade anlll away from
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-8
June,2001
artificial heat reaches 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and shall not be resumed until an ascending air
temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35 degrees F (2 degrees C).
The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature
of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) at the time of placement.
Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete.
When concreting is authorized during cold weather, water and/or the aggregates may be heated to not
more than 150 degrees F (66 degrees C). The apparatus used shall heat the mass unifonrtly and shall be
arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the
materials.
b. Hot Weather. During periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature
exceeds 85 degrees F (30 degrees C), the following precautions shall be taken.
The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the
concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the
temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 95 degrees F (35 degrees C). The aggregates and/or
mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the
specified maximum.
The finished surfaces of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a water-fog or mist
with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium. If necessary,
wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 psf per
hour as determined in accordance with Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting, which takes
into consideration relative humidity, wind velocity, and air temperature.
When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected, and particularly if any
plastic cracking begins to occur, the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as
necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective
fog sprays, and similar measures commencing immediately behind the paver. If these measures are not
effective in preventing plastic cracking, paving operations shall be immediately stopped.
501-4.8 PLACING CONCRETE. The Contractor has the option of placing the concrete with either
side (fixed) forms or slip-forms. At any point in concrete conveyance, the free vertical drop of the
concrete from one point to another or to the underlying surface shall not exceed 3 feet (1 m).
Hauling equipment or other mechanical equipment can be permitted on adjoining previously
constructed pavement when the concrete strength reaches a flexural strength of 550 psi (3 792 kPa),
based on the average of four field cured specimens per 2,000 cubic yards (1 530 cubic meters) of
concrete placed. Also, subgrade and subbase planers, concrete pavers, and concrete finishing
equipment may be permitted to ride upon the edges of previously constructed pavement when the
concrete has attained a minimum flexural strength of 400 psi.
a. Side-fonn Method. For the side-form method, the concrete shall be deposited on the
moistened grade to require as little rehandling as possible. Unless truck mixers, truck agitators, or
nonagitating hauling equipment are equipped with means for discharge of concrete withoUt segregation
of the materials, the concrete shall be placed and spread using an approved mechanical sptjeading device
that prevents segregation of the materials. Placing shall be continuous between tra~sverse joints
without the use of intermediate bulkheads. Necessary hand spreading shall be done witl!1 shovels--not
rakes. Workmen shall not be allowed to walk in the freshly mixed concrete with boots ot shoes coated
with earth or foreign substances.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-9
June,2001
Concrete shall be deposited as near to expansion and contraction joints as possible without disturbing
them but shall not be dumped from the discharge bucket or hopper onto a joint assembly unless the
hopper is centered above the joint assembly.
Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated against and along the faces of all forms and previously
placed concrete and along the full length and on both sides of all joint assemblies by means of vibrators
inserted in the concrete. Vibrators shall not be permitted to come in contact with a joint assembly, the
grade, or a side form. In no case shall the vibrator be operated longer than 20 seconds in anyone
location, nor shall the vibrators be used to move the concrete.
b. Slip-fonn Method. For the slip-form method, the concrete shall be placed with an approved
crawler-mounted, slip-form paver designed to spread, consolidate and shape the freshly placed concrete
in one complete pass of the machine so that a minimum of hand finishing will be necessary to provide a
dense and homogeneous pavement in conformance with requirements of the plans and specifications.
The concrete shall be placed directly on top of the joint assemblies to prevent them from moving when
the paver moves over them. Side forms and finishing screeds shall be adjustable to the extent required
to produce the specified pavement edge and surface tolerance. The side forms shall be !of dimensions,
shape, and strength to support the concrete laterally for a sufficient length of time so that no edge
slumping exceeds the requirements of paragraph 50l-5.2e(5). Final finishing shall be accomplished
while the concrete is still in the plastic state.
In the event that slumping or sloughing occurs behind the paver or if there are any other structural or
surface defects which, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be corrected within permissible tolerances,
paving operations shall be immediately stopped until proper adjustment of the equipment or procedures
have been made. In the event that satisfactory procedures and pavement are not achieved after not more
than 2,000 lineal feet (600 m) of single lane paving, the Contractor shall complete the balance of the
work with the use of standard metal forms and the formed method of placing and curing. Any concrete
not corrected to permissible tolerances shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
501-4.9 STRIKE-OFF OF CONCRETE AND PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT.
Following the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off to conform to the cross section shown on the
plans and to an elevation such that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished, the surface
of the pavement shall be at the elevation shown on the plans. When reinforced concrete pavement is
placed in two layers, the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of
reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on the concrete in its final position without
further manipulation. The reinforcement shall then be placed directly upon the concrete, after which
the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer
of concrete has been placed more than 30 minutes without being covered with the top layer or if initial
set has taken place, it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's
expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer, the reinforcement may be positioned in
advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means
after spreading.
Reinforcing steel, at the time concrete is placed, shall be free of mud, oil, or other organic matter that
may adversely affect or reduce bond. Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale or a combination of both
will be considered satisfactory, provided the minimum dimensions, weight, and tensile rroperties of a
hand wire-brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification req~irements.
501-4.10 JOINTS. Joints shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accorda~ce with these
requirements. All joints shall be constructed with their faces perpendicular to the ~urface of the
pavement and finished or edged as shown on the plans. Joints shall not vary more thap 1/2 inch (13
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-50l-1O
June,200l
nun) from their designated position and shall be true to line with not more than 1/4-inch (6 nun)
variation in 10 feet (3 m). The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 1O-foot (3 m) straightedge
as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch (6 nun) shall be corrected before
the concrete has hardened. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of
uniform width and depth as shown on the plans.
a. Construction. Longitudinal construction joints shall be slip-formed or formed against side
forms with or without keyways, as shown in the plans.
Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any
other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it
appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The installation of the
joint shall be located at a planned contraction or expansion joint. If placing of the concrete is stopped,
the Contractor shall remove the excess concrete back to the previous planned joint.
b. Contraction. Contraction joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the
plans. Contraction joints shall be installed to the dimensions required by forming a groove or cleft in
the top of the slab while the concrete is still plastic or by sawing a groove into the concrete surface after
the concrete has hardened. When the groove is formed in plastic concrete the sides of the grooves shall
be finished even and smooth with an edging tool. If an insert material is used, the installation and edge
finish shall be according to the manufacturer's instructions. The groove shall be finished or cut clean so
that spalling will be avoided at intersections with other joints. Grooving or sawing shall produce a slot
at least 1/8 inch (3 nun) wide and to the depth shown on the plans.
c. Expansion. Expansion joints shall be installed as shown on the plans. The premolded filler of
the thickness as shown on the plans, shall extend for the full depth and width of the slab at the joint,
except for space for sealant at the top of the slab. The filler shall be securely staked or fastened into
position perpendicular to the proposed finished surface. A cap shall be provided to protect the top edge
of the filler and to permit the concrete to be placed and finished. After the concrete has been placed and
struck off, the cap shall be carefully withdrawn leaving the space over the premolded filler. The edges
of the joint shall be finished and tooled while the concrete is still plastic. Any concrete bridging the
joint space shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint.
d. Keyways. Keyways shall be formed in the plastic concrete by means of side forms or the use
of keyway liners which are inserted during the slip-form operations. The keyway shall be formed to a
tolerance of 1/4 inch (6 m) in any dimension and shall be of sufficient stiffness to support the upper
keyway flange without distortion or slumping of the top of the flange. The dimensions of the keyway
forms shall not vary more than plus or minus 1/4 inch (6 nun) from the mid-depth of the pavement.
Liners that remain in place permanently and become part of the keyed joint shall be made of
galvanized, copper clad, or of similar rust-resistant material compatible with plastic and hardened
concrete and shall not interfere with joint reservoir sawing and sealing.
e. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed in joints as shown on the plans. Tie
bars shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall be spaced at intervals
shown on the plans. They shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and in the middle of
the slab depth. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane, they may be bent against the form at
longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. These
bars shall not be painted, greased, or enclosed in sleeves. When slip-form operations ca~l for tie bars,
two-piece hook bolts can be installed in the female side of the keyed joint provided the !installation is
made without distorting the keyed dimensions or causing edge slump. If a bent tie bar installation is
used, the tie bars shall be inserted through the keyway liner only on the female side of the joint. In no
case shall a bent tie bar installation for male keyways be permitted.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-11
June, 2001
f. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load-transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across
joints in the manner as shown on the plans. They shall be of the dimensions and spacings as shown and
held rigidly in the middle of the slab depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an
approved assembly device to be left permanently in place. The dowel or load-transfer and joint devices
shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly as a unit ready to be lifted and placed into position.
A metal, or other type, dowel expansion cap or sleeve shall be furnished for each dowe~ bar used with
expansion joints. These caps shall be substantial enough to prevent collapse and shall be placed on the
ends of the dowels as shown on the plans. The caps or sleeves shall fit the dowel bar !tightly and the
closed end shall be watertight. The portion of each dowel painted with rust preventative paint, as
required under paragraph 501-2.7 and shown on the plans to receive a debonding lubricant, shall be
thoroughly coated with asphalt MC-70, or an approved lubricant, to prevent the concrete from bonding
to that portion of the dowel. If free-sliding plastic-coated or epoxy-coated steel dowels are used, a
lubrication bond breaker shall be used except when approved pullout tests indicate it is not necessary.
Where butt-type joints with dowels are designated, the exposed end of the dowel shall be oiled.
Dowel bars at contraction joints may be placed in the full thickness of pavement by a mechanical
device approved by the Engineer. The device shall be capable of installing dowel bars within the
maximum permissible alignment tolerances. Dowels bars at longitudinal construction joints shall be
bonded in drilled holes.
g. Installation. All devices used for the installation of expansion joints shall be approved by the
Engineer.
The top of an assembled joint device shall be set at the proper distance below the pavement surface and
the elevation shall be checked. Such devices shall be set to the required position and line and shall be
securely held in place by stakes or other means to the maximum permissible tolerances during the
pouring and finishing of the concrete. The premolded joint material shall be placed and held in a
vertical position; if constructed in sections, there shall be no offsets between adjacent units.
Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and alignment. The maximum permissible
tolerances on dowel bar alignment shall be in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2e(6). During the
concrete placement operation, it is advisable to place plastic concrete directly on dowel assemblies
immediately prior to passage of the paver to help maintain dowel position and alignment within
maximum permissible tolerances.
When concrete is placed using slip-form pavers, dowels and tie bars shall be placed in longitudinal
construction joints by bonding the dowels or tie bars into holes drilled into the hardened concrete.
Holes approximately lI8-inch to lI4-inch (3 to 6 mm) greater in diameter than the dowel or tie bar shall
be drilled with rotary-type core drills that must be held securely in place to drill perpendicularly into the
vertical face of the pavement slab. Rotary-type percussion drills may be used provided that spalling of
concrete does not occur. Any damage of the concrete shall be repaired by the Contractor in a method
approved by the Engineer. Dowels or tie bars shall be bonded in the drilled holes using an epoxy resin
material. Installation procedures shall be adequate to insure that the area around dowels is completely
filled with epoxy grout. Epoxy shall be injected into the back of the hole and ~isplaced by the insertion
of the dowel bar. Bars shall be completely inserted into the hole and shall not be withdrawn and
reinserted creating air pockets in the epoxy around the bar. The Contractor shall furnish ,a template for
checking the position and alignment of the dowels. Dowel bars shall not be less than 10 inches (25 cm)
from a transverse joint and shall not interfere with dowels in the transverse direction.
h. Sawing of Joints. Joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipment shall be as described
in paragraph 501-4.1. The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straigM line and shall
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-12
June, 2001
produce a slot at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide and to the depth shown on the plans. The top portion of the
slot shall be widened by sawing to provide adequate space for joint sealers as shown on the plans.
Sawing shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without
chipping, spalling, or tearing and before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking of the pavement occurs.
Sawing shall be carried on both during the day and night as required. The joints shall be sawed at the
required spacing, consecutively in sequence of the concrete placement.
501-4.11 FINAL STRIKE-OFF, CONSOLIDATION, AND FINISHING.
a. Sequence. The sequence of operations shall be the strike-off, floating and remdval of laitance,
straightedging, and final surface finish. The addition of superficial water to the surface of the concrete
to assist in finishing operations will not be permitted.
b. Finishing at Joints. The concrete adjacent to joints shall be compacted or firmly placed
without voids or segregation against the joint material; it shall be firmly placed without voids or
segregation under and around all load-transfer devices, joint assembly units, and other features designed
to extend into the pavement. Concrete adjacent to joints shall be mechanically vibrated as required in
paragraph 501-4.8.a. After the concrete has been placed and vibrated adjacent to the joints, the
finishing machine shall be operated in a manner to avoid damage or misalignment of joints. If
uninterrupted operations of the finishing machine, to, over, and beyond the joints, cause segregation of
concrete, damage to, or misalignment of the joints, the finishing machine shall be stopped when the
screed is approximately 8 inches (20 cm) from the joint. Segregated concrete shall be removed from
the front of and off the joint; and the forward motion of the finishing machine shall be resumed.
Thereafter, the finishing machine may be run over the joint without lifting the screed, provided there is
no segregated concrete immediately between the joint and the screed or on top of the joint.
c. Machine Finishing. The concrete shall be spread as soon as it is placed, and it shall be struck
off and screeded by a finishing machine. The machine shall go over each area as manlY times and at
such intervals as necessary to give to proper consolidation and to leave a surface of uniform texture.
Excessive operation over a given area shall be avoided. When side forms are used, the tops of the forms
shall be kept clean by an effective device attached to the machine, and the travel of the machine on the
forms shall be maintained true without lift, wobbling, or other variation tending to affect the precision
finish. During the first pass of the finishing machine, a uniform ridge of concrete shall be maintained
ahead of the front screed for its entire length. When in operation, the screed shall be moved forward
with a combined longitudinal and transverse shearing motion, always moving in the direction in which
the work is progressing, and so manipulated that neither end is raised from the side forms during the
striking-off process. If necessary, this shall be repeated until the surface is of uniform texture, true to
grade and cross section, and free from porous areas.
d. Hand Finishing. Hand finishing methods will not be permitted, except under the following
conditions: in the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to
finish the concrete already deposited on the grade; in areas of narrow widths or of irregular dimensions
where operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical. Concrete, as soon as pljlced, shall be
struck off and screeded. An approved portable screed shall be used. A second screed shall be provided
for striking off the bottom layer of concrete when reinforcement is used.
The screed for the surface shall be a least 2 feet (0.6 m) longer than the maximum width of the slab to
be struck off. It shall be of approved design, sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be
constructed either of metal or of other suitable material covered with metal. Consolidation shall be
attained by the use of suitable vibrators.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-13
June, 2001
e. Floating. After the concrete has been struck off and consolidated, it shall be further smoothed
and trued by means of a longitudinal float using one of the following methods:
(1) Hand Method. Long-handled floats shall not be less than 12 feet (3.6 m) in length and 6
inches (15 cm) in width, stiffened to prevent flexibility and warping. The float shall be operated from
foot bridges spanning but not touching the concrete or from the edge of the pavement. Floating shall
pass gradually from one side of the pavement to the other. Forward movement along the centerline of
the pavement shall be in successive advances of not more than one-half the length of the float. Any
excess water or laitance in excess of 1I8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed and wasted.
(2) Mechanical method. The Contractor may use a machine composed of a cutting and
smoothing float(s), suspended from and guided by a rigid frame and constantly in contact with, the side
forms or underlying surface. If necessary, long-handled floats having blades not less than 5 feet (1.5 m)
in length and 6 inches (15 cm) in width may be used to smooth and fill in open-textured areas in the
pavement. When the crown of the pavement will not permit the use of the mechanical float, the surface
shall be floated transversely by means of a long-handled float. Care shall be taken not to work the
crown out of the pavement during the operation. After floating, any excess water and laitance in excess
of 1I8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed and wasted. Successive drags shall be lapped one-half the
length of the blade.
f. Straight-edge Testing and Surface Correction. After the pavement has been struck off and
while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a Contractor furnished 16-foot (5 m)
straightedge swung from handles 3 feet (1 m) longer than one-half the width of the slab. The
straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive positions parallel to the centerline
and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in
successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any excess water and
laitance in excess of 1I8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed from the surface of the pavement and
wasted. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off,
consolidated, and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Special attention shall be
given to assure that the surface across joints meets the smoothness requirements of paragraph 501-
5.2e(3). Straightedge testing and surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to
be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required
grade and cross section. The use of long-handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum; they
may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment.
501-4.12 SURFACE TEXTURE. The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a brush or
broom, burlap drag, or artificial turf finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. It is important
that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation.
Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected.
a. Brush or Broom Finish. If the pavement surface texture is to be a type of brush or broom
finish, it shall be applied when the water sheen has practically disappeared. The equipment shall
operate transversely across the pavement surface, providing corrugations that are uniform in appearance
and approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth.
b. Burlap Drag Finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at
least 15 ounces per square yard (555 grams per square meter). To obtain a textured. surface, the
transverse threads of the burlap shall be removed approximately 1 foot (0.3 m) from the trailing edge.
A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping! longitudinal
striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately
1116 of an inch (2 mm) in depth.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-14
June,2001
c. Artificial Turf Finish. If artificial turf is used to texture the surface, it shall be applied by
dragging the surface of the pavement in the direction of concrete placement with an approved full-width
drag made with artificial turf. The leading transverse edge of the artificial turf drag will be securely
fastened to a lightweight pole on a traveling bridge. At least 2 feet of the artificial turf shall be in
contact with the concrete surface during dragging operations. A variety of different types of artificial
turf are available and approval of anyone type will be done only after it has been demonstrated by the
Contractor to provide a satisfactory texture. One type that has provided satisfactory texture consists of
7,200 approximately 0.85-inches-Iong polyethylene turf blades per square foot. The corrugations shall
be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth.
501-4.13 NOT USED.
501-4.14 CURING. Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring <1lf the concrete
will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7-daycure period in
accordance with one of the methods below. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever
kind the Contractor may elect to use, or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other
requirements, shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. The concrete shall not
be left exposed for more than 1/2 hour during the curing period.
a. Impervious Membrane Method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed
uniformly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and
before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during
rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers under pressure at the rate of 1
gallon (4 liters) to not more than 150 square feet (14 square meters). The spraying equipment shall be
of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a
thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During
application the compound shall be stirred continuously by mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd
widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. The curing
compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application.
Should the film become damaged from any cause, including sawing operations, within the required
curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound or other
approved means. Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected
immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface.
b. Polyethylene Films. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely covered with
polyethylene sheeting. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches (457 mm). The sheeting shall be
placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface and sides. The sheeting shall have
dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the
pavement. Unless otherwise specified, the sheeting shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the
concrete has been placed.
c. Waterproof Paper. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely covered with
waterproofed paper. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches. (457 mm). The paper shall be placed
and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface covered. The paper shall have
dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab.
The surface of the pavement shall be thoroughly saturated prior to placing of the paper. Unless
otherwise specified, the paper shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the concrete ha~ been placed.
d. White Burlap-Polyethylene Sheets. The surface of the pavement shall be entjirely covered
with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at l~ast twice the
thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire
surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed ~nd weighted
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-15
June, 2001
to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully saturated and
in position for 7 days after the concrete has been placed.
e. Curing in Cold Weather. The concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least 50
degrees F (10 degrees C) for a period of 72 hours after placing and at a temperature above freezing for
the remainder of the curing time. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the
concrete placed during cold weather, and any concrete injured by frost action shall be'removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
501-4.15 REMOVING FORMS. Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from
freshly placed concrete until it has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without chipring, spalling,
or tearing. After the forms have been removed, the sides of the slab shall be cured as outlined in one of
the methods indicated in paragraph 501-4.14. Major honeycombed areas shall be considered as
defective work and shall be removed and replaced in accordance with paragraph 50l-5.2(i).
501-4.16 SEALING JOINTS. The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordaJllce with Item
P-605.
501-4.17 PROTECTION OF PAVEMENT. The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its
appurtenances against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents.
This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs, lights,
pavement bridges, crossovers, and protection of unsealed joints from intrusion of foreign material, etc.
Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to final acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement
replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall have available at all times, malterials for the
protection of the edges and surface of the unhardened concrete. Such protective materials shall consist
of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils (0.1 rmn) thick of sufficient length and width to cover the
plastic concrete slab and any edges. The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate
movable bridge from which it can be unrolled without dragging over the plastic conqrete surface.
When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin
covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering.
501-4.18 OPENING TO TRAFFIC. The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens
molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31 have attained a flexural strength of 5~0 pounds per
square inch (3 792 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 78. If such tests are not conducted,
the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening
to traffic, the pavement shall be cleaned.
MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE
501-5.1 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. All acceptance sampling and testing, with
the exception of coring for thickness determination, necessary to determine conformapce with the
requirements specified in this section will be performed by the Engineer. Concrete shall be accepted
for strength and thickness on a lot basis.
A lot shall consist of:
a day's production not to exceed 2,000 cubic yards (1 530 cubic meters).
Testing organizations performing these tests shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077. The
Contractor shall bear the cost of providing curing facilities for the strength specimens, per paragraph
50l-5.la(3), and coring and filling operations, per paragraph 50l-5.lb(1).
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-50l-l6
June, 2001
a. Flexural Strength.
(1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken
for each sublot from the plastic concrete delivered to the job site. Sampling locations shall be
determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D
3665. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172.
(2) Testing. Two (2) specimens shall be made from each sample. Specimens shall be made
in accordance with ASTM C 31 and the flexural strength of each specimen shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM C 78. The flexural strength for each sublot shall be computed by averaging
the results of the two test specimens representing that sublot.
(3) Curing. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the initial curing of beams.
During the 24 hours after molding, the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens must be
maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F (16 to 27 degrees C), and loss of moisture from the
specimens must be prevented. The specimens may be stored in tightly constructed wooden boxes,
damp sand pits, temporary buildings at construction sites, under wet burlap in favorable weather, or in
heavyweight closed plastic bags, or using other suitable methods, provided the temperature and
moisture loss requirements are met.
(4) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for flexural strength will be determined by the
Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2b.
b. Pavement Thickness.
(1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots and one core shall be taken
by the Contractor for each sublot. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in
accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Areas, such as thickened
edges, with planned variable thickness, shall be excluded from sample locations.
Cores shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials
for cutting samples and filling the cored hole. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with a non-
shrink grout approved by the Engineer within one day after sampling.
(2) Testing. The thickness of the cores shall be determined by the Engineer by the average
caliper measurement in accordance with ASTM C 174.
(3) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for thickness shall be determined by the Engineer
in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2c.
c. Partial Lots. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified
number of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to
allow overages or minor placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be
used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot.
Where three sublots have been produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots have
been produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot or the previous lot and the total number of
sublots shall be used in the acceptance criteria calculation, i.e., n=5 or n=6.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-17
June, 2001
d. Outliers. All individual flexural strength tests within a lot shall be checked for an outlier (test
criterion) in accordance with ASTM E 178, at a significance level of 5 percent. Outliers shall be
discarded, and the PWL shall be determined using the remaining test values.
501-5.2 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA.
a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the completed
pavement:
(1) Flexural strength
(2) Thickness
(3) Smoothness
(4) Grade
(5) Edge slump
(6) Dowel bar alignment
Flexural strength and thickness shall be evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis using the method of
estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). Acceptance using PWL considers
the variability (standard deviation) of the material and the testing procedures, as well as the average
(mean) value of the test results to calculate the percentage of material that is above the lower
specification tolerance limit (L).
Acceptance for flexural strength will be based on the criteria contained in accordance with paragraph
50l-5.2e(l). Acceptance for thickness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraI!>h 50l-5.2e(2).
Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 50l-5.2e(3).
Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(4).
The Engineer may at any time, not withstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the
Contractor to dispose of any batch of concrete mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to
contamination, segregation, or improper slump. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection.
In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material
in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the
Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the
contract unit price.
b. Flexural Strength. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for flexural strength shall be
based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher.
c. Pavement Thickness. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement shall be based on PWL.
The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher.
d. Percentage of Material Within Limits (PWL). The percentage of material within limits
(PWL) shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General
Provisions.
The lower specification tolerance limit (L) for flexural strength and thickness shall be:
Lower Specification Tolerance Limit (L)
Flexural Strength
Thickness
0.93 x strength specified in paragraph 501-3.1
Lot Plan Thickness in inches - 0.50 inches
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-18
June, 2001
e. Acceptance Criteria.
(1) Flexural Strength. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be
acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph
501-8.1.
(2) Thickness. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable.
Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1.
(3) Smoothness. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, the pavement surface
shall be tested with a 16-foot (5 m) straightedge or other specified device. Surface smoothness
deviations shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm) from a 16-foot (5 m) straightedge placed in any direction,
including placement along and spanning any pavement joint edge.
Areas in a slab showing high spots of more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) but not exceeding 1/2 inch (13 mm) in
16 feet (5 m) shall be marked and immediately ground down with an approved grinding 'machine to an
elevation that will fall within the tolerance of 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less. Where the departure from
correct cross section exceeds 1/2 inch (13 mm), the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the
expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer.
(4) Grade. An evaluation of the surface grade shall be made by the Engineer for compliance
to the tolerances contained below.
Lateral Deviation. Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge
shall not exceed plus or minus 0.10 foot (30 mm) in any lane.
Vertical Deviation. Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed plus or
minus 0.04 foot (12 mm)'at any point.
(5) Edge Slump. When slip-form paving is used, not more than 15 percent of the total free
edge of each 500 foot (150 m) segment of pavement, or fraction thereof, shall have an edge slump
exceeding 1/4-inch (6 mm), and none of the free edge of the pavement shall have an edge slump
exceeding 3/8-inch (10 mm). (The total free edge of 500 feet (150 m) of pavement will be considered
the cumulative total linear measurement of pavement edge originally constructed as nonadjacent to any
existing pavement; i.e., 500 feet (150 m) of paving lane originally constructed as a sep~ate lane will
have 1,000 feet (300 m) of free edge, 500 feet (150 m) of fill-in lane will have no free e~ge, etc.). The
area affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the pavement edge shall be limited to
not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from the edge. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected
before the concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at
the expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer.
(6) Dowel Bar Alignment. Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and
alignment. The maximum permissible tolerance on dowel bar alignment in each plane, horizontal and
vertical, shall not exceed 2 percent or 1/4 inch per foot (20 mm per meter) of a dowel bar.
f. Removal and Replacement of Concrete. Any area or section of concrete that is: removed and
replaced shall be removed and replaced back to planned joints. The Contractor shall replace damaged
dowels and the requirements for doweled longitudinal construction joints in paragraph 501-4.10 shall
apply to all contraction joints exposed by concrete removal.
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-19
June, 2001
501-6.1 QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control
Program in accordance with Section 100 of the General Provisions. The program shall address all
elements which effect the quality of the pavement including but not limited to:
a. Mix Design
e. Proportioning
i. Dowel Placement and
Alignment
j. Flexural or Compressive
Strength
k. Finishing and Curing
b. Aggregate Gr~dation
f. Mixing and
Transportation
g. Placing and
Consolidation
h. Joints
I. Surface Smoothness
c. Quality of Materials
d. Stockpile
Management
501-6.2 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests
necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to this specification and as set
forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited
to, tests for aggregate gradation, aggregate moisture content, slump, and air content.
A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program.
a. Fine Aggregate.
(1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily in accordance with
ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from
the conveyor belt.
(2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct
measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct
measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall
be made in accordance with ASTM C 70 or ASTM C 566.
b. Coarse Aggregate.
(1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily for each size of aggregate.
Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the
discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt.
(2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct
measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct
measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall
be made in accordance with ASTM C 566.
c. Slump. Four slump tests shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance
with the lot size defined in Section 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublot. Slump tests shall
be performed in accordance with ASTM C 143 from material randomly sampled ftom material
discharged from trucks at the paving site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance With ASTM C
172.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-20
June, 2001
d. Air Content. Four air content tests, shall be performed for each lot of material produced in
accordance with the lot size defined in Section 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublot. Air
content tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate
and ASTM C 173 for slag or other porous coarse aggregate, from material randomly sampled from
trucks at the plant site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172.
501-6.3 CONTROL CHARTS. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts for fine and
course aggregate gradation, slump, and air content.
Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept up to date at all
times. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number,
the test number, each test parameter, the Action and suspension Limits, or Specification limits,
applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control
charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes
before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a potential problem
and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may halt production or
acceptance of the material.
a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. The Contractor shall record the running average of
the last five gradation tests for each control sieve on linear control charts. Specification limits
contained in Tables 1 and 2 shall be superimposed on the Control Chart for job control.
b. Slump and Air Content. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for
individual measurements and range (i.e. difference between highest and lowest measurements) for
slump and air content in accordance with the following Action and Suspension Limits.
Control Parameter
CONTROL CHART LIMITS
Based on Sam Ie Size n=4
Individual Measurements
Action Limit Sus ension Limit
Range Suspension Limit
Slump
Air Content
+/- 1 inch (25 mm)
+/- 1.2 ercent
+/- 1.5 inch (38 mm)
+/- 1.8 ercent
+/- 2.4 inch (61 mm)
+/- 2.8 ercent
The individual measurement control charts shall use the mix design target values as indicators of central
tendency.
501-6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTION. The Quality Control Plan shall indicate that appropriate action
shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of control. The Quality Control Plan shall detail
what action will be taken to bring the process into control and shall contain sets of rules to gauge when
a process is out of control. As a minimum. a process shall be deemed out of control a1!ld corrective
action taken if anyone of the following conditions exists.
a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. When two consecutive averages of five tests are
outside of the Tables 1 or 2 specification limits, immediate steps, including a halt to production, shall be
taken to correct the grading.
b. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Moisture Content. Whenever the moisture content of the fine or
coarse aggregate changes by more than 0.5 percent, the scale settings for the aggregate batcher(s) and
water batcher shall be adjusted.
c. Slump. The Contractor shall halt production and make appropriate adjustments whenever:
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-21
June,2001
(1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range; or
(2) two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements.
d. Air Content. The Contractor shall halt production and adjust the amount of air-entraining
admixture whenever:
(1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range; or
(2) two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements.
Whenever a point falls outside the Action Limits line, the air-entraining admixture dispenser shall be
calibrated to ensure that it is operating correctly and with good reproducibility.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
501-7.1 Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of square yards of either
plain or reinforced pavement as specified in-place, completed and accepted. Saw-cut grooving shall be
measured by the number of square yards of saw-cut grooving as specified in-place, completed and
accepted.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
501-8.1 PAYMENT. Payment for accepted concrete pavement shall be made at the contract unit price
per square yard adjusted in accordance with paragraph 50l-8.la, subject to the limitation that:
The total project payment for concrete pavement shall not exceed 106 percent of the product of the
contract unit price and the total number of square yards of concrete pavement used in the accepted work
(See Note 2 under Table 3).
Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to
complete the work as specified herein and on the drawings, except for saw-cut grooving.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. P-50l-8.l
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement,
6" Thick ..................................................................... Per square yard
a. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in
accordance with Table 3. A pay factor shall be calculated for both flexural strength and thickness. The
lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and
thickness are 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only
one of the calculations for either flexural strength or thickness is 100 percent or higher. The lot pay
factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are
less than 100 percent .
TABLE 3. PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE 1
Percentage of Material Within Specification
Limits (PWL)
Lot Pay Factor (Percent of ContralCt Unit
Price)
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-50l-22
June, 2001
96 - 100
90 - 95
75 - 90
55 - 74
Below 55
106
PWL + 10
0.5PWL + 55
l.4PWL - 12
Re.ect 2
1 ALTHOUGH IT IS THEORETICALLY POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE A PAY FACTOR OF
106 PERCENT FOR EACH LOT, ACTUAL PAYMENT IN EXCESS OF 100 PERCENT SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE TOTAL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SPECIFIED IN
PARAGRAPH 501-8.1.
2 The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may decide to allow the rejected lot to
remain. In that case, if the EIigineer and Contractor agree in writing that the lot shall not be removed, it
shall be paid for at 50 .percent of the contract unit price AND THE TOTAL PROJECf PAYMENT
LIMITATION SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT WITHHELD FOR THE REJECTED
LOT.
For each lot accepted, the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the
lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment lirnitmion specified
in paragraph 501-8.1. Payment in excess of 100 percent for accepted lots of concrete pavement shall be
used to offset payment for accepted lots of concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100
percent.
b. Payment. Payment shall be made under:
Item P-50 1-8.1a Portland Cement Concrete Pavement-per square yard
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
ASTM C 31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field
ASTM C 39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
ASTM C 70 Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate
ASTM C 78 Test for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading)
ASTM C 131 Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los
Angeles Machine
ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
ASTM C 138 Test for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete
ASTM C 143 Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete
ASTM C 172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete
ASTM C 173 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-23
June, 2001
ASTM C 174 Measuring Length of Drilled Concrete Cores
ASTM C 227 Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method)
ASTM C 231 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method
ASTM C 289 Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method)
ASTM C 295 Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete
ASTM C 311 Sa!l1pling and Testing Fly Ash for Use as an Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete
ASTM C 535 Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Large Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los
Angeles Machine
ASTM C 566 Total Moisture Content of Aggregates by Drying
ASTM C 1077 Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use
in Construction And Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation
ASTM D 1260 Potential Alkali-Reactivity of Aggregate (Mortar-Bar Method)
ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Construction Materials
ASTM D 4791 Test Method for Flat or Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate
AASHTO T 26 Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
ASTM A 184 Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 185 Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 497 Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Pavement
ASTM A 615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 616 Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 617 Specification for Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 704 Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 714 Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Welded and Seaniless Steel Pipe
ASTM C 33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates
ASTM C 94 Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-24
June, 2001
ASTM C 171 Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
ASTM C 260 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C 309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds
ASTM C 494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C 595 Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements
ASTM C 618 Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use
as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete
ASTM C 881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding System for Concrete
ASTM C 989 Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and
Mortars
ASTM D 1751 Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)
ASTM D 1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for
Concrete Paving And Structural Construction
AASHTO
M254
Specification for Coated Dowel Bars
ACI 305R
Hot Weather Concreting
ACI 306R
Cold Weather Concreting
IT-P-644
(Rev. D)
Federal Specification for Primer Coating, Alkyd, Corrosion-Inhibiting,
Lead and Chromate Free, VOC-Compliant
END ITEM P-501
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-501-25
June,200!
ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT
DESCRIPTION
602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material on the prepared base course
in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity to the lines shown on the
plans.
MA TERIALS
602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and
application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given in Table 1. The Engineer shall
designate the specific material to be used.
TABLE 1. BITUMINOUS MATERIAL
Application Tempemtures \l \
Type and Grade Specification
Deg.F Deg.C
Emulsified Asphalt
SS-l, SS-lh ASTM D 977 70-160 20- 70
MS-2, HFMS-1 ASTMD 977 70-160 20-70
CSS-1, CSS-1h ASTM D 2397 70-160 20-70
CMS-2 ASTM D 2397 70-160 20-70
Cutback Asphalt
RC-30 ASTM D 2028 80+ 30+
RC-70 ASTM D 2028 120+ 50+
RC-250 ASTM D 2028 165+ 75+
\1 \ The maximum temperature for cutback asphalt shall be that at which fogging occurs.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
602-3.1 WEATHER LIMIT A TIONS. The prime coat shall be applied only when the existing
surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribution of the bitumimous material,
when the atmospheric temperature is above 60 F (15 C), and when the weather is not foggy or rainy.
The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer.
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
. March, 2001
P-602-1
602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the Contractor shall include a self-powered
pressure bituminous material distributor and equipment for heating bituminous material.
The distributor shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous material at
even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable
variation from the specified rate shall not exceed 10 percent. Distributor equipment shall include a
tachometer, pressure gages, volume-measuring devices or a calibrated tank, and a thelrmometef for
measuring temperatures of tank contents. The distributor shall be self-powered and shall be equipped
with a power unit for the pump and full circulation spray bars adjustable laterally and vertically.
A power broom and/or blower shall be provided for any required cleaning of the surface to be treated.
602-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the prime
coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose
dirt and other objectionable material.
The bituminous material including solvent shall be uniformly applied with a bituminous distributor
at the rate of 0.25 to 0.50 gallons per square yard (1.20 to 2.40 liters per square meter) depending on
the base course surface texture. The type of bituminous material and application rate shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to application.
Following the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not less than 48 hours without
being disturbed or for such additional time as may be necessary to permit the drying out of the prime
until it will not be picked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the
Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor until the surfacing has been placed.
Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the primed surface against damage
during this interval, including supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess
bituminous material.
602-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples ofthe
bituminous materials that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source
and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The Contractor
shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material subject to
this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated
by service tests, shall be acceptable.
The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of
bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before
permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for
the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports
shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on tfue project.
Aorida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-602-2
602-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the Contractor shall
file with the Engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and certified weigh bills
when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the
construction covered by the contract. The Contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the
tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the
Engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the Engineer.
Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the Engineer during the progress of the
work.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
602-4.1 The bituminous material for prime coat shall be measured by the gallon. Volume shall be
corrected to the volume at 60 F (15 C) in accordance with ASTM D 1250 for cutback asphalt, and
Table IV -3 of The Asphalt Institute's Manual MS-6 for emulsified asphalt.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for bituminous prime coat. This
price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and
applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this
item.
Payment will be made under:
Item P-602-5.1
Bituminous Prime Coat--per gallon
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
ASTM D 977
Emulsified Asphalt
ASTM D 2028
Asphalt, Cutback (Rapid Curing Grade)
ASTM D 2397
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
ASTM D 1250
Petroleum Measurement Tables
Asphalt
Institute
Manual MS-6
Table IV-3
Temperature- Volume Corrections for Emulsified
Asphalts
END OF ITEM P-602
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
. March, 2001
P-602-3
ITEM P-603
BITUMINOUS TACK COAT
DESCRIPTION
603-1.1 This item shall consist of preparing and treating a bituminous or concrete surface with
bituminous material in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity
to the lines shown on the plans.
MATERIALS
603-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS. The bituminous material shall be either cutback
asphalt, emulsified asphalt, or tar and shall conform to the requirements of Table 1. The type,
grade, controlling specification, and application temperature of bituminous material to be used
shall be specified by the Engineer.
TABLE 1. BITUMINOUS MATERIAL
Type and Grade Specification Application Temperature
Dee:. F Deg. C
Emulsified Asphalt
SS-I, SS-lh ASTM D 977 75-130 25-55
CSS-l, CSS-lh ASTM D 2397 75-130 25-55
Cutback Asphalt
RC-70 ASTM D 2028 120-160 50-70
Tar
RTCB 5, RTCB 6 AASHTO M 52 60-120 15-50
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
603-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The tack coat shall be applied only when the existing
surface is dry and the atmospheric temperature is above 60 F (15 C). The temperature
requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer.
603-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall provide equipment for heating and applying the
bituminous material.
The distributor shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous
material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified
rate. The allowable variation from the specified rate shall not exceed 10 percent. Distributor
equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gages, volume-measuring devices or a calibrated
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-603-1
March 2001
tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. The distributor shall be
self-powered and shall be equipped with a power unit for the pump and full circulation spray
bars adjustable laterally and vertically.
A power broom and/or blower shall be provided for any required cleaning of the surface to be
treated.
603-3.3 APPLICA TION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying
the tack coat, the full width of surface to be treated shall be swept with a power broom and/or
airblast to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material.
Emulsified asphalt shall be diluted by the addition of water when directed by the Engineer and
shall be applied a sufficient time in advance of the paver to ensure that all water has evaporated
before any of the overlying mixture is placed on the tacked surface.
The bituminous material including vehicle or solvent shall be uniformly applied with a
bituminous distributor at the rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard (0.24 to 0.72 liters per
square meter) depending on the condition of the existing surface. The type of bituminous
material and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer prior to application.
Following the application, the surface shall be allowed to cure without being disturbed for such
period of time as may be necessary to permit drying out and setting of the tack coat. This period
shall be determined by the Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor
until the next course has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to
protect the surface against damage during this interval.
603-3.4 BITUMINOUS MA TERIAL-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples
of the bituminous material that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to its
source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The
Contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous material to furnish
material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory
materials so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable.
The Contractor shall furnish the vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of
bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before
permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report
for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test
reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of material received for use on the
project.
603-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final es~imate is allowed, the
Contractor shall file with the Engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and
certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous
materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The Contractor shall not
remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and
temperature measurements have been taken by the Engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-603-2
March 2001
until the final outage has been taken by the Engineer. Copies of freight bills and weigh bills
shall be furnished to the Engineer during the progress of the work.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
603-4.1 The bituminous material for tack coat shall be measured by the gallon. Volume shall
be corrected to the volume at 60 F (15 C) in accordance with ASTM D 1250 for cutback asphalt,
ASTM D 633 for tar, and Table IV-3 of The Asphalt Institute's Manual MS-6 for emulsified
asphalt. Water added to emulsified asphalt will not be measured for payment.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
603.5-1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon of bituminous material.
This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, delivery,
and application of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary
to complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
Item P-603-5.1
Bituminous Tack Coat--per gallon
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
ASTM D 633
Volume Correction Table for Road Tar
ASTM D 977
Emulsified Asphalt
ASTM D 1250
Petroleum Measurement Tables
ASTM D 2028
Liquid Asphalt (Rapid-Curing Type)
ASTM D 2397
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt
AASHTO M 52
Tar for Use in Road Construction
Asphalt
Institute
Manual MS-6
Table IV-3
Temperature- Volume Corrections for Emulsified
Asphalts
END OF ITEM P-603
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-603-3
March 2001
ITEM P-60S JOINT SEALING FILLER
DESCRIPTION
605-5.1 This item shall consist of providing and installing a resilient and adhesive joint
sealing filler capable of effectively sealing joints.
MA TERIALS
605-5.2 JOINT SEALERS. Joint sealing materials shall meet the requirements of one or
more of the following:
Fed. Spec. SS-S-200 - Sealing Compounds, Two-Component,
Elastomeric, Polymer Type, Jet-Fuel-Resistant, Cold Applied.
ASTM D 1854 - Jet-Fuel-Resistant Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-
Poured Elastic Type
ASTM D 2628 - Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint
Seats for Concrete Pavements
ASTM D 3405 - Joint Sealants, Hot-Poured, for Concrete and
Asphalt Pavements
ASTM D 3406 - Joint Sealants, Hot-Poured, Elastometric- Type,
for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements
ASTM D 3569 - Joint Sealants, Hot-Poured, Elastometric, Jet-
Fuel-Resistant type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements
ASTM D 3581 - Joint Sealant, Hot-Poured, Jet-Fuel-Resistant
Type, for Portland Cement Concrete and Tar-Concrete Pavements
Each lot or batch of sealing compound shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's
original sealed contained. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch
or lot number, and the safe heating temperature and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's
certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of this specification.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
605-3.1 TIME OF APPLICATION. Joints shall be sealed as soon after completion of
the curing period as feasible and before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction
equipment. The pavement temperature shall be above 150 F (10 C) at the time of installation of
the poured joint sealing material.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-605-1
March 2001
605-3.2 PREPARATION OF JOINTS. Immediately before sealing, the joints shall be
thoroughly cleaned of alllaitance, curing compound, and other foreign material. Cleaning shall
be accomplished by sandblasting or wire brushing. Upon completion of cleaning, the joints shall
be blown out with compressed air. The joint faces shall be surface dry when the seal is applied.
Prior to resealing joints, the existing joint material shall be removed to the depth as shown on the
plans. If joint sealer other than that originally used is specified, all existing joint sealer shall be
removed.
605-3.3 INST ALLA TION OF SEALANTS. Joints shall be inspected for proper
width,depth, alignment, and preparation, and shall be approved by the Engineer before sealing is
allowed. Sealants shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements:
Hot Poured Sealants. The joint sealant shall be applied uniformly solid from bottom to top and
shall be filled without formation of entrapped air or voids.
A backing material shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be nonadhesive to the
concrete or the sealant material. The heating kettle shall be an indirect heating type, constructed
as a double boiler. A positive temperature control and mechanical agitation shall be provided.
The sealant shall not be heated to more than 20 F (-11 C) below the safe heating temperature.
The safe heating temperature can be obtained from the manufacturer's shipping container. A
direct connecting pressure type extruding device with nozzles shaped for insertion into the joint
shall be provided. Any sealant spilled on the surface of the pavement shall be removed
immediatel y.
Cold Applied Sealants. Cold applied joint sealing compound shall be applied by means of
pressure equipment that will force the sealing material to the bottom of the joint and completely
fill the joint without spilling the material on the surface of the pavement. A backing material
shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be nonadhesive to the concrete or the sealant
material. Sealant which does not bond to the concrete surface of the joint walls, contains voids,
or fails to set to a tack-free condition will be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at. no
additional cost. Before sealing the joints, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the equipment
and procedures for preparing, mixing, and placing the sealant will produce a satisfactory joint
seal. This shall include the preparation of two small batches and the application of the resuJting
material.
METHOD OF PAYMENT
605-4.1
No measurement will be made for this item. Quantity will be incidental to the
Hangar development.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
605-5.1
There will not be additional compensation for this item. Cost will be incidental
to the Hangar development.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-605-2
March 2001
ASTMD412
ASTM D 1644
ASTM D 1854
ASTM D 2628
ASTM D 3405
ASTM D 3406
ASTM D 3569
ASTM D 3581
Fed. Spec.
SS-S-200
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension
Tests for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Jet-Fuel-Resistant Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type
Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete
Pavements
Joint Sealants, Hot-Poured, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements
Joint Sealants, Hot-Poured, Elastomeric- Type, for Portland
Cement Concrete Pavements
Joint Sealant, Hot-Poured, Elastometric, Jet-Fuel-Resistant Type,
for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements
Joint Sealant, Hot-Poured, Jet-Fuel-Resistant
Type, for Portland Cement Concrete and Tar-Concrete Pavements
Sealing Compounds, Two Component, Elastomeric,
Polymer Type, Jet-Fuel Resistant, Cold Applied
END OF ITEM P-605
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March 200 1
P-605-3
ITEM P-610
STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
DESCRIPTION
610-1.1 This item shall consist of plain or reinforced structural portland cement concrete, prepared and
constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions
shown on the plans.
MATERIALS
610-2.1 GENERAL. Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of these specifications,
shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress
of their preparation or use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the
Engineer before delivery or use is started. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be
submitted by the Contractor, when required, for eexaminationexamination and test. Materials shall be
scored and handled to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to
facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be
clean before any material or concrete is placed
herein.
In no case shall the use of pit-run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate
shall be screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept
clean. The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or
alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted.
610-2.2 COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of
ASTM C 33.
Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one of the gradations shown in
Table 1, using ASTM C 136.
610-2.3 FINE AGGREGATE. The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C 33.
The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the requirements of Table 2,
when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
TABLE 1. GRADATION FOR COARSE AGGREGATE
Sieve Designation 2" 1-1/2" I" 3 / 4" 1/ 2" 3 / 8" No.4
(square ooenimrs)
No.4 to % in. 100 90-100 20-55 0-10
(4.75-19.0 mm)
No.4 to 1 in. 100 90-100 25-60 0-10
(4.75-25.0 mm)
No. 4 to 1-1/2 m. 100 95-100 35-70 10-30 0-5
(4.75-38.1 mm)
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-61O-1 (Chg 12)
June 200 1
TABLE 2. GRADATION FOR FINE AGGREGATE
Sieve Designation Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves
(square openings)
3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 100
No.4 (4.75 mm) 95-100
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 45-80
No. 30 (0.60 mm) 25-55
No. 50 (0.30 mm) 10-30
No. 100 (0.15 mm) 2-10
Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate.
Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted,
provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or
cementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified in 610-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient
quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the Engineer.
610-2.4 CEMENT. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I, or ASTM C595,
Type IP.
The Contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement
shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission to use the cement
is granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for
use on the project.
610-2.5 WATER. The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies,
vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in
accordance with AASHO T 26.
610-2.6 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the
Engineer. Before approval of any material, the Contractor shall be required to submit the results of
complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests
shall be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or
proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that
approved.
Pozzolanic admixtures shall be fly ash or raw or calcined natural pozzolons meeting the requirements of
ASTM C 618.
Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 260. Air-entraining admixtures shall
be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content:
Water-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, Type A, water-
reducing or Type D, water-reducing and retarding. Water-reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer
separately from air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-61O-2 (Chg 12)
June 200 1
610-2.7 PREMOLDED JOINT MATERIAL. Premolded joint material for expansion joints shall meet
the requirements of ASTM D1752, Type I.
610-2.8 JOINT FILLER. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of Item P-605, unless
otherwise specified in the proposal.
610-2.9 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcing shall consist of steel bars conforming to the
requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60 (ASTM A615M, Grade 40 or welded deformed steel fabric
conforming to the requirements of ASTM A497).
610-2.10 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of
the following specifications:
Waterproof paper for curing concrete
ASTM C 171
Polyethylene Sheeting for Curing Concrete
ASTM C 171
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for
Curing Concrete
Type 2
ASTM C 309,
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
610-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and
incidental to, the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery
and equipment owned or controlled by the Contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be
ofsufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work;
all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Engineer.
610-3.2 CONCRETE COMPOSITION. The concrete shall develop a compressive strength of 4000 (or
higher, as specified on the plans) psi in 28 days as determined by test cylinders made in accordance with
ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. The concrete shall contain not less than 470
pounds of cement per cubic yard (280 kg per cubic meter). The concrete shall contain 5 percent of
entrained air, plus or minus 1 percent, as determined by ASTM C 231 and shall have a slump of not more
than 4 inches (10 cm) as determined by ASTM C 143.
610-3.3 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. Concrete for each structure will be accepted
on the basis of the compressive strength specified in paragraph 3.2. The concrete shall be sampled in
accordance with ASTM C 172. Compressive strength specimens shall be made in accordance with
ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39.
Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in
accordance with ASTM C 39. The Contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such
conditions as directed. The Engineer will make the actual tests on the specimens at no expense to the
Contractor.
610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND MEASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used, the
quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be
measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-610-3 (Chg 12)
June 2001
for each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shallbe
approved by the Engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box
so that the required and exact weight of aggregates can be readily obtained.
610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by the slump test specified
in ASTM C 143.
610-3.6 MIXING. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part
in truck mixers. The concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of
ASTM C 94.
610-3.7 MIXING CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for
immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 40 F (4 C) without
permission of the Engineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or
water, or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 50 (10 C)
nor more than 100 F (38 C). The Contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting
from freezing or injury in any manner during placing imd curing, and shall replace such work at hislher
expense.
Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted.
The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at
uninterrupted intervals.
610-3.8 FORMS. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been
inspected and approved by the Engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size,
shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be true to line
and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between
supports. The Contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of forms shall be
smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes.
The internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the
concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering. All forms shall be wetted with
water or with a nonstaining mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed.
Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface.
The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls,
slender columns, and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches,
and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength
of the concrete has developed.
610-3.9 PLACING REINFORCEMENT. All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on
the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting. Bars shall be fastened together at
intersections. The reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and
bending details shall be supplied by the Contractor when required.
610-3.10 EMBEDDED ITEMS. Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shall be
firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating,
rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be
spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-61O-4 (Chg 12)
June 200 1
610-3.11 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylight, unless otherwise
approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and character of foundation, the adequacy of
forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved. Concrete shall be
placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the
mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the
reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary.
Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet (1.5 m), or depositing a large quantity at one point,
will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or
upon properly consolidated soil.
The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When
necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and
adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the
reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint
shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where
segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its
final position by means of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not
be disturbed after being deposited.
610-3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary
provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the
proper bonding of old and new concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys,
dovetails,reinforcing bars or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a
section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new
concrete on or against concrete which has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned
by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or
grout.
610-3.13 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and of such
dimensions as may be indicated on the drawings. The premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as
that of the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete
already in place in such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against it.
610-3.14 DEFECTIVE WORK. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall
be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is
bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be repaired
satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor.
610-3.15 SURFACE FINISH. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or
rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush
with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a straightedge and
floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread
over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. .
When directed, the surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed
while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden
float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a
carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a
rubbing machine.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-61O-5 (Chg 12)
June 2001
610-3.16 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the
Contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and from defacement of any
nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently hardened
by covering with an approved material. Water-absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when
placed and kept saturlj.ted for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently
weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being
exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until
removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on
concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed.
610-3.17 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete
shall be installed by the Contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it
will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete.
610-3.18 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete is placed at temperatures below 40 F (4
C), the Contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by
freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures
between 50 and 100 F (10 and 38 C).
Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the Engineer. Not more than
2 pounds (908 grams) of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds (726 grams) of Type 2 shall be added per bag
of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as
cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the
temperature of the mix at not less than 50 F (10 C) until at least 60% of the designed strength has been
attained.
610-3.19 FILLING JOINTS. All joints which require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any
excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after
final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall
becarefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess
filler.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
610-4.1 No measurement will be made for this Item. Quantity will be incidental to the T-hangar
development Item.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
610-5.1 There will not be additional compensation for this Item. Payment will be incidental to the T-
hangar development Item.
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
ASTM C 31
Making and Curing Test Specimens in the Field
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-61O-6 (Chg 12)
June 200 1
ASTM C 39
ASTM C 136
ASTM C 138
ASTM C 143
ASTM C 231
ASTM A 184
ASTM A 185
ASTM A 497
ASTM A 615
ASTM C 33
ASTM C 94
Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens
Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregate
Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content of Concrete
Slump of Portland Cement Concrete
Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar
Mats for Concrete Reinforcement
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete
Reinforcement
Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire
Fabric for Concrete Pavement
Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement
Concrete Aggregates
Ready-Mixed Concrete
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-61O-7 (Chg 12)
June 200 1
ASTM C 150
ASTM C 171
ASTM C 260
ASTM C 309
ASTM C 595
ASTM C 618
ASTM D 1751
ASTM D 1752
Portland Cement
Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
Blended Hydraulic Cements
Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral
Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete
Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint
Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structrual
Construction
Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and
Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving
and Structurual Construction
END OF ITEM P-610
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-61O-8 (Chg 12)
June 2001
ITEMP-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING
DESCRIPTION
620-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of
runways, taxiways, and aprons, in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on
the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The work shall also include the removal of existing markings
on airfield pavement surfaces.
MA TERIALS
620-2.1 MA TERIALS ACCEPTANCE. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test
reports for materials shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that
the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance
or the Engineer may perform verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for
payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site.
620-2.2 PAINT. Paint shall be waterborne in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 620-
2.2a. Paint shall be furnished in White-37925, Yellow-33538 or 33655 and Pink (1 part Red-31136
to 2 parts White-37925) in accordance with Federal Standard No 595. Paint shall be furnished
inType II -- Fast drying time for no-pick-up when tested in accordance with ASTM D 711.
a. WATERBORNE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT -P-
1952D, Type lor Type II.
b. EPOXY. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99 percent solids type system
conforming to the following:
(1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight.
(a) White:
Titanium Dioxide, ASTMD476, type II shall be 18 percent minimum
(16.5 percent minimum at 100 percent purity).
(b ) Yellow and Colors:
Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 14 to 17 percent.
Organic yellow, other colors, and
tinting as required to meet color
standard.
Epoxy resin shall be 75 to 79 percent.
(2) Epoxy Content. Component A. The weight per epoxy equivalent, when tested
in accordance with ASTM D 1652 shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50.
(3) Amine Number. Component B. When tested in accordance with ASTM D 2074
shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50.
. March, 200 1
Horida Keys Marathon Airport
P-620-1
(4) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not
contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen, as defined in
29 CPR 1910.1200.
(5) Daylight Directional Reflectance:
(a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not
be less than 75 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test
Method Standard No. 141, Method 6121.
(b ) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not
be less than 38 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test
Method Standard No. 141. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow
color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed
below:
x .462 x .470 x .479 x .501
Y .438 Y .455 Y .428 Y .452
(6) Accelerated weathering.
(a) Sample preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.0 13 inch
(0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Federal Test
Method Standard No. 141, Method 2013. Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions.
(b) Testing conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 53 using both Ultra
Violet (UV - B) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV exposure at 60
degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C.
(c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under
standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in
paragraph 620-2.2b(5) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements.
(7) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance
with 40 CPR Part 60 Appendix A, Method 24.
(8) Dry opacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test
Method Standard No. 141. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0.12 mm). The minimum
opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92.
(9) Abrasion resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2b(6) to
the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the
metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand
shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: five liters of sand
weighs 17.5Ib. (7.94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters
of sand for the removal of the paint films.
March, 2001
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-620-2
(10) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with
ASTMD 2240.
c. METHACRYLATE. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99 percent solids type
system conforming to the following:
(1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight.
(a) White:
Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 6 percent minimum.
Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum.
(b ) Yellow and Colors:
Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 6 percent minimum.
Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color
standard.
Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum.
(2) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not
contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen, as defined in
29 CPR 1910.1200.
(3) Daylight Directional Reflectance:
(a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not
be less than 80 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test
Method Standard No. 141, Method 6121.
(b ) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not
be less than 55 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test
Method Standard No. 141. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow
color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed
below:
x .462 x .470 x .479 x .501
Y .438 Y .455 Y .428 Y .452
(4) Accelerated weathering.
(a) Sample preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.0 13 inch
(0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Method 2013
of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141. Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions.
(b) Testing conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 53 using both Ultra
Violet (UV -B) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV exposure at 60
degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March, 2001
P-620-3
(c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under
standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in
paragraph 620-2.2c(3) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements.
(5) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance
with 40 CPR Part 60 Appendix A, Method 24.
(6) Dryopacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test
Method Standard No. 141. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0.12 mm). The minimum
opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92.
(7) Abrasion resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2c(4) to
the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the
metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand
shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: five liters of sand
weighs 17.5Ib. (7.94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters
of sand for the removal of the paint films.
(8) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with
ASTM D 2240.
d. SOL VENT BASE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification A-A-2886A
Type I or Type II.
620-2.3 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. Glass beads shall meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT -B-1325,
Type I, Gradation A, or Type ill.. Glass beads shall be treated with adhesion promoting and/or
flotation coatings as specified by the manufacturer of the paint.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry
and when the surface temperature is at least 45 F (7 degrees C) and rising and the pavement surface
temperature is at least 5 degrees F (2.7 degrees C) above the dew point.
620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the
existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, a bead and/or silica sand dispensing machine, and
such auxiliary hand-painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job.
The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray-type marking machine suitable for application of
traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall
apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without
over spray.
620-3.3 PREP ARA TION OF SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, the surface
shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, oil, laitance, or other foreign material which would reduce the
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-620-4
March, 2001
bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by sweeping and
blowing or by other methods as required to remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials.
Paint shall not be applied to Portland cement concrete pavement until the areas to be painted are clean
of curing material. Sandblasting or high pressure water shall be used to remove curing materials.
620-3.4 LAYOUT OF MARKINGS. The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the
paint application. The location of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans.
620-3.5 APPLICATION. Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing
shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface have been
approved by the Engineer. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than l/2
inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15 m) and marking dimensions and spacings shall be within the following
tolerances:
Dimension and Spacing Tolerance
36 inches (910 mm) or less +/- Y2 inch (12 mm)
greater than 36 inches to 6 feet (910 mm to 1.85 m) +/- 1 inch (25 mm)
greater than 6 feet to 60 feet (1.85 m to 18.3 m) +/- 2 inches (51mm)
greater 60 feet (18.3m) +/- 3 inches (76 mm)
The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the
pavement with a marking machine at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be
permitted. A period of not less than 24 hours shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface
course or seal coat and application of the paint.
Rorida Keys Marathon Airport
. March, 2001
P-620-5
TABLE 1. APPLICATION RATES FOR PAINT, GLASS BEADS, AND SILICA SAND
Paint Glass Beads, Type I, Glass Beads, Silica Sand
Square feet per Gradation A Type ill Pounds per gallon
gallon, ft2/gal Pounds per gallon of Pounds per gallon of of paint--Ib.lgal.
(Square meters paint--Ib.lgal. paint--Ib.lgal. (Kilograms per
Paint Type per liter, m2/1) (Kilograms per liter (Kilograms per liter liter of paint--kg/l
of paint--kg/l) of paint--kwl
Waterborne 115 ft2/gal. 7 lb.lgal. minimum 12lb./gal. minimum 4 lb.lgal. minimum
maxImum (0.85 kgll) (1.45 kgll) (0.5 kg/I)
(2.8 m2/1)
Solvent Base 115 ft2/gal. 7 lb.lgal. minimum 12 lb.lgal. minimum 4 lb.lgal. minimum
maximum (0.85 kg/I) (1.45 kgll) (0.5 kg/I)
(2.8 m2/l)
Epoxy 90 fe/gal. 15 lb.lgal. minimum 24 lb./gal. minimum 8 lb.lgal. minimum
maxImum (1.8 kg/I) (2.9 kgll) (1.0 kgll)
(2.2 m2/1)
Methacrylate 45 fe/gal. 15 lb.lgal. minimum 24 lb.lgal. minimum 8 lb.lgal. minimum
maximum (1.8 kgll) (2.9 kgll) (1.0 kg/I)
(1.1 m21l)
The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than Y2 inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15
m), and the dimensions shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 5 percent.
Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive
glass beads immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished which is
properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads.
Glass beads shall be applied at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. Glass beads shall not be applied to
black paint. Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or all marking operations shall cease until
corrections are made.
All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The
containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer.
620-3.6 PROTECTION. After application of the paint, all markings shall be protected from damage
until the paint is dry. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage,
or drippings of paint.
620-3. 7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING MARKINGS. Existing markings shall be removed by water
blasting or grinding. In order to avoid damaging the pavements during the water blasting operations,
the Contractor shall only utilize a water pressure that is sufficient to remove the pavement markings.
In the event that the pavement is damaged by the water blasting operations, the Contractor shall reduce
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-620-6
. March, 2001
the water pressure, or shall utilize other approved methods to remove the pavement markings. Do not
use chemical paint remover.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
620-4.1 The quantity of pavement markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of
painting performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer.
620-4.2 Measurement of removal of existing markings for payment shall be the number of square feet
removed, as shown on the Plans or as directed by the ArchitecUEngineer, performed in accordance
with the specifications and accepted by the ArchitecUEngineer. No measurement for payment will be
made for the removal of temporary pavement markings, or the removal of striping tape.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for pavement
markings, refIecti ve media and removal of existing markings. This price shall be full compensation
for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete
the item.
Payment will be made under:
Item P-620-5.1
Item P-620-5.2
ASTM C-146
ASTM C 371
ASTM D 92
ASTM D 711
ASTM D 968
ASTMD 1652
ASTM D 2074
ASTM D 2240
Final marking -- per square foot
Removal of existing markings - per square foot
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
Chemical Analysis of Glass Sand
Wire-Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic Powders
Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup
No-Pick-Up Time of Traffic Paint
Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic
Coatings by Falling Abrasive
Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins
Test Method for Total Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Amine
Values of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method
Test Method for Rubber Products-Durometer Hardness
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-620-7
March, 2001
ASTM G 53
Operating Light and Water-Exposure
Apparatus (Florescent UV-
Condensation Type) for Exposure of
Nonmetallic Materials.
Federal Test Method Paint, Vamish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection,
Standard No. 141 Sampling and Testing
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
ASTM D 476
Specifications for Titanium Dioxide Pigments
Code of Federal Regulations 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A
29 CFR Part1910.1200
Fed. Spec. TT-B-1325 Beads (Glass Spheres) Retroreflective
Fed. Spec. TT-P-85
Paint, traffic and Airfield Marking, Solvent Base
Fed. Spec. TT-P-110
Paint, Traffic Black (Nonreflectorized)
Fed. Spec. TT-P-1952
Paint, traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne
Federal Standard 595
Colors used in Government Procurement
END OF ITEM P-620
March, 2001
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-620-8
ITEM P-702
WATER MAIN
702.1
DESCRIPTION
This work includes water mains, water meter, water connection, and appurtenances required for
potable water system complete as indicated on drawings.
702.2
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES
2.1 The Contractor shall notify all utilities with facilities in proximity to the proposed
water main 48 hours prior to starting work and shall coordinate his work with
utility representatives.
2.2 The Contractor shall notify the FKAA Contract Office 48 hours prior to starting
work so that inspection may be provided. Inspections will be made between 8:00
a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday excluding legal holidays. When
inspections are required after 5:00 pm or on weekends and holidays the contractor
shall reimburse FKAA for all costs incurred to perform the inspections. The
FKAA observes the following holidays: New Years Day, Martin Luther King
Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans
Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day.
2.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for locating all the utilities in the proposed
area of work prior to proceeding by calling Sunshine at 1-800-432-4770.
2.4 The Contractor shall not interrupt water service to customers while making
connection to existing water mains without the presence of a FKAA
Representative. Such tie-ins shall be sclieduled with the FKAA 48 hours. in
advance. The Contractor may be required in certain instances to schedule his tie-
in work at off-peak hours.
2.5 The Contractor shall furnish and utilize an approved reduced pressure zone
backflow preventer, and meter all water taken from FKAA water mains for
flushing, pigging, testing, and disinfection of mains. Meters must be obtained
from FKAA.
2.6 The Contractor shall have a supervisor present on the jobsite at all times who is
capable of speaking, reading and writing in the English language.
2.7 No revisions shall be made to these plans without the written approval of the
FKAA Engineering Department.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-1
March, 2001
2.8 Information shown on these drawings as to the location of existing utilities has
been prepared from the most reliable data available to the Engineer. However,
this information is not guaranteed and it shall be the responsibility of the
contractor to determine the location, character and depth of any existing utilities,
at no additional cost to the FKAA. Extreme caution shall be exercised to prevent
damage to existing utilities. Repairs to existing utilities necessitated because of
damage caused by contractor's activities shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
Any actions by the Contractor necessitating repair to FKAA facilities will require
that the Contractor notify the FKAA Maintenance Department immediately and
adhere to FKAA main break procedures. Repairs to existing water lines will be
made before construction continues.
2.9 No excavation shall be permitted in the area of the transmission pipeline without
a FKAA representative at the site.
2.10 Construction shall be performed in such a manner as to provide a minimum of
inconvenience to the residents of the area. At no time shall roadways be blocked
without providing a well marked and easily accessible alternative route. Signs
and markings shall be provided in accordance with the Florida Department of
Transportation "Roadway and Traffic Design Standards". Contractor shall submit
to the FKAA a maintenance of traffic (M.O.T.) plan that shows the scheme(s)
that is intended for use on site. This shall include barricades, signing and/or
temporary striping. A 24 hour/day contact name and phone number shall be
provided to the FKAA Engineering Department Both the M.O.T. Plan and
contact shall be updated as needed. For projects involving state roads, the
M.O.T. must also be submitted to F.D.O.T. for approval. For projects not within
FDOT right-of-way, MOT shall be in accordance with Part VI of the Manual of
Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), latest edition.
2.11 The Contractor shall not operate any water main valve or make a tap on any water
main unless an FKAA representative is present. All existing system valves are to
be operated by FKAA personnel only.
2.12 Five (5) working days prior to the preconstruction meeting with the FKAA, the
Contractor shall submit a bar chart schedule to the FKAA Engineering
Department that details all construction activities throughout the term of the
contract. This schedule shall indicate those activities considered to be on the
critical path for satisfactory completion within the time limits of the contract. It
will be submitted for approval to the FKAA Construction Manager, and must be
approved, or revised and resubmitted in an acceptable form prior to
commencement of any construction activity on the project.
The FKAA shall require a resubmittal of this schedule if the Contractor falls
more than 5% behind (dollar value of contract items versus contract time,
excluding material advances), showing how the Contractor, at no further cost or
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-2
March, 2001
expense to the FKAA will mitigate the delay and complete this project within the
contract duration as specified.
Deviation from the approved schedule will be by written permission of the
FKAA Contract Manager. This schedule will be reflective of the Contractor's
M.O.T. plan.
Failure to submit the initial schedule may result in the suspension of all
construction activity. Failure to submit schedule revisions within ten (10)
calendar days of written notice by the FKAA shall result in withholding of all
progress payments until an acceptable schedule is delivered and approved by the
FKAA. This will not preclude further construction activities on this project and
does not constitute grounds for delay claims or time extensions to contract
duration. No suspension of contract time is allowed for submittal of schedule
reVISIOns.
702.3 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA
3.1 All water mains 4" through 12" shall be A WW A C-900 DR-18 PVC pipe. All
larger water mains shall be cement lined, polyethylene wrapped ductile iron pipe.
Ductile iron pipe shall also be used when extra strength is required, standard
depth of cover cannot be realized, or in areas near abandoned or existing gas
stations that may have introduced gasoline into the subsurface (see paragraph
II.D). All ductile iron fittings shall be polyethylene encased.
3.2 Service lines shall be as follows:
SIZES TO
BE USED
MA TERIAL
MAXIMUM NO. OF
METERS SERVED
2 EA 5/8" x %"
or 1 EA 1"
6 EA 5/8" x %"
or 4 EA 1"
or 1 EA 1.5"
or 1 EA 2"
1 EA 3" METER
I"
CTS-POL YETHYLENE
TUBING
2"
CTS-POL YETHYLENE
TUBING
4"
A WW A C-900 PVC PIPE
or
1 EA 4" METER
1 EA 6" METER
6"
A WW A C-900 PVC PIPE
3.3 Minimum size of water mains shall be 4" unless otherwise approved by the
FKAA Director of Engineering.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-3
March, 2001
3.4 Ductile iron pipe shall be installed along the entire frontage of existing and
abandoned gas stations (or other sources of subsurface hydrocarbon
contamination) plus 200 L.F. distance on each side. Buna-N or nitrite gaskets
shall be used in areas of subsurface hydrocarbon contamination.
3.5 Water mains and service lines shall be installed in public right-of-way (R\W).
When easements are necessary, permission must be obtained from the FKAA
Engineering Department before incorporation into the design. Easement shall be
a minimum of 20 feet wide. Any new easement must be dedicated and recorded
using the form prepared by the FKAA prior to FKAA accepting the main.
3.6 Minimum depth of cover shall be 36" within FDOT R/W and 30" outside FDOT
R/W unless otherwise approved by the FKAA Engineering Department.
Maximum depth of cover shall be 5 feet.
3.7 Restrained joint pipe and fittings shall be used to mechanically restrain pipe
against thrust forces at all bends and dead ends. The length of required restrained
joint pipe shall be clearly indicated on the plans.
3.8 Flush-out assemblies shall be installed on all dead end lines. Taps on end caps
shall be eccentrically located at the bottom of the main.
3.9 Valves shall be located at street intersections such that no more than three valves
have to be operated to isolate a water main.
3.10 Valves on long lines shall be spaced approximately 1000 feet apart and shall be
located at a permanent point of reference (property line, etc.).
3.11 Water mains shall be laid with an approved detectable warning tape so its
location can be determined at a later date with a metal detector.
3.12 Resilient seat gate valves shall be used with all water mains up through 16"
diameter.
3.13 Maximum deflection allowed at each straight push-on pipe joint shall be 3
degrees.
3.14 Whenever a water main is to cross a secondary underground electric line, it shall
cross with a minimum clearance of 6" and the electric line shall be encased in 6-
inch thick concrete from 10 feet on either side of the water main. Crossings
involving primary (high voltage) underground electric lines involve more
stringent requirements and should be coordinated with the appropriate electric
authority.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-4
March, 2001
3.15 Installation of water mains in proXImIty with sewer lines shall adhere to
requirements outlined in DEP Section 62-555.314 (1), (2), (3), and (4).
Parallel installation:
Water mains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally from any existing or
proposed sewer. The distance shall be measured edge to edge. In cases where it
is not practical to maintain a ten foot separation, the DEP may allow deviation on
a case-by-case basis, if supported by data from the design engineer. Such
deviation may allow installation of the water main closer to a sewer, provided
that the water main is laid in a separate trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf
located on one side of the sewer at such an elevation that the bottom of the water
main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer.
Crossings:
Water mains crossing sewers shall be laid to provide a minimum vertical distance
of 18 inches between the outside of the water main and the outside of the sewer.
This shall be the case where the water main is either above or below the sewer.
At crossings, one full length of water pipe shall be located so both joints will be
as far from the sewer as possible. Special structural support for the water and
sewer pipes may be required.
Exception:
The FKAA and DEP must specifically approve any variance from the above
requirements when it is impossible to obtain the specified separation distances.
Where sewers are being installed and specified separation distances cannot be
met, the sewer materials shall be water main pipe or equivalent and shall be
pressure tested to DEP specifications to ensure water tightness.
Force mains:
There shall be a minimum 10 foot horizontal separation between water mains and
sanitary sewer force mains. There shall be an 18 inch vertical separation at
crossmgs.
3.16 Water meters shall be located at the frontage of the property to be served,
generally within an existing City, County or State right-of way. Whenever two or
more meters are utilized to supply a premise, such meters shall be grouped and
installed at a location designated by the Authority. Meters for adjacent properties
shall be grouped, or paired, at a common property line, whenever possible. Water
meters will not be installed within ten (10) feet of an existing or proposed septic
tank and/or drainfield. Water meters shall not be installed in a driveway.
3.17 The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the jobsite, and make available
to the FKAA on request, one current record set of the Drawings which have been
neatly and accurately marked up to indicate all modifications in the completed
work that differ from the design information shown on the drawings. Upon
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-5
March, 2001
substantial completion and, prior to final payment of the work, the Contractor
shall give the FKAA one complete set of neatly marked up record Drawings (As-
Builts) which shall consist of the following at a minimum:
a) Valves
Val ves shall have measurements from the centerline of paralleling and closest
intersecting streets and property lines. Type of valve (make, model, size, type
_ gate valve or butterfly valve), the number of turns to open valve, and the
direction to open shall be indicated.
b) Bends
Both horizontal and vertical bends shall have measurements from the
centerline of paralleling and closest intersecting streets and property lines.
Degree of bend and method of restraint shall be indicated.
c) Fittings and Specials
Fittings shall have measurements from the centerline of paralleling and
closest intersecting streets and property lines. Method of restraint shall be
indicated.
d) Flush-Out Assembly
Flush-outs shall have measurements from the centerline of paralleling and
closest intersecting streets and property lines. Make and model shall be
indicated.
e) Connection to Existing Water Mains
Connections shall have measurements from the centerline of paralleling and
closest intersecting streets and property lines. Type of material of existing
water main being connected to and type of connection (i.e., tapping sleeve
and valve, tee, etc.), shall be indicated.
f) Utilities
Locations of any existing utilities including drainage pipe shall be indicated.
g) Service Connections
Service connections shall indicate meter numbers and any change of
connection from original design.
702.4
FIRE FLOW SERVICE CONSIDERATIONS
The provision of adequate fire flow service to a new development by the FKAA is seldom possible.
In almost all instances, adequate fire flow service must be provided by the construction of on-site
facilities by the developer.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-6
March, 2001
The amount of fire flow service to be provided will be determined by Monroe County_requirements
and the Design Engineer at the time of construction and applicable insurance requirements.
It is the responsibility of the developer's design engineer to determine the fire flow service
requirements. The FKAA Engineering Department will determine in each instance the adequacy of
the FKAA water system to provide the needed fire flow as determined by the developer's design
engineer. If the FKAA determines that the FKAA system cannot provide required fire flow, the
Design Engineer shall select one of the methods below to provide fire protection.
METHOD 1:
The fire sprinkler system, fire standpipes or fire hydrants are served by a fire booster pump drawing
water from a storage tank or swimming pool which is isolated from the FKAA water system. The
tank fill line is connected to the domestic plumbing after the domestic meter and reduced pressure
zone backflow pre venter. All water used for fire purposes is metered through the domestic meter.
The domestic plumbing lines and the fire lines after the storage tank are not connected at any point.
No full flow fire meter, detection check valve assembly, or reduced pressure detection assembly
(DCDA or RPDA) is required. No pump suction control valve is required. The storage capacity of
the tank and the size of the booster pump may be adjusted as required so as to provide the optimum
degree of fire flow dictated by the use of the premises. This method does not depend upon the
instantaneous availability of adequate pressures and quantities from the FKAA and is the only
method which the FKAA will accept in all instances.
METHOD 2:
In this approach the storage tank and air gap are eliminated and a pump suction control (PSC) valve
and Detection Check Valve Assembly (DCDA or RPDA) are installed in a "fire line". The PSC
valve prevents the fire booster pump from reducing FKAA water main pressure below 20 psi. The
DCDA or RPDA will detect both the unauthorized use of water and leaks through the "fire line".
This method protects the FKAA water system from backflow but provides only a limited degree of
fire flow.
METHOD 3:
In this method the FKAA water system is considered to be adequate to handle the required fire flow
and the fire line is allowed to be connected to the FKAA system without the use of a booster pump,
storage tank, or pump suction control valve. The use of a DCDA or RPDA is still required.
702.5
MA TERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
5.1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittin2s
5.1.1 Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151
(ANSI A21.51) and shall be Thickness Class 52.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-7
March, 2001
5.1.2 Lining: Ductile iron pipe for water mains shall have an internal lining
of cement mortar in accordance with A WW A C104/A21.4.
5.1.3 Coating: Buried ductile iron pipe shall be bituminous coated per
A WW A C1511A21.51 and wrapped in a 8 mil polyethylene
encasement.
5.1.4 Push-On Joints: Bell and spigot ductile iron pipe shall be rubber
gasket compression, push-on type as specified in A WW A C 111
(ANSI A21.11). These joints may be u.s. Pipe and Foundry "Tyton"
Joints or approved equal.
5.1.5 Restrained Joints: Restrained joint pipe shall be used for changes in
elevation or alignment as shown on the plans or as required in the
field by the Engineer. Restrained joints may be u.s. Pipe and
Foundry "TR Flex" joints, American Ductile Iron Pipe "Lok-Ring", or
approved equal. All restrained joints shall have a working pressure of
350 psi.
5.1.6 Ductile Iron Fittings: Ductile iron fittings shall be restrained joint
type, and shall conform to ANSI/A WW A C153/A21.53, and shall be
TR-Flex, Lok-Ring, or mechanical joint with MEGALUGS. All
fittings shall have a working pressure rating of 350 psi in sizes 4"
through 24", and shall be coated and lined as specified for pipe.
5.1.7 All piping valves, meters, etc. within meter or valve vaults shall be
flanged. Flanged fittings on high pressure side of transmission main
shall be Class 250. All others shall be Class 125. Flange bolts shall
be Type 316 stainless steel.
5.2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pine (PVC)
5.2.1 PVC Pipe: PVC pipe shall meet the requirements of AWWA C900
for pipe 4" to 12" in diameter, and shall be furnished in cast-iron pipe
equivalent outside diameters with rubber gasketed joints.
5.2.2 Pressure class shall be 150 psi (DR18).
5.2.3 Push-On Joints: Pipe shall be furnished with integral bell joints with
locked in rubber gaskets.
5.2.4 Restrained Joints: Restrained joint pipe shall be used for changes in
elevation or alignment as shown on the plans or as required in the
field by the Engineer. Restrained joints may be Certainteed Certa-
Lok, EBAA Iron Series 1500 Retainers, or approved equivalent
restraint.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-8
March, 2001
5.2.5 Fittings: Fittings shall be ductile iron mechanical joint type
conforming to AWWAlANSI C153/A21.53 with MEGALUGS, or
approved equivalent restraint. All fittings shall have a working
pressure of 350 psi in size 4" through 12", and shall be coated and
lined as specified for ductile iron pipe. Fittings shall be wrapped in a
8 mil polyethylene encasement extending 1 foot from each end of the
fitting.
5.3 Anchor Couplines/ Anchor Tee
All valves located at a tee shall be restrained to the tee by mega lugs or by the use
of anchor tees or anchor couplings. Anchor Tees/ Anchor Couplings shall meet
all applicable requirements of ANSI!A WW A C153/A21.53 and ANSI!A WW A
C1111A21.11. Bolts used with anchor tees/anchor couplings must be ductile iron
or Cor-Ten as manufactured by NSS Industries, or approved equal.
5.4 Polvethvlene Pipe for Service Lines
Polyethylene pressure pipe and tubing, 112 " through 3" having standard PE code
designations PE2406, PE3406 and PE3408, shall be in accordance with A WW A
Standard C-901, have a standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 9 with a 200 psi
working pressure and have copper equivalent (CTS) outside diameters.
Polyethylene pipe shall be used for all service connections.
5.5 Valves
5.5.1 General - All valves shall be furnished with affidavits from the
manufacturers that the valves furnished under this Contract comply with
all the applicable provisions of the respective A WW A Specifications,
cited below. All valves shall be factory tested in accordance with
A WW A Standard Leakage and Hydrostatic Tests and a certified test
report shall be furnished stating that the valves have met the requirements
of the test.
Valves shall be furnished with mechanical joint or flanged ends. Valve
ends with mechanical joints or flanged joints shall conform to A WW A
Standard C11O, "Gray-Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings, 3" through 48" for
Water and Other Liquids". In addition, mechanical joints shall conform
to ANSI! A WW A Standard C 111/ A21.11. Bolt holes in the flanges of the
mechanical joint shall straddle the vertical and horizontal centerline.
Flanges shall be ANSI Standard Class 125, plain faced and drilled.
All valves three inch through 16 inch in diameter, shall be resilient seat
gate valves and all valves 18 inch in diameter and larger, shall be as
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-9
March, 2001
specified and shown on the drawings. All valves shall be polyethylene
encased, from one foot on each side of the valve.
5.5.2 Gate Valves three inches and larger shall be resilient seat gate valves for
150 psi working pressure, conforming to A WW A Standard C-509. The
gate valves shall have a high strength bronze non-rising stem. Valves
shall have neoprene, Buna-N or equal, but not natural rubber, O-ring stem
seals (compatible with chloramines) and be of a design that permits the
replacement of the O-ring seals while the valve is in service, without
undue leakage. All exposed bolts used with valves shall be AISI Type
304 stainless steel. The valves shall operate in a vertical position with a
vertical operating nut shaft and shall be suitable for buried service. The
valves shall open by turning the operating nut counterclockwise.
Operating nuts shall be A WW A two inch square nuts with skirts. Valve
body, bonnet, and gate shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM-A536.
The gate valves for distribution systems, shall be designed for 150 psi
working water pressure rating. Gate valves for connection to the high
pressure transmission mains and installed between the transmission mains
and pressure reducing valves, shall be designed for 250 psi working
pressure and 400 psi test pressure and shall be furnished with two Class
250 flanges. Gate valves shall be as manufactured by American flow
control Series 2500, U.S. Pipe Metroseal250, or an approved equal.
5.5.3 Butterfly Valves shall be manufactured in accordance with the applicable
provisions of A WW A Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves,
A WW A C504, as modified herein. The valves shall be designed for
operation in a horizontal pipeline with the valve shafts in a horizontal
position and the operating shaft in a vertical position. The valves are to
be installed under buried and/or submerged conditions and shall be as
manufactured by Mueller, American-Darling, Pratt, Clow, or an approved
equal. The valves shall be equipped with valve position indicators.
The valve bodies shall be made of cast or ductile iron, ASTM
Specification A126, Class B, or ASTM Specification A48, Class 40. All
valves shall have mechanical joint ends, except as may be specified or
shown on the Drawings as flanged ends for a particular application.
Valve shafts shall be one piece straight through, Type 18-8 stainless steel
or monel construction. Stub shafts will not be approved. All nuts, bolts,
pins or other items within the valves or in contact with water shall be of
18-8 stainless steel, or approved equal.
Valve discs shall seat at an angle of 900 to the pipe axis and shall be
symmetrical about their shafts. Valve discs shall be made of cast iron
conforming to ASTM A48, Class 40, of cast steel conforming to ASTM
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-1O
March, 2001
A216, Grade WCB, or of alloy cast iron conforming to ASTM A436,
Type 1 or 2, or ASTM A439, Type D2, and with a maximum lead content
of 0.003 per cent. The seating edge of the disc for its full width shall be
18-8 type stainless steel, monel metal, or alloy cast iron conforming to
ASTM A436, Type 1 or 2 or ASTM A439, Type D2 and with a
maximum lead content of 0.003 percent. Valves with angle seating or
fabricated steel discs are not acceptable. Sprayed metal seating edges are
not acceptable. Welded seating edges shall be at least 3/32 inch thick.
Valve seats shall be secured to the valve body only. Seats secured to the
valve discs are not acceptable. Valve seats shall be made of neoprene,
Buna-N or equal, but not natural rubber (must be compatible with
chloramines) and may be reinforced by the manufacturer. Rubber seats
shall be secured to the valve bodies by vulcanizing, or by cementing and
clamping. All parts of clamps and fastening devices shall be made of
stainless steel or other approved non-corrodible material. Sprayed or
plated mating seat surfaces are not acceptable.
Valve bearings shall be self-lubricating, corrosion resistant, sleeve type
and with thrust bearings as required by Section 3 of A WW A C504.
Shaft seals shall be as required by Section 3 of A WW A C504.
Manual operators shall be totally enclosed worm gear or traveling nut
type for buried and/or submerged operation in accordance with A WW A
Specification C504. The operators shall be sized to provide the
maximum torque requirements as shown in Table 1 of A WW A C504 for
the class and size of valve specified. In addition, the operators shall be
capable of withstanding an input torque of 300 ft.-Ibs. on operating nuts.
The operators shall be equipped with adjustable stops to prevent over-
travel of the disc in both the closed and open positions, and standard two-
inch square operating nuts with skirts. The valves shall open by turning
the operating nuts counterclockwise.
Painting shall be asphalt varnish conforming to Federal Specification TT-
V -51c, as required by Section 4 of A WW A C504.
5.6 Ball Valve Curb StoDs
Curb stops shall be Ford Series B-ll, Mueller H10283 or an approved equal.
Ball valves shall have locking lugs and 2" square operating nut which opens to
the left on 1 112" and 2" valves.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-11
March, 2001
5.7 Residential Meter Dual Check Valve
Meter check valves shall be dual check valve assemblies suitable for installation
on 5/8-inch, 3/4-inch, I-inch, and 1-1/2-inch lines, and shall be Ford HHS31,
Mueller H-14242, or an approved equal.
5.8 Ball Valve Meter Stops
Meter stops shall be Ford Series B43 or BF13, or an approved equal. Valves
shall have lockable padlock wings, and open to the left.
5.9 Tappin2 Sleeve and Valve
Tapping sleeves shall be ASTM 285 Grade C Steel or ASTM A-36 Carbon Steel
with Fusion applied epoxy coating (A WW A C213-70). Tapping Sleeves shall
utilize AISI Type 304 (ASTM A320 Grade B8) stainless steel bolts and nuts.
Tapping Sleeves shall be as manufactured by JCM Industries Model 412, Romac
Industries Model FTS420, or approved equal.
Tapping valves shall be as specified for gate valves, hereinabove, and as further
specified herein. Tapping valves for use in tapping distribution mains shall be
resilient seat gate valves. Inlet shall be Class 125, ANSI B16.1, ductile iron
flange with centering ring to match tapping sleeve. Outlet shall be a mechanical
joint. Tapping valve shall be compatible for use with drilling machine.
Operating nut shall be 2" square and open to the left. Tapping valves shall be
attached to tapping sleeves with heavy hex-head AISI Type 316 (ASTM A320
Grade B8) stainless steel bolts. Approved tapping valves include: American
Flow Control Series 2500 or approved equal.
5.10 Pressure Reducin2 Valves
The pressure reducing valve shall be hydraulically operated, diaphragm actuated
in globe pattern. The valve shall maintain a constant downstream pressure
regardless of inlet pressure variations. It shall contain a resilient synthetic rubber
disc having a rectangular cross section, contained on three and one~half sides by a
disc retainer. The seat ring shall be firmly held in place and not pressed into the
body. The diaphragm assembly shall be fully guided to assure positive contact
with the seat. The diaphragm assembly shall be the only moving part. The
diaphragm shall consist of a nylon fabric reinforced BUNA-N rubber and shall
not be used as a seating surface. All necessary repairs shall be possible without
removing the valve from the line.
All main valve interior components shall be manufactured from non-corrosive
materials.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-12
March, 2001
The pilot valve shall be adjustable, direct acting, spring loaded and normally
open. The reducing pilot shall be supplied with a stainless steel seat ring.
The valve shall be Ames Model 9 lOG as manufactured in the u.S.A. by AMES
Company, Inc., Woodland, Ca., and shall be Pressure Class 300. The valve shall
have 304L stainless steel body, stainless steel trim, and Class 250 flanged ends.
The valve shall be piloted in reverse flow for fail-safe operation.
5.11 Valve Boxes
Valve boxes shall be furnished and installed for all valves, air release valves,
flushing valve outlets and at other locations shown on the Drawings. Valve
boxes shall be U. S. Foundry No. 7615, No. 7630, or an approved equal. Riser
pipe shall be either C-900 PVC or ductile iron pipe. The concrete pad for the
valve box cover shall have a 3-inch diameter, bronze disc embedded in the
surface. The bronze disc shall have the following information stamped on it: size
and type of the valve, number of turns to open, direction to open, and year of
installation. In paved areas, the bronze disc shall be embedded in the pavement
beside the valve box cover.
5.12 Saddles
Saddles shall be Rockwell International, Type 323, style double strap bronze
saddles, for PVC and ductile iron pipe, or approved equal. Tapping saddles shall
be used for all taps on 2" or 4" PVC pipe.
5.13 Corporation Stops
Corporation stops shall be Ford F-1000, FB-1000, or approved equal.
5.14 Detectable Warnine: Tapes
Detectable warning tapes shall be provided for all water mains. Such tape shall
be magnetic type, 5 mils thick, 112 mil thick aluminum center core, encased in
mylar. Tape shall be blue imprinted with the words "Caution: Water Line
Below". Printing shall appear on both sides of the tape. The tape shall be placed
between 6 and 12 inches below finish grade.
5.15 Pump Suction Control Valves
Pump suction control valves shall be CIa-Val ModeI50B-5KG.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-13
March, 2001
5.16 End Seals
End seals for casings used in jack and bore installations shall be "Link-Seal
Model PL" or an approved equal.
5.17 Casin2 Spacers
Casing spacers for jack and bore installations shall be as manufactured by
Cascade, or approved equal.
5.18 Fire Hvdrants
Fire hydrants shall be 6-inch, mechanical joint pipe connection with a minimum
5.25 inch valve opening. Hydrants shall be of A WW A approved type, designed
for a 150 psi working pressure. Provisions shall be made for two 2.5 inch hose
nozzles and one 4.5 inch pumper nozzle, open left (counter clockwise). All base
threads shall conform to the national standard hose coupling thread
specifications. Fire hydrants shall have a safety stem coupling to prevent bending
of the operating stem, and asafety flange to prevent breaking of the hydrant barrel
if hit by a vehicle. The hydrant base (shoe) shall be coated with a two-part
thermo-setting epoxy, not less than 4 milsthick. Weather cap shall be metal. The
maximum pressure loss allowable for the 5-1/4" valve opening shall be 2.2 psi at
1000 gpm flow based on 5 foot bury with 6" diameter inlet. The hydrant shall be
a Mueller Figure No. A-423 or American Darling B-84-B. The drain hole in the
foot of the fire hydrant shall be plugged and buried bolts shall be AISI Type 316
stainless steel.
Fire hydrants shall be painted with one coat of rust proof primer and two finish
coats of an approved paint of the color directed.
5.19 Concrete Materials
Proportions and construction procedures shall be in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Chapter 25 of the South Florida Building Code and shall
have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at 28 days, as indicated by
standard laboratory compressive tests.
5.20 Reinforcin2 Steel
Unless otherwise specified, reinforcing steel shall be grade 60 and shall have a
yield strength of 36 ksi and shall be clean and free of rust.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-14
March, 2001
5.21 Miscellaneous
Materials necessary for a complete installation, not specified, shall be equal in
quality to the specified materials suitable for the intended use, and shall conform
to thedetails and notes shown on the Drawings. All minor items implied, usually
included or required for the construction of a complete operating system, shall be
installed whether specified or shown on the Drawings, or not.
5.22 Tests and Inspection
All pipes, valves, fittings and specials furnished under this Contract shall be
tested and inspected at the plant, by the manufacturer, in accordance with the
requirements of the respective specification under which the material is to be
furnished. FKAA may request an affidavit that all such materials have been so
tested and inspected and that the materials comply with all other applicable
requirements for the respective specification.
702.6
WATER MAIN CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
,
6.1 General
In shipping, delivery and installing pipe and accessories, they shall be handled in
such manner as to insure a sound, undamaged condition. Particular care shall be
taken not to injure pipe coating and no other pipe or material of any kind shall be
placed inside a pipe or fitting after the coating has been applied. Where a defect
or crack is discovered, the damaged portion shall be cut off before laying. The
cut shall be made at least twelve inches from the break in the sound section of the
barrel.
Piping, valves, fittings, and specials shall be accurately installed in a
workmanlike manner, true to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. The
interior of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter before
installation. Restrained joints and fittings shall be used for changes in elevation
or alignment as shown on the plans or as required in the field by the Engineer. At
all times when work is not in progress, the exposed ends of all pipes shall be fully
protected by an approved stopper to prevent earth or other substances from
entering the pipe.
6.2 Joints
6.2.1 Fittings shall be ductile iron mechanical joint type conforming to
A WW AlANSI C153/A21.53 with MEGALUGS, or approved equivalent
restraint. All fittings shall have a working pressure of 350 psi in size 4"
through 12", and shall be coated and lined as specified for ductile iron
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-15
March, 2001
pipe. Ductile iron fittings on PVC pipe shall be wrapped in a 8 mil
polyethylene encasement extending 1 foot from each end of the fitting.
6.2.2 Mechanical Joints are to be made in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations and requirements of pipe joint specifications. Care
shall be taken to tighten bolts evenly around circumference of pipe and in
no case shall bolts be overstressed.
6.2.3 Flanged Joints - Before making up flanged joints in ductile iron pipe and
fittings, the back of each flange under the bolt heads and the face of each
flange shall have all lumps, blisters and excess bituminous coating
removed and shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry. Flange
faces shall be kept clean and dry when making up the joint, and the
workmen shall exercise caution to prevent damage to the gasket or the
adherence of grease or particles of sand or dirt. Bolts and nuts shall be
tightened by opposites in order to keep flange faces square with each
other, and to insure that bolt stresses are evenly distributed.
6.3 Valve Settin2s
All valves placed on branch lines or bends shall be restrained via anchor
couplings or anchor tees as specified hereinabove. Valves and valve boxes shall
be set plumb at the locations indicated, and in accordance with the details shown
on the Drawings.
After being positioned, backfill shall be carefully placed and hand tamped.
Before installation, care shall be taken to see that all foreign matter has been
removed from the interior of the barrel. Stuffing boxes shall be tightened and the
valves opened and closed to see that all parts are in working condition.
6.4 Connection to Existin2 Mains
Connection to existing water mains shall be made by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall be responsible for making all necessary arrangements with the
FKAA for these connections and shall bear any costs incurred at no additional
cost to the FKAA. Prior to commencing the work of connecting to existing
facilities, the Contractor shall uncover or expose the point of connection and
insure himself that he has all materials, equipment and all other facilities required
to complete the installation, and that such connections can be made in accordance
with the details shown on the Drawings.
The Contractor shall take every precaution to insure that the alignment or
gradient of the existing facilities are not disturbed, or otherwise damaged, as a
result of his construction procedures. In the event the existing facilities are
damaged or otherwise disturbed, the Contractor will be required to do such
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-16
March, 2001
necessary repair, re-alignment, or replacement, so as to restore these facilities to a
water tight, workable, acceptable condition.
No existing valves shall be operated by the Contractor. These valves shall only
be operated by personnel of the FKAA. The Contractor shall advise the FKAA
Engineering Department, 24 hours in advance of making these connections. This
work shall be done under direct supervision of personnel of the FKAA. The
valves and fittings to be employed in these connections, shall be thoroughly
swabbed with a 300 ppm solution of chlorine and water. The connections shall
be made as rapidly as possible, and any water in the excavation shall be kept
below the level of pipe and fittings. The Contractor may have to make
connections at off-peak hours. Shut-downs shall be kept to a maximum of 2
hours., unless previously approved by the FKAA, pending extenuating
circumstances. Once valves are installed, they shall only be operated by FKAA
personnel.
6.5 Customer Service Connections
Service connections shall be installed of the type and size and at the locations
shown on the Drawings. All materials shall be as shown on the Drawings and as
stated in these specifications. All taps to the distribution main may be made with
the main under pressure, or dry tapped.
6.6 Backfill
6.6.1 General
All utility trenches shall be backfilled to the level of the bottom of the
proposed base course, for utilities to be located in proposed paving areas,
to the level of the bottom of temporary paving for utilities to be located in
existing paved areas, or to the level of finished grade for utilities to be
located in areas to remain unpaved. The Contractor shall provide a
sufficient quantity of suitable backfill material for this purpose from
trench excavations or from adjacent project areas, or other sources, at no
additional cost or expense to the owner.
6.6.2 Materials
(a) General Requirements - All backfill material shall be clean and free
from all organic material, clay, marl or unstable materials, debris, lumps
or paving materials. No rocks or stones larger than three inches in
diameter shall be allowed in any backfill.
(b) Select Bedding shall be utilized for 8" thick compacted pipe bedding
and within the pipe zone to 8-inches above the pipe. Select bedding, as
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-17
March, 2001
described in these specifications or required by the drawings, shall be a
granular material free of rocks, clay, and organic material. One hundred
percent of the select bedding shall pass through a 3/8" sieve.
When excessive water is encountered in the trench and pumping is not
practical due to field conditions, the FKAA Field Representative may
require a crushed limerock bedding. In such a circumstance, the bedding
shall be a uniformly graded crushed limerock with a maximum particle
size of 3/8 inch. The material shall be washed and free of all fines and
silts and shall be used as bedding as described above or to a point above
the water table as directed by the FKAA Field Representative whichever
is greater. Bedding above that point shall meet the requirements of select
bedding as described previously.
(c) When the specified compaction requirements cannot be met in
service line trenches, flow able fill shall be substituted for the trench
backfill zone. The flow able fill shall meet the requirements of Section
121, FDOT Specifications and shall be proportioned to produce a 28 day
compressive strength of approximately 75 to 100 psi.
6.6.3 Placement
(a) General
All pipe shall be installed in dry trenches. Where conditions are such that
running or standing water occurs in the trench bottom the water shall be
removed by pumps until the pipe and select bedding has been installed
and the backfill has been placed over the top of pipe to a depth equal to 1
and 1/2 pipe diameters. If pumping is not practical, an alternate select
bedding of limerock will be required as described in Paragraph 6.6.2(b).
Backfill shall be placed in layers as specified hereinbelow, for the
particular application, and each layer shall be compacted to the specified
density before the next layer is placed. Densities shall be performed in
accordance with "Compaction and Densities". Hydraulic methods of
settling and compacting backfill may be employed along with specified
hand tamping and mechanical compaction as an aid to obtain specified
densities. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the FKAA
Engineer for his selected method of backfill.
Any excess excavation below the levels specified shall be backfilled and
compacted as specified below for backfill above pipe, at no additional
cost to the FKAA.
(c) Bedding Around Pipe
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-18
March, 2001
Select bedding below the pipe shall be 8" thick to provide a firm, stable,
and uniform support for the full length of the pipe and fittings before the
pipe is installed. Bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit
proper assembly and pipe support. After pipe placement, backfilling and
compacting of select bedding shall proceed uniformly, on each side and 8
inches above the pipe. Particular attention shall be paid in obtaining
thorough support for all valves, fittings, water service connections and to
preserve the alignment and gradient of the installed pipe.
(d) Backfill Above Pipe - After the placement of the select bedding
around the pipe, as specified above, the remainder of the backfill shall be
placed.
Backfilling shall proceed by placing backfill in depths of uniform layers
and thoroughly compacting with mechanical vibrators or other suitable
equipment to the densities specified below. The depth of layers of this
backfill shall not exceed the ability of the compacting equipment
employed to obtain the specified densities, and in no event shall exceed a
depth of 12 inches. The mechanical compacting equipment employed,
and its operation shall be such that no displacement of pipe alignment or
gradient or damage to installed materials, pipe or pipe linings results from
its use. Any installed material so displaced or damaged shall be replaced
by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the FKAA.
For pipe lines not located under existing or proposed pavement, backfill
over the installed pipe shall be compacted to obtain not less than ninety-
five percent (95%) minimum density ASTM modified proctor.
For pipe lines located under existing pavement, for which pavement
replacement will be required, or in areas of proposed paving, backfill
shall be placed and compacted as specified above, except that the top 12
inches, measured downward from the level of the bottom of the required
base course restoration, or proposed base course, shall be Miami
Limerock, in accordance with Section 911 D.O. T. Specifications
compacted to not less than ninety-eight percent (98%) density ASTM
modified proctor.
Any settlement noted in backfill or within the limits of the excavation
within the I-year warranty period upon final acceptance, will be
considered to attributed by improper compaction methods and shall be
corrected at no cost to the FKAA. Pavement or structures damaged by
settlement shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at
no cost to the FKAA.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-19
March, 2001
(d) Backfill above pipe in service line trenches - shall meet the
requirements of paragraph 6.6.3 (c). If these requirements cannot be met,
the trench shall be backfilled with flowable fill as specified in paragraph
6.6.2 (c) at no additional cost to FKAA.
(e) All excavated material shall be stockpiled in a manner that will not
hinder the work or obstruct sidewalks, roadways, and driveways. All
utility control structures shall be kept accessible. This shall be designed
to mean those areas as designed by the Permitting Agency unless
otherwise specified. Material stockpiles on private property must have
written consent with a copy to FKAA.
6.7 Standards
In general, A WW A C-900 PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with
A WW A Publication No. M23, "PVC PIPE - DESIGN AND INST ALLA nON."
In the event of conflict between procedures described in this publication and
those described above, the above procedures shall take precedence. In general,
ductile iron pipe shall be installed in accordance with A WW A Standard C-600,
"INST ALLA TION OF DUCTILE IRON WATER MAINS AND THEIR
APPURTENANCES." In the event of conflict between procedures described in
this publication and those described above, the above procedures shall take
precedence.
6.8 Pie:e:ine:
All water main installations shall be cleaned with a polypropylene pigging device
to clean all dirt, sand, and debris from the newly installed water main where
determined by the FKAA representative. The FKAA field representative shall
determine the extent and type of pigging required. At a minimum, a "Bare "
Type, B3 style pig shall be used as manufactured by Pipeline Pigging Products,
Inc., or approved equal.
6.9 Flushine:
After piping installation has been completed, all water lines shall be flushed with
clear water at the highest velocity obtainable and for a sufficient time to replace
the pipe volume at least twice. All water for flushing shall be provided from a
proper source, approved by the FKAA Engineer.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-20
March, 2001
702.7
PRESSURE TESTING
7.1 General
The Contractor shall provide necessary pumps, meters, pIpmg, calibrated
containers and other equipment and materials and all labor necessary to conduct
the hydrostatic testing and flushing procedures set forth herein. All water
required for testing and flushing shall be supplied by the FKAA, at no cost to the
Contractor. All piping shall be tested and made tight at test pressures hereinafter
specified. All leaks disclosed by pressure testing shall be promptly stopped by an
approved method, and such other corrective work shall be conducted as necessary
to effect pressure tight work, as specified. The Contractor shall provide for
plugging or valving the installed pipe in specified test sections, and installing
necessary taps for the insertion of test water, and removing such valves or plugs,
and plugging such taps upon satisfactory completion of testing.
7.2 Water Mains
(1) Leakage Test - Water mains shall be tested between valved sections. A
leakage test shall be conducted for distribution systems at 150 psi. Distribution
systems shall be pressure tested up to the curb stop. No installation will be
acceptable until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as
determined by the formula:
SD(p)1I2
L=
133,200
in which L equals the allowable leakage in gallons per hour; S is the total length
of pipe in feet in the section of main being tested; D is the nominal diameter of
the pipe in inches, and P is the average test pressure during the leakage test, in
pounds per square inch gauge. The test shall be maintained for two hours unless,
after one hour, it becomes apparent that the leakage is substantially less than the
amount allowable. Water supplied to the main during the test, to maintain the
required pressure, shall be measured by a 5/8-inch meter installed on the
discharge side of the test pump, or by pumping from a calibrated container.
(2) Corrective Work - Where leakage exceeds the allowable limits, the defective
pipe or joints shall be located and repaired. If the defective portions cannot be
located, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct as much of the work as is
necessary in order to conform to the specified limits. No additional payment will
be made for the correction of such defective work, or for damage to other parts of
the work resulting from such corrective work.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-21
March, 2001
702.8
DISINFECTION
8.1 General
All new piping, valves, service connections, meters, hydrants and all items to
come in contact with treated water shall be thoroughly disinfected in accordance
with the requirements of this section of the Specifications and in accordance with
A WW A Standard C-651, latest edition, except that continuous feed disinfection
shall not be allowed.
Reservoirs, tanks, standpipes, pumps or other equipment or facilities to come in
contact with treated water shall also be thoroughly disinfected, in general
compliance with the requirements of this section, and as may be more particularly
described or modified in other sections of these Specifications.
8.2 Disinfection
The disinfection agent shall be either liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite
solution, or calcium hypochlorite powder.
8.3 Flushine System
Prior to the application of the sterilizing agent, all facilities shall be pigged and
thoroughly flushed of all foreign matter, oil or dirt in accordance with the
requirements of A WW A C651. Flushing shall continue until clear water flows
from a remote point of discharge, and it is apparent that all sources of
contamination have been removed.
8.4 Disinfection Procedures
Chlorine shall be introduced into the piping system or facilities to be disinfected
in such amounts which will provide a minimum concentration of fifty parts per
million (50 ppm) throughout the system.
Where piping systems are to be connected to existing systems, the disinfection
agent shall be introduced as close as possible to each point of connection to the
existing system and the distance shall not exceed 10 feet from the point of
connection. All valves and fittings to be connected to existing piping shall be
thoroughly swabbed with a solution containing at least 300 ppm chlorine.
The disinfection agent shall remain in the piping system or facilities for a
minimum contact period of 24 hours, and the residual shall not drop below 25
ppm before it is flushed out.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-22
March, 2001
8.5 Residual Chlorine Test
After the disinfection outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall
continue until residual chlorine tests reflect normal system chlorine residuals.
Such tests shall be in accordance with standard methods by the use of a standard
DPD test set.
8.6 Bacterial Tests
Upon completion of the work of disinfection and flushing described above,
samples of water shall be taken from remote points of the system, in suitable
sterilized containers, on two consecutive days (24 hours apart). Samples may be
forwarded to the FKAA Florida City or Stock Island Labs or State certified
testing lab (at no expense to the FKAA) for bacterial examination. If tests of
such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the disinfection as
outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such
contamination. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed and
submitted into DEP. Only following receipt of written approval from DEP can
the system be placed in operation.
If methods of disinfection differ materially from those outlined above, such
methods shall be in accordance with directions of the State Department of Health
and Rehabilitative Services and all methods employed shall have approval of the
FKAA. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall
be secured from the FKAA Water Quality Engineer prior to sterilization and shall
be followed in all respects. Final approval of the bacterial samples shall be
secured from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the
system can be put into operation.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
702-9.1 The length of pipe shall be measured in linear feet (meters) of pipe in place, completed,
and approved. It shall be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of
structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types and
size shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections
in the pipe being measured. There will be no separate measurement for excavation and backfilling.
702-9.2 Measurement for payment for water meter shall be the number of water meter, complete
with boxes and fittings, completed in accordance with the plans and specifications and accepted by
the architect/engineer.
702-9.3 Measurement for payment for fire hydrant shall be the number of fire hydrant, complete
with base, connections, and fittings, completed in accordance with the plans and specifications and
accepted by the architect/engineer.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-23
March, 2001
702-9.4 Measurement for payment for the various water connection, stub-out, and water valve
installation will include all equipment, materials and all labor, and incidentals necessary to complete
the work. It shall be measured per each water main connection, stub-out, and water valve.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
702-10.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each kind of pipe of the
type and size designated, per each water main connection, per each water meter, per each fire
hydrant, per each stub-out, and per each water valve.
These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing all materials and for all preparation,
excavation, and installation of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals
necessary to complete the items.
Payment will be made under:
P-702-1O.1
P-702-1O.2
P-702-1O.3
P-702-10.4
P-702-1O.5
P-702-1O.6
P-702-1O.7
P-702-1O.8
P-702-1O.9
12" PVC Water Main ................................................. Per linear foot
1" Poly Tubing........................................................... Per linear foot
Water Meter...... ...... ....... .............. ........... ................ ............ ..Per each
Connection to existing 12" Water Main...............................Per each
Fire hydrant ................. ............................................ ...... ..... ..Per each
6" Ductile Iron Pipe.................................................... Per linear foot
8" Ductile Iron Pipe.................................................... Per linear foot
Stub-Out ................... ............. ........................................ .......Per each
12" Water Valve....... ........................................................... .Per each
702.11
MA TERIAL AND INST ALLA TION STANDARDS
The following standards are referenced within these specifications; all installations whether implied
or indicated shall adhere to the following:
DESCRIPTION
AWWAC104
AWWA C105
AWWA ClIO
AWWA ClIO
AWWA C1I1
TITLE
CEMENT MORTAR LINING FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
AND l<TlTlNGS
POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
DUCTILE IRON AND GRAY-IRON l<TlTING, 3-INCH
THROUGH 48-INCH
DUCTILE IRON AND GRAY-IRON l<IlTlNG, 3-INCH
THROUGH 48-INCH
RUBBER GASKET JOINTS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
P-702-24
March, 2001
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
AWWA C115
AWWA C150
AWWA C151
AWWA C153
AWWAC504
AWWA C509
AWWA C510
AWWA C511
AWWA C550
AWWAC600
AWWA C651
AWWA C800
AWWAC900
AWWA C901
AWWAMANUALS
AISI
FLANGED JOINTS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
THICKNESS DESIGN OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
COMP ACT DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
RUBBER SEA TED BUTTERFLY V ALVES
RESILIENT SEA TED GATE V ALVES
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW-PREVENTION
ASSEMBLY
REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW
PREVENTION ASSEMBLY
PROTECTIVE EPOXY INTERIOR COATINGS FOR
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
INST ALLA TION OF DUCTILE IRON WATER MAINS
AND THEIR APPURTENANCES
DISINFECTING WATER MAINS (INCLUDES
ADDENDUM C651a-90)
STANDARD FOR UNDERGROUND SERVICE LINE
VAL YES AND FITTINGS
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
4-INCHTHROUGH 12-INCH, FOR WATER
POLYETHYLENE PRESSURE PIPE, TUBING AND FITIINGS,
lI2-INCH THROUGH 3-INCH
M11-A GUIDE FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
OF STEEL PIPE
M14-RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR BACKFLOW
PREVENTION AND CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL
M23-PVC PIPE - DESIGN AND INST ALLA TION
AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-25
March, 2001
ANSI
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE
ASTM
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
AWWA
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION
NOTES: When ANSI and A WW A Standards are the same, only the A WW A designation is used
in describing the above standards. For instance, A WW A C 110 is used instead of
ANSI/A WW A-C11O/A21.1O. It is to be understood that the latest revision of any standard
referenced above which exists at the time of design is the version to be used for design purposes.
702.9 ST ANDARD DETAILS
TITLE
REVISION
DATE
DRA WING
NO.
1
TRENCH AND PAVEMENT
RESTORATION
8/97
2
CUSTOMER SERVICE TRENCH
RESTORATION
3/96
3
FULL LANE RESTORATION WITH
ASPHALT OVERLAY
8/97
4
THRUST RESTRAINT
3/96
5
GATE VALVE AND BOX
8/97
6
BUTTERFLY VALVE AND BOX
8/97
7
TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE FOR
DISTRIBUTION MAIN
8/97
8
FLUSH OUT ASSEMBLY
3/96
9
HYDRANT INST ALLA TION
10/96
10
JACK AND BORE DETAIL
3/96
11
TYPES OF SERVICE CONNECTIONS
3/96
12
5/8" AND 1" METER ASSEMBL Y
10/96
13
1 W' AND 2" METER ASSEMBLY
3/96
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-26
March, 2001
DRA WING REVISION
NO. TITLE DATE
14 3",4" AND 6" METER ASSEMBLY 3/96
15 SERVICE CONNECTION 3/96
16 METER BANK 3/96
17 FITTINGS FOR I" TAP DUAL SERVICE 8/97
CONNECTION
18 SEPARATE FIRE LINE INSTALLATION 8/97
19 COMBINED DOMESTIC AND FIRE 10/96
LINE INST ALLA TION
2 Y2" TO 10" REDUCED PRESSURE
20 BACKFLOW PREVENTER 3/96
INST ALLA TION
%" TO 2" REDUCED PRESSURE
21 BACKFLOW PREVENTER 3/96
INST ALLA TION
22 %" TO 10" DOUBLE CHECK VALVE 3/96
ASSEMBLY INST ALLA TION
23 ACCEPTANCE AIR GAP 3/96
CONSTRUCTION
24 IRRIGATION PIPING 3/96
25 DEDUCT METER INST ALLA TION 3/96
26 STANDARD MASTER METER VAULT 3/96
27 2" TRANSMISSION MASTER METER 10/96
PIPING
28 4" TRANSMISSION MASTER METER 10/96
PIPING
END ITEM P-702
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-702-27
March, 2001
ITEM P-704
SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
704-1 Description
704-1.1 Sanitary Sewer Systems
a. Sanitary drains
b. Septic tank and drain field
704-2 Quality Assurance
704-2.1 Manufacturer's Qualifications
a. Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of sanitary sewer systems materials
and products, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years.
704-2.2 Installer's Qualifications
a. Firm with at least three (3) years of successful installation experience on
projects with sanitary sewer piping work similar to that require for this Project.
b. By licensed contractors certified in the installation of treatment systems.
Installer must have pre-construction conference with Engineer. Only licensed
contractors shall perform all electrical and other trades work. Engineer or his
designated representative shall be notified prior to MCHD final inspection.
704-2.3 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies
a. All work is subject to local governing Design and Construction Standards for
Water and Wastewater Facilities, and Uniform Building Code (UBC), 1994
Edition and Monroe County Department of Health, and shall meet all
requirements of FAC 64E-6, Part II sampling install sample port on effluent
side of Tank 2.
704-2.4 Standard Specifications
a. Florida Department of Transportation (FOOT) Standard Specifications.
704-2.5 Reference Standards
. a. American Society for testing and Materials (ASTM): Referenced Standards.
b. FAC 64E-6, Part II. Sampling install sample port effluent side of Tank 2.
704-2.6 Marking
a. Each length of pipe shall bear the name or trademark of the manufacturer, the
location of the plant, and the date of manufacture. Each length shall likewise
be marked to designate the class or strength of the pipe. The marking shall
be made on the exterior of the pipe barrel near the bell end and shall be
plainly visible. Pipe with special outlets or connections shall be marked to
designate the specific installation location.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-1
May, 2001
704-2.7 System Design
a. System design: Residential strength waste at flows that do not exceed the
daily design flow for adequate treatment levels.
Office/Hangar 9,300 square feet, 1 bathroom, 2 employees (8/hr each)
Table 1 estimated sewage flow 200 gpd
Allowable lot loading 1425 gpd
Absorption Bed Area: (200 gpd)/(1.2 gpd/sf) 166 gpd
Effluent Pump: use Sta-Rite .33HP effluent pump for pressure~dosed
absorption bed or approved equal.
704-3 Submittals
704-3.1 Certificate of Compliance
a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance certifying compliance with the
applicable specifications and standards.
704-3.2 Product Data
a. Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for
storm sewer system materials, products, septic tank and drain field.
704-3.3 Shop Drawings
a. Submit shop drawings for storm sewer systems, septic tank and drain field,
showing piping materials, size, locations, and elevations. Include details of
underground structures, connections, and anchors. Show interface and
spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures.
704-3.4 Maintenance Data
a. Submit maintenance data and parts lists for storm sewer system materials,
products and septic tank (including drain field). Include this data, product
data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual.
704-3.5 Laying Schedule
a. Submit laying schedule.
704-3.6 Testing Procedures
a. Submit testing procedure(s) for all pipe, and septic tank (including drain field)
704-4 Delivery, Storage and Handling
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the delivery, storage, and handling of
products.
2. Load and unload all pipe, fittings, and appurtenances by hoists or skidding. DO NOT
skid or roll products on or against other products. Use slings, hooks, and pipe tongs
in such a manner that will prevent damage to products. Use of pipe tongs shall be
prohibited if pipe linings are damaged by their use.
3. Keep stored products safe from damage or deterioration. Keep the interior of pipe,
fittings, and appurtenances free from dirt or foreign matter. Store gaskets and other
products which may be deteriorated by sunlight in a cool location out of direct sunlight.
Keep gaskets out of contact with petroleum products.
4. Promptly remove damaged products from the job site and replace with undamaged
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-2
May, 2001
products.
704-5 Materials
704-5.1 General
a. All pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be as indicated on the drawings and
specified in this Section, and shall be new and unused.
704-5.2 Underground-Type Plastic Line
a. Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic
tape, intended for direct-burial service; not less than 2-inches wide x 5-1 /2 mils
thick. Provide green tape with black printing reading "CAUTION SEWER LINE
BURIED BELOW".
704-5.3 Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings
a. Ductile Iron Pipe:
1) Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to ANSI specification
A21.51 and shall have a minimum class thickness of 51.
b. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC):
1) PVC pipe and fittings, 4 inch through 15 inch diameter, shall conform
to ASTM 0 3034 and UNI-B-4 with a standard dimension ratio (SDR)
of 35. Joints shall be push-on joints conforming to ASTM 0 3212.
Solvent cement joints are NOT permitted.
2) PVC pipe and fittings, 18 inch through 27 inch diameter, shall conform
to ASTM F 679 and UNI-B-4 with integral bell gasketed joints
conforming to ASTM 0 3212. Joints shall be such that when
assembled, the elastomeric gasket inside the bell is compressed
radially on the pipe spigot to form a positive seal. The joint shall
prevent displacement of the gasket when installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations.
3) All gaskets shall be molded into a circular form or extruded to the
proper section and then spliced into circular form and shall consist of
a properly cured high-grade elastomeric compound. the basic polymer
shall be natural rubber, synthetic elastomer, or a blend of both,
conforming to ASTM F 477. The gasket shall provide as adequate
compressive force so as to affect a positive seal under all
combinations of joint tolerances. The gasket shall be the only element
depended upon to make the joint watertight. Gaskets shall comply
with the Low-Head Application requirements of ASTM F 477.
4) Adaptors (if required) for joining ductile iron pipe to PVC and vitrified
clay pipe to PVC shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and
approval before being installed on the Project.
5) PVC sewer pipe shall be field cut using hand or power saws in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The raw
spigot end thus formed shall be filed to remove gasket damaging burrs
and to form a standard bevel.
704-5.4 Concrete Tanks
a. General: By Southern Septic & Sewer, Inc., or approved equal:
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-3
May, 2001
Tank 1
1050 gallon minimum two changer, concrete tank with
Bio-Microbics RF 0.25 module, or approved equal.
900 gallon minimum ADS Phosphorus Reduction Filter
and dosing changer. Use AOS P-Reduction Filter
Tank 2
Media: Filtralite-P, particle size 0-4mm, or approved equal.
704-6 Curing
1) All precast concrete sections shall be cured in accordance with any
one of the methods specified in ASTM Designation C 478. The
Facilities for curing shall, however, be subject to review and prior
approval.
2) No precast concrete sections shall be delivered to the job site until the
specified minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi, as determined
by crushing tests on cured concrete cylinders, has been obtained.
704-7 Execution
704-7.1 Preparation
b. Do not install any pipe without an approved laying schedule.
704-7.2 Excavating, Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction
a. Perform in accordance with requirements of Sections: P-152, D-701 and D-
751.
704-7.3 Pipe Installation
a. PVC Pipe Installation:
1) Installation of PVC sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the
recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and UNI-B-5.
2) Unsupported trench width shall be limited to the minimum practicable
width allowing working space to place and compact the haunching
material. The maximum width shall be the pipe diameter plus one (1)
foot on each side of the pipe at springline for pipe in unsupported
trenches. In sheeted trenches the width of trench between faces of
the sheeting shall be adequate to allow the pipe bedding and
haunching to be placed and completed and the sheeting removed
without disturbing the bedding and haunching material within two (2)
pipe diameters on each side of the pipe. Trench boxes and moveable
sheeting shall be wide enough to allow moving without disturbing the
bedding and haunching within two (2) pipe diameters on each side of
the pipe. Trench boxes and moveable sheeting shall be constructed
and used in the trench to avoid disturbing the piping, bedding, and
haunching when being moved forward in the trench.
3) Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accompliished using
adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of
haunching and pipe in a trench environment without standing water.
Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the
pipe to prevent flotation.
4) Preparation of trench bottom shall provide firm, stable and uniform
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-4
May, 2001
support for the full length of the pipe. Haunching of native material
shall be placed to the spring line and compacted to a minimum 85% of
the T-99 proctor density. If ground water or trench bottom conditions
are such as to require use of Class I material, either to aid in
dewatering or to provide foundation and bedding for the pipe, the
haunching shall also be of Class I material. Class I material contains
angular, 1/4" to 1-1/2" graded stone, coral, crushed stone and crushed
shells. Care shall be taken to place the haunching material, without
voids, completely filling the trench from pipe wall to trench wall.
b. Sanitary Sewer Line and Other Utilities:
1) Sanitary sewers must be a minimum of 5 feet from any parallel utility.
It is especially important to provide additional clearance for gravity
sewers, and depending on the relative size and depth of the utilities
involved, we specify a minimum of more than 5 feet.
2) Where a proposed gravity sewer is closer than 1 foot-6 inches from
another utility, it shall be DIP. Clearance less then the previously
specified minimum of feet are acceptable only for very short distances
and crossing situations. If the adjacent utility is a waterline, the gravity
sewer must be DIP if it is within 10 feet.
704-7.4 Septic Tank and Drain Field Installation
a. Setbacks: The following setbacks must be maintained:
Water lines 10'; double sleeve all potable water lines within 10
feet of system.
Surface water 25' (not applicable)
Ditches of swales 15'
Building Foundations 5'
Property Lines 5'
b. General: Ground is level unless otherwise noted by slope arrows. There are
no onsite wells or public wells. All known wells/OSTDS/other features within
100 feet of system are noted. All roof drainage and lot drainage shall be
directed away from OSTDS. All drainage features/swales and easements shall
be shown on the site plan.
c. Treatment system: by Wastewater Technologies, Inc. or Advanced Onsite
Systems, Inc., or approved equal.
d. Treatment unit: Bio-Microbics RetroFAST 0.25 module, or approved equal.
e. Filter media: AOS P-Reduction Filter Media (Filtralite P 0-4mm) Note: Nutrient-
reducing material has a finite lifespan.
704-7.5 Polyethylene Wrap
a. Polyethylene wrap used on the project shall be minimum eight (8) mils in
thickness and conform to ASTM D 1248.
704-7.6 Field Quality Control
a. Sanitary Sewer System and Septic Tank (including drain field)
1) General:
a) All pipe lines will be tested and inspected for infiltration or
leakage by the Engineer of record or a reputable Testing
Laboratory with the assistance of the Contractor prior to Final
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-5
May, 2001
Acceptance of the Work.
b) All sewers and septic tank shall be tested for infiltration or
leakage after completion of backfilling. All wyes, house
connections and stubs shall be suitably plugged or
bulkheaded to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to testing.
All sewers and septic tank shall be cleaned and pumped out
as necessary prior to testing.
2) Leakage Tests:
a) All pipe sewers and appurtenant structures connected thereto
shall be made as nearly watertight as practicable. Leakage
tests will be required for all sewers and septic tank. Leakage
into or from the sewers shall be determined respectively by
infiltration tests or by exfiltration into the sewers, as
determined respectively by the filtration tests or by the
exfiltration tests, shall be at a rate of not greater than 125
gallons per inch of pipe diameter per mile of pipes per 24
hours, and there shall be no gushing or spurting streams of
water into or from the sewers or septic tank. The phrase "per
mile of pipes" shall refer to the total length of sewers
measured through manholes. Where the ground water level
can be maintained at a height of not less than one (1) foot
above the top of the pipe for the full length of the section or
sewer being tested for leakage, the leakage into the sewers
and septic tank shall be determined as specified under
"Infiltration Tests".
b) Where the ground water cannot be maintained at a level of not
less than one (1) foot above the top of the pipe for the full
length of the section of sewer being tested, specified under
"Exfiltration Tests". The Contractor shall do all the work,
provide all necessary weirs or such other measuring devices
as required, do all pumping, and furnish all equipment
necessary for the proper performance of leakage tests, at no
additional expense to the Owner.
3) Infiltration Tests:
a) The tests shall be conducted at such times as the ground
water level is at a height of not less than one (1) foot above
the top of the pipe for the full length of the section of sewer
being tested. The ground water leakage into the pipes will be
measured by the Owner at such point or points as he may
direct. The Contractor shall construct such weirs or other
means of measurement as shall be required and shall do such
pumping as shall be necessary to enable the tests to be
properly made.
4) Exfiltration Tests:
a) Where exfiltration tests are required, the section of the sewer
to be tested shall be subjected to an internal pressure. The
lower end of the section of the sewer to be tested shall be
closed and the entire section of the sewer, shall be filled with
clean water so as to obtain a minimum head of two (2) feet
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-6
May, 2001
above the top of the pipes.
b) The length of the section of sewer pipeline being tested shall
be such that with the head of water two (2) feet above the top
of pipe at the upper end of the section of pipeline being tested,
the head of water above the top of pipe at the lower end of the
section of the sewers being tested will be determined by
measuring the amount of water required to maintain the
minimum head of two (2) feet above the top of the pipes for the
full length of each section of the sewers being tested.
5) Should the infiltration or exfiltration test on any section of the sewers,
including septic tank, show a rate of leakage into or from the sewers
exceeding the maximum allowable rate of infiltration or exfiltration
specified herein, the Contractor shall locate, repair, or replace
defective joints and work in a manner satisfactory to the Owner, and
r~test, at no additional expense to the Owner, until the rate of
infiltration into or exfiltration from each section of the sewers being
tested does not exceed the rate specified herein for infiltration or
exfiltration.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
704-7.1 The length of pipe shall be measured in linear feet (meters) of sewer pipe in place,
completed, and approved. It shall be measured along the centerline of the sewer pipe from end or
inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several
classes, types and size shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as
typical pipe sections in the sewer pipe being measured.
704-7.2 The septic tank and drain field will be paid for on a lump sum basis, wherein no separate
measurement will be made for fittings or individual parts. Everything shall be included.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
704-8.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot (meter) for each kind of sewer
pipe of the type and size designated.
These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing all materials and for all preparation,
excavation, backfilling and installation of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the item.
704-8.2 Payment for the item septic tank and drain field will be made at the lump sum price bid for
the item septic tank and drain field for which price and payment shall include the cost of furnishing
all labor, materials, equipment, including concrete foundation (pad), concrete cover slab, tremie seal
concrete, dewatering, treatment of underground water, base course, backfill, connections, power
supply, vent, pumps, all ancillary piping and incidentals in connection therewith necessary to complete
the work.
Payment will be made under:
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-7
May, 2001
Item No. P-704-8.1
Item No. P-704-8.2
4" PVC Sewer Pipe - per linear foot
Septic tank and drain field - per lump sum
END OF SECTION P-704
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
P-704-8
May, 2001
ITEM D-701
PIPE FOR STORM DRAINS AND CULVERTS
DESCRIPTION
701-1.1 This item shall consist of the construction of pipe culverts and storm drains in accordance with these
specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans.
MATERIALS
701-2.1 Materials shall meet the requirements shown on the plans and specified below.
701-2.2 PIPE. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in the proposal and shall be in
accordance with the following appropriate requirements:
Reinforced Concrete Pipe (Class V)
ASTM C76
701-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete for pipe cradles shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) at 28 days and conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94.
701-2.4 RUBBER GASKETS. Rubber gaskets for rigid pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
C 443. Rubber gaskets for PVC pipe and polyethylene pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F
477. Rubber gaskets for zinc~oated steel pipe and precoated galvanized pipe shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM D 1056, for the liRE" closed cell grades.
701-2.5 JOINT MORTAR. Pipe joint mortar shall consist of one part portland cement and two parts sand.
The portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type I. The sand shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM C 144.
701-2.6 JOINT FILLERS. Poured filler for joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 1190.
701-2.7 PLASTIC GASKETS. Plastic gaskets shall conform to the requirements of AASHfO M 198
(Type B).
701-2.8 NOT USED.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
701-3.1 EXCA V A TION. The width of the pipe trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactory jointing of
the pipe and thorough tamping of the bedding material under and around the pipe, but it shall not be less than
the external diameter of the pipe plus 6 inches (150 mm) on each side. The trench walls shall be
approximately vertical.
Where rock, hardpan, or other unyielding material is encountered, the Contractor shall remove it from below
the foundation grade for a depth of at least 12 inches (300 mm) or one-half inch (12 mm) for each foot offill
over the top of the pipe (whichever is greater) but for no more than three-quarters of the nominal diameter of
the pipe. The width of the excavation shall be at least 1 foot (30 cm) greater than the horizontal outside
diameter of the pipe. The excavation below grade shall be backfilled with selected fme compressible
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-701-1 (Chg 13)
June 2001
material, such as silty clay or loam, and lightly compacted in layers not over 6 inches (150 mm) In
uncompacted depth to form a uniform but yielding foundation.
Where a firm foundation is not encountered at the grade established, due to soft, spongy, or other unstable
soil, the unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with approved granular material for the full trench
width. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal necessary. The granular material shall be
compacted to provide adequate support for the pipe.
The excavation for pipes that are placed in embankment fill shall not be made until the embankment has been
completed to a height above the top of the pipe as shown on the plans.
701-3.2 BEDDING. The pipe bedding shall conform to the class specified on the plans. When no bedding
class is specified or detailed on the plans, the requirements for Class C bedding shall apply.
a. Rigid Pipe. Class A bedding shall consist of a continuous concrete cradle conforming to the plan
details.
Class B bedding shall consist of a bed of granular material having a thickness of at least 6 inches (150 mm)
below the bottom of the pipe and extending up around the pipe for a depth of not less than 30 percent of the
pipe's vertical outside diameter. The layer of bedding material shall be shaped to fit the pipe for at least 10
percent of the pipe's vertical diameter and shall have recesses shaped to receive the bell of bell and spigot
pipe. The bedding material shall be sand or selected sandy soil, all of which passes a 3/8 inch (9 mm) sieve
and not more than 10 percent of which passes a No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve.
Class C bedding shall consist of bedding the pipe in its natural foundation to a depth of not less than 10
percent of the pipe's vertical outside diameter. The bed shall be shaped to fit the pipe and shall have recesses
shaped to receive the bell of bell and spigot pipe.
b. Flexible Pipe. For flexible pipe, the bed shall be roughly shaped to fit the pipe, and a bedding
blanket of sand or fine granular material shall be provided as follows:
Pipe Corrugation Depth
in. mm
Minimum Bedding Depth
in. mm
1/2
1
2
2-112
12.5
25.0
50.0
62.5
1
2
3
3-112
25.0
50.0
75.0
87.5
c. PVC and Polyethylene Pipe. For PVC and polyethylene pipe, the bedding material shall consist of
coarse sands and gravels with a maximum particle size of 3/4-inch (13 mm). For pipes installed under paved
areas, no more than 12 percent of the material shall pass the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve. For all other areas,
no more than 50 percent of the material shall pass the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve. The bedding shall have a
thickness of at least 6 inches (150 mm) below the bottom of the pipe and extend up around the pipe for a
depth of not less than 50 percent of the pipe's vertical outside diameter.
701-3.3 LAYING PIPE. The pipe laying shall begin at the lowest point of the trench and proceed upgrade.
The lower segment of the pipe shall be in contact with the bedding throughout its full length. Bell or groove
ends of rigid pipes and outside circumferential laps of flexible pipes shall be placed facing upgrade.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-701-2 (Chg 13)
June 2001
Paved or partially lined pipe shall be placed so that the longitudinal center line of the paved segment
coincides with the flow line.
Elliptical and elliptically reinforced pipes shall be placed with the manufacturer's top of pipe mark within five
degrees of a vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe.
701-3.4 JOINING PIPE. Joints shall be made with (1) portland cement mortar, (2) portland cement grout,
(3) rubber gaskets, (4) plastic gaskets, or (5) coupling bands.
Mortar joints shall be made with an excess of mortar to form a continuous bead around the outside of the pipe
and shall be finished smooth on the inside. Molds or runners shall be used for grouted joints in order to retain
the poured grout. Rubber ring gaskets shall be installed to form a flexible watertight seal.
a. Concrete Pipe. Concrete pipe may be either bell and spigot or tongue and groove. The method of
joining pipe sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush
and even. Joints shall be thoroughly wetted before mortar or grout is applied.
b. Metal Pipe. Metal pipe shall be firmly joined by form fitting bands conforming to the requirements
of ASTM A 7(1.) for steel pipe and AASHTO M 196 for aluminum pipe.
c. PVC and Polyethylene Pipe. Joints for PVC and Polyethlyene pipe shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM D 3212 when water tight joints are required. Joints for PVC and Polyethlyene pipe
shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 304 when soil tight joints are required. Fittings for
polyethylene pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 252 or M 294.
701-3.5 BACKFILLING. Pipes shall be inspected before any backfill is placed; any pipes found to be out
of alignment, unduly settled, or damaged shall be removed and relaid or replaced at the Contractor's expense.
Material for backfill shall be fine, readily compatible soil, granular material selected from the excavation or a
source of the Contractor's choosing. It shall not contain frozen lumps, stones that would be retained on a
2-inch (50.0 mm) sieve, chunks of higWy plastic clay, or other objectionable material. No less than 95
percent of a granular backfill material shall pass through a 1/2 inch (12 mm) sieve, and no less than 95
percent of it shall be retained on a No.4 (4.75 mm) sieve.
When the top of the pipe is even with or below the top of the trench, the backfill shall be compacted in layers
not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) on both sides of the pipe and shall be brought up one foot (30 cm) above
the top of the pipe or to natural ground level, whichever is greater. Care shall be exercised to thorougWy
compact the backfill material under the haunches of the pipe. Material shall be brought up evenly on both
sides of the pipe.
When the top of the pipe is above the top of the trench, the backfill shall be compacted in layers not
exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) and shall be brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe to 1 foot (30 cm)
above the top of the pipe. The width of backfill on each side of the pipe for the portion above the top of the
trench shall be equal to twice the pipe's diameter of 12 feet (3.5 m), whichever is less.
For PVC and polyethylene pipe, the backfill shall be placed in two stages; first to the top of the pipe and then
at least 12 inches (300 mm) over the top of the pipe. The backfill material shall meet the requirements of
paragraph 701-3.2c.
All backfill shall be compacted to the density required under Item P-152.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-701-3 (Chg 13)
June 2001
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
701-4.1 The length of pipe shall be measured in linear feet (meters) of pipe in place, completed, and
approved. It shall be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end
or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types and size shall be measured
separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipe being measured.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
701-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot (meter) for each kind of pipe of the
type and size designated.
These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for fumishing all materials and for all preparation,
excavation, and installation of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to
complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
Item 701-5.1 18" reinforced concrete pipe Class V - per linear foot (meter)
ASTM A 760
ASTMA 761
ASTM A 762
ASTM A 849
ASTM A 885
ASTM B 745
ASTMC 14
ASTM C 76
ASTM C 94
ASTMC 144
ASTM C 150
ASTM C 443
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains
Steel Galvanized, Corrugated Structural Plates and Fasteners for Pipe, Pipe-Arches,
and Arches
Precoated (Polymeric) Galvanized Steel Sewer and Drainage Pipe
Post-Coated and Lined (Bituminous or Concrete) Corrugated Steel Sewer and
Drainage Pipe
Steel Sheet, Zinc and Ararnid Fiber Composite Coated for Corrugated Steel Sewer,
Culvert, and Underdrain Pipe
Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Culvert Pipe
Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe
Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, ~d Sewer Pipe
Ready Mixed Concrete
Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
Portland Cement
Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets
D-701-4 (Chg 13)
June 2001
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
ASTM C 506
ASTM C 507
ASTM C 655
ASTM C 789
ASTM C 850
ASTM D 1056
ASTM D 1190
ASTM D 3034
ASTM D 3212
ASTMF477
ASTM F 794
ASTM F 949
Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe
Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe
Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe
Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers
Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers
with Less than 2 feet of Cover
Flexible Cellular Materials--Sponge or Expanded Rubber
Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot Poured Elastic Type
Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (pVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Ribbed Drain Pipe & Fittings Based on Controlled Inside
Diameter
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe With a Smooth Interior and
Fittings
AASHfO M 190 Bituminous-Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches
AASHfO M 196 Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Culverts and Underdrains
AASHfO M 198 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight
Gaskets
AASHfO M 219 Aluminum Alloy Structural Plate for Pipe, Pipe-Arches, and Arches
AASHfO M 243 Field Applied Coating of Corrugated Metal Structural Plate for Pipe, Pipe-Arches,
and Arches
AASHfOM 252 Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing
ASSHfO M 294M Corruated Polyethylene Pipe, 300 to 1200 mm Diameter
AASHfO M 304 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter
END ITEM D-701
D-701-5 (Chg 13)
June 200 1
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
ITEM D-703 - TRENCH DRAIN
703-1
GENERAL
1.1 Description
This item shall consists of the construction of trench drain in accordance with
these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and
grades shown on the plans.
A. Work includes:
1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all
surface drain systems indicated, in accord with provisions of
Contract Documents.
2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades.
3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and
install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances
and devices incidental to, or necessary for sound, secure and
complete installation.
B. Related Sections:
1. Concrete work: Item P-501
2. Paving: Item P-401
3. Plumbing and Drainage: Items P-701, P-702 and D-701
1.2 System
A. Description:
1. System of pre-engineered, cast-in-place concrete forming
components for forming subsurface drainage trenches, catch basins
and utility chases.
2. Forming: consists of non-CFC, EPS (expanded polystyrene) forms,
embedded steel inlay rails with no-float legs, and grates.
B. Location of work: As indicated.
1.3 References and Quality Assurance
A. References:
1. Ductile iron: ASTM A 536-84(1993).
2. Grey iron: ASTM A 48-93a
3. Galvanizing: ASTM A123-89a
4. Steel: ASTM A 36/A36M-93a
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-703-1
March 2001
3. Drawings showing as-constructed system with locations of all
connectors and catch basins.
1.5 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Perform in manner to preclude damage to components and
surroundings.
1.6 Job Conditions
A. Existing conditions:
1. Verify that base, to receive system, has been compacted according
to requirements as per P-152.
B. Environmental requirements:
1. Assure that all EPS pieces and other scrap are properly disposed
of.
C. Protection:
1. Assure installed system IS protected from damage, from other
operations.
2. Allow EPS forms to remain in place to avoid open trenches as long
as possible.
D. Sequencing:
1. Assure that trench rails are coplanar to within 1.5 mm (1/16 IN)
prior to placing of surrounding paving.
1. 7 Warranty
A. Written warranty:
1. Signed jointly by installer, manufacturer and Contractor.
2. Warrant installation for a period of one year from date of
Substantial Completion.
703-2
PRODUCTS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Surface drain system:
a. Base: Trench Former TF-14: manufactured by ABT Inc, PO Box
837,259 Murdock Rd. Troutman, NC 28166; 1-800-438-6057.
b. Optional: Field formed system which meets specified requirements.
c. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with requirements of
bid and Contract Documents.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-703-3
March 2001
B. Components:
1. Forming system: Pre-manufactured; non-floating, fabricated of Non-
CFC, EPS foam.
2. TF-14 is the stock system; consisting of 2.4 M (8 FT) pre-sloped form
segments, the 19 stock segments can create a continuous 46 M (152
FT) trench.
3. Each segment has a built-in lO.4mm / M(1I8 IN / FT) slope of 1.04%,
with 305mm (12 IN) wide trench with radius bottom and 356mm (14
IN) grate seat area.
4. Six, non-sloping 1.2 M (4 FT) long forms, can be used to extend run.
5. Steel components: 2.4 M (8 FT), angle rails with anchoring studs,
welded on 280mm (11 IN) centers; and three 12mm (1/2 IN) threaded,
U-shaped, no-float legs attached to each rail; pre-fabricated L & Trail
assemblies for 90 deg turns at any location.
6. Outlet piping: butted to annular grooves In EPS form pnor to
concreting.
7. Rail alignment clips: 1200 series.
8. Grate locking devices: 1800 series.
9. Form release: Non-petroleum based, which will not attack EPS.
10. Gratings:
a. Slotted, cast iron, load class 15.8.
b. Slotted, ductile iron, load class 70.0.
c. ADA compliant, cast iron, pedestrian grate, load class 9.4.
d. Trim banded, galvanized steel, bar grate, load class 3.7.
e. Solid cover, cast iron, load class 16.6.
C. Mixes:
1. Concrete to support and surround drain system rmmmum four (4)
inches thick, 3500 psi, or as specified on the plans.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-703-4
March 2001
703-3
EXECUTION
3.1 Inspection
A. Assure substrate is level to within 1 in 1000.
3.2 Preparation
A. Assure substrate is compacted per Item P-70 1, P-702 requirements.
3.3 Installation
A. In accord with manufacturer's instructions, utilizing manufacturer's
approved installation aids.
3.4 Field Quality Control
A. Assure that units are installed so drain slopes are correct and that units
align with adjacent paving.
3.5 Cleaning
A. Remove EPS forming materials and properly dispose of.
B. Leave systems and surrounding area ready to receive concrete; remove
forms materials after concrete is sufficiently cured.
C. Leave system and surrounding area broom clean.
703-4
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement of trench drain shall be the number of linear feet of trench drain constructed, and
accepted, measured along the centerline of the completed trench.
703-5
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for the quantity of trench drain as described above will be made at the contract unit
price per linear foot for trench drain, which price and payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, including rock excavation,
backfilling, connection and installation; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals
necessary to complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
Item D-703-5.1
Trench drain ...................................................... Per linear foot
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-703-5
March 200 I
ASTM C 578-85
ASTM A 36
ASTM C 76
ASTM C 150
ASTM A 536
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Type 8 expanded Polystyrene
Structural carbon steel
Reinforced concrete culvert, storm drains, and sewer pipe
Portland cement
Ductile iron casting
END OF ITEM D-703
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-703-6
March 2001
ITEM D-751: MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES
DESCRIPTION
751-1.1 This item shall consist of construction of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and
inspection holes, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and
conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the
Engineer.
MA TERIALS
751-2.1 BRICK. The brick shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 32, Grade SM.
751-2.2 MORTAR. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand.
The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type I. The sand
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144.
751-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Florida Department of Transportation
(FDOT) "Specification for Road and Bridge Construction" section 345, Class I, with a
minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
The concrete supplier (ready-mix company) shall submit a certification to the Engineer prior to
start of work that all concrete delivered meets the requirements of Section 345 for Class I
concrete with a minimum 3000 psi compressive strength. Each truckload of ready-mix
delivered must be accompanied with the certification stipulated in Section 345-43. Failure to
provide the certifications shall result in the concrete being rejected.
751-2.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE MANHOLE RINGS. Precast concrete pipe
manhole rings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 478. Unless otherwise specified,
the risers and offset cone sections shall have an inside diameter of not less than 36 inches (90
cm) nor more than 48 inches (120 cm).
751-2.5 FRAMES, COVERS, AND GRATES. The castings shall conform to one of the
following requirements:
a. Gray iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 30B and
. 35B.
b. Malleable iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 47.
c. Steel castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 27.
d. Structural steel for grates and frames shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM A 283, Grade D.
e. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 536.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-751-1
March. 2001
f. Austempered ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
A 897.
All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and
shall be designed to support the loadings, aircraft gear configuration and/or direct loading,
specified.
Each frame and cover or grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from
being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure.
All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be
galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM A 123.
751-2.6 STEPS. The steps or ladder bars shall be gray or malleable cast iron or galvanized
steel. The steps shall be the size, length, and shape shown on the plans and those steps that are
not galvanized shall be given a coast of bituminous paint, when directed.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCA VA TION.
a. The Contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the
lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the Engineer. The
excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the
structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on
the plans, shall be considered as approximate only; and the Engineer may order, in writing,
changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation.
b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall
be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material
and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All
seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin
strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall
be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be
made until just before the concrete of reinforcing is to be placed.
c. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to implement
and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing
laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the
structure.
d. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the
construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the
structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished
masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-751-2
March, 2001
e. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that
effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the
depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material.
751-3.2 BRICK STRUCTURES.
a. Foundations. A prepared foundation shall be placed for all brick structures after the
foundation excavation is completed and accepted. Unless otherwise specified, the base shall
consist of reinforced concrete mixed, prepared, and placed in accordance with the requirements
of Item P-61O.
b. Laying Brick. All brick shall be clean and thoroughly wet before laying so that
they will not absorb any appreciable amount of additional water at the time they are laid. All
brick shall be laid in freshly made mortar. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water
has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. An ample
layer of mortar shall be spread on the beds and a shallow furrow shall be made in it which can
be readily closed by the laying of the brick. All bed and head joints shall be filled solid with
mortar. End joints of stretchers and side or cross joints of headers shall be fully buttered with
mortar and a shoved joint made to squeeze out mortar at the top of the joint. Any bricks that
may be loosened after the mortar has taken its set, shall be removed, cleaned, and relaid with
fresh mortar. No broken or chipped brick shall be used in the face, and no spalls or bats shall
be used except where necessary to shape around irregular openings or edges; in which case,
full bricks shall be placed at ends or corners where possible, and the bats shall be used in the
interior of the course. In making closures, no piece of brick shorter than the width of a whole
brick shall be used; and wherever practicable, whole brick shall be used and laid as headers.
c. Joints. All joints shall be slushed with mortar at every course, but slushing alone
will not be considered adequate for making an acceptable joint. Exterior faces shall be laid up
in advance of backing. Exterior faces shall back plastered or pargeted with a coat of mortar not
less than 3/8-inch (9 mm) thick before the backing is laid up. Prior to pargeting, all joints on
the back of face courses shall be cut flush. Unless otherwise notes, joints shall be not less than
1.4-inch (6 mm) nor more than ~-inch (12 mm) wide and whatever width is adopted shall be
maintained uniform throughout the work.
d. Pointing. Face joints shall be neatly struck, using the weather joint. All joints shall
be finished properly as the laying of the brick progresses. When nails or line pins are used the
holes shall be immediately plugged with mortar and pointed when the nail or pin is removed.
e. Cleaning. Upon completion of the work all exterior surfaces shall be thoroughly
cleaned by scrubbing and washing down with water and, if necessary to produce satisfactory
results, cleaning shall be done with a 5% solution of muriatic acid which shall then be rinsed
off with liberal quantities of clean fresh water.
f. Curing and Cold Weather Protection. In hot or dry weather, or when directed by
the Engineer, the brick masonry shall be protected and kept moist for at least 48 hours after
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-751-3
March,2001
laying the brick. Brick masonry work or pointing shall not be done when there is frost in the
brick or when the air temperature is below 50 F (10 C) unless the Contractor has on the project
ready to use, suitable covering and artificial heating devices necessary to keep the atmosphere
surrounding the masonry at a temperature of not less than 60 F (15 C) for the duration of the
curing period.
751-3.3 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared
foundations, conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. Any reinforcement
required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before
the concrete is poured.
All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be smooth, uniform, and
cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior bottom shall be sloped downward
toward the outlet.
751-3.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE STRUCTURES. Precast concrete pipe structures
shall be constructed on prepared or previously placed slab foundations and shall conform to the
dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All precast concrete pipe sections necessary to
build a completed structure shall be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily,
and all jointing and connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top of the upper precast
concrete pipe member shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and
cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral
pipe, including drops and leads that may be installed in the structure. The flow lines shall be
smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flow. The metal steps which are embedded
or built into the side walls shall be aligned and placed at vertical intervals of 12 inches (300
mm). When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it shall be securely fastened into position.
751-3.5 CORRUGATED METAL STRUCTURES. Corrugated metal structures shall be
constructed on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and locations as shown on
the plans. The structures shall be prefabricated, standard or special fittings shall be furnished to
provide pipe connections or branches of correct dimensions. The connections or branches shall
be of sufficient length to accommodate connecting bands. The fittings shall be welded in place
to the metal structures. When indicated, the structures shall be placed on a reinforced concrete
base. The top of the metal structure shall be designed so that either a concrete slab or metal
collar may be attached to which can be fastened a standard metal frame and grate or cover.
Steps or ladders shall be furnished as shown on the plans.
751-3.6 INLET AND OUTLET PIPES. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the
walls of the structures for a sufficient distance beyond the outside surface to allow for
connections but shall be cut of flush with the wall on the inside surface, unless otherwise
directed. For concrete or brick structures, the mortar shall be placed around these pipes so as to
form a tight, neat connection.
751-3.7 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES, AND
FITTINGS. All castings, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the
plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
0-751-4
March, 2001
frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in
place and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until
the mortar or concrete has set.
When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previously constructed masonry, the bearing
surface or masonry shall be brought true to line and grade and shall present an even bearing
surface so that the entire face or back of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The
unit shall be set in mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans or as
directed and approved by the Engineer. All units shall set firm and secure.
After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete or mortar has been
allowed to harden for 7 days, then the grates or covers shall be placed and fastened down.
751-3.8 INSTALLATION OF STEPS. The steps shall be installed as indicated on the
plans or as directed by the Engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete, they shall be
placed and secured in position before the concrete is poured. When the steps are installed in
brick masonry, they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The steps shall not be
disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least 7 days. After this period
has elapsed, the steps shall be cleaned and painted, unless they have been galvanized.
When steps are required with precast concrete pipe structures, they shall be cast into the sides
of the pipe at the time the pipe sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure is
erected by drilling holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place.
When steps are required with corrugated metal structures, they shall be welded into aligned
position at a vertical spacing of 12 inches (300 mm).
In lieu of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. In the case of brick or concrete
structures, the ladder shall be held in place by grouting the supports in drilled holes. In the case
of metal structures, the ladder shall be secured by welding the top support and grouting the
bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed.
751-3.9 BACKFILLING.
a. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with
approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth, and
compacted to the density required in Item P-152. Each layer shall be deposited all around the
structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation
shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
b. Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the
Engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has
been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the Engineer
establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against
damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in
placing it.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-751-5
March,2oo1
c. Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall
be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under the contract unit price
for the structure involved.
751-3.10 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed,
the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt
may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor
shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition.
After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the
entire site free, clear, and in good condition.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
751-4.1 Manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes shall be measured by the unit.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
751-5.1 The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will
be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. This price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and
placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes
and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans; and for all
labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure.
Payment will be made under:
Item D-751-5.1
Inlet Type "F' (unpaved areas) - per each
Item D-751-5.2
Inlet Type "F" with baffle (unpaved areas) - per each
Item D-751-5.3
Inlet Type "I" - per each
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
ASTMA47
Malleable Iron Castings
ASTM A 48
Gray Iron Castings
ASTM A 123
Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from
Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and
Strip
ASTM A 283
Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates,
Shapes, and Bars
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-751-6
March,2oo1
ASTM A 536
ASTM A 897
ASTM C 32
ASTMC 144
ASTM C 150
AASHTO M 36
Ductile Iron Castings
Austempered Ductile Iron Castings
Sewer and Manhole Brick
Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
Portland Cement
Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Corrugated Iron or Steel Culverts
And Underdrains
END OF ITEM D-751
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
March,2001
D-751-7
ITEM T -904 SODDING
DESCRIPTION
904-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing, hauling, and placing approved live sod on
prepared areas in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer.
MA TERIALS
904-2.1 SOD. Sod furnished by the Contractor shall have a good cover of living or growing
grass. This shall be interpreted to include grass that is seasonally dormant during the cold or dry
seasons and capable of renewing growth after the dormant period. All sod shall be obtained
from areas where the soil is reasonably fertile and contains a high percentage of loamy topsoil.
Sod shall be cut or stripped from living, thickly matted turf relatively free of weeds or other
undesirable foreign plants, large stones, roots, or other materials which might be detrimental to
the development of the sod or to future maintenance. At least 70% of the plants in the cut sod
shall be composed of the species stated in the special provisions, and any vegetation more than 6
inches (150 mm) in height shall be mowed to a height of 3 inches (75 mm) or less before sod is
lifted. Sod, including the soil containing the roots and the plant growth showing above, shall be
cut uniformly to a thickness not less than that stated in the special provisions.
904-2.2 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall conform to the requirements of FDOT Standard
Specification 901-2.2.
904-2.3 WATER. The water shall be sufficiently free from oil, acid, alkali, salt, or other
harmful materials that would inhibit the growth of grass. It shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer prior to use.
904-2.4 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall
conform to the requirements ofFDOT Standard Specification 901-2.3.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
904-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be solid, strip, or spot sodded shall be shown on the plans. Areas
requiring special ground surface preparation such as tilling and those areas in a satisfactory
condition which are to remain undisturbed shall also be shown on the plans.
Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation of the ground surface and for the handling
and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and shall be approved
by the Engineer before the various operations are started. The Contractor shall demonstrate to
the Engineer before starting the various operations that the application of required materials will
be made at the specified rates.
904-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. After grading of areas has been
completed and before applying fertilizer and limestone, areas to be sodded shall be raked or
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
T -904-1
March, 2001
otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and
other debris which might interfere with sodding, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance
of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes occurs after grading of areas
and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the Contractor shall
repair such damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing
other incidental damage.
904-3.3 APPL YING FERTILIZER AND GROUND LIMESTONE. Following ground
surface preparation, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at a rate which will provide not less than
the minimum quantity of each fertilizer ingredient, as stated in the special provisions. If use of
ground limestone is required, it shall then be spread at a rate which will provide not less than the
minimum quantity stated in the special provisions. These materials shall be incorporated into the
soil to a depth of not less than 2 inches (50 mm) by discing, raking, or other methods acceptable
to the Engineer. Any stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter, large clods, roots, and
other litter brought to the surface by this operation shall be removed.
904-3.4 OBTAINING AND DELIVERING SOD. After inspection and approval of the source
of sod by the Engineer, the sod shall be cut with approved sod cutters to such a thickness that
after it has been transported and placed on the prepared bed, but before it has been compacted, it
shall have a uniform thickness of not less than 2 inches (50 mm). Sod sections or strips shall be
cut in uniform widths, not less than 10 inches (250 mm), and in lengths of not less than 18 inches
(45 cm), but of such length as may be readily lifted without breaking, tearing, or loss of soil.
Where strips are required, the sod must be rolled without damage with the grass folded inside.
The Contractor may be required to mow high grass before cutting sod.
The sod shall be transplanted within 24 hours from the time it is stripped, unless circumstances
beyond the Contractor's control make storing necessary. In such cases, sod shall be stacked, kept
moist, and protected from exposure to the air and sun and shall be kept from freezing. Sod shall
be cut and moved only when the soil moisture conditions are such that favorable results can be
expected. Where the soil is too dry, permission to cut sod may be granted only after it has been
watered sufficiently to moisten the soil to the depth the sod is to be cut.
904-3.5 LAYING SOD. Sodding shall be performed only during the seasons when satisfactory
results can be expected. Frozen sod shall not be used and sod shall not be placed upon frozen
soil. Sod may be transplanted during periods of drought with the approval of the Engineer,
provided the sod bed is watered to moisten the soil to a depth of at least 4 inches (100 mm)
immediately prior to laying the sod.
The sod shall be moist and shall be placed on a moist earth bed. pitch forks shall not be used to
handle sod, and dumping from vehicles shall not be permitted. The sod shall be carefully placed
by hand, edge to edge and with staggered joints, in rows at right angles to the slopes,
commencing at the base of the area to be sodded and working upward. The sod shall
immediately be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed by tamping or rolling with approved
equipment to provide a true and even surface, and insure knitting without displacement of the
sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. Where the sod may be displaced during
sodding operations, the workmen when replacing it shall work from ladders or treaded planks to
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
T-904-2
March, 2001
prevent further displacement. Screened soil of good quality shall be used to fill all cracks
between sods. The quantity of the fill soil shall not cause smothering of the grass. Where the
grades are such that the flow of water will be from paved surfaces across sodded areas, the
surface of the soil in the sod after compaction shall be set approximately 1 inch (25 mm) below
the pavement edge. Where the flow will be over the sodded areas and onto the paved surfaces
around manholes and inlets, the surface of the soil in the sod after compaction shall be placed
flush with pavement edges.
On slopes steeper than 1 vertical to 2-1/2 horizontal and in v-shaped or flat-bottom ditches or
gutters, the sod shall be pegged with wooden pegs not less than 12 inches (300 mm) in length
and have a cross-sectional area of not less than 3/4 square inch (18 square millimeter). The pegs
shall be driven flush with the surface of the sod.
904-3.6 WATERING. Adequate water and watering equipment must be on hand before
sodding begins, and sod shall be kept moist until it has become established and its continued
growth assured. In all cases, watering shall be done in a manner which will avoid erosion from
the application of excessive quantities and will avoid damage to the finished surface.
904-3.7 ESTABLISHING TURF
a. General. The Contractor shall provide general care for the sodded areas as soon as
the sod has been laid and shall continue until final inspection and acceptance of the work.
b. Protection. All sodded areas shall be protected against traffic or other use by warning
signs or barricades approved by the Engineer.
c. Mowing. The Contractor shall mow the sodded areas with approved mowing
equipment, depending upon climatic and growth conditions and the needs for mowing specific
areas. In the event that weeds or other undesirable vegetation are permitted to grow to such an
extent that, either cut or uncut, they threaten to smother the sodded species, they shall be mowed
and the clippings raked and removed from the area.
904-3.8 REPAIRING. When the surface has become bullied or otherwise damaged during the
period covered by this contract, the affected areas shall be repaired to re-establish the grade and
the condition of the soil, as directed by the Engineer, and shall then be sodded as specified in
904-3.5.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
904-4.1 This item shall be measured on the basis of the area in square yard of the surface
covered with sod and accepted.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
T -904-3
March, 2001
BASIS OF PA YMENT
904-5.1 This item will be paid for on the basis of the contract unit price per square yard for
sodding, which price shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, material, staking, and
incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the items as specified.
Payment will be made under:
Item T -904-5.1 Sodding............................................................... Per square yard
END OF ITEM T -904
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
T -904-4
March, 2001
ITEM L-I08 INST ALLA TION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS
DESCRIPTION
108-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing and installing underground cable in accordance with
these specifications at the locations shown in the plans. This item shall include the excavation and
backfill of the trench and the installation of cable and counterpoise wire in trench, duct or conduit.
It shall include splicing, cable marking, and testing of the installation and all incidentals necessary to
place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item
shall not include the installation of the duct or conduit.
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
108-2.1 GENERAL.
a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
specifications shall have the prior approval of the FAA, and are listed in Advisory Circular (AC)
150/5345-1, Approved Airport Equipment.
b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject
to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification,
when requested by the Engineer.
108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable shall conform to the requirements of AC 150/5345-7,
Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits.
If telephone control cable is specified, copper shielded, polyethylene insulated and jacketed, No. 19
A WG telephone cable conforming to the United States Department of Agriculture, Rural
Electrification Administration (REA) Bulletin 345-14, REA Specification for Fully Color-Coded,
Polyethylene Insulated, Double Polyethylene-Jacketed Teleph<;:me Cables for Direct Burial, shall be
used.
Where counterpoise conductors are to be installed and where soil conditions would adversely affect
bare copper wire, thermoplastic wire conforming to Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Type TW, 600 volt, may be
used.
Cable type, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltage shall be specified in the plans
and/or proposal.
108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (COUNTERPOISE). Bare copper wire for counter-poise
installations shall be stranded wire conforming to ASTM Specifications B 3 and B 8. Counterpoise
wire embedded in trench concrete backfill material shall be No.6 stranded bare copper type THHN,
600 volt, nylon jacketed PVC insulated conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30.
108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In-line connections of underground primary cables shall be of
the type called for in the plans or in the proposal, and shall be one of the types listed below. When
Aorida Keys Maraton Airport
. March, 2001
L-108-1
the plans or the proposal permit a choice of connection, the Contractor shall indicate in the bid the
type of connection he proposes to furnish.
a. The Cast Splice. A cast splice, employing a plastic mold and using epoxy resin equal to that
manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast"Kit No. 82--A, or as
manufactured by Hysol Corporation, "Hyseal Epoxy Splice"Kit No. El135, for potting the splice is
approved. This means of splicing is the only type approved for telephone control cable.
b. The Vulcanized Splice. A vulcanized splice employing Joy Manufacturing Company's
Vulcanizing Kit No. X-1604-8 or equal is approved for field vulcanized splices. The proper molds
for various cable sizes shall be used.
c. The Field-attached Plug-in Splice. Figure 3 of AC 150/5345-26, Specification for L-823 Plug
and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, employing connector kits, is approved for field attachment to
single conductor cable.
d. The Factory-Molded Plug-in Splice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory-Molded to
Individual Conductors, are approved.
e. The Taped Splice. Taped splices employing field-applied rubber, or synthetic rubber tape
covered with plastic tape are approved. The rubber tape should meet the requirements of Mil. Spec.
MIL-I-3825 and the plastic tape should comply with Mil. Spec. MIL-I-7798 or Fed. Spec. HH-I-595.
In all the above cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crimp connectors utilizing
a crimping tool designed. To make a complete crimp before the tool can be removed. No. 19 A WG
telephone control wires may be connected by means of wrapped and soldered splice, 3M Company
Moisture Proof UR Type Connector, or equal, or by a method approved by the Engineer.
108-2.5 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Florida department of Transportation (FDOT)
"Specification for Road and Bridge Construction" Section 345, Class I, with a minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
The concrete supplier (ready-mix company) shall submit a certification to the Engineer prior to start
of work that all concrete delivered meets the requirements of Section 345 for Class I concrete with
a minimum 3000 psi compressive strength. Each truckload of ready-mix delivered must be
accompanied with the certification stipulated in Section 345-43. Failure to provide the certifications
shall result in the concrete being rejected.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
108-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations
indicated in the airport lighting layout plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations.
Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the
underground cable to the primary leads of the individual insulating transformers. The Contractor shall
be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs
without connections, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer or shown in the plans.
Florida Keys Maraton Airport
March, 2001
L-108-2
108-3.2 INST ALL A TION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item includes the installation of the
cable in duct or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables
installed in each single duct or conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall be in
accordance with the latest National Electric Code, or the code of the local agency havingjurisdiction.
The Contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts.
The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L-11O, "Installation
of Airport Underground Electrical Duct." The Contractor shall make sure that the duct is open,
continuous, and clear of debris before installing cable. The cable shall be installed in a manner to
prevent harmful stretching ofthe conductor, inj ury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protecti ve
covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal tape before pulling into the
conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where more than one cable is to be
installed in a duct underthe same contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the same time. The
pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be accomplished by handwinch or power winch with
the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by recommended standard
practices for straight pulls or bends. A lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed
shall be used where pulling lubricant is required. Duct or conduit markers temporarily removed for
excavations shall be replaced as required.
108-3.3 TRENCHING. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be
carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with
mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of
shoulder surface is disturbed. Road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with
their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse
aggregate. Unless otherwise specified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18
inches (45 cm) below finished grade, except as follows:
a. When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36
inches (90 cm) unless otherwise specified.
b. Minimum cable depth when crossing under a railroad track, shall be 42 inches (105 cm) unless
otherwise specified.
The Contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 inches (150 mm). The
trench shall be widened where more than two cables are to be installed parallel in the same trench.
Unless otherwise specified in the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general
direction shall be installed in the same trench.
When rock excavation is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches (75
mm) below the required cable depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand
containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch (6 mm) sieve. The
Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall
be unclassified.
Florida Keys Maraton Airport
. March, 2001
L-108-3
108-3.4 INST ALLA TION IN TRENCHES. The Contractor shall not use a cable plow for installing
the cable. Mechanical cable-laying equipment may be used in conjunction with a trenching machine
if specified on project plans and specifications; and it should provide for physical inspection of cable
prior to backfilling. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted.
Cables shall be unreeled in place alongside or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the
bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end.
Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, they shall be placed laterally a
minimum distance of 3 inches (75 mm) apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to
accomplish this.
Cables crossing over each other shall have a minimum of 3-inch (75 mm) vertical displacement with
the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum required depth below finished grade.
Not less than 1 foot (30 cm) of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connections, insulating
transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. The
slack cable shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. Additional slack cable shall be left
in runway light bases, handholes, manholes, etc., where it is required to bring the cable above ground
level to make connections. The amount of slack cable shall be stipulated by the Engineer, or as shown
in the plans and specifications.
108-3.5 BACKFILLING. After the cable has been installed, the trench shall be 3 inches (75 mm)
deep, loose measurement, and shall be either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles
that would be retained on a 1/4-inch (6 m) sieve. This layer shall not be compacted. the second layer
shall be 5 inches (125 mm) deep, loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be
retained on a I-inch (25.0 mm) sieve. The remainder of the backfill shall be excavated or imported
mineral and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 inches (100 mm) maximum diameter.
The third and subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed 8 inches (200 mm) in maximum depth,
loose measurement.
The second, and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density
of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If necessary to obtain the
desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required.
Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling
operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface,
except that when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal
to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated
material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer.
108-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible
after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying,
pad construction, and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall
include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging or mulching. All such
work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA standard turfing specifications. the Contractor
Florida Keys Maraton Airport
. March, 2001
L-108-4
shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final
acceptance.
108-3.7 CABLE MARKERS. The location of runway light circuits shall be marked by a concrete
slab marker, 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4 inches (100 mm) thick, extending approximately 1 inch (25
mm) above the surface. Each cable run from the line of runway lights to the equipment vault shall also
be marked at approximately every 200 feet (60 m) along the cable run, with an additional marker at
each change of direction of cable run. All other cable buried directly in the earth shall be marked in
the same manner. The Contractor shall not install slab markers where cable lies in straight lines
between obstruction light poles which are spaced 300 feet (90 m) apart, or less. Cable markers shall
be installed immediately above the cable. The Contractor shall impress the word "cable" and
directional arrows on each cable marking slab. The letters shall be approximately 4 inches (100 mm)
high and 3 inches (75 mm) wide, with width of stroke lf2 inch (12 mm) and 1/4 inch (6 mm) deep.
The location of each underground cable connection, except at lighting units or insulating transformers,
shall be marked by a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The Contractor shall impress
the word "splice" on each slab. He also shall impress additional circuit identification symbols on
each slab if so desired by the Engineer.
108-3.8 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown in the plans shall be made by experienced
personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made as follows:
a. Cast Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for jointing conductors. Molds
shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
b. Vulcanized Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for joining conductors.
The splice shall be made, using compounds furnished by the manufacturer, in accordance with hislher
instructions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
c. Field-attached Plug-in Splices. These shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. These splices shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases
the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or
synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches (37
mm) on each side of the joint.
d. Factory-Molded Plug-in Splices. These shall be made by plugging directly into mating
connectors. In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least
one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending
at least 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) on each side of the joint.
e. Taped Splices. A taped splice shall be made in the following manner:
Bring the cables to their final position and cut so that the conductors will butt. Remove insulation and
jacket allowing for bare conductor of proper length to fit compression sleeve connector with 1/4 inch
(6 mm) of bare conductor on each side of the connector. Use a sharp knife to pencil insulation and
Florida Keys Maraton Airport
March, 2001
L-108-5
jacket at approximately the same angle as a pencil point. Care must be taken to avoid nicking or
injuring the conductor during removal of insulation or penciling. Do not use emery paper on splicing
operation since it contains metallic particles. The copper conductors shall be thoroughly cleaned.
Join the conductors by inserting them equidistant into the compression connection sleeve. Crimp
conductors firmly in place with crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be
removed. Test the crimped connection by pulling on the cable. Scrape the insulation to assure that
the entire surface over which the tape will be applied (plus 3 inches (75 mm) on each end) is clean.
After scraping wipe the entire area with a clean lint-free cloth. Do not use solvents.
Apply high-voltage rubber tape one-half lapped over bare conductor. This tape should be tensioned
as recommended by the manufacturer. Voids in the connector area may be eliminated by highly
elongating the tape stretching it just short of its breaking point. Throughout the rest of the splice less
tension should be used. Always attempt to exactly half-lap to produce a uniform buildup. Continue
buildup to 1-1/2 times cable diameter over the body of the splice with ends tapered a distance of
approximately 1 inch (25 mm) over the original jacket. Cover rubber tape with two layers of vinyl
pressure-sensitive tape one-half lapped. Do not use glyptol or lacquer over vinyl tape as they react
as solvents to the tape. No further cable covering or splice boxes are required.
If shielded cable is to be spliced, prepare cable as for a regular taped splice, except that the neoprene
jacket shall be removed a distance not less than 5 inches (125 mm) from the beginning of the penciled
portion. Carefully unwrap the shielding tape from that portion where jacket has been removed and
cut off so that it extends about 1 inch (25 mm) from end of the jacket. Proceed with the taped splice
as described above and tape up to 1/4 inch (6 mm) from the shield on both ends. Build up rubber tape
to a thickness equal to the insulation thickness or 5/16 inch (9 mm) over connector.
Next wrap one-half lapped layer of semi-conducting tape (Scotch No. 13 Semi-Conducting Tape, or
equal) over splicing tape and 1/4 inch (6 mm) onto the shielding tape. Wrap a fine, flat shielding
braid one-half lapped over the splice extending '12 inch (12 mm) onto the metallic shielding. Solder
ends of braid to metallic shielding tape. A bonding wire, (Minimum No. 14 Stranded Copper) equal
to the current carrying capacity of the metallic shield, should have the individual strands wrapped
around the metallic shield at both ends of the splice. These strands should be tack soldered to the
shield in several places. The cable sheath should be replaced by wrapping with two one-half lapped
layers of vinyl tape extending 2 inches (50 mm) onto the cable jacket.
The above described splice is for a straight-through splice with continuity of shielding.
108-3.9 BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INST ALLA TION AND GROUNDING FOR
LIGHTNING PROTECTION. If shown in the plans or specified in job specifications, a stranded
bare copper wire, No.6 A WG minimum size, shall be installed for lightning protection of the
underground cables. The bare counterpoise wire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire
length of the insulated cables it is designed to protect, and shall be placed at a distance of
approximately 4 inches (100 mm) from the insulated cable. The counterpoise wire shall be securely
attached to each light fixture base, or mounting stake. The counterpoise wire shall also be securely
attached to copper or copper-clad ground rods installed not more than 500 feet (150 m) apart around
the entire circuit. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified in the plans, but in no
case shall they be less than 8-feet (240 cm) long nor less than 5/8 inch (15 mm) in diameter.
Florida Keys Maraton Airport
. March, 2001
L-108-6
The counterpoise system shall terminate at the transformer vault or at the power source. It shall be
securely attached to the vault or equipment grounding system. The connections shall be made as
shown in the project plans and specifications.
108-3.10 TESTING. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing
the underground cable circuits after installation. The Contractor shall test and demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Engineer the following:
a. That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits.
b. That all circuits are free from unspecified grounds.
c. That the insulation resistance to ground of all nongrounded series circuits is not less than 50
megohms.
d. That the insulation resistance to ground of all nongrounded conductors of multiple circuits is not
less than 50 megohms.
e. That all circuits are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams.
f. That all circuits are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not
less than 10 times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than Y2
hour.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
108-4.1 Trenching shall be measured by the linear feet (meters) of trench, including the excavation,
backfill, and reconditioning, completed, measured as excavated, and accepted as satisfactory.
When specified in the proposal, separate measurement shall be made for trenches of various specified
widths.
108-4.2 Cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench shall be measured by the number of linear feet
(meters) of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trenches, ready for operation, and accepted as
satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in
trench.
108-4.3 Cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit shall be measured by the number of
linear feet (meters) measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory.
Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Rorida Keys Maraton Airport
L-108-7
March, 2001
108-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for trenching cable and bare counterpoise
wire installed in trench, duct or conduit in place by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This
price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation and installation
ofthese materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item.
Payment will be made under:
Item L-108-5.1
Cable Trench -- per linear foot (meter)
ItemL-108-5.2
Furnish and Install Cable (l/C, # 8, 5KV, L-824, Type C), in trench,
duct or conduit complete in place --per linear foot (meter)
Item L-1 08- 5.3
Furnish and Install Counterpoise Wire (#6, BSD Copper Stranded)
600 volt with ground rods, complete in place -- per linear foot
(meter)
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
AC 150/5345-7
Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport
Lighting Circuits
AC 150/5345-26
Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors
Fed.Spec.J -C-30
Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation
HH-I-595
Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic,
for Low-Temperature Application
ASTM B 3
Soft or Annealed Copper Wire
ASTM B 8
Concentric-Lay-Stranded Cooper Conductor, Hard, Medium-Hard,
or Soft
MIL-I-3825
Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self-Fusing, For Use in Electronics,
Communications, and Allied Equipment
MIL-I-7798
Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic
END OF ITEM L-I08
Florida Keys Maraton Airport
L-108-8
March, 2001
ITEM L-110 INST ALLA TION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT
DESCRIPTION
110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed in accordance with this
specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in
the plans. This item shall include the installation of all underground electrical ducts or underground
conduits. It shall also include all backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved areas; manholes,
concrete encasement, mandreling installation of steel drag wires and duct markers, capping, and the
testing of the installation as a completed duct system ready for installation of cables, to the satisfaction
of the Engineer. Excavation shall be included under specification L-108 "INSTALLATION OF
UNDERGROUND CABLES FOR AIRPORTS".
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
110-2.1 GENERAL. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be
subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable
specification when so requested by the Engineer.
110-2.2 BITUMINOUS FIBER DUCT. Bituminous fiber duct and fittings shall conform to the
requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard 543.
a. Type I, for concrete encasement.
b. Type II, for direct burial.
110-2.3 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of
Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6,514, and 1242.
110-2.4 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Florida department of Transportation (FOOT)
"Specification for Road and Bridge Construction" Section 345, Class I, with a minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
The concrete supplier (ready-mix company) shall submit a certification to the Engineer prior to start
of work that all concrete delivered meets the requirements of Section 345 for Class I concrete with
a minimum 3000 psi compressive strength. Each truckload of ready-mix delivered must be
accompanied with the certification stipulated in Section 345-43. Failure to provide the certifications
shall result in the concrete being rejected.
110-2.5 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed.
Spec. W -C-1094 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal:
a. Type I - suitable for underground use either directly in the earth or encased in concrete.
b. Type II - suitable for either above ground or underground use.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-110-1
March, 2001
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
110-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install underground ducts at the approximate locations
indicated in the airport layout plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work
progresses. Ducts shall be of the size, material, and type indicated in the plans or specifications.
Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be not less than 3 inches (75
mm) inside diameter. All duct lines shall be laid so as to grade toward handholes, manholes and duct
ends for drainage. Grades shall be at least 3 inches (75 mm) per 100 feet (30 m). On runs where it
is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in
both directions toward manholes, handholes, or duct ends. Pockets or traps where moisture may
accumulate shall be avoided.
The Contractor shall mandrel each duct. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than 114-inch (6 mm)
smaller than the bore of the duct shall be pushed through each duct by means of jointed conduit rods.
The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the duct hole.
All ducts installed shall be provided with a No. 10 gauge galvanized iron or steel drag wire for
pulling the permanent wiring. Sufficient length shall be left in manholes or handholes to bend the drag
wire back to prevent it from slipping back into the duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as indicated
on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed by the duct
manufacturers, or with hardwood plugs conforming accurately to the shape of the duct and having the
larger end of the plug at least 1/4-inch (6 mm) greater in diameter than the duct.
All ducts shall be securely fastened in place during construction and progress of the work and shall
be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water, or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall
not be installed.
All ducts, except steel conduit, installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, and other paved areas shall
be encased in a concrete envelope.
Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly
stored.
Trenches for ducts may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of
trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of
road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. The Contractor shall ascertain the
type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified.
110-3.2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE. Unless otherwise shown in the plans,
concrete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18
inches (45 cm) below the finished subgrade where installed under runways, taxi ways, aprons, or other
paved areas, and not less than 18 inches (45 cm) below finished grade where installed in unpaved
areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet (90 cm) beyond the edges of the pavement
or 3 feet (90 cm) beyond any underdrains which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches
for concrete-encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any
obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
. March, 2001
L-llO-2
encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick prior to its
initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the Contractor shall space them not less
than 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers
applicable to the type of duct. As the duct laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm)
thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be
installed flush with the concrete encasement where required.
When specified, the Contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel
reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the Contractor shall
supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways,
or where otherwise shown on the plans. under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be
supported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5 foot (150 cm)
intervals.
When clay or soapstone ducts are specified, they shall be installed with concrete encasement as
described above. Clay conduit shall be ofthe single-bore type. Where the self-centering socket-joint
type of single clay duct is used, conduit shall be built up, tier by tier, and separated only by sufficient
mortar or fine aggregate concrete to bed the ducts evenly and fill all voids between ducts. Single
ducts shall be jointed together and the joints grouted with portland cement mortar. A suitable gasket
(of rubber or other approved material) shall first be placed in the receptacle end of the duct, prior to
the joining operation, in order to exclude all mortar from the duct.
Where the square bore butt-joint type of clay duct, single or multicell, is used, sections shall be
aligned with at least four steel dowel pins and joints wrapped with duct tape 6 inches (150 mm) wide
and lapped 6 inches (150 mm). Alljoints in a bank of single-bore ducts shall be staggered, beginning
evenly from the manhole or handhole, by means of short lengths 6,8,9,12, and 15 inches (150, 200,
230,300,380 mm) long. Cement mortar shall be trowled around each and every joint. Voids in the
duct bank, caused by the external shape of the corners of the conduit, shall also be filled with mortar.
The joining and joints of soapstone duct shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
110-3.3 DUCTS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. Trenches for single-duct lines shall
be not less than 6 inches (150 mm) nor more than 12 inches (300 mm) wide, and the trench for 2 or
more ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for ducts
without concrete encasement shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform
support for the duct along its entire length.
A layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches (100 mm) thick (loose measurement) shall be placed
in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand
or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch (6 mm) sieve.
The bedding material shall be tamped until firm.
Unless otherwise shown in plans, ducts for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts
are at least 18 inches (45 cm) below the finished grade.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-11O-3
March, 2001
When two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be
spaced not less than 2 inches (50 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a
horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches (150 mm) apart in a vertical direction.
Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are
encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them.
110-3.4 DUCT MARKERS. The location of the ends of all ducts shall be marked by a concrete slab
marker 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4 inches (100 mm) thick extending approximately 1 inch (25 mm)
above the surface. The markers shall be located above the ends of all ducts or duct banks, except
where ducts terminate in a handhole, manhole, or building.
The Contractor shall impress the word' 'duct" on each marker slab. He shall also impress on the slab
the number and size of ducts beneath the marker. The letters shall be 4 inches (100 mm) high and 3
inches (75 mm) wide with width of stroke Y2-inch (12 mm) and 1/4-inch (6 mm) deep or as large as
the available space permits.
110-3.5 BACKFILLING. After concrete-encased ducts have been properly installed and the
concrete has had time to set, the trench shall be backfilled in at least two layers with excavated
material not larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in diameter and thoroughly tamped and compacted to at
least the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction,
the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required.
Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling
operations.
The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that,
when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the
thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement.
Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions
issued by the Engineer.
For ducts without concrete envelope, 8 inches (200 cm) of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose
measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand
tampers. The remaining trench may be filled with regular run of excavated material and thoroughly
tamped as specified above.
110-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible
after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying,
pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall
include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work
shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The Contractor shall
be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-11O-4
. March, 2001
110-4.1 Underground duct shall be measured by the linear feet (meter) of duct installed, measured
in place, including concrete encasement, backfill and asphalt or turf, complete in place and accepted.
Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. Junction box and base can shall
be paid for at the contract unit price per each, installed complete and accepted.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
110-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each type and size of single-way or
multi-way duct completed and accepted. Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each
junction box and base can installed complete and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for
furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation ofthese materials, and for
all labor, equipment, tools, duct markers and incidentals necessary to complete this item, including
encasement (concrete), backfill (suitable material) and asphalt or turf.
Payment will be made under:
Item L-llO-5.1
Item L-11O-5.2
Item L-11O-5.3
Item L-llO-5.4
1 W2 Duct (2" PVC, Schedule 40, Type I)
- per linear foot
2W2 Concrete Encased Duct (2" PVC, Schedule 40, type I)
- per linear foot
Furnish and install cable junction box (size D, L-867, class I, load
bearing) - per each
Furnish and install L-867 base can (12" dia. Class I) complete
in place - per each
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Fed.Spec.W-C-571 Conduit and Fittings, Nonmetal, Rigid; (Asbestos-Cement or Fire-Clay
Cement), (For Electrical Purposes)
Fed.Spec.W-C-1094 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Plastic)
U nderwri ters
Laboratories
Standard 6
U nderwri ters
Laboratories
Standard 514
Rigid Metal Conduit
Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-110-5
. March, 2001
U nderwri ters
Laboratories
Standard 543
Underwriters
Laboratories
Standard 1242
Impregnated-Fiber Electrical Conduit
Intermediate Metal Conduit
END OF ITEM L-110
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
. March, 2001
L-11O-6
ITEM L-125 - INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTION
125-1.1 This item shall consist of airport lighting systems furnished or relocated and
installed including the installation of mandatory and information signs in accordance with this
specification, the referenced specification, and the applicable Advisory Circulars. The systems
are installed at the location and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in
the plans. This item shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, services, and
incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
125-1.2 Additional. details pertammg to a specific system covered m this item are
contained in the latest edition of Advisory Circulars listed below:
a. AC 150/5340-4, Installation Details for Runway Centerline and
Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems.
b. AC 150/5340-18, Standard for Airport Sign System.
c. AC 150/5340-19, Taxiway Centerline Lighting System.
d. AC 150/5340-24, Runway and Taxiway Edge Lighting System.
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
125-2.1
GENERAL.
a.
Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall
have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service,
Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in the latest edition of Advisory
Circular 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program.
b.
All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall
be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance
with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. In all cases,
equipment shall be new and a first-grade product.
c.
A list of applicable Standards and Advisory Circulars for equipment and materials
required for a particular system is contained in Paragraph 125-6.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-125-1
March 2001
125-2.2 TAPE. Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape
Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company, or an approved equal.
125-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Florida Department of Transportation
(FDOT) "Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" Section 345, Class I, with a
minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi.
The concrete supplier (ready-mix company) shall submit a certification to the Engineer prior to
start of work that all concrete delivered meets the requirements of Section 345 for Class I
concrete with a minimum 3000 psi compressive strength. Each truckload of ready-mix delivered
must be accompanied with the certification stipulated in Section 345-43. Failure to provide the
certifications shall result in the concrete being rejected.
125-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of
Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6,514 and 1252. Flexible metal conduit and fittings shall be
liquid-tight and shall conform to UL360.
125-2.5 SQUEEZE CONNECTORS. Squeeze connectors, if specified, shall be equal to
Crouse-Hinds Company, type CGB cable connector with neoprene rubber bushing.
125-2.6 TEES. Large radius bend tees, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse-Hinds
Company No. ET or equal.
125-2.7 HEAT SHRINKABLE TUBING KIT. Heat shrinkable tubing kits shall be
equal to type APL, as manufactured by Raychem Corporation.
125-2.8 SAFETY SWITCHES. Safety switches shall be heavy duty, quick-make,
quick-break, with visible blades. Enclosure shall have interlocks to prevent operation when
cover is open and to prevent cover from being opened when switch is in "ON" position.
125-2.9 POWER ADAPTERS. Power adapters shall be self-protected, watertight and
designed for direct earth burial. Output voltage shall be 120 Volt AC or 120/240 volt AC as
required, and equal to ADB P A-2, P A-3 or P A-4.
125-2.10 GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSFORMERS. General purpose transformers
shall be dry type, two winding, in weatherproof enclosure and shall comply with NEMA ST -20
and UL 506. Rating shall be as indicated on Drawings.
125-2.11 LIGHTING CONTACTOR. Lighting Contactor shall be electrically held with
120 volt coil and solid neutral. Enclosure shall be NEMA 3R with "H,:md-Off-Auto" selector
switch on cover. Rating of Contactor shall be as indicated. Photocell control shall be for use on
120 volt system and rated at 2000 watts.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-125-2
March 2001
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
125-3.1 GENERAL. The installation and testing details for the systems shall be as
specified in the applicable Advisory Circulars or manufacturers specifications as approved by the
Engineer.
The contractor shall ascertain that all lighting system components furnished by him (including
FAA Approved Equipment) are compatible in all respects with each other and remainder of the
new/existing system. Any non-compatible components furnished by this contractor shall be
replaced by him, at no additional cost to the Airport sponsor, with a similar unit, approved by the
Engineer (different model or different manufacture) that is compatible with the remainder of the
airport lighting system.
Wiring diagrams shown on Drawings are generic and may not reflect actual field conditions or
specific equipment requirements. The Contractor shall verify field conditions and follow
instructions in installation manuals provided by equipment manufacturer and, if required, make
the necessary modifications to insure proper operation of equipment.
125-3.2 PLACING EQUIPMENT. All new or relocated equipment shall be installed at
the location indicated in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All bolts or threaded parts,
such as breakable couplings, shall be greased with an antirust compound such as "Never-Seez."
125-3.3 OPERA TING MANUALS. Operating manuals shall be submitted for all
principal items of electrical equipment. The submittal of manuals shall be submitted prior to
Final Acceptance. The manuals shall be complete with operational and repair part data on all
component devices in the principal equipment for which the manuals are submitted. The
Contractor shall also provide to the Owner's authorized representative instructions in the
operation and maintenance of the systems at such times as directed by the Owner and permit his
video taping of operating and maintenance instructions.
125-3.4 REMOVAL OF EXISTING L-861 EDGE LIGHT FIXTURES (STAKE
MOUNTED). After the new MITL system has been activated, the Contractor shall remove all
existing L-861 stake mounted fixtures, including concrete encased bases and transformers. The
light fixtures shall be disposed off airport property or may be used as spare parts for remaining
stake mounted lights.
The existing concrete encased light base stake and any concrete encased L-830 transformers are
to be removed and disposed of off airport property by the Contractor.
All holes remaining after removal of the stake and related bases shall be filled with suitable
material and compacted to at least density and condition of the original material. In paved areas,
the existing pavement is to be sawcut and removed so as to make a square or rectangular hole
prior to backfill. The square or rectangular hole shall be backfilled and compacted as stated
above except the top one and a half inches (1.5") of backfill shall be asphalt conforming to
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-125-3
March 2001
FOOT asphalt specifications or four inches (4") of concrete painted in black at the Contractor's
choice.
125-3.5 REMOVAL AND REINST ALLA TION OF EXISTING L-861 EDGE
LIGHT FIXTURES (BASE MOUNTED). After the new MIRL system has been activated, the
Contractor shall remove all existing L-861 base mounted fixtures, including base stems, base
plates, L-823 cord sets and L-830-1 transformers. The fixtures shall be carefully removed so as
not to damage the lens, fixture, base stem/plate, L-823 cord set and transformers.
The existing cables shall be spliced together with an L-823 type connector and neatly coiled. The
base can shall be removed and disposed of off airport property.
All holes remaining after removal of the stake and related bases shall be filled with suitable
material and compacted to at least the density and condition of the original material. In paved
areas, the existing pavement is to be sawcut and removed so as to make a square or rectangular
hole prior to backfill. The square or rectangular hole shall be backfilled and compacted as stated
above except the top one and a half inches (1.5") of backfill shall be asphalt conforming to
FOOT asphalt specifications or four inches (4') of concrete painted in black at the Contractor's
choice.
125-3.6 RELOCATION OF EXISTING TAXIWAY GUIDANCE SIGN. The
contractor shall remove the existing guidance sign as noted in the drawings and clean and
refurbish as needed. Existing foundations, concrete bases and transformers (if any) shall be
demolished and removed and disposed of off airport property by the contractor.
All holes or cavities remaining after removal of the bases shall be filled with suitable material
and compacted to at least the density and condition of the original material.
The contractor shall provide a new foundation for the existing guidance sign, including all base
cans (L-867N), cables, transformers, fixtures and connections and install the guidance sign at the
new location as indicated in the drawings.
125-3.7 CONNECTION OF NEW GUIDANCE SIGN DOUBLE MODULE. The
new taxiway sign (L-858 Y directional signs) shall be connected to the new MITL system as
indicated on the plans. The connections shall be made and tested in the presence of the
Engineer.
The contractor shall provide a new foundation for the new guidance sign, including base cans (1-
867B), all cables, transformers, fixtures and connections and install the guidance sign at the
location indicated in the drawings.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-125-4
March 2001
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
125-4.1 The quantity of units to be paid for under this items shall be the number of each
type installed as completed units in place, ready for operation, including base accesories, backfill
and compact, and accepted by the Engineer.
BASIS OF PA YMENT
125-5.1 Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for each complete unit, that is
installed in place, removed including base, accessories, backfill and compact, relocated including
splicing of existing cables, transformers, foundation, base can, backfill and compact and
accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and
for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment,
tools, and incidentals necessary to complete these items.
Payment will be made under:
Item L-125-5.1
Furnish and install L-861 T Taxi way
Edge Lights (base mounted), complete
in place
Per each
Item L-125-5.2
Remove and reinstall existing L-861 T
Taxiway Edge Lights, base mounted
Per each
Item L-125-5.3
Furnish and install L-858Y Guidance
sign, including foundation and
accessories, backfill and compact,
complete in place
Per each
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Underwriters
Laboratories
Rigid Metal Conduit - Standard 6
Underwriters
Laboratories
Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit - Standard 360
Underwriters
Laboratories
Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes - Standard 514
Underwriters
Laboratories
Intermediate Metal Conduit - Standard 1242
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-125-5
March 2001
AC 150/5345-3
AC 150/5345-42
AC 150/5345-46
AC 150/5345-47
AC 150/5345-51
Specification For L-821 Panels For Remote Control of
Airport Lighting
Specification For Airport Light Base and Transformer
Housings, Junction Boxes and Accessories
Specification For Runway and Taxiway Light Fixtures
Isolation Transformers For Airport Lighting Equipment
Specification For Discharge Type Flashing Light
Equipment
END OF ITEM L-125
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
L-125-6
March 2001
ITEM S-OOI STORMW A TER GRAVITY INJECTION WELL
DESCRIPTION
001-1.1 This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, stormwater
gravity injection wells.
The following words and phrases, when used in this Chapter, shall have the following meaning,
except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning:
1. "Abandoned Well" means a well the use of which has been permanently discontinued or
which is in such a state of disrepair that it cannot be used for its intended purpose or for
observation purposes.
2. "Annulus" or Annular Space" means any artificially created void existing between a well
casing or liner pipe and a bore hole wall or between two casings or between tubing and
casing or liner pipe.
3. "Aquifer" means a geologic formation, group of formations, or part of a formation
capable of yielding a significant amount of ground water to wells, springs or surface
water.
4. "Construction of Wells" means all parts and acts necessary to obtain ground water by
wells, including the location and excavation of the well.
5. "Department" means the Department of Environmental Protection.
6. "Dewatering" means the use of wells or other such equipment to temporarily lower a
water level as may be necessary during construction activities.
7. "District" means a water management district created pursuant to Chapter 373, FS
8. "Drive Shoe" means any device specifically designed, fabricated, and installed to protect
the bottom end of a water well casing or liner pipe from collapse or other damage while
the casing or liner pipe is being driven into place in a water well.
9. "Driven Casing" means casing that has been installed by driving where the bore hole is
equal or smaller in diameter than the nominal outside diameter of the casing.
10. "Liner" means a metallic or nonmetallic pipe which is installed either within the outer
casing to improve, repair, or protect the outer casing or below the outer casing to seal off
caving material which may be encountered in the open hole of the well.
11. "Neat Cement Grout" means a mixture consisting of water and Portland cement
(American Concrete Institute Type I or American Concrete Institute Type III), or other
approved types of cement and acceptable amounts of those additives approved for use in
cement grouts by the permitting authority.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-001-1
Mar.ch, 2001
12. "Permitting Authority" means the Department or any district, or political subdivision that
has been delegated the authority to issue permits under Chapter 373, Part III, FS.
13. "Repair" means any action which involves the physical alteration or replacement of any
part of a well, but does not include the alteration or replacement of any portion of a well
which is above ground surface.
14. "Telescoping Casing" means an interior casing extending below and sealed within an
exterior casing.
15. "Well" means any excavation that is drilled, cored, bored, washed, driven, dug, jetted, or
otherwise constructed when the intended use of such excavation is for the location,
acquisition, development, or artificial recharge of ground water, but such term does not
include any well for the purpose of obtaining or prospecting for oil, natural gas, minerals,
or products of mining or quarrying; for inserting media to dispose of oil brines or to
repressure oil-bearing or natural gas-bearing formation; for storing petroleum, natural
gas, or other products; or for temporary dewatering of subsurface formations for mining,
quarrying, or construction purposes.
16. "Well Contractor" means an individual who is responsible for the construction. repair, or
abandonment of a well and who is licensed under Chapter 62-531, FAC, to engage in the
business of construction, repair, or abandonment of wells.
17 . "Well Seal" means an approved arrangement or device to prevent contaminants from
entering the well at the upper terminal.
MA TERIALS
001-2.1 SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data.
(1) Catalog data and design information on well casing and components used.
(2) Concrete mix data.
(3) Grout type.
001-2.2 CASING AND LINER PIPE REQUIREMENTS. Well casing and liner pipe shall be
new or shall be pipe or casing in like new condition which has been salvaged from a water well
test hole or dry hole. Such casing or pipe shall not be used unless free of breaks, corrosion and
dents, is straight and true,and not out of round. Welded or seamless black or galvanized steel
pipe or casing, or stainless steel pipe or casing, or stainless steel pipe or casing, or approved
types of nonmetallic pipe shall be used for well casing or liner pipe. All well casing shall
conform to one of the following standards: American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
A53-89a, A120-84, A135-89a, A252-89a, or American Petroleum Institute (API) 5L~6/91. Well
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-001-2
March, 2001
casing that conforms to any of the National Standard for Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel
Pipe (ANSIIASME B36.10M-1958). All well casing shall be stenciled with the applicable
standard no later than January 1, 1994.
001-2.3 BLACK OR GALVANIZED STEEL CASING. Shall not have less than the
dimensions and weights specified below:
Nominal Outside Wall Plain End
Size Diameter Thickness Weight
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs./ft)
12 12.750 .330 43.77
14 -- 30 .375
30 .500
Note: A 4 inch nominal size casing with a wall thickness of .188 and a plain end wieght
of 8.66 may be used if it conforms to standard API 5L-6/91, Grade B, 60 KSI tensile
strength. Other casing that meets these minimum tensile stength standards shall be
acceptable. For example, A53-89a, Grade B, may also be substituted.
Black or galvanized steel casing or liner pipe set into place without driving shall not have less
than the dimensions and wieghts specified below.
Nominal
Size
(in.)
10 -- 16
16 -- 30
Outside
Diameter
(in.)
Wall
Thickness
(in)
.250
.500
Plain End
Weight
(lbs./ft. )
001-2.4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE. Polyvinyl Chloride (PCV) Pipe. May be
used for well casing or liner pipe. Any PVC pipe used to construct a water well shall have been
marked by the manufacturer, under the method specified in ANSI/NSF Standard 14-1990,
National Sanitation Foundation, Post Office Box 1468, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106, as suitable
for use in potable water systems. Any PVC pipe used for well construction or repair shall at a
minimum meet the specifications for Schedule 80. The appropriate water management district
shall require the use of stronger PVC casing if necessary to protect the integrity of the well.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
001-3.1 GENERAL. The following minimum standards shall apply to the construction and
repair of wells in the State unless exempted by district rule with the concurrence of the
Department.
a. Well drilling shall begin after an approved maintenance of traffic plan is in place.
b. Contractor shall provide means of disposing of test water and any other water in a
manner approved by the Engineer. Water shall be disposed of promptly to ensure
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-OO 1-3
March, 2001
minimal effect on the right-of-way without flooding surrounding properties.
c. Contractor shall dispose of all excavated materials and bear all costs incidental to
such disposal.
001-3.2 NONMETALLIC AND STAINLESS STEEL WELL CASING OR LINER PIPE.
Shall not be installed by driving unless prior approval is obtained from the appropriate water
management district based on a demonstration that the integrity of well casing or liner pipe will
be maintained. For well casing or liner pipe installed by driving, the casing or pipe shall not butt
together inside threaded couplings unless the joint is electrically welded so as to be completely
watertight. A drive shoe is required for use on casing or pipe installed by driving, the casing or
pipe shall not butt together inside threaded couplings unless the joint is electrically welded so as
to be completely watertight. A drive shoe is required for use on casing or pipe insalled by
driving unless prior approval is obtained from the appropriate water management district based
on a demonstration that a drive shoe is not necessary to maintain the integrity of the casing or
pIpe.
001-3.3 STEEL WELL CASHING AND LINER PIPE. Shall be joined in a watertight manner
by threaded couplings, electrical welding methods, or other methods approved by the appropriate
water management district which provide equivalent protection. PVC pipe shall be joined by
solvent bonded couplings, threaded couplings, heat welding, or other methods approved by the
water management district which provide equivalent protection.
001-3.4 WELL CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA
a. Unconsolidated Material. For wells obtaining water from unconsolidated earth
materials, casing shall extend from the upper terminus of the well to the well screen. The
well screen shall be attached to the casing with a watertight seal.
b. Consolidated Material. For wells obtaining water from consolidated earth materials, a
continuous casing shall extend from the upper terminus of the well to the top of the
uppermost consolidated unit. Wells constructed of telescoping casings shall be
considered as a continuous casing provided the grout requirements are satisfied. The
bottom end of the well casing shall extended to or below the water level of the aquifer
intended to supply water to the well. In addition, all caving zones below the uppermost
consolidated unit shall be cased.
c. Grouting and Sealing:
(1) Casing for wells which obtain their water from a rock layer or other such
consolidated formation shall, as a minimum, be seated or sealed with neat
cement grout into that rock layer or other consolidated formation.
(2) For wells with driven casing in a bore hole equal to or smaller in diameter
than the outside diameter of the casing, an attempt to cement grount the
entire length of the casing need not be made. For any part of a well casing
with an outside diameter of four inches or larger intended to be installed in
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
5-001-4
March, 2001
a bore hole which is larger in diameter than the outside diameter of the
casing, the annular space shall be filled from bottom to top with not less
than a nominal two-inch thickness of neat cement grout. For those well
casings with an outside diameter of less than four inches minimum grout
thickness shall be a nominal one inch. The casing shall be centered in the
bore hole prior to grouting. In those cases where, during grouting
operations, circulation of the grout is lost so that the annular space being
grouted cannot be filled in one continuous operation, a tremie pipe shall be
installed in the annular space to a point immediately above the zone of lost
circulation and the annulus shall be brideged at that point by other approed
material introduced through pipe. Grouting of the annular space shall be
completed using ther tremie pipe or other equivalent method approved by
ther permitting authority.
(3) Any district may grant individual exceptions or, with the concurrence of
the Department, may exempt any areas of that district from the
requirements of cement grounting the annular space between the well
casing and bore hole wall of that part of a well which penetrates an
unconsolidated formation upon demonstration that:
(a) The unconsolidated formation material is of such a caving nature
that upon stopping the circulation of drilling fluid through the well
the aquifer material will immediatley cave into and fill up the
annular space between the well casing and bore hole wall.
(b) A flow space is not created by such construction that will allow
any movement of waters along the outside of the well casing which
did not naturally occur prior to construction of the well.
(c) Except as provided in 4. above, grouting and sealing of water wells
shall be accomplished by the practices and methods recommended
by Sections 7 and 13 of A WW A Standard for Water Wells,
American Water Works Association, Inc.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
001-4.1 Measurement for payment for the installation of an Injection Well shall be per each for
the work under this item completed and accepted in accordance with the Plans and these
Specifications.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
001-5.1 Payment for the work measured as described shall be made at the contract each price for
the installation of the Injection Well complete and accepted in place, which price and payment
shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, equiptment, tools, and incidentals necessary to
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
5-001-5
March, 2001
complete the work under this item.
Payment will be made under:
Item S-OOl-5.1
Injection Well (18" Steel Casing Drain Pipe)-- Per Each
END OF ITEM S-OOI
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
5-001-6
March, 2001
ITEM S-002
FIRE WELLS
002-1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
The work includes the construction of Recessed Fire Wells, Type A, all as specified herein and
shown on the Plans.
The Contractor will be provided with boring data to inform them of the subsoil and underground
acquifer conditions, as well as the quality of the water. The Contractor shall utilize these data to
establish the required depth for each well.
The Contractor shall apply for and obtain all necessary permits.
RECESSED FIRE DRAFT WELLS, TYPE" A"
002-2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WELL CASINGS
a. Well casing shall be 8" diameter standard weight schedule 40, black steel, plain
end pipe, field beveled and electric arc welded, or standard weight, bevel and
welded steel pipe.
b. It is anticipated that the well casing pipe length necessary to develop a well
meeting the requirements of these specifications is, unless otherwise ordered by
the Architect/Engineer, 80 feet. However, the Contractor shall drill the well to a
depth as necessary to develop the specified well capacity of 1000 gpm. Length of
wells in excess of 80' shall be subject to the Architect/Engineer's approval in
writing.
c. Terminate well with 4 1/2" American Standard Hose Thread Steam Nozzle and
cap in recessed concrete collar as shown on the Drawings.
d. Coat the inside and outside surfaces of the well casings (full length for the outside
coat and down to elevation + l' -0" for the inside coat) with 2 coats of coal tar
epoxy (such as Bitumastic). Each coat shall be not less than 8 mils thick. Do not
apply the 2nd coat until the first coat is fully cured.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-002-1
March,2001
2.2 WELL CASING SHOE
a. Furnish an 8" steel well casing shoe, equal to Clayton Marks Manufacturing
Company's, or approved equal, welded to end of casing to protect and provide a
posi ti ve seal.
b. Furnish and install 3 each 3/8" xl" x 8" long steel straps to be welded vertically
on third points across each casing weld.
2.3 WELL HEIGHT
New Fire Wells to be recessed into the ground so as not to be an obstruction to aircraft,
vehicles, or mowing equipment, but shall remain accessible to the fire fighters and their
equipment.
2.4 CONCRETE PAD
Provide a 6'-0" diameter round concrete collar around the well, sloped down away from
well to become flush with ground, so that water will not puddle around casing, and to
allow mowing equipment to pass over it. Use concrete Class II meeting the requirements
of Section P-50 1 of the Technical Specifications.
2.5 BURIED LIMEROCK BASE
Buried limerock base meeting the requirements of Section P-211
shall be constructed around the concrete pad as shown on the Plans.
002-3 EXECUTION
3.1 INST ALLA TION & TESTING
The Contractor shall provide the necessary labor, pumping equipment, pIpmg and
measuring equipment to test the well. The well shall be tested in the presence of the
Architect/Engineer and the Marathon Fire Department representative, by pumping water
from each well at the rate of 1,000 g.p.m. for a period not to exceed 2 hours. The testing
period will be as determined by the Marathon Fire Department's officer witnessing the
test. The Contractor shall furnish water flow gauge and table and apparatus to determine
sand content of water during test. The well shall produce a clean flow of water free of
sand and other fine particles.
In the event the above test requirements are not met, the Contra~tor shall improve the
well by such measures as he may consider practical, but if these supplementary measures
prove inadequate, the contractor shall move to a new location approved by the
Architect/Engineer, but located within 100 feet of the abandoned well and proceed with
the construction of a new well.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-002-2
March, 2001
The Contractor shall provide suitable devices for the elimination of soil erosion during
the pumping test. The Contractor shall restore all erosion damage resulting from its
operation. Drill tailings will be spread evenly in the well area or shall be removed from
the site if it is of a quantity and nature detrimental to the airfield grassed area.
Provide and install one well marker on each concrete pad. Marker to be a Delineator Post
2-314" diameter by approximately 3 '-0" high, of molded rubber with no metal parts. The
delineations shall be red with 3" white reflectorized banding. Bottom flange of the
delineators shall be rubber, bonded to the concrete pad with a special epoxy adhesive as
recommended by the Delineator manufacturer.
3.2 ADDITIONAL DEPTH
The Contractor shall in the event that the constructed well is not producing the required
amount of flow, or producing (after the 2 hour test), water contaminated with sand, add
additional length to the well, and retest.
Additional footage will only be paid for when authorized beforehand by the
Architect/Engineer in writing. The decision to increase the depth of the well or the
determination to abandon a well will be made by the Architect/Engineer in writing. The
Contractor shall furnish and operate whatever equipment, instruments, and provide
whatever experience needed to assist the Architect/Engineer in making its decision. If
additional footage is required, the pipe ends shall be beveled and shall be fully butt
welded to the pipe well casing.
3.3 PAINTING
After completion and acceptance of testing, and prior to concrete placing, paint the
exterior of the exposed portion of the well caps as follows:
a. Wire brush all loose rust and scale.
b. Prime coat all ferrous metal with Zinc Chromate Primer equal to Duralite A-3-
121-04, or approved equal.
c. Apply one finish coat of high gloss exterior metal coating equal to Duralite
Machinery and Implement Enamel A3-113-02 Yellow, or approved equal.
3.4 WATER DECONT AMINA TION
All well development water pumped from the wells shall be handled according to local
and state regulation.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-002-3
March,2001
The Contractor shall provide as many stripping towers as required to process and treat the
pumped water prior to discharging it into the storm drainage system or canals, as
approved by the Architect Engineer.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
002-4.1 Measurement of Recessed Fire Draft Wells, Type A, Including Casings, shall be per
each of approved Fire Wells actually installed and developed, completed in accordance with the
Plans and Specifications and accepted by the Architect/Engineer.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
002-5.1 Payment will be made at the Contract unit price bid per each, which price and payment
shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials including fittings, welding, bollards,
concrete and limerock collars, limerock base well markers, testing, all labor, equipment, tools
and all incidentals necessary to complete the work under this Section.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. S-002-5.1 Recessed Fire Draft Wells, Type A, Including
Casing................................................ per each
MA TERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Item P-211 Limerock base course
Item P-501 Portland cement concrete
ASTM A 53-89a Well casing
ASTM A 120-84 Well casing
ASTM A 135-89a Well casing
ASTM A 252-89a Well casing
(API) 5L-6/91 Well casing
ANSI I
ASME B36.1O.M-1958 Welded steel pipe
END OF SECTION S-002
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-002-4
March, 2001
ITEM S-003
OWS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
003-1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section outlines the Contractor's responsibilities for the OWS system
mechanical portion of this project, defines mechanical terms and contains general
requirements which govern the execution of the OWS System Specification Sections.
B. Installation to include all necessary apparatus, excavating, backfilling, controls,
valves, and fittings herein described or called for on the Plans and Specifications and
as necessary to make the installation complete. Consider the Plans and Specifications
as supplementary, one to the other.
C. The U.G. pipe unless otherwise noted, are installed with open cut construction. Due
to sequencing and phasing required there may be restrictions on the trench width and
length and the linear feet of the pipe installed per sequence.
D. Work in this section includes, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Provide all materials, supervision, labor, tools, equipment, supplies,
scaffolding and transportation required to execute the work specified herein
and indicated on the Plans.
a. Install and place in successful operation and service the OWS system
and miscellaneous piping systems and mechanical equipment and
controls required by these Specifications and as indicated on .the
Plans.
b. Provide mechanical systems which are completely installed, aligned,
grouted, and adjusted, and are permanent, and of safe and satisfactory
operation. Furnish and install components considered incidental
which may not indicated in the Documents but are necessary for
satisfactory operation of the system.
c. Fit all apparatus, equipment, piping, etc., into the space provided at
such time and in such a manner as to avoid damage to existing
structures or property, and as required by the progress schedule.
d. Cooperate and coordinate with the Owner and other trades in the
scheduling of work, moving of material, delivery and location of
anchor bolts, sleeves, etc.
e. Submit to the Engineer for approval, in orderly sequence and in
accordance with the specifications, all Fabrication Drawings, Product
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-1
May, 2001
Data and Test Reports of materials and equipment required so as to
cause no delay in the progress schedule.
f. Interface the mechanical work of this contract with existing systems
as required.
g. Inspect, test and demonstrate the operation of the completed
mechanical systems and instruct operator's personnel in its use.
h. Obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, and easements, pay all fees
and taxes, as required and as indicated on Drawings and noted in
Specifications.
1. Receive the approvals or acceptances from all authorities having
jurisdiction over the work and deliver to the Owner all permits
required.
J. All equipment, materials, systems and appurtenances are subject to
rigid inspection and approval by the Engineer.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General. Conform with the Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA) of
the U.S. Department of Labor and all applicable ordinances, laws, regulations, and/or
codes of the Local Authorities, the State of Florida, the National Fire Protection
Association, Uniform Fire Codes, or any other governmental bodies having
jurisdiction.
B. Provide mechanical work to the satisfaction of the Owner and inspecting authorities
having jurisdiction.
C. Deviations from the Plans and Specifications required for conformance with the
applicable codes and laws are to be corrected immediately but not until such
deviations have been brought to the attention of the Engineer or an authorized
representative.
D. Applicable codes and laws to govern the minimum requirements only; where the
Plans and Specifications call for materials, vents, piping, sizes, and other such
. information, in excess of the code requirements, the Contract Documents shall
govern.
E. Mechanical Work Superintendent: Keep a competent superintendent and any
necessary assistant satisfactory to the Owner or an authorized representative in charge
during the progress of the work. Superintendent shall properly coordinate and time
mechanical work with the work of other trades and in particular with concrete,
masonry and form work to avoid errors and delay.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-2
May, 2001
1.3 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals shall be submitted and approved, unless otherwise stated, prior to
fabrication or purchase of equipment in accordance with the specifications.
Submittals shall include the drawing scale, general arrangement, physical description
which clearly defines the item being submitted and a full scale nameplate, reproduced
without color exactly as it will be manufactured.
B. Submittals shall include diagrams of wiring arrangements, actual arrangement of
external connections as seen by the installer and terminal identification designation
on actual product as well as diagrams for operation and control of work, including
location and function of instrumentation and control devices.
C. Submittal Data: Shall be detailed with the following information:
1. Product name and model or catalog designation.
2. Manufacturer's name, phone and fax number and addresses.
3. Physical description, dimensions and weights.
4. Product properties, characteristics, capabilities and limitations.
5. Data for coordination with other project work.
6. Clear spaces required for handling, installing, operating and maintaining
products.
7. Applicable reference standard designations.
8. Product specifications, including protective coatings.
9. Methods and details for anchorage to supporting construction.
10. Required installation clearances and tolerances, and the location and size of
openings or sleeves necessary for installation.
11. Manufacturer's recommended spare parts data with costs for parts included.
12. Technical product data and Material Safety Data Sheets on materials.
13. Purchase Orders as required in the specifications.
D. Compliance Certificates. Compliance certificates shall be certified by issuing
organization. Compliance certificates shall be submitted for the following, in
addition to compliance certificates required by other sections of these specifications:
1. Mil Certifications and Welding Procedures and Certification. Submit
qualified welding procedures and welder certifications as applicable for
required type welding work, in accordance with S-006: OWS Pipe and
Fittings.
2. Products not of the manufacturer's standard design, modified to suit these
requirements, manufacturer shall certify operating conditions, ratings, and
capacity of the modified product(s).
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-3
May,2001
3. Equipment bearing UL or FM Listing Mark.
E. Maintenance Products. The Contractor shall furnish maintenance products for
mechanical work in accordance with the requirements of this Article.
F. All maintenance products shall be delivered to the Operator at completion of the
Work. Products shall be unloaded and placed in storage as directed. The following
maintenance products shall be furnished in addition to maintenance products required
by other sections of these specifications.
1. Special Tools. Two each of special tools required for servicing mechanical
work.
2. Touch-Up Finish Paint. When major products are required to be factory
finished, furnish one gallon of each type and color finish coat paint applied to
product for field touch-up. Furnish one gallon of identification Finish top
coat paint. Refer to Section S-004 - OWS Protective Coatings.
G. Fabrication Drawings. Drawings shall be submitted for approval for all mechanical
work required by Division S-003 through S-006. All fabrication drawings shall meet
the requirements of this Article. Fabrication drawings shall indicate plan view layout
of mechanical work. Fabrication drawings indicating mechanical work associated
with equipment or other congested areas shall be drawn at minimum scale of 1;4"
equals 1 '- 0". When necessary for clarity include sections drawn at a minimum scale
of 1;4" equals 1'- 0".
H. Product Data. The product data submitted shall consists of the manufacturer's
specifications, recommendations and installation instructions for mechanical work
products required by Division S-003 through S-006. The manufacturer's published
data or certified laboratory test data indicating that each work product meets the
specified requirements shall also be included. When required, product data shall be
certified by product manufacturer. Data which affects design and construction of
supporting structure, including maximum reactions imposed on supporting structures
at each connection or bearing point is to be submitted. Submittals format shall meet
the requirements of the specifications.
I. Purchase Orders. All materials and equipment provided shall have a copy of the
purchase order submitted along with the Final Submittal as specified in the
specifications.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions related to mechanical work are as follows:
1. Coating. An internal or external paint system, epoxy system, fusion bonded
epoxy system applied to surface areas of ferrous metals for corrosion
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-4
May, 2001
protection.
2. Concealed. Hidden from sight within chases, or embedded in construction or
buried underground, in the completed project.
3. Contract Documents. Solicitation for Bids, Instructions to Contractors, Bid
Form, Bid Bond, Contract, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, General
Conditions, Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, Drawings, together
with all Addenda, Change Orders, Bulletins, Field Orders and Work Orders.
4. Design Pressure. Maximum coincident pressure in psig.
5. Dusttight. Absence of dust exfiltration and infiltration at Jomts and
connections, and between components when system is operating at maximum
design condition.
6. Erect. To furnish and install.
7. Equipment. Major machinery, devices, apparatus, or vessels (as contrasted to
appurtenances ).
8. Excavation. The removal and disposal of materials encountered when
establishing the required bottom.
9. Exposed. Not concealed in completed project.
10. Gastight. Absence of gas or air exfiltration and infiltration at joints and
connections, and between components when system is operating at
maximum design condition.
11. Install. Including assembly of fabricated parts and products, correct
placement and permanent anchoring of mechanical work, and all mechanical
work necessary for the systems and structures of the Contract Documents to
be complete, permanent and of safe and satisfactory operation.
12. Invert Elevation. Elevation measured at inside bottom of a pipe.
13. Line. Piping run, electrical conduit run and like items as applicable.
14. Piping. All pipe, fittings, flanges, gaskets, hardware, fasteners, valves,
specialties, supports and like accessories related to piping.
15. Pitch. Slope.
16. Provide. Furnish and install complete, in place and ready for service.
17. Psig. Pounds per square inch gage.
18. Singular Number. In all cases where a device, piece of equipment,
individual, etc., is referred to in the singular number (such as the "pump"),
such reference to be intended to apply to as many devices, etc. as required to
complete the installation as specified and as shown in the Contract
Documents.
19. Watertight. Absence of water exfiltration and infiltration at joints and
connections, and between components when system is operating at maximum
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-5
May, 2001
design condition.
20. Working Pressure. Operating pressure in psig.
1.5 DESIGN CONDITIONS
A. General.
1. Site Criteria:
a. Seismic Zone: 0 (API 650)
b. Water Table: Refer to General Notes on plans.
2. Noise Limitations. Noise, vibrations and like sounds emitted or generated by
mechanical work during any operating or loading condition, not exceeding
rated maximum load, to be. within requirements of governing codes and
regulations relating to permanent mechanical work operation.
3. Temperature. As published on historical data charts by U.S. Weather Bureau.
1.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the reference standards (latest
edition adopted by governing authorities) noted herein, except where more stringent
requirements are listed herein or otherwise required by the Contract Documents.
A. Air Transport Association of America (AT A)
1. 103 - Standards for Jet Fuel Quality Control at Airports.
B. American Petroleum Institute (API)
1. 5L - Specification of Line Pipe
2. Spec 6D - Specification for Pipeline Valves (Steel Gate, Plug, Ball and Check
Valves)
3. Spec 6FA - Specification for Fire Test for Valves
4. Standard 570 - Piping Inspection Code: Inspection, Rating, Repair and
Alteration
5. Standard 601 - Metallic Gaskets for Raised Face Pipe Flanges and Flanged
Connections
6. Standard 607 - Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter Turn Valves
7. Standard 609 - Butterfly Valves, Lug-Type and Wafer-Type
8. Standard 1109 - Marking of Liquid Petroleum Pipelines
9. RP 1110 - Pressure Testing of Liquid Pipelines
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-6
May, 2001
10. Bulletin 1542 - Airport Equipment Marking for Fuel Identification
11. RP 2003 - Protection Against Ignitions Arising out of Static, Lightning, and
Stray Currents
12. Standard 2009 - Safe Practices in Gas and Electric Cutting and Welding in
Refineries, Gasoline Plants, Cycling Plants and Petrochemical Plants
13. Standard 2201 - Procedures for Welding or Hot Tapping on Equipment
Containing Flammables
14. Chapters 3 and 5 of the Manual for Disposal of Refinery Wastes
C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
1. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX of the ASME Code, 1989
D. American Nationals Standards Institute (ANSI)
1. A13.1 - Scheme for Identification of Piping System
2. B2.1 - Pipe Threads
3. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and other
Special Alloys.
4. B16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings
5. B16.1O - Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Ferrous valves
6. BI6.11 - Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
7. B16.21 - Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
8. B16.25 - Butt Welding Ends
9. BI8.2.1 - Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, including Askew Head Bolts,
Hexcap Screws and Lag Screws
10. BI8.2.2 - Square and Hex Nuts
11. B31.3 - Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping
12. B36.1O - Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
13. Z53.1 - Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. A36 - Structural Steel
2. A53 - Pipe, Steel Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless
3. A105 - Forgings, Carbon Steel for Piping Components
4. A123 - Specification for Zinc (noted dip galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel
5. A176 - Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-7
May, 2001
6. A181 - Forgings, Carbon Steel, for General Purposes Piping
7. A 182 - Forged or Rolled Steel Pipe Flanges. Forged Fittings, and Valves and
Parts for High Temperature Service
8. A193 - Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for
High-Temperature Service
9. A194 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Temperature Service
10. A216 - Specification for Carbon Steel Castings
11. A234 - Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy
Steel
12. A285 - Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low and Intermediate Tensile
Strength
13. A352 - Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing
(Parts Suitable for Low Temperature Service)
14. A 733 - Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel
Pipe Nipples
15. B61 - Steam or Valve Bronze Castings General Service
16. B766 - Electro-deposited Coatings of Cadmium on Steel
17. D229 - Rigid Sheet and Plate Materials Used for Electrical Insulation
F. American Welding Society (A WS)
1. D 1.1 - Structural Welding Code
G. American Water Works Association (A WW A)
1. C210 - Liquid Epoxy Coating System for the Interior and Exterior of Steel
Water Pipelines
2. C213 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior
of Steel Water Pipelines
H. National Fire Protection Association (NFP A)
. 1. 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
2. 70 - National Electrical Code
3. 101 - Life Safety Code
4. 407 - Aircraft Fuel Servicing
5. 415 - Airport Terminal Buildings
6. 704 - Identification of Fire Hazards of Materials
I. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-8
May,2001
1. NACE RR0188-90 Discontinuing (Holiday) Testing of Protective Coatings
2. NACE RP0394-94 Application Performance and Quality Control of Plant
Applied, Fusion Bonded External Pipe Coating
3. NACE RP0490-95 Holiday Detection, of Fusion Bonded External Pipeline
Coating
J. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)
1. PAl - Paint Application Specification
2. SPl - Solvent Cleaning
3. SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning
4. SP5 - "White Metal" Blasting Specification
5. SP6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning
6. SP7 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning
7. SPIO - Blast Cleaning to Near-White Metal
8. P A2 73- T - Paint Thickness Measurement Specification
K. Factory Mutual Corporation (FM)
L. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
M. Uniform Fire Code (UFC)
1. Section 79
N. Department of Defense Military Specification (MIL)
1. C-4556F - Coating Kit, Epoxy for Interior of Steel Fuel Tanks (no lead or
chromates)
2. H-6088F - Heat Treatment
3. 810 - Water Proof Standards
4. P-23236B Paint Coating Systems, Fuel and Saltwater Ballast Tanks
O. Federal Supply Service, General Services Administration
1. QQ-P-416 - Plating, Cadmium
2. QQ-A601F - Cast Aluminum Alloy
P. Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA)
Q. Department of Transportation (DOT), Federal Aviation Administration
1. AC 150/5320-6C
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-9
May, 2001
2. AC 150/15230-4
R. National Electrical Code (NEC)
S. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
T. National Association of Pipe Coating Applications (NAPCA)
1. Bulletin 6-69-94-5 Suggested Procedures for Coating Field Joints using Heat
Shrinkable Materials
2. Bulletin 13-79-94 External Application Procedures for Plant applied (FBE)
Coatings to Steel Pipe
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Service. Installation assistance from a trained representative of the product
manufacturer's factory shall be provided to give installation instructions, assistance in
start-up operations, direct acceptance inspections and tests, and perform like services
at project site as required.
B. Existing Structures. Cutting, drilling or welding of existing structures for attachment
of mechanical work shall not be allowed without authorization by Owner for each
condition, except where specifically indicated. Requests for authorization shall be in
writing, designating specific extent and limits of work, and components proposed to
be cut, drilled or welded.
C. Other Project Work. The Contractor shall coordinate all mechanical work with other
project work.
1.8 OPERA TING AND MAINTENANCE DEMONSTRATIONS
A. General. Provide instructions and demonstrations to designated operating personnel
covering operation, adjustment and maintenance of mechanical work.
B. Coverage. Operating personnel to gain a thorough knowledge and understanding of
mechanical work. Instructions and demonstrations to include performance
requirements, manufacturer's instructions and all phases of safe operation, control,
adjustment and maintenance.
C. Instructor Qualifications. Instructor shall be a competent technician in operation,
adjustment and maintenance of each type of mechanical work. When required,
product manufacturer's representative shall be furnished to provide instructions and
demonstrations.
D. Service. Furnish product manufacturer's factory trained representative to provide
instructions and demonstrations when recommended by product manufacturer,
required by installer, necessitated by project site conditions, or when product
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-1O
May, 2001
manufacturer warranty is contingent upon such service.
1.9 REQUIRED WARRANTY
A. General. Warranty mechanical work meeting provisions of the Conditions of the
Contract, and to include the additional provisions of this Article and Warranties.
B. Extensions. Warranty to extend to corrections of the work found to be defective or
nonconforming to the drawings and specifications. Included are damages resulting
from such defects or nonconformance with the drawings and specifications. Excluded
are defects resulting from improper maintenance, operation, or normal wear.
Corrective work to be performed by original installer.
C. Warranty Period. Repairs or replacement made to mechanical work within the
warranty period to be warranted for one year from date of final acceptance of each
repair or replacement.
003-2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All equipment and material to be new and purchased specifically for this contract,
undamaged, of the best grade, and of domestic manufacture. Unless otherwise
specified, items of foreign origin shall not be permitted. Decision concerning quality,
fitness of materials, or workmanship to be by the Owner. Items not complying with
domestic manufacture requirement will not be accepted unless pre-approved by the
Engineer.
B. Where items exceed one in number, provide products with identical construction,
model numbers, and appearance from the same manufacturer. In so far as possible,
products are to be the standard design of the manufacturer. Manufacturer to be
engaged in the manufacture of the product for a minimum of five years. When
standard products are modified to suit these Contract Documents, manufacturer to
certify operating conditions, ratings and capacities of the product and Contractor to
submit compliance certificates.
C. All materials, items and components specified herein shall be certified by the
manufacturer, suitable for use in aviation kerosene (Jet A Turbine Fuel ASTM D
1655) at 275 psig, at 100 degrees F with a specific gravity of + 0.81.
2.2 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
A. Certain makes and manufacturers of material and equipment are specified herein and
indicated on the accompanying Drawings as "Acceptable Products" or "Acceptable
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-11
May, 2001
Manufacturer(s)". Prior to submittal, use manufacturer's published data to verify that
the product meets the Specification. Notify the Engineer of conflicts.
B. Alternates. Submit the specified materials and equipment. Where "or equal"
products are specified, alternate materials and equipment of other manufacturers may
be submitted but are to be clearly distinguished in the submittal as "EXCEPTIONS"
as noted in Specifications. Final determination as to the "equality" of the product
shall be determined by the owner.
003-3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. General. Examine the areas and conditions under which mechanical work is to be
installed or performed, and remedy any conditions detrimental to the proper and
timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
B. Existing Facilities. Verify existence, location and operation of existing mechanical
facilities to be abandoned, removed or altered.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General. Install mechanical work, meeting the requirements of the plans and
specifications and in accordance with product manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Meet requirements of final, reviewed submittals for the work.
B. Workmanship. All equipment, materials, and specialties shall be installed in
accordance with the best engineering practice and standards for this type of work.
Follow the recommendations and instructions of the product manufacturer, unless
otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings.
Only competent, orderly persons, satisfactory to the Engineer or an authorized
representati ve, who are particularly skilled in the class of work to be performed shall
be employed. Any employee of the Contractor or subcontractors determined
dishonest, careless, troublesome, or incompetent by the Owner or his authorized
representati ve shall be permanently dismissed from this project. The Contractor shall
bear all costs with providing replacement personnel.
C. Miscellaneous Concrete. Provide miscellaneous concrete work as required or
indicated for piers and pads. Concrete shall be as specified under Section 03300:
Concrete Work.
D. Welding. When required for safety, properly shield the welding area.
1. Piping Welding: Refer to S-006 OWS - Pipe and Fittings.
2. Miscellaneous Welding: Welding procedure to be governed by applicable
service type specification of A WS D 1.1 - Structural Welding Code.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-12
May,2001
E. Surface Finishes. All surfaces and edges of miscellaneous steel, concrete, and other
structural materials, to be smooth and free of marks, burrs, roughness, and other
defects. Finish welds to match parent material. Where possible, grind welds smooth;
remove flux, oxide, splatter or any other residue from the weld and adjacent areas of
exterior and interior surfaces. Do not use synthetic type filler putty as a metal filler.
F. Painting. Prime and paint all piping and ferrous metal surfaces not already suitably
primed and painted with the exception of galvanized, plated or machined surfaces,
insulating unions and dielectric flange gaskets, nameplates, tags, labels, or explosion
proof items. Paint items suitably primed and touch-up items furnished painted to
provide a uniform protective coating system; refer to S-004 - OWS Protective
Coatings. Meet manufacturer's instructions and recommended procedures.
G. Coatings. Coat all machined surfaces with a suitable rust preventative.
H. Setting and Aligning Equipment. All equipment supplied shall be set and aligned in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and applicable standards of good
practice. All equipment shall be set true and level at the locations indicated on the
Drawings. Adequate leveling of installed equipment shall be demonstrated.
I. Cutting and Patching. In addition to the requirements in the specifications, perform
all cutting, patching, carpentry, and masonry work required to accommodate
mechanical work. Patching to conform to the surrounding surfaces in every respect,
including painting, tiling, etc. Perform no cutting or patching without first obtaining
approval of Engineer or an authorized representative.
1. Openings in existing concrete or masonry to be core drilled, or perimeter
scored, both sides, prior to removing construction from opening area.
2. Metallic components, such as electrical conduits, piping and reinforcing steel
embedded in concrete for masonry construction shall not be cut except after
metallic components are identified and determined to be out of service or
otherwise suitable for cutting.
3. Fluid associated with cutting tools shall not be permitted to migrate outside
of immediate cutting area or into embedded conduit or piping.
J. Inspections and Tests
1. General. Test all of the equipment and pIping installed under this
Specification and demonstrate its pro.per operation to the Owner or an
authorized representative. Furnish all required labor, testing, instruments and
devices required for tests and pay for all expenses involved in conducting
such tests. If tests show work or equipment to be defective, immediately
make all changes necessary to correct work and performance to
the satisfaction of the Owner or an authorized representative. Provide 48-
hours notice in writing, to the Owner or an authorized representative of all
tests and demonstrations. Provide safe access to the test area if the work is in
preparation or in progress. Contractor to be given reasonable time to correct
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-13
May, 2001
defects.
2. Concealed Joints and Equipment. No pipe or equipment to be covered until
required tests have been completed and approved. Where the Contractor
considers this procedure unfeasible, he shall request a waiver from this
requirement in writing which clearly defines the exception to the procedure
and the extent of the work involved.
3. Inspection. Inspection includes but is not limited to:
a. Alignment. Check whether equipment has been aligned.
b. Lubrication. Check lubricant types and levels.
c. Tightening. Tighten bolts, cap screws and other fasteners.
d. Safety Guards. Check safety guards.
e. Operation and functioning.
4. Start-up. Perform equipment start-up meeting requirements of equipment
manufacturer. If manufacturer's representative is required to be present,
coordinate with same. Start-up to be made without load, except when
detrimental to equipment.
5. Final Condition. Before final acceptance, top-off all fluids, check all
connections, and remove all remaining debris.
K. Equipment Installation Acceptance. Equipment installation will be accepted by
Owner or his authorized representative after running equipment under load in
permanent operation. After equipment installation acceptance and when requested,
additional work shall be performed to correct deficiencies or improper operation of
equipment. Payment shall be excluded for work relative to time spent correcting
deficiencies or improper operation of equipment covered under the work. Additional
work not related to deficiencies may be requested by the Owner and will be paid on
basis of contract conditions relative to changes in the work.
3.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
A. General. The Contractor shall assure delivery of all materials to the job site in ample
quantities to insure uninterrupted progress of work.
All equipment, materials, specialties shall be protected from the elements and other damages
caused during shipment, storage, and erection until final acceptance by the Owner.
Responsibility for damages or losses incurred by these or other causes shall be that of
the Contractor's. Equipment shall also be protected from deterioration, paint or
coating spills or spots, corrosion, or harm from any other source
B. Fuel Piping. Jet A piping shall be segregated from all other steel on the project.
Special handling requirements shall be followed as stated in Section $-006 - OWS
Pipe and Fittings.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-14
May, 2001
C. Labels and signs shall be provided as required by all local codes and as called for in
the Contract Documents. Permanently attach or support same.
D. All fabricated assemblies and all equipment items shall be cleaned thoroughly before
operating or testing. Prior to acceptance of any installation, the Contractor shall test
and demonstrate all equipment to be correctly connected and installed. All testing and
check-out procedures recommended by the manufacturer shall be carried out by the
Contractor and witnessed by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. The Owner
and/or Owner's Representative shall be notified 48 hours in advance of all testing.
All equipment and surrounding areas shall be protected from damage resulting from
testing operations. Clean up and spills for leakage from testing.
E. All tested equipment found to be defective or inoperable to any extent shall be
reported to the Engineer. Any operating difficulty or defecti ve item as a result of the
Contractor's work shall be repaired or replaced and put into proper operation by the
Contractor immediately.
F. Upon completion of the installation and successful testing, the Contractor shall
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner the operation and performance of the
entire fueling system.
003-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
4.1 No separate measurement shall be made for work under this section.
003-5 METHOD OF PAYMENT
5.1 No separate payment will be made for work under this section. The cost of the work
described in this section shall be included in the contract Lump Sum and unit prices of oil-
water separator (Item S-005-5.1).
END OF SECTION S-003
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-003-15
May,2001
ITEM S-004
OWS PROTECTIVE COATINGS
004-1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
This Section covers field and shop applied external corrosion protection coating for piping,
casing, secondary containment, fittings, and materials installed underground and inside
valve pits. Along with internal linings (coatings) for storage tanks, equipment, piping and
fittings, it also covers external painting for all storage tanks, equipment, materials, piping,
valves, fittings, flanges, structural steel, conduits, boxes, supports, etc., installed
aboveground. Plating for bolting hardware is covered in Section S-006: OWS Pipe and
Fittings.
This Section includes, but is not limited to the following:
A. Externally paint all aboveground piping, equipment, valves, fittings, structural and
miscellaneous steel and other appurtenances.
B. Internally line all fuel, fuel drain & vent piping and fittings 2-1/2 inches and larger in
the shop. Controlled storm water piping and fittings shall not be internally lined.
C. Internally line the oil water separator and all structural and piping surfaces which
contact fuel or fuellwater mixtures. OWS lining shall be shop applied.
D. Externally coat oil water separator in accordance with the STI-P3 system specified in
Section S-005: Oil Water Separator. Externally paint all aboveground appurtenances
of the OWS as specified in this section.
E. Stainless steel piping and tubing shall not be internally lined or externally coated.
F. Provide concrete surface coatings as shown on the drawings and as specified in these
specifications.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General. The Coating Contractor shall submit a written coating report, completed
daily at each phase of the coating process beginning with surface preparation. This
information shall be submitted on the attached form, found at the end of this Section.
I. Field and shop applied coatings and blast medium shall meet Federal and local
VOC requirements.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-1
May,2001
2. Any materials that may come in contact with the fuel shall be free of
galvanizing, copper, and zinc. All materials, items, and components specified
herein shall be certified by the manufacturer to be suitable for exposure or
immersion, where applicable, in Jet-A and all mixtures of Jet-A and water.
3. Paint Systems shall be Lead Free, Chromate Free, and Asbestos Free.
4. Mildew Resistance. Organic coatings shall pass fungus growth test as
specified in Federal Test Method Standard No. 141B, Method 6271.1.
5. Inspections. The Owner, Engineer and Inspector shall at all times have access
to the Work. The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and
inspection. The Owner and Engineer reserves the right to inspect the Work at
any time to verify compliance with all the requirements of these Specifications.
The Owner and Engineer reserves the right to approve each phase of the Work
before any further Work may be done, to halt all Work deemed to be improper
or not in compliance with these Specifications, and to require the Contractor to
promptly correct all improper practices or deficient Work.
Inspections will include witnessing of specified testing and wet and/or dry film
thickness gauging, visual surface inspection by the naked eye and/or suitable
magnifying instrument to detect runs, sags, drips, cracks or other defects in the
coating system. Inspections may also include any other examination of the
prepared surfaces or coating system deemed necessary by the Owner or
Engineer including random destructive testing and coating adhesion checks.
a. Dry Film Thickness Readings. Dry film thickness (DFT) readings of
the coating are taken to provide reasonable assurance that the specified
minimum DFT has been achieved. A minimum of five (5) separate spot
measurements shall be made over every 100 square feet in area. Each
spot measurement shall consist of an average of three (3) gauge readings
next to each other, no further than six (6) inches apart. Each spot
measurement must be within the specified minimum thickness. The
single gauge readings, however, making up the spot measurement are
permitted to be no less than 80 percent of the specified minimum
thickness. If film thickness is not found to be uniform and to
specification, the Contractor shall be required apply additional coats at
no cost to the Owner until the specified film thickness has been obtained.
Dry film thickness is to be checked in the shop prior to shipment by the
Contractor at his expense by the Independent Testing and Inspection
firm.
b. Equipment. The Contractor shall provide all necessary inspection
equipment (at the discretion of the Owner or Engineer), labor, rigging, lighting
and other equipment to facilitate the inspection.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-2
May,2001
c. Expenses. Any expenses incurred for corrective measures required as
the result of improper practices and/or defective or deficient work shall
be borne by the Contractor and the extent of these corrective measures
shall be at the discretion of the Owner and Engineer.
6. The Contractor shall secure the services of an approved Independent Testing
and Inspection Laboratory or Manufacturer's Technical Representative to
witness the application and testing and to certify that the pipe and fittings were
prepared, cleaned and coated using methods and materials conforming with
these Specifications.
Shop coating inspection shall be performed by an approved National
Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) Certified Coatings Inspector.
Inspection and testing reports shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer for
review and approval prior to shi.pment of materials. After review of inspection
and testing reports, the Owner or Engineer will release materials for shipment.
7. All applications shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's published
instructions. Materials used shall be listed as approved on the current Federal
Quality Products List.
8. The ends of the pipe shall be capped using suitable plastic cap secured with a
double wrap of 2-inch wide pressure sensitive tape. Maintain caps at all times
until trench installation. Refer to Section S-006: OWS Pipe and Fittings.
9. If, in the opinion of the Owner or Inspector, the coatings show ridges, waves
runs or holidays indicating uneven coverage or improper application the
Contractor shall be required to remove and reapply the coating no cost to the
Owner.
B. Coating Contractor Oualifications. Coating Contractor shall be certified by the
coating, lining and painting system manufacturer and shall submit documentation
that the manufacturer will warrant the applied system.
All fueling system coating applications shall be by companies that have previously
applied the specified coating systems on aboveground storage tanks and fueling
systems.
1. All work done shall be performed by a company that has at least ten (10) years
experience, WITH COMPANY'S WORKFORCE.
2. In addition, the person in charge of all craft personnel shall have at least five
(5) years experience in coating jet fuel piping and equipment systems.
3. Prior to any activity under this specification section and no later than fifteen
(15) days before NTP, the Contractor shall provide a listing of jobs of similar
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-3
May,2001
nature required in this project which the company and the field person in
charge have performed which would qualify them to perform work under this
specification section.
The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Owner and
Engineer for approval:
a. The Contractor's address and description of business.
b. Years in business.
c. A list of the equipment owned by the Contractor that will be utilized in
completing the work.
d. Bonding reference, name, address, and telephone number.
e. The Contractor's performance record over the past four (4) years, or the
description and location of at least four (4) equivalent projects
satisfactorily constructed by the Contractor, which includes location,
description of work, Owner name and telephone number.
f. The technical experience of the employee in responsible charge of the
work.
g. A list of three recent similar projects performed under the direction of a
Professional Engineer or Registered Architect. The list should contain
the names of the firms, the addresses, telephone numbers, and project
contact names.
h. A list of three material suppliers, their names, addresses, and telephone
numbers.
1. A list of the Subcontractor(s) that the Contractor intends to employ on
the project.
J. Such additional information as will assist the Owner and Engineer in
determining whether the Contractor is adequately prepared to fulfill the
Contract(s).
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-4
May,2001
4. The Contractor shall submit evidence that they have practical knowledge of the
particular work bid upon and that they have a performance bond in the amount
required to complete the proposed work. Failure on the part of any Contractor
to carry out previous contracts satisfactorily, or his lack of experience or
equipment necessary for the satisfactory and timely completion of these
projects, may be deemed sufficient cause for disqualification of said
Contractor. The Contractor shall readily and independently document that he
possesses the experience, equipment and financial resources for a timely and
professional completion of these projects.
C. The tank coating system shall be warranted for a ten (10) year period.
1.3 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. Submittals for equipment and materials specified herein
are required. Format for submittals on materials and equipment shall be as specified in the
Specifications.
A. Submit manufacturer's product data and application instructions for all coatings,
linings, and paint.
B. Submit reports from an approved Independent Testing and Inspection Laboratory
and Manufacturer's Technical Representative as specified herein.
C. Submit on all materials and equipment including, but not limited to, the following
items:
1. Coating manufacturer's name with item code numbers for specified coatings to
be used.
2. Color charts of materials to the Owner and Engineer for selection and
acceptance. One copy of data on selections to be at job site for reference.
3. Technical product data and Material Safety Data Sheets on each coating and
diluent to be used.
D. Submit Coating Contractor qualifications as referenced in Quality Assurance of this
Section. References are to include specific projects involving storage tanks for Jet-A
Fuel.
1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS. Turn over to the system operator not less than one
unopened gallon of each product and color used. Containers shall be tightly sealed and
clearly labeled for identification.
1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS. The contractor shall comply with applicable provisions of
the latest edition of the codes listed in Section S-003: OWS Basic Mechanical
Requirements.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-5
May, 2001
004-2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL. Materials furnished for each coating system must be compatible to the
substrate. When shop-applied surfaces are to be coated, ascertain whether finish materials
will be compatible with shop coating. Inform the Owner of any unsuitable substrate or
coating conditions. Start of work by applicator will signify acceptance of surface to be
painted.
2.2 SHOP-APPLIED EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE PIPE COATING
A. General. All underground fire foam, fuel drain and vent, controlled storm drain,
casing and secondary containment piping installed underground shall have an
external coating system applied either in the pipe manufacturer's mill or in the
shop of an approved custom applicator. Material shall be Skotchkote 206N or
approved equal, color shall be blue green.
B. Procedure.
1. Surface preparation, material, application, testing, inspection handling, storage
and field installation shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of
A WW A C213, Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating. Applicable API or ASTM
Standard and pipe schedule shall be stenciled continuously along the entire
pipe length. On secondary containment, stencil the word AUP@ on the top of
the containment to facilitate installation.
2. Be applied in accordance with NAPCA Bulletin 12-78-83. Application
Specifications Mill Applied Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coatings. Apply epoxy
powder to piping electrostatically in accordance with NACE RP0394-94 and
NAPCA Bulletin 12,79-94.
3. Surfaces shall be abrasive-blasted, in accordance with SSPC SP-IO-85,
Near- White Metal Blast Cleaning, to a nominal blast profile height as per
manufacturers instructions. Before any primer or coating is applied, metal
surfaces shall be completely dry, dust free, inspected and approved by the
Owner or Independent NACE Coatings Inspector.
4. Abrasive-blasting shall be coordinated with coating application which shall be
applied as soon as possible after blasting. If blasted surface remains uncoated
overnight, it shall be reblasted.
5. Care shall be taken to prevent grease, oil, or other organic matter from
contacting the blasted surface prior to application of the prime coat.
6. All burrs and rough protrusions on the outer surface of the pipe shall be ground
smooth prior to coating.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-6
May, 2001
7. Apply coating with a uniform thickness of 14 to 16 mils.
8. Provide a 3-inch cut back from each end.
2.3 SHOP-APPLIED INTERNAL EPOXY PIPE LINING
A. General. All fuel piping, fuel drain and vent and fittings 2-2 inches and larger in
size, shall be internally coated in the manufacturer's mill or in the shop of an
approved internal epoxy applicator with a two component, chemically cured, system
in accordance with the following specifications and MIL-P-23236B or MIL-C-
4556E. Top color shall be white.
B. Procedure.
1. Remove all grease or oil by thorough cleaning using an oil-free solvent.
2. Abrasive-blast steel surfaces to SSPC-SP-5-85: White Metal Blast Cleaning to
nominal profile height per manufacturer's instructions. No rust preventative
coating material or other temporary coating shall be applied after
abrasive-blasting and before application of the internal epoxy coating. Care
shall be taken to prevent grease, oil, or other organic matter from contacting
the blasted surface prior to application of the prime coat. Blasting shall be
coordinated with primer application which shall be applied as soon as possible
after blasting. If the blasted surface remain uncoated overnight, it shall be
reblasted. Before any primer or coating is applied, metal surfaces shall be
completely dry, dust free, inspected, and approved by the Owner or
Independent NACE Coatings Inspector.
3. The ends of the pipe and fittings shall have the paint wiped back 2-inches with
cloth or other approved absorbent material. Masking the ends will not be
acceptable as a thin film of paint is desired to prevent rust until installation of
the material.
4. Apply one coat of a two-component epoxy resin primer; color shall be beige,
yellow or ivory. The thickness of the cured primer shall be not less than 3
mils, but shall not exceed 4 mils.
5. The prime coat shall be allowed to cure in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation for immersion service.
6. Apply one coat of a two-component epoxy resin protective top coating. Top
coat color shall be white. The cured thickness of the top coat shall be not less
than 3 mils, but shall not exceed 4 mils.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004- 7
May, 2001
7. After the top coat has been cured in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation for immersion service, the internal epoxy lining shall be
Holiday tested in accordance with NACE RP0188-90. Apply additional primer
and top coats to areas requiring touch-up.
2.4 FIELD-APPLIED EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE PIPE COATING
A. General. All fittings, thermite welded areas, pipeslfittings located underground and
inside valve pits and spots with shop-applied coating damage, shall receive
field-applied external protective coating of Liquid Epoxy System of Skotchkote 312,
in accordance with A WW A C-21O. The color shall be blue green. Welded joints
shall receive a field applied external protective wrap using Heat Shrinkable Sleeves
in lieu of the Liquid Epoxy Coating System. Shrinkable Sleeves shall be tape Coat
SU75 conforming to A WW A C216. Install in accordance with NAPCA 6-69-94-5.
B. Procedure.
1. Remove oil and grease.
2. Clean pipe and fittings thoroughly of all mud, dirt, loose scale and rust with
abrasive blasting, in conformance with SSPC SP-1O-85: Near White Metal
Blast Cleaning. Blast profile shall be in accordance with manufacturer
recommendations and SSPC Standards.
3. Grind smooth all burrs and sharp protrusions.
4. Pipe surface must be dry before applying the coating system.
5. Apply the coating in such a manner as to not damage existing pipe surfaces.
6. Coatings for piping to be pressure tested shall be applied after testing and
approval.
7. Leave welds uncovered until after testing and approval. Holiday test In
accordance with NACE RPO 188-90.
8. Do not coat manufacturer's name tag, identification tag, instruction tag(s) or
control mechanism.
9. For the Liquid Epoxy System, total DFT shall be 18-20 mils. Installations
shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published instruction and in
conformance with A WW A-C21O.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-8
May, 2001
2.5 EXTERNAL PAINTING
A. General. All aboveground piping, storage tanks, valves, fittings, vessels, structural
steel, miscellaneous steel, equipment and appurtenances shall be externally painted.
Do not paint natural finished metal such as aluminum and stainless steel or
galvanized steel surfaces. Do not paint equipment name plates. External preparation
a11d primer coat for the aboveground piping, fittings, tank shell and roof plates shall
be applied at the pipe manufacturer's mill or in the Tank Contractor's shop.
The external coating system shall be a two component, chemically cured, epoxy
system primer and intermediate coats, the top coat shall be polyurethane. DFT for
each coat shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for a warranted 10 year life
span. Acceptable manufacturers are Tenemec Co., Wasser High-Tee Coating Inc.,
or Val spar Coatings. Tank top and intermediate coat color shall be Tank White with
Beige primer coat.
Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted prior to commencement of
work. Report in writing to the Owner and Engineer any condition that may
potentially affect proper application. Do not commence until such defects have been
corrected.
B. Protection. Adequately protect all surrounding surfaces from paint, grindings, blast
material, and any other damage. Repair damage that resulted from inadequate or
unsuitable protection. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields, and protective
equipment to prevent fallout from fouling surfaces. Place waste cloths and material
which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remOve daily from
site. Erect temporary shelters to provide adequate shielding and prevent materials
from becoming airborne.
Provide overspray monitor boards around the perimeter of site. The monitor boards
shall be 3' x 3' x 3/8" thick plywood painted black. The boards shall be checked
periodically during the painting operation. If the boards show signs of overspray,
immediately stop painting and do not resume until the situation is correct and the
monitor boards are repainted black. Boards shall be at least 15 feet off the ground
and fastened at 25 foot center to center.
C. Preparation of Surface. Surfaces shall be abrasive-blasted in accordance with SSPC
SP-IO-85: Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. Abrasive-blasting shall be coordinated
with primer application which shall be applied as soon as possible after blasting. If
blasted surface remains uncoated overnight, it shall be reblasted. Care shall be taken
to prevent grease, oil, or other organic matter from contacting the blasted surface
prior to application of the prime coat. Before any primer or coating is applied, metal
surfaces shall be completely dry, dust free, inspected and approved by the Owner or
Independent NACE Coatings Inspector. After tank erection is complete provide
additional touch-up or recoat primer as required.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-9
May, 2001
D. Procedure.
1. Apply coating in accordance with manufacturer recommendation. Only roller
or brush-on application shall be permitted outside of containment shelter on
site. Provide an additional strip coat on all weld seams. Erect temporary
shelters to enclose areas as necessary to meet the requirements as stated in this
Section.
2. The exterior dry surfaces of the tank at weld seams and spots of damaged shop
primer shall be cleaned of all paint, grease, oil, rust, mill scale, and other
foreign or loose material before coating is applied. Cleaning shall be done in
accordance with the Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC SP
10-85: Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. Before any primer or coating is
applied, metal surfaces shall be completely dry, dust free, inspected and
approved by the Owner.
3. In addition to the above referenced coating repair, the entire surface of the
shop primed materials and equipment shall be prepared and abraded, per
manufacturer recommendation and SSPC SP 7-94: Brush-Off Blast Cleaning,
in order to remove all foreign or loose materials. This process is to take place
after installation is complete and prior to intermediate coat application. Before
any primer or intermediate coating is applied, shop primer surfaces shall be
completely dry, dust free, inspected and approved by the Owner. The abrasive
used for Brush-Off Blast Cleaning shall be a 30/60 grade of abrasive
conforming to Bay Area Air Quality Standards, or Owner approved equal, and
shall not overly abrade or damage the shop primer by exposing the substrate.
As determined by the Owner, damaged shop primer shall be repaired by
application of another coat of primer and before application of the intermediate
coat.
4. Apply each intermediate coat with slight variation in color to distinguish it
from preceding coat. Allow ample drying time in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. Finished surfaces shall be free from runs,
drips, ridges, brush marks and variation in color, texture and finish.
5. Do not paint when temperature is below 50 degrees F or during periods of
inclement weather. Relative humidity must be less than 85 percent and the
surface to be painted must be at least 5 degrees above the dew point. Exterior
applications shall be made only when wind velocities do not exceed 10 mph.
E. Cleaning. As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where
spilled, splashed or spattered. During progress of work keep premises free from any
unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus material and debris. Remove
waste materials from painting operations daily. Upon completion of work, leave
premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Owner. Waste disposal shall be
offsite in a legal and approved manner.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-1O
May, 2001
2.6 INTERNAL TANK LINING
A. General. All of the following items shall be coated with a chemically cured, two
component epoxy, in accordance with MIL-P-23236B or MIL-C-4556E (lead and
chromium free): structures damaged by work, and all structure and piping system
surfaces within the tank that contact fuel (or fuel-water mixtures). Top coat shall be
white.
Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted prior to commencement of work.
Report, in writing, to the Owner and Engineer any condition that may potentially
affect proper application. Do not begin work until such defects have been
corrected.
B. Protection. Adequately protect all surrounding surfaces from paint and damage.
Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. Furnish sufficient
drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent emissions from fouling
surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation
area. Place waste cloth and fire hazardous material in closed metal containers and
remove daily from site. Erect temporary shelters as required to provide adequate
shielding to prevent paint, grindings, and blasting material from becoming airborne.
Install adequate ventilation equipment in all areas of application to ensure that at no
time does the content of air exceed the Threshold Limit Value given on the
manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets for the specific coatings being applied.
Provide monitoring on a regularly scheduled basis in accordance with OSHA
Standards. Provide access to the tank interior during blasting and lining operations
to the Owner as required to witness and monitor the progress.
C. Preparation .of Surface. Surfaces shall be abrasive-blasted in accordance with SSPC
SP-IO-85: Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. Abrasive-blasting shall be coordinated
with primer application which shall be applied as soon as possible after blasting. If
blasted surface remains uncoated overnight, it shall be reblasted. Care shall be taken
to prevent grease, oil, or other organic matter from contacting the blasted surface
prior to application of the prime coat. Before any primer or coating is applied, metal
surfaces shall be completely dry, dust free, inspected and approved by the Owner or
Independent NACE Coatings Inspector. In addition, tank bottom weld joints shall be
abrasive blasted prior to and again after hydrostatic test. Glass seal on foam chamber
shall be protected from damage during internal sandblasting of tank. If glass has
been damaged in any way during this operation, Contractor shall replace glass at his
expense.
D. Procedure.
1. Each coat shall be applied at the specified rate or recommended DFT and in
the manner recommended by the coating manufacturer and it shall be well
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-11
May, 2001
worked into the surface to which applied. No laps or brush marks shall show.
The film thickness of the coatings will be measured and any readings below
the specified film thickness shall be corrected by applying an additional
coat(s).
2. Apply coating in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Provide an
additional strip coat on all weld seams. Erect temporary shelters to enclose
areas if necessary to meet the requirements as stated in this Section. Start
application at the top of the tank and progress to the bottom of the tank.
3. Apply each intermediate coat with slight variation in color to distinguish it
from preceding coat. Allow ample drying time in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. Finished surfaces shall be free from runs,
drips, ridges, brush marks and variation in color, texture and finish.
4. Do not paint when temperature is below 55 degrees F or during periods of
inclement weather. Relative humidity must be less than 85 percent and the
surface to be painted must be at least 5 degrees above the dew point.
5. Holiday test all internal tank lining and repair Holiday's as specified.
E. Primer. Apply one coat two-component epoxy Beige resin primers. The thickness
of the cured primer shall be not less than 6 mils and not to exceed 8 mils at any
individual location. The prime coat shall be field applied and allowed to cure in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Since priming plates at shop, need
to brush blast entire surface and repair damages as required to primer surface in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Top Coat. Apply one coat two-component White resin protective top coating. The
thickness of the cured finish coat shall not be less than 6 mils and not to exceed 8
mils at any individual location. The top coat shall be allowed to cure in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendation for immersion service.
G. Cleaning. As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where
spilled, splashed or spattered. During progress of work keep premises free from any
unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus material and debris. Remove
waste materials from painting operations daily. Upon completion of work, leave
premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Owner or Engineer. Waste
disposal shall be offsite in a legal and approved manner.
004-3 EXECUTION
3.1 COA TING REPAIRS. Repair all damages to pipe coating systems on pipe and fittings
before the piping is holiday tested. Repair of piping internal epoxy lining at field welds is
not required. Repair all cuts, breaks, voids, bruised or scarred spots, and any other damage
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-12
May,2001
caused prior to delivery, or resulting from handling or installation of the pipe and fittings,
or from any cause whatsoever.
Repair the coating where welds are made and where the coating is damaged or broken by
the installation of instrumentation or other accessories or appurtenances. Perform all
repairs in accordance with the requirements specified under the section entitled:
Field-Applied External Protective Pipe Coating. Repairs to shop-applied coating shall
provide a thickness equal to or greater than the factory applied coating.
3.2 FACTORY COATINGS. Perform adhesion and solvent testing on equipment factory
coating to verify suitability for exposure and immersion where applicable in Jet-A.
Remove any coatings that do not pass the testing and coat and line as specified in this
section.
3.3 INSPECTION. Use wet film gauges to verify each application coating at approximate 15
minute intervals. Immediate correct excessive or insufficient wet film thicknesses. Use dry
film gauge to verify dry film thickness for each coat, and for the total system. Periodically
check relative humidity and temperature limits with a sling psychrometer. Check substrate
temperature at regular intervals to ensure surface is 5 degrees F or more above the dew
point.
3.4 TESTING. In addition to testing specified elsewhere in this Section, Holiday test all
internal tank lining and external underground pipe coating, USTs and OWSs, in
accordance with the manufacturer requirements. Coatings shall be Holiday tested in the
shop prior to shipment by a NACE Certified Coatings Inspector, provided by the
Contractor, and shall be certified to be Holiday free in accordance with NACE RP0490-95.
In addition to shop testing, Holiday test all exposed coatings prior to backfilling and after
installation in trench in accordance with the applicable requirements.
3.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Delivery of Materials.
1. Allow sufficient time for testing if required. Coordinate construction schedule
with coating system shelf life. Allow a reasonable amount of time for
anticipated weather related or construction related delays when ordering
materials with limited shelf life.
2. Deliver in sealed containers with labels and inscriptions legible and intact.
B. Storage of Materials.
1. Store only acceptable materials on project site.
2. Provide separate area and suitable containers for storage of coating and related
equipment.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-13
May,2001
3. Do not apply any coatings until submittals have been approved.
4. Legally dispose of any excess coating materials after work is complete.
004-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
4.1 No separate measurement shall be made for work under this section.
004-5 METHOD OF PAYMENT
5.1 No separate payment will be made for work under this section. The cost of the work
described in this section shall be included in the contract Lump Sum and unit prices of
oil-water separator (Item S-005-5.1).
END OF SECTION S-004
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-14
May, 2001
COATING REPORTS
Unit
Project
Contractor
Identification
Location
Date
Surface Prep
Foreman
Profile: Spec
Primer: Spec
Dew Point
Obtained
Used
OF; Dry Film: Spec
Quality
Air Temp
mils; Obtained
Time Completed
Relative Humidity
Field Touch-Up Contractor
Foreman
Surface Temp
Spec Paint
Obtained
%
Date
OF; Relative Humidity
Item Used
mils
Time
Air Temp
%; Dew Point
Dry Film: Spec
=F
OF
mils
Finish Coats: Contractor
Foreman
Surface Temp
Spec Paint
Cure Time Allowed
Date
OF; Relative Humidity
Item Used
; Dry Film: Spec
Time
Air Temp
%; Dew Point
Dry Time before Recoat
mils; Obtained
:=F
OF
mils
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-004-15
March, 200 1
ITEM S-005
OIL WATER SEPARATOR
005-1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section specifies the following mechanical equipment:
1. Fuel Storage Facility Oil Water Separator (OWS)
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE. The Contractor shall comply with applicable provlSlons
(latest edition) of the codes listed in Section S-003: OWS Basic Mechanical Requirements.
A. The design, fabrication, erection, testing and inspection shall conform to the
requirements of UL-58, Standard for Safety - Steel Underground Tanks for
Flammable and Combustible Liquids. The tank shall bear the UL label.
1.3 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. Submittals for equipment and materials specified herein
are required. Format for submittals on equipment and materials shall be as specified in the
specifications.
A. Submit manufacturer's certification of the following:
1. Surface preparation conformance
2. Interior coating millage and testing performance
3. UL label
4. STI-P3 label
5. Guarantee of effluent quality (for oil water-separator only)
6. Shop pneumatic pressure tests
1.4 REQUIRED WARRANTY. The Contractor shall provide Guarantees and Warranties in
accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions.
A. In addition, the individual equipment manufacturers shall guarantee that the
equipment shall provide proper operation in the' environmental conditions found at
Florida Keys Marathon Airport (Marathon, Florida).
B. STI-P3 OWS manufacturers shall provide a standard 30 year warranty.
C. The Contractor shall apply for and obtain all necessary permits.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-005-1
May, 2001
005-2 PRODUCTS
2.1 OIL WATER SEPARATOR
A. Design Requirements. The oil water separator (OWS) shall be a steel cylindrical,
underground, horizontal, gravity type separator designed for flow rates as indicated
on the Drawings. Tank shall be a Type II, double wall construction with full 360
degree secondary steel containment, manufactured in accordance with UL 58.
Provide interstitial space monitoring connection. Dimensions, flow rates and total
volume shall be 2,000 Gallons. The tank dimensions shall be as shown on the
Drawings.
The separator shall also be provided with a water sump on the discharge side of the
separator. The separator shall process uncontrolled surges of water, oil, or oil-water
mixture ranging from zero flow to 100% of maximum hydraulic throughout,
providing an effluent of 10 PPM of oil or less. The oil water separator shall be
designed in accordance with Chapters 3 and 5 of the API Manual on Disposal of
Refinery Wastes (volume on Liquid Wastes, latest edition).
The oil water separator shall be complete, functioning units including tank, separator
system controls, access hatches, vents, inlet and outlet openings, oil stop valve and
any other components necessary to provide proper and specific performance. Oil
water separator shall be the product of a single supplier regularly engaged in the
manufacture of such equipment and the design shall be specifically adapted to meet
the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Tank Hold Down. Hold down straps, anchors, pads, turnbuckles and/or belts
shall be as described on the drawings. Materials shall be as recommended by
OWS manufacturer.
2. Accessories.
a. Provide a Coalescer as required to intercept hydrocarbon particles less
than 20 microns in size and produce a hydrocarbon effluent of less than
10 PPM. The coalescer shall be housed for easy access through a
manway complete with an extension, cover, gasket, bolts, and access
ladder if required.
b. Interstitial Space Connection. A continuous annular space shall be
provided between the primary and secondary shells to allow for the free
flow and containment of all leaked product from the primary tank. The
interstitial space monitoring connection shall be provided so that routine
manual verification of the interstitial space for leak detection.
c. Oil Stop Valve. Provide an internal gravity differential type oil stop
valve on the OWS discharge connection. The valve shall be designed to
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
8-005-2
May,2001
prevent a release of product from the OWS during a sudden product
release that exceeds the OWS capacity. Coordinate the size with the
discharge size. Acceptable manufacturer: Enquip or approved equal.
d. Gauge Hatches. All gauge hatches shall provide for easy access to OWS
for gauging product level or sampling. Hatch shall be spark-proof and
design for mounting as shown on the drawings. Provide cover and lock
for gauge body. Size shall be as indicated on the drawings.
e. Vents.
1. Design Requirements. Hatches shall provide for easy access to
OWS product sampling. Hatch shall be complete with top seal cal
and adapter. Seal cap shall assure a positive, uniform, leak proof
seal when closed. Adapter shall screw onto fill pipe by means of
internal wrenching lugs.
2. Construction. Cap shall be Duratuff7 high impact composite with
stainless steel pins. Links shall also be Duratuff7. Gasket shall be
Buna-N.
3. Acceptable Manufacturer. Manufacturer shall be OPW Fueling
Components, No. 633T adapter and 634tt cap.
f. The OWS shall be equipped with manholes sized as shown on Drawings,
complete with extensions, UL approved gaskets, cover, ladder rungs, and
stainless steel bolts, washers, and nuts.
g. Provide cathodic protection and a test station as per the manufacturer
recommendations. Provide wiring connected to the tank at the
manufacturer's shop.
B. Construction
1. Primary tank and secondary containment material shall be carbon steel A36
plate.
2. The Contractor shall provide the tanks with the capacities, SIzes and
appurtenances as shown on the Drawings.
3. The OWS shall be provided with lifting lugs.
C. Certification.:. The OWS manufacturer shall provide the services of an approved
independent testing laboratory to certify that surface preparation and coating systems
are in accordance with S-004 OWS Protective Coatings and STI-P3. Proof of UL 58
label and STI-P3 are required. UL 2215 listed is preferred.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-005-3
May, 2001
Submit independent certification of maximum 10 ppm grease or oil effluent
conformance. This may be in the form of manufacturer's published literature
containing independent test results.
D. Finishes.
I. Interior Surfaces. Interior surfaces shall be coated by the manufacturer with an
internal lining system in accordance with S-004: OWS Protective Coatings.
2. Exterior Surfaces. The exterior of the tank, including manway cover and
extensions, shall be cleaned and coated in accordance with STI-P3. Provide
cathodic protection anodes and insulating bushings and flanges for OWS
connections. The aboveground surfaces shall be coated as specified.
E. Acceptable Manufacturers. Subject to meeting the requirements of the
specifications, acceptable manufacturers for the oil water separators are Enquip or
approved equal.
005-3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
After placement in excavation, check oil water separator to insure proper, uniform slope
towards the tank drain/pump out/interstitial space monitor. The elevation shall be
confirmed before backfilling. Nozzles to be level in all directions.
Before proceeding with backfill, install the anchors and hold down straps and tighten the
turnbuckles securely and evenly throughout the length of the tank. The bottom and sides
of the tank are to be fully and evenly supported by hand shoveling and tamping. The
foundation for the tank shall be firm soil suitably graded with 6-inches of clean sand or
pea gravel. The tank shall be encompassed by clean sand, pea gravel, or compacted soil
free from stones and other foreign matter. Use clean sand to backfill up to 12-inch above
the top of tank. Hand guided power equipment can be used to place fill in 6-inch layers,
compacted to a minimum of 98% maximum dry density, after the bottom quadrant is
filled. Clean, noncorrosive, well tamped gravel to be used for backfill from a point 12-
inch above the tank to sub grade for concrete slab.
Do not fill the tank, even partially, before the bottom quadrant is backfilled. Provide
dewatering as required to maintain the excavation dry at all times. The level of product is
not to exceed the level of compacted backfill at any time. The oil water separator shall be
filled with potable water.
3.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Tank is to be unloaded and placed on the sand bed using a crane, the rigging procedures
are to be provided by the manufacturer. Use the tank lifting lugs for lifting into place.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-005-4
May, 2001
The use of slings and/or chock blocks are not permitted around the tank. During
handling, inspect and holiday test the tank for internal and external coating damage and
repair before proceeding. All underground storage tanks and oil water separators shall be
delivered to the site as one unit with all accessories attached and connections provided
for.
3.3 TESTING
A. Compaction Tests. A minimum of four soil density tests per tank area are to be
performed.
B. Pneumatic Tests. In addition to the shop tests required, pneumatically test the tank
after installation and before backfilling in accordance with the STI-P3 and UL 58
requirements and manufacturer recommendations. Brush a soap film solution over
the weld seams to check for leaks. The contractor shall repair all leaks in a manner
acceptable to the Owner and the manufacturer. Provide the services of an approved
independent testing laboratory to witness and certify the shop tests.
C. Tank Strapping. After all work on the tank is complete, prepare a calibration table
showing the following data: internal volume of product (in US gallons to the nearest
tenth) taken at any height of liquid (in feet), in tenths of a foot and hundredths of a
foot. Calibrate the tank in accordance with API 2550 for critical measurement.
Provide (5) five laminated copies of the certified record of the tank calibration to the
Owner.
005-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
005-4.1 The oil/water separator will be paid for on a lump sum basis, wherein no separate
measurement will be made.
005-5 METHOD OF PAYMENT
005-5.1 Payment for the item oil/water separator will be made at the lump sum price bid for
the item oil/water separator for which price and payment shall include the cost of
furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, including concrete foundation (pad),
concrete cover slab, tremie seal concrete, sheeting and shoring, dewatering,
treatment of underground water, base course, backfill, connection to the power
supply, vent, all ancillary piping and all incidentals in connection therewith
necessary to complete the work.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. S-005-5.1 Oil/Water Separator..............................................Lump sum
END OF SECTION S-005
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-005-5
May,2001
ITEM S-006
OWS PIPE AND FITTINGS
006-1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the piping for fueling system, fittings, materials and construction
procedures, welded and threaded connections, welding and radiographing
requirements.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall comply with applicable provisions (latest edition) of the codes
listed in Section S-003 - OWS Basic Mechanical Requirements. All pipe and piping
materials shall be produced by a domestic manufacturer approved by the Engineer.
1.3 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for equipment and materials specified herein are required. Format for
submittals on materials and equipment shall be as specified in the Specifications.
1. Calculations
a. Submit all calculations (not for approval but for information only),
signed and sealed by a State of Florida Professional Engineer.
2. Certifications
a. All materials and equipment furnished under this contract shall be
accompanied by a manufacturer's certification, from an Owner
approved Independent Testing Laboratory, attesting to its
conformance to the requirements of these specifications. Materials
and equipment not accompanied by said certification will be rejected
and not permitted to be installed on the job. No payment will be
made for rejected materials and equipment.
3. Pipe Elasticity and Expansion
a. The Contractor shall configure the piping within the stress limits of
the ASME Code for Pressure Piping. The pipe routing will require
detailed stress and expansion calculations by the Contractor. These
calculations shall be submitted as Compliance Submittals, for review.
4. Pipe Bends
a. Submit shop drawings of all bends and bending procedures for
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-1
May, 2001
approval.
5. Fabrication Drawings
a. Include in-plan view of all piping. Dimension pipelines in plan view
and locate in elevation. Show the actual equipment furnished,
equipment location by dimension and connections. Submit before
fabrication begins.
1.4 REQUIRED WARRANTY
B. The Contractor shall provide Guarantees and Warranties in accordance with the
requirements Warranties in the specifications.
006-2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE
A. General Pipe
1. Pipe 2 Ih-inches and larger shall be manufactured in conformance with the
requirements of ASTM A53 Grade B, or API 5L Grade B, Type S (seamless)
or Type E (electric resistance welded). Pipes shall be furnished in double
random lengths, as required. Pipe 2 Ih-inches through lO-inches shall be
Schedule 40, and pipes larger than 10 inches shall be % -inch (0.375-inch)
wall thickness, unless otherwise specified. Pipe 2-inches and smaller shall be
A106, Grade B or ASTM A53 Grade B, Type S (seamless only), Schedule
80. Pipes and fittings in the piping system shall not be galvanized. Stencil
all pipe with specification and grade as specified under "Certification" and
paragraph 3.6 Identification in this Section. Pipe shall be manufactured from
domestic steel and produced in the United States of America.
B. Joints.
2. All underground piping shall have welded connections. Piping 2 Y2 -inches
and larger shall have butt welded joints. Piping 2-inches and smaller shall
have socket weld connections. Gauge, drains, and vent piping 2-inches and
smaller located inside valve pits or aboveground shall have threaded
connections only where indicated on the Drawings.
C. Coating
1. Pipe shall be externally coated and internally lined and casing pipe shall be
externally coated as specified in Section S-004 - OWS Protective Coatings.
D. Fittings
1. All fittings shall be protected from water damage and from contamination at
all times.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-2
May,2001
E. Certification
1. All pipe and fittings shall be new and purchased specifically for this contract
and be tested and certified at the Mill for conformance with the specified API
or ASTM standard.
2. Mill certification of all piping and fittings and copy of the purchase orders
shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to shipping and delivery.
An additional copy of the pipe Mill certification shall be supplied by the
Contractor, at the time of each delivery, for all pipe and pipe fittings along
with the shipping manifest.
3. Mill identification on the pipe shall be directly traceable to the mill
certification report, in order to specifically identify each piece of pipe or
fitting as being fabricated from the steel tested under the Mill certification.
2.2 FITTINGS FOR WELDED PIPE
A. General
1. For pipe sizes 2-inches and smaller, fittings shall be socket welded type and
shall be manufactured of carbon steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM
A105 Grade II conforming to ANSI B 16.11, and shall be Class 3000-pound.
2. For pipe sizes 2 Y2 -inches and larger, fittings shall be butt welded type,
manufactured of carbon steel and shall meet the requirements of ASTM A234
Grade B and conform to ANSI B 16.9. Wall thickness of fittings shall match
wall thickness of pipe. Elbows shall be long radius (1.5xD) unless otherwise
indicated.
3. Fittings shall be manufactured from domestic steel produced in the United
States of America.
B. Pipe Bends
1. Bends other than 45 degrees or 90 degrees, shall be made with long radius
weld ells cut to the proper angle and shop bevel weld ends in accordance with
ANSI BI6.25, or with long radius pipe bends, bent to the proper angle as
indicated on the Drawings.
2. Pipe roundness shall be maintained to factory tolerance for straight pipe
lengths.
3. Miter bends and joints shall not be used on the pipe.
C. Branch Connections
1. At the Contractor's option, forged fittings may be used in lieu of welding tees
for branch connections. Branch connections shall be manufactured of forged
carbon steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM A 105 Grade II, 3000-pound
class conforming to ANSI B 16.11.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-3
May, 2001
2. Branch connections shall be butt weld insert weldolets, sweepolets, sockolets,
elbolets, or butt weld vesselets.
3. Standard weldolets shall not be used on buried pipe.
4. Only fittings that attach to the pipe via a weld that can be radiographed will
be allowed on underground pipe.
D. The fittings shall also be externally coated and internally lined as specified in Section
S-004 - OWS Protective Coatings.
2.3 FlTfINGS FOR SCREWED PIPE
A. Threaded connections shall only be permitted inside valve pits and aboveground as
indicated .on the Drawings. Screwed fittings shall be manufactured of forged carbon
steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM A105, Grade II, and shall be Class 3000-
pound conforming to ANSI B 16.11. Threads of screwed piping shall be full, clean,
sharp, and true conforming to ANSI B2.1. Bushings shall not be used except as
noted or shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be manufactured from domestic steel
produced in the United States of America.
2.4 FLANGES
A. Flanges shall be standard weldneck type Class 150-pounds minimum or of a rating
corresponding to flanges supplied on equipment or vessels, forged carbon steel,
meeting the requirements of ASTM A105 Grade II conforming to ANSI B16.5
manufactured of domestic steel produced in the United States of America. Finish of
the flange surface mating the gasket shall phonographically serrated. Flange facings
and position of bolt holes shall correspond to the equipment to which the piping is
joined and shall, unless otherwise required, be standard l/winch raised face flanges.
2.5 GASKETS
A. Flange gaskets shall consist of aramid/glass fibres with the inclusion of NBR
elastomer. No asbestos shall be permitted. Full face gaskets shall be used for flat
face steel flanged joints. Ring gaskets shall be used for steel flanged joints with
raised face flanges. Non-insulating gaskets shall be Ih6-inch in thickness (minimum).
Flange and gaskets shall be protected from water damage or from contamination at
all times.
1. Gasket Characteristics.
a. Hydrocarbon resistant
b. Tensile strength: ASTM F152, greater than or equal to 2900 psi
c. Density: 96 Ib/ft3
d. Max. Service Temperature: Greater than or equal to 8000F
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-4
May, 2001
e. Min. Service Temperature: -40oF
f. Max. Pressure: Greater than or equal to 2000 psi
g. Sealability: ASTM F37 A, 1.00 mUhr
2.6 FLANGE BOLTS AND NUTS
A. Machine bolts and stud bolts shall be cadmium plated high strength steel, heavy hex
head, meeting the requirements of ASTM A193, Grade B7, conforming to ANSI
BI8.2.1.
B. Nuts shall be cadmium plated high strength carbon steel, heavy hex head, meeting the
requirements of ASTM A194, Grade 7 conforming to ANSI BI8.2.2.
C. Flat washers shall be cadmium plated hardened carbon steel, circular type and meet
the requirements of ASTM F436, Type 1, conforming to ANSI BI8.2.1.
D. Cadmium coatings shall conform to ASTM B766, Class 8, Type n. Bolting
hardware shall be produced and manufactured in the United States of America.
2.7 FLANGE INSULATING KITS
A. Flanged insulating assemblies shall be used for full electrostatic isolation of
cathodically protected pipe line from cathodically unprotected assemblies, and shall
be Gasket-O-Seal Type "E" as manufactured by Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc (PSI)
Houston, Texas, Maloney, Central or approved equal.
B. Insulating joint shall consist of a full face thermosetting molded phenolic insulating
gasket, insulating bolt sleeves and double quantity of insulating washers and stainless
steel washers.
C. Insulating materials shall be as follows:
1. Gasket. Phenolic retainer conforming to ASTM D 229 with Buna-N "0" ring
seal molded in a groove on each side of the retainers. lI8-inch thick for class
150 raised face gasket. Minimum dielectric strength shall be 500 volts per
mill (vpm).
2. Sleeves. Shall be lI32-inch wall thickness spiral wound mylar, length to suit
two class 150 lb. weld neck flanges, insulating gaskets and valve body
thickness. Sleeve shall provide "full" insulation of studs; minimum dielectric
strength shall be 4000 vpm.
3. Insulating washers. Grade G3HT phenolic, lI8-inch thick (minimum), 1 per
each side of flange. Dielectric strength shall be compatible with minimum
insulating values of insulating sleeves and gaskets.
D. Install insulating joints at the locations indicated on the Cathodic Protection
Drawings. Where not shown on the Drawings, it shall be installed at the first flange
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-5
May,2001
(within the pit) nearest to the pit's wall.
E. Flange assemblies shall provide a minimum resistance of one million ohms measured
between each stud and both flanges when tested in the dry condition.
2.8 PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
A. Install pipe supports and anchors aboveground and inside valve pits to prevent sag,
not to exceed 0.1 inch along the flow line gradient, or vibration and to adequately
support the piping without interfering with inherent flexibility. Spacing and
arrangements shall conform to ANSI B31.3. Install all required inserts and anchors
prior to pouring of concrete. Provide complete assemblies adequately rated for the
applied load.
B. Provide galvanized concrete inserts and shop or field-fabricated galvanized brackets
or clip angles of structural steel shapes where applicable. Fabricate supports and
fasten securely to structure at points of adequate structural strength. Floor mounted
pipe support shall be anchored to concrete using expansion type anchor bolts.
C. Expansion bolts shall be Phillips "Red Head" self-drilling anchors. Explosion or
powder driven fasteners shall not be used. Make adjustments after systems are
placed in operation.
2.9 PIPE NIPPLES
A. Carbon steel pipe nipples shall be of the same material as the pipe it joins to and shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM A 733.
2.10 INSTRUMENT TUBING AND FITTINGS
A. Material
1. Tubing shall be ASTM A269, Type 304 annealed stainless steel.
2. Wall thickness shall be 0.049 inches.
3. Fittings shall be stainless steel. Manufacturer shall be Parker Hanifin or
Swagelok Tylok or approved equal for flareless tubes.
2.11 BOOT SEAL AND MECHANICAL SEAL
A. Casing boot sealing shall be provided for pipe entry/exit over the mechanical seal.
Boot seals shall be flexible synthetic rubber, one piece with alloy 316P stainless steel
bands and clamps. Seals shall be installed after pipe has been permanently placed,
tested and approved.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers. Mechanical seal shall be as manufactured by Thunderline
Corporation, "Link Seal", or approved equal. Boot seals shall be as manufactured by
PSI T.D. Williamson, Inc. "Z Seal", or approved equal.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-6
May, 2001
006-3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall secure the services of a State of Illinois registered Land
Surveyor to "Record" the location and elevation of the pipe prior to backfilling. The
Contractor is responsible for informing all parties that may be affected by this work.
Coordinate installation of testing, cathodic protection, duct banks any all items.
B. Laying Underground Pipe. The Contractor shall lay, embed, and maintain all
underground piping as required to the flow-line elevation and grades. Pipe lines shall
be graded uniformly between pipe elevations noted. Any pipe that has the grade or
joint disturbed after being laid shall be taken up and relaid. Arrange all piping with
proper slopes, true to line and grade, without sags, traps, or pockets, and pitched to
drain at the lowest points, so that the entire system can be emptied whenever needed.
Provide high point vents and low point drains where shown on the Drawings and as
required.
C. Installation
1. Install pipe so as to be clear of physical contact with other pipes, pipe sleeves,
reinforcing steel, conduits, cables, or other metallic structures. Where pipes
cross other pipes or structures with a separation of less than twelve (12)
inches, install insulating separators to fill the gap. Separators shall be
phenolic pads (no other material will be permitted), minimum 12-inches by
12-inches by the required thickness. Do not lay pipe in water or when trench
conditions are unsuitable.
2. Install pipe complete with valves, fittings, and accessories and make all
necessary connections. Provide offsets, fittings, vents and drains and
accessories in the pipe line as required to eliminate interferences at structures
so as to match actual equipment connection locations and arrangements. All
fabrication and installation shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B31.3.
Anchor pipe, in an approved manner, during installation to prevent flotation
prior to placement in service.
3. The Contractor shall provide in writing to the Engineer the installed u.G.
pipe grade elevations for approval prior to backfilling.
4. Once installation of the pipe is completed, the Contractor shall use only non-
metallic tools and shovels to work around the pipe in order to avoid damage
to its protective coating.
D. Embedment Material
1. Provide granular pipe embedment material as indicated on the Drawings but
not less than six (6) inches below the bottom of the pipe to not less than six
(6) inches above the top of the pipe, and not less than six (6) inches on either
side of the pipe. Pipe embedment material shall consist of uniformly graded
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006- 7
May,2001
inert clean silica sand material, clean and free from organic materials with
100% passing through a No. 16 sieve per ASTM C33. The full length of
each section of pipe shall rest solidly upon the pipe embedment material.
Sand shall be capable of compaction to 100% density.
Material qualification characteristics shall be:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Resistivity:
pH:
Chlorides:
Sulfates:
greater than 15,000 ohm-em; per EPA 120.1
minimum of 7.5; per EPA 904.5
less than 100 ppm; per EP A 325.2
less than 300 ppm; per EPA 375.4
Contractor shall submit embedment material test report for approval to the
Engineer before purchasing and stockpiling material onsite and prior to
backfilling with material and prior to placing UG. Pipe.
E. Temporary Plugs
1. When work is not in progress, securely close open ends of pipe, or fittings
using approved expanding type waterproof, (rated minimum 20 psi)
watertight plugs to prevent trench water, earth, or other foreign substance
from entering the pipe, or fittings. Temporary plastic caps used for transport
and delivery shall not be used in the trench. Seal the threads of bolts in the
plugs and submit plug for approval. Temporary plugs shall be used only
when approved by the Engineer.
F. Temporary Weld Cap
1. Contractor shall provide Temporary Weld Caps as detailed on the Plans to
properly seal the pipe from the environment. Conditions requiring the use of
temporary weld caps are as follows:
a. Temporary backfilling over exposed end of pipe.
b. Construction phase terminates.
c. Pipe installation will cease for periods longer than twenty-four
hours.
d. Weather conditions threaten to fill the pipe trench with storm
water.
e. Hydrostatic and pneumatic tests.
2. Contractor shall be responsible to weld and maintain temporary caps.
G. Trench Excavation
1. The Contractor and all his subcontractors performing trench excavation on
this Contract shall comply with the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration's (OSHA) trench excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R., S.
1926.650, Subpart P, including all subsequent revisions or updates to these
standards as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment Security
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-8
May,2001
(DLES).
2. Trench Excavation, Sheeting, and Bracing Construction Methods. The
Contractor shall be responsible for trench excavation requirements and
necessary permits. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the adequacy
of the design of all trench excavations, sheeting, and bracing areas and
maintenance during the course of work.
3. Provide trench sidewalls sloped (stepped) as required for stability, above a
horizontal plane 12 inches above top of pipe. Sheet and brace where
necessary.
4. Spotter. Contractor shall provide a spotter with each back hoe operator
during trenching and excavation. The spotter's responsibility shall be to
notify the operator of utility conflicts or unsatisfactory work conditions.
5. Existing Utility Conflicts. Prior to commencing work on the vicinity of other
utilities, the Contractor shall notify each utility company and request that they
locate isolation sources for the utilities in conflict. The Contractor shall
provide a contingency plan to shut off, reroute and repair adjacent utilities if
they are damaged by work in this contract.
H. Pipe Cleaning
1. The Contractor shall clean each joint before welding, and shall remove all
rust, loose debris and contaminants. The Contractor shall keep the pipe line
clean at all times; pipe lines shall be capped at the end of each work day. The
Contractor shall remove materials such as welding rods, equipment, tools,
etc., left inside the pipes while installing lines.
3.2 WELDED JOINTS FOR PIPE AND CASING PIPE
A. General
1. Welding electrodes shall be designed and made for use with the specific pipe
metal to which it is applied and shall conform to the applicable A WS
Specifications for welding rods and electrodes.
. 2. Welding electrodes shall be suitably shielded. Backing rings shall not be
used.
3. Align pipe joints with pipe clamps and clean and remove all rust and loose
debris and contaminants from each joint prior to welding. Clamps or other
alignment devices shall not reduce the internal pipe diameter.
4. Any weld or weld repair, once started, shall be continued until the weld has
been completed.
5. All welds shall have full penetration and fusion and shall conform to ANSI
B31.3. Weld metal shall not project within the piping at completion of the
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-9
May, 2001
welding.
6. All weld material and burrs protruding outside the pipe's outer surface shall
be ground smooth. This does not pertain; however, to normal stringer beads
and weld caps.
B. Process
1. Welding shall be accomplished by the use of the shielded metallic arc process
and shall be performed in strict accordance with the requirements of ANSI
B31.3. Welding process and/or procedures that comply with any other
standard will not be accepted.
C. Procedure
1. Not less than sixty (60) days prior to performing any weld, the Contractor
shall submit to the Engineer or an authorized Representative for approval the
welding procedure specifications and the welder qualifications (meeting the
requirements of ANSI B31.3) proposed to be used on the job. The
Contractor's submittal shall include, as a minimum, the following:
a. Current certified copies of the procedure qualification test records
confirming that the procedures have been qualified specifically for
this Contract in accordance with ANSI B31.3 and Section IX of the
ASME Code. These Codes shall appear on the Welder's Qualification
Certificate.
b. The Contractor shall submit the records in a form similar to the
"Procedure Qualification Record" and shall include the information
required by Section IX of the ASME Code and ANSI B31.3.
c. Welding procedure shall be designed for the conditions of this
Contract and shall be complete and specific, and shall differentiate
between shop and field welding, manual and automatic welding.
d. The Contractor shall provide the services of an Independent Testing
Laboratory, approved by the Engineer, to certify each manual welder
and welding machine operator Welds shall be made and tested as
required by ANSI B31.3 and Section IX of the ASME Code. The
following conditions shall apply for qualification testing of each
welder:
(1) All welds shall be made in the downhill method.
(2) All pipe groove welds shall be in test position 6G.
(3) No backing rings shall be used.
(4) All test welds shall be gi ven a radiographic examination prior
to the performance of bend test.
(5) All test welds shall be given the performance bend test.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-1O
May, 2001
(6) Welders failing to qualify after (2) unsuccessful attempts shall
not be retested and shall not be permitted to perform any
welds on this project.
(7) All test results shall be submitted to the Owner for approval.
e. In addition to the above, each welderloperator shall possess a
currently approved certificate, meeting the requirements of these
specifications, issued by an approved testing authority. Satisfactory
evidence as to qualifications and certificate possession shall be
presented to the Engineer for each welderloperator employed prior to
any welding being performed.
f. Any individual performing any production on the fuel piping or
casing, other than Thermite attachment of cathodic protection
devices, who has not been qualified in accordance with the above
procedures for this Contract shall be immediately and permanently
barred from performing any work.
D. Identification
1. Each welder shall identify his weld with specific code marking signifying his
name and assigned number. The Contractor shall maintain an up to date
record of the welders and the code assigned to each welder.
2. The welder shall mark his code on the pipe, not closer than 2-inches nor
farther than 3-inches from a weld. The Contractor shall indicate, on his set of
plans for submittal as Record plans, the location of each weld by number and
the respective welder's identification code. The identification methods to be
used by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer along with the
respective welders qualification test records.
E. Preparation of Pipe Ends for Butt Welding
1. Preparation of pipe ends shall be in accordance with ANSIBI6.25. Shop and
field bevels shall be machine cut with a flame bevel tool; freehand manual
flame cutting will not be permitted.
F. Defecti ve Welds
1. Defective welds shall be repaired or redone, in accordance with ANSI B31.3
at the Contractor's expense. Repairs to defective welds shall not be made
prior to authorization. All cracked welds shall be completely recut and
redone, no partial repairs are permitted. The Engi,neer will determine if
repairs may be made or if the entire joint must be cut out and welded again.
Any welder producing the greater amount of the following shall be prohibited
from performing additional welding:
a. A total of three defective welds.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-11
May, 2001
b. A number of defective welds which exceeds one percent of the total
welds on the pipe.
(1) The Contractor shall count and submit the number of total
pipe welds prior to commencing work and submit to the
Engineer along with the Welding Submittals.
3.3 SCREWED CONNECTIONS
A. Use screwed connections in pits for connections for pressure gauge connections and
sample connections, as shown on the Drawings. Use an approved Teflon tape which
is resistant to the effects of aviation hydrocarbon fuels and which is approved by the
Underwri ters' Laboratories for the intended application, in the making of the screwed
connection.
3.4 "GAS FREE" CONDITIONS
A. All operations in the construction area, where fuel is present in the system, that
involve open flames or the possibility of arcing or sparking shall be conducted in a
"Gas Free" condition. These operations shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
1. Use of internal combustion engines not equipped with Underwriters'
Laboratories approved spark and flame eliminators.
2. Use of electric motors or electric devices with arcing brushes or sliding
contact that could produce arcing or sparking.
3. Use of tools which may produce impact sparks.
4. Electric or gas welding.
5. Use of cutting or other torches or other open flame equipment.
6. Holiday testing.
7. Use of equipment with hot surfaces or glowing elements.
8. Use of any other equipment or procedure that could create a fire hazard.
B. The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to monitor the use and suitability of
the equipment and procedures on the job and certify to maintain a safe
noncombustible "Gas Free" condition when necessary during construction. The
Contractor shall provide certified equipment and personnel to verify "Gas Free"
conditions. Proof of recent calibration and certification shall be furnished to the
Engineer or an authorized representative.
C. Prior to commencing any phase of the work requiring a "Gas Free" condition, the
Contractor shall verify condition of fuel line 's content prior to removing welded caps,
blank plates, temporary plugs, or blind flange for interface connection. Empty pipes
containing fuel and purge of all vapors. Provide any vents or drains as required for
verification. The Contractor shall isolate, blank off, and adequately ventilate open
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-12
May, 2001
piping sections or tanks so that no part containing fuel or vapors is exposed. The
Contractor shall make certain that there are no open pools or reservoirs of fuels
exposed in the vicinity of the work.
D. The Contractor shall perform all other safety precautions necessary to insure that
these operations are conducted in a safe manner in accordance with all applicable
codes. The Contractor shall provide two 150-pound fire extinguishing bottles on
wheeled carts. The Contractor shall utilize an approved combustible gas analyzer or
detector to ensure no combustible gas concentrations exist in the construction area
when performing these operations.
3.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
A. General
1. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and supplies to unload,
haul, and string all material at the site of the work. All unloading, hauling,
and stringing operations shall be as specified under this Section. The
Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the coating done by the
delivery. Contractor shall coordinate with fuel operators for equipment
storage location one week prior to delivery.
B. Hauling and Stringing Pipe
1. Perform the hauling and stringing of pipe and other materials in such a
manner as to prevent damage to pipe and material and its protective coatings
and not interfere with operations. Any damage to the pipe or pipe coating
shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. Plastic
caps covering the ends of the pipe shall remain in place until just prior to the
welding of the pipe or installation in trench. If any caps are damaged,
missing or not in place, the inside of the pipe shall be re-cleaned; new caps
shall be then re-secured to the pipe ends in order to prevent dirt, water, and
other foreign material from contaminating the inside of the pipe.
2. The Contractor shall take all precautions to prevent entrance of dirt or debris
into pipelines during stringing and installation, and reimburse any expense
incurred by the Owner for removal of such objects found during the warranty
period. The Contractor shall string the pipe along the trench line in such a
manner as to cause the least interference with the normal use of the area
crossed. The Contractor shall leave gaps at suitable intervals to permit access
to adjacent facilities and to provide for passage of equipment.
C. Handling Coated Pipe
1. Storage Racks. Storage rack material shall be 6-inches in bearing width and
placed not more than 6-feet apart. Do not rack pipes lO-inches in diameter
and larger more than two sections in height; and pipes 8-inches and under not
more than four sections in height. Protect and prevent movement of all
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-13
May, 2001
racked pipe by use of suitable padded material between sections.
2. Handling Operation. All trucks handling coated pipe shall have properly
padded bolsters, padded chains, and padded binders so as to not damage the
coating. Pipe shall not be dropped or rolled off the truck, but shall be
carefully lowered onto skids using padded mechanical equipment. Coated
and wrapped sections of pipe must be lifted with nylon slings of approved
width and shall not be dragged or pulled into position.
3.6 IDENTIFICA TION
A. General
1. Coated pipes shall be stenciled continuously along the entire pipe length.
2. Mil Identification shall be stenciled and clearly visible within 2-inches of the
pipe or fitting end. The Mil identification on the pipe shall be directly
traceable to the mil certification report, in order to specifically identify each
piece of pipe or fitting as being fabricated from the steel tested under the Mil
certi fi cati on.
B. Underground Pipe. Provide a Pipe warning tape for the entire length of the pipe
material delivered to the owner.
1. Tape shall be continuous metallic lined PVC tape, a minimum of six (6)
inches wide with contrasting lettering one (1) inch high to read CAUTION:
BURIED PIPE BELOW, as manufactured by Seton Company or approved
equal.
2. Submit tape sample for approval prior to application.
3.7 RECORD SURVEYING
A. General
1. In addition to other record requirements, provide survey of all underground
piping invert elevations. Provide data at all changes in direction and at 100
foot intervals along straight runs. Contractor to provide surveying crew to
survey pipe just prior to backfilling. Submit survey data, hard copy and
electronic disk, monthly along with pay request for approval. Prior to
backfilling the Contractor shall provide raw survey information of pipe
profile to the Engineer for approval prior to backfilling of pipe or pipe
sections.
3.8 CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING PIPE
A. General The Contractor shall connect to the existing pipe at the location shown on
the Drawings. Connections shall include modifying portions of the pipe to allow the
new pipe adequate clearance to cross and connect to the existing pipes. The existing
pipes which require tie-ins or connections to new fuel piping are full of nitrogen
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-14
May, 2001
under pressure. Caution nitrogen displaces oxygen.
Exercise extreme caution on existing pipes. This work shall include isolating,
venting, draining, purging, cutting, lowering, welding, testing, flushing, coating
repairs, restoration and all incidental work to connect to the pipe. Cleaning, testing,
and flushing of pipe shall be in accordance with these Specifications. Provide gas
free conditions in accordance to this section.
Each pipe section shall be taken out-of-service only as directed by the Owner. An
out-of-service pipe must be returned to service before work can continue on the
system or as specified by Owner and/or Owner Representative. All work on the
active fuel systems shall be coordinated with the proper authorities. Contractor shall
provide complete construction procedure and shop drawings of this work to the
Owner for approval, and shall notify the Engineer in writing ten (10) working days
prior to commencing the work.
006-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
4.1 No separate measurement shall be made for work under this section.
006-5 METHOD OF PAYMENT
5.1 No separate payment will be made for work under this section. The cost of the work
described in this section shall be included in the contract Lump Sum and unit prices of
oil/water separator (Item S-005-5.1).
END OF SECTION S-006
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-006-15
May, 2001
ITEM S-007
CA THODIC PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND PIPING
006-1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
This Section covers the requirements for furnishing, installing, and testing a complete cathodic
protection system for underground piping as herein specified and as shown on the Plans.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials to provide a cathodic
protection system to protect all underground steel piping installed under this Contract from
corrosion, as shown on the Plans and specified herein. This shall include, but not necessarily
be limited to, furnishing and installing all anodes, anode test stations, reference electrodes,
wire and incidental items.
The Contractor shall engage the services of a cathodic protection specialist, certified by
NACE International subject to approval by the Engineer provided by and at the expense of
the Contractor, to supervise the installation and testing of the herein specified cathodic
protection system.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation, performance testing and certification
of all the cathodic protection work performed under this Section. Cathodic protection shall
be provided for the underground steel piping installed under this Contract by means of a
sufficient number and size of connected sacrificial magnesium anodes to provide a not less
than 30 year protection period before external corrosion may begin to occur.
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Labor provisions apply to each and every section of the
specifications.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE.
A. CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall be a firm regularly
involved in corrosion control work on a full-time basis for a period of at least five (5)
years, and shall submit to the Owner, 7 days before Notice to Proceed, the names and
addresses of at least ten (10) clients for whom they have satisfactorily performed
cathodic protection services of a nature similar to the work proposed to be performed
under this Contract.
That portion of the work which involves the installation of the cathodic protection
system and the testing thereof, shall be performed under the direct supervision of a
NACE International certified cathodic protection specialist.
1.2 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS.
A. General. Requirements for all submittals shall be as specified in specifications,
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-007 -1
May,2001
unless otherwise noted in this Section.
B. Contractor's Qualifications. Verification of the Contractor's work experience and
certification of the cathodic protection specialist shall be submitted in writing, as
noted under subsection 1.02, to the Owner and Engineer for approval prior to
commencement of the work.
C. The Contractor shall submit ten (10) copies each of product data sheets covering the
following material:
1. Chemical composition of anodes and lead wire material.
2. Anode weight and total weight of anode package including backfill material.
3. Reference electrode and electrode lead wire material.
4. Welding, coating, and priming materials.
5. Test station, shunt size and lead wire material.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS.
The work shall be performed in accordance with the latest requirements of laws and codes governing
this work, including but not limited to:
D. National, State and Local Laws, Regulations and Codes.
E. National Electrical Code (NEC).
F. U.S. Department of Transportation Regulations for the transportation of liquids by
pipeline: Parts ISO and 195, Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations (DOT).
G. NACE International - Standard RP-01-69, (1996 Revision) Recommended Practice
- Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping
Systems.
H. National Electric Safety Code.
006-2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS. All materials shall be the latest design, in new condition and the first quality
standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such materials. All
materials shall be compatible and, where possible, be the product of one manufacturer.
2.2 GALVANIC (MAGNESIUM) ANODES. Anodes shall be prepackaged magnesium high
current output type, Maxmag or approved equal, each containing 32 pounds of galvanic
(sacrificial) anode and having the following chemical composition:
Aluminum
0.010% Maximum
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-007-2
May,2001
Manganese
Zinc
Silicon
Copper
Nickel
Iron
Other Impurities
Magnesium
0.50% to 1.30%
0.00%
0.05% Maximum
0.02% Maximum
0.001 % Maximum
0.03% Maximum
0.05% each or 0.3% Maximum
Remainder
All galvanic anodes shall be cast with a perforated galvanized steel core. The weight of the
core shall not exceed 0.10 pound per foot. One end of the anode shall be recessed so that one
end of the strap is accessible for lead wire connections.
The anode lead wire shall be fifteen (15) foot minimum in length and shall be No. 12 A WG
7 strand copper wire with Type THWN insulation, red in color. The lead wire shall be
connected to the core with silver solder. The connection shall be mechanically secured
before soldering, and shall have at least one and one-half turns of wire at the connection.
The entire connection shall be insulated to a 600 volt rating by filling the anode recess with
an electrical sealing compound.
The galvanic anodes shall be packaged in a permeable cloth bag with inert backfill material,
containing not less than a 40 pound mixture of:
Ground Hydrated Gypsum 75%
Powdered Wyoming Bentonite 20%
Anhydrous Sodium Sulphate 5%
Backfill shall have a grain size such that 100% is capable of passing through 20 mesh screen
and 50% through a 100 mesh screen. The mixture shall be firmly packaged around the
magnesium anode within the cloth bag by means of adequate vibration so that the magnesium
anode is completely surrounded with a minimum 112 inch of backfill material. The combined
weight of the anode including backfill and sacrificial galvanic anode material shall be not
less than 72 pounds.
2.3 TEST STATIONS AND REFERENCE ELECTRODES. Flush mounted test stations shall
have a cast iron head capable of withstanding a minimum average load of 250 P.S.I., eight
inches in diameter, with raised lettering "CP-Test" and a six-inch outer diameter by twenty
four inches long, non-metallic conduit, Model 668, as manufactured by c.P. Test Services,
Inc. or approved equal. Flush mounted test station shall provide seven (7) terminals with
nickel plated brass hardware. A 0.1 ohm shunt shall be furnished for the test station. The
flush moounted test station shall be provided with a I-inch wide by 2-inch long, type 316
stainless steel tag. The tag shall have the associated structure name stamped into the metal.
Attach tag to anode lead wire inside test station.
Post mounted test stations shall have a cast aluminum head, 4 1/2 inches in diameter by 11
inches high, Series 900, as manufactured by Gerome Manufacturing Company, Inc., or
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-007-3
May, 2001
approved equal, mounted on a 3-inch galvanized rigid steel conduit. All post mounted test
stations shall provide seven (7) terminals with nickel plated hardware. A.l ohm shunt shall
be furnished for each test station. Each post mounted test station lead wire shall be provided
with a name tag.
Tank test stations shall have a cast aluminum head, 4 1/2 inches in diameter by 6 inches high,
Series SOO, as manufactured by Gerome Manufacturing Company, Inc., or approved equal,
mounted on a I-inch galvanized rigid steel conduit. All tank test stations shall provide seven
(7) terminals with nickel plated hardware. A.l ohm shunt shall be furnished for each test
station. Each tank test station lead wire shall be provided with a name tag.
The reference electrodes shall be of the permanent type and shall be copper/copper sulfate,
Model UL-CUG as manufactured by Electrochemical Devices, Inc., or approved equal.
Reference electrodes shall have a design life of 30 or more years and an accuracy of +/- 5
MV. They shall be packaged in a cloth bag containing special low resistivity backfill. The
lead wire shall be 50 feet long, No. 14 A WG stranded copper wire with Type HMWPE (High
Molecular Weight Polyethylene) insulation, black in color.
All lead wire connections to the test station terminal block shall be joined using appropriately
sized, tinned solid copper, ring tongue, solderless crimp-type connectors, Burndy "HYLUG"
type Y A V or approved equal. Lead wires from the test station terminal block to the structure
shall be No. 12 A WG 7 strand copper wire with Type THWN insulation, blue in color. Lead
wires from test station terminal block to the casing shall be No. 12 A WG 7 strand copper
wire with type THWN insulation, white in color.
The reference electrode shall be of the permanent type, and shall be copper to copper sulfate,
Model UL-CUG as manufactured by Electrochemical Devices, Inc., or approved equal.
Reference electrodes shall have a design life of 30 or more years and an accuracy of :t 5 MV.
They shall be packaged in a cloth bag containing special low resistivity backfill. The lead
wire shall be 50 foot long, No. 14 A WG stranded copper wire with HMWPE (High
Molecular Weight Polyethylene) insulation, black in color.
All lead wire connections to the anode test station terminal block shall be joined using
appropriately sized, tinned solid copper, ring tongue, solderless crimp-type connectors,
Burndy "HYLUG" type Y A V or approved equal. Lead wire connections from the anode test
station terminal block to the pipeline shall be No. 10 A WG 7 strand copper wire with Type
THWN insulation, blue in color.
006-3 EXECUTION
3.1 GALVANIC (MAGNESIUM) ANODES. Anodes shall be installed as and where shown on
the Plans and as directed by the Engineer in the field. The cathodic protection system shall
be installed prior to placing any fuel through the pipeline and the protective coating shall be
repaired as noted in Section S-004 - Protective Coatings.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-007 -4
May, 2001
The Contractor shall install the anodes in a vertical position as shown on the Plans. The top
of the anode shall, unless otherwise shown on the Plans, be located even with the centerline
of the pipe and provide a minimum clearance of one foot between the pipe and the anode.
The anodes may only be installed horizontally if directed by the Owner in writing.
Excavate hole to a minimum 2 inches larger than the packaged anode diameter, to the depth
indicated. Anode lead wire shall be installed in a trench. The lead wire shall be installed at
a depth of not less than 24 inches. The trench bottom shall be smooth. Excavation and
backfilling shall be as specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications.
The Contractor shall not lift or support the anode by the lead wire. Exercise care to prevent
damage to cloth bag or lead wire insulation. Center the packaged anode in the hole and
backfill with clean native natural sand soil materials in layers not exceeding 6 inches deep.
Carefully tamp each layer to properly compact the backfill. When the backfill is level with
the top of the anode, pour not less than five gallons of water into the hole. The backfill
material shall be completely saturated. Add additional backfilling material as necessary to
compensate for soil shrinkage.
The Contractor shall connect the lead wire to the steel piping at the top side after the
structure has been cleaned to bare metal by scraping, filing or other approved means.
Connection of lead wires shall be made using the thermite weld method applied in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and recommended procedures, and
as shown on the Plans. Thermite brazing shall be accomplished using Cadweld CA-15
cartridges, or approved equal. The connection area shall be primed with Royston No. 747
primer and covered with a Royston "Handy Cap", installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's written instructions, and as shown on the Plans. Any damaged coating, shall
be repaired.
Place a three (3) inch layer of select bedding material all around lead wire in the trench; this
select bedding material shall be clean native natural sand soil material obtained from the
trench excavation in the immediate area only and shall be 100% passing No. 16 ASTM sieve.
Carefully center lead wire in trench. Backfill over the ~ire, using the select backfill material,
shall be placed in layers not exceeding six inches deep and each layer thoroughly compacted.
Tree roots, wood scrap, organic matter and refuse shall not be allowed in the backfill.
Exercise care to avoid damaging the lead wire or its connections.
3.2 TEST STATIONS AND REFERENCE ELECTRODES. Test stations shall be installed as
and where shown on the Plans, complete with prepackaged copper to copper sulfate
permanent reference electrodes and anodes. The Contractor shall install the test stations in
the 12" x 12" x 8" concrete pads, as shown on the Plans.
All permanent reference electrode shall be installed horizontally in native soil, 6 inches
below surface of the steel piping and a minimum of 20 feet to the closest anode. The
reference electrode shall be backfilled with clean native natural sand soil material in layers
not exceeding 6 inches deep. Backfill material shall be obtained from the trench excavation
in the immediate area only and shall be 100% passing No. 16 ASTM sieve. Carefully tamp
each layer to properly compact the backfill. When the backfill is level with the top of the
reference electrode, pour not less than five (5) gallons of water into the hole. The backfill
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-007-5
May, 2001
material shall be completely saturated. Add additional backfill material as necessary to
compensate for soil shrinkage.
Lead wire connections from the anode test station terminal block to the pipelinelcasing shall
be as described under Subsection 3.01, and as shown on the Plans. Lead wire connectors as
described under Subsection 2.03, above, shall be installed using the proper crimping tools
and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
3.3 ELECTRICAL ISOLATION. Install flange insulation kits and/or insulating unions at the
locations shown on the mechanical drawings. Follow the manufacturers suggested
installation instructions for installing the flange insulation kits or insulating unions.
Ensure all underground steel piping is electrically isolated. Maintain a minimum clearance
of 6" when crossing foreign metallic structures.
3.4 ENERGIZING AND TESTING. The Contractor shall notify the Owner at least one week in
advance of the test to permit arrangements for the presence of the Owner to witness such
tests.
After installation of the cathodic protection system, the entire system shall be tested by the
cathodic protection specialist in accordance with recommended procedures of NACE
International, to assure its proper operation. Testing shall include a determination of proper
operation of the test stations, adequacy of cathodic protection, measurement of galvanic
anode current output, and electrical isolation of fuel piping from foreign structures.
Upon completion of the final tests, the cathodic protection specialist shall submit the data to
the Owner recording and describing test results and deficiencies detected. Any and all
deficiencies shall be corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor and retested. The
Owner retains the right to test the system after it has been certified by the cathodic protection
specialist as satisfactorily completed. Any deficiency detected by the Owner testing shall be
corrected by the Contractor at their expense.
When directed by the Engineer, interference tests shall be conducted by the Contractor's
cathodic protection specialist on structures and utilities not connected to the cathodic
protection system and located within 100 feet of the steel piping.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner six (6) certified copies of a final report, including
data and analysis provided by the cathodic protection specialist, and "As-built" drawings of
the installation. Such submittal shall show the accurate surveyed locations by North and East
Coordinates or Baseline References of each anode and test station.
3.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. Prior to acceptance of the work, the
Contractor shall provide to the Owner and their representatives operation and maintenance
manuals to properly check and monitor each system. They shall include items which require
periodic checking and monitoring, normal operating ranges of voltage and wiring diagrams,
etc. Catalog cuts or general sales information will not be acceptable. The Contractor shall
furnish the Owner with five (5) copies of operation and maintenance manuals in accordance
with the specifications.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-007 -6
May, 2001
006-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
4.1 No separate measurement shall be made for work under this section.
006-5 METHOD OF PAYMENT
5.1 No separate payment will be made for work under this section. The cost of the work
described in this section shall be included in the contract Lump Sum and unit prices of
oil/water separator (Item S-005-5.1).
END OF SECTION S-007
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
S-007 - 7
May, 2001
ITEM B-I000
T -HANGAR DEVELOPMENT
1000-1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1 SCOPE
This specification concerns the manufacture of and the construction details for
metal buildings designed and constructed to be weather tight and easily
erected in accordance with MBMA's "Low Rise Building Systems Manual".
The building shall include the structural framing, roof and wall covering, trim
and closures, and accessories herein described.
1000-2
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
a) T-Hangars shall be supplies by a manufacturer who is regularly engaged
in the manufacture of aircraft hangar buildings and hangar doors. The T-
Hangars shall be of the stacked type. The T-Hangar package shall be
supplied as a complete system and furnished by a manufacturer who
provides hangar doors and hangar buildings as an integral hangar building
package.
The hangar manufacturer shall have been engaged in the manufacture of
aircraft hangars for a minimum of five (5) years. A list of previous
projects accomplished using the building type and manufacturer quoted
shall be submitted with the Bid Proposal.
b) The building systems shall include primary and secondary structural
framing members, connection bolts, coverings, fasteners and flashings in
accordance with these specifications and contract drawings.
c) Shop drawing submittals shall include erection drawings, including anchor
bolt settings, slab and foundation details, building elevations and sections
as necessary to assemble all parts and accessories furnished by the
building manufacturer. The drawings shall show piecework and
installation details as necessary to indicate the proper assembly of all the
building parts.
d) The design, fabrication and quality criteria, standards and tolerances of the
building system shall meet the standards and specifications of
professionally recognized agencies such as AISC, A WS, ASTM, MBMA
and AISI.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-lOOO-l
March 2001
e) Hangar buildings and associated accessories supplied under this contract
must be similar or equal to those manufactured by the following firms:
1) Florida Pre-Fab, Inc.
2907 South Sagosta Street
Tampa FL 33619
(813) 247-3934
2) Dean Steel Buildings
2929 Industrial A venue
Ft. Myers FL 33901
(941) 334-1051
1000-3
STRUCTURAL DESIGN
3.1 General
3.1.1 All structural steel sections and welded plate members shall be
designed in accordance with AISC Manual of Steel Construction,
Allowable Stress Design, (ASD) 9th Edition.
3.1.2 All cold-formed structural members and exterior covering shall be
designed in accordance with the latest of the AISI, "Specifications for
the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members".
3.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
3.2.1 The building system shall be designed, as a minimum, to comply with
the Monroe County building code requirements for pre-fabricated
metal buildings.
3.2.2 Each building shall have a reinforced structural concrete floor slab
capable of supporting the structural building components and satisfy
the dead, live and wind loading required by the Monroe County,
Florida, building codes plus an aircraft gross weight of 12,500 pounds
on single gear configuration. Concrete shall conform to the
requirements of Specification P-501 "Portland Cement Concrete"
stated elsewhere in these specifications, or an approved equal.
3.2.3 Shop drawing submittals for building slabs, foundations, fabrication
and erection drawings shall contain a certification that the documents
comply with the Monroe County Building Code and be signed and
sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-I000-2
March 200 1
All design calculations and analysis shall also be signed and sealed by
a Florida registered Professional Engineer and shall be submitted with
the drawing submittals
3.2.4 All individual hangar units shall be in accordance with the drawings.
3.2.5 Hangar door wheel system shall have grease fittings. All hangar doors
to be equipped with approved heavy duty, hinged hasp and clasp for
individual hangar unit padlocking, or approved equal.
3.2.6 One leaf of each individual hangar door shall have an exterior
"Personnel" door installed. No separate payment shall be made for the
personnel door installed in the hangar doors. The cost of these doors
shall be included in the. lump sum bid items quoted for the T -hangar
development.
3.2.7 The buildings shall have continuous fixed roof vents (or approved
equal) spaced along the roof of the building so that each individual
hangar unit is ventilated. Vents to be equipped wit bird screens.
3.2.8 T-hangars shall have a vent size of 1 sq. in. per every 1 sq. ft. of
hangar space. Vents need to be 1 foot above grade level and a
minimum of two (2) vents are required on opposite walls.
3.2.9 The buildings shall have a guaranteed twenty (20) year galvalume roof
with 1 on 12 pitch, or approved equal, minimum 26 gauge. The Bid
Proposal shall provide a minimum 3" (inch) vinyl backed insulation to
all hangar roof.
3.2.10 Buildings shall have interior partitions from floor to roof to separate
individual hangar units. Color to be selected by Owner.
3.2.11 Building side panels shall be baked enamel galvanized sheet sheeting
with twenty (20) year warranty, minimum 26 gauge. Color by Owner.
3.2.12 Each individual T-Hangar unit shall have electrical service consisting
of one 100 Watt light fixture located at roof level in the center of the
hangar stall. Said fixture shall be operated by a switch located at the
door opening and five (5) feet above the floor. With each light switch
shall be one duplex 110 volt receptacle. All wiring and electrical
installation shall be in accordance with local electrical building code.
1000-4
STUCTURALFRANDNG
4.1 GENERAL
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-3
March 2001
4.1.1. All framing members shall be shop-fabricated for bolted field
assembly.
4.1.2 Primary structural framing shall include the transverse rigid frame,
wing unit rafter beams and columns, canopy beams, intermediate
columns, bearing end frames, endwall columns, and wind bracing.
4.1.3 Secondary structural framing shall include the purlins, girts, eave
struts, jambs, headers, flange bracing, sill support, clips, and other
miscellaneous structural parts.
4.1.4 All hot rolled steel sheet, plate, and strip for built-up sections shall
have a minimum yield point of 55,000 psi. Hot rolled structural
sections shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Specification
A5701A607, 55 KSI. Twelve, fourteen, fifteen and sixteen gauge cold-
formed sections shall have a minimum yield point of 55,000 psi and a
minimum tensile strength of 65,000 psi. Galvanized sheet and strip for
structural framing members shall conform to ASTM Specifications
A653, Grade "A".
4.1.5 Pipe for columns and other structural uses shall have 42,000 psi yield.
4.1.6 Unless otherwise specified, the minimum thickness of framing
members shall be as follows:
Cold formed primary framing members.................................... 14 gauge
Cold formed secondary framing members ...............................16 gauge
Intermediate pipe columns ......................................................... 1/8 inch
Webs of welded built-up members............................................ 12 gauge
Flanges of welded built-up members ....................................... 3/16 inch
Bracing (Cable standard)..................................................... 1;4" diameter
Bracing (Rod Optional) ....................................................... W' diameter
4.1.7 Cold-formed; sections shall be manufactured by precision roll or brake
forming. All dimensions shall be true.
4.1.8 All shop connections shall be by welding in accordance with the A WS
"Structural Welding Code" latest edition. Welding shall be by
submerged arc or gas shielded arc process.
4.1.9 All field connections shall be field bolted with ASTM Specification A-
307 or A-325 bolts as shown on drawings. A-325 bolts shall be
tightened by the turn of the nut method. Connections in secondary
members shall be made with special Y2" Truss Head Fin Neck bolts
and hex nuts when required.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-4
March 200 1
4.1.10 All framing members shall carry an easily visible identifying mark.
4.2 RIGID FRAMES, WING UNIT FRAMES, AND CANOPY BEAMS
All members shall be welded, built-up, "I" shapes, either constant depth or
tapered.
4.3 BEARING FRAMES
Bearing end frames shall be hot rolled sections and a continuous rafter beam
supported by the endwall columns. An optional bearing frame system will
consist of cold-formed "C" sections and "Z" sections.
4.4 END WALL. COLUMNS
Endwall columns shall be hot rolled sections or welded built-up "I" shapes.
Optional endwall columns will consist of cold-formed "C" sections.
4.4.1 Endwall assemblies shall consist of hot rolled columns and bypass
girts. Optional hot rolled columns or cold-formed columns with insert
girts are available upon request
4.5 PURLINS AND GIRTS
Purlins and girts shall be cold formed "Z" sections with stiffened flanges.
They shall be simple or continuous span as required by design.
4.6 EA VE STRUTS
Eave struts shall be 8" deep cold formed sections sufficient to provide
adequeate backup for both roof and wall panels at the building eaves.
4.7 WIND BRACING
4.7.1 Wind bracing in the roof and/or sidewall is not required where the
diaphragm strength of the roof and/or wall covering is adequate to
resist the longitudinal wind forces. If required, wind bracing shall be
provided by diagonal cables.
4.7.2 OPTIONAL BRACING shall consist of wind bents (portal frames),
fixed base wind columns, diagonal rod bracing, or diagonal angle
bracing.
4.7.3 Buildings over 200' wide may require cable bracing at interior column
lines.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-looo-5
March 2001
4.8 FLANGE BRACING
The inside flange of all rafters and columns shall be braced laterally by angles
connected to the flange of the frame and to the web of the purlin or girt so that
the allowable compressive stress is adequate for any combination of loading.
4.9 BASE SUPPORT
A continuous member shall be provided to which the base of the wall
covering may be attached. This member shall be 14 gauge galvanized angle
used in conjunction with a 1-112" sheet ledge formed in the concrete or
optional IS gauge galvanized painted Bronze base trim secured to the concrete
floor with power driven fasteners or equivalent anchors.
4.10 FRAMED OPENINGS
Structural framing members for all openings shall be cold formed "C"
sections and adequate for the specified design wind loads.
4.11 EXPANSION JOINTS
4.11.1 Longitudinal expansion joints may be required when the building
length exceeds 500'. These joints shall allow adequate expansion and
contraction of the longitudinal members and roof and wall panels.
4.11.2 Transverse expansion joints may be required when the building width
(span) exceeds 200' on gabled buildings or 100' single slope (these
dimensions can be doubled when using Pro Seam panels with floating
clips). These joints shall allow adequate expansion and contraction of
the roof panels and shall be flashed to ensure weather tightness.
4.12 PAINTING
All structural members which are not galvanized shall be cleaned to remove
dirt, grease, oil, and loose mill scale, and given one shop coat of iron oxide
primer formulated to meet or exceed the performance requirements of Federal
Specifications TT-P-636 and TT-P-664. Primer is for protection of steel
building during transit and is not intended as an exterior finish.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-looo-6
March 200 1
1000-5
ROOF AND WALLS
5.1 STANDARD PANEL PROFILES
5.1.1 Rib-12 (RT) - 1-114" deep ribs 12" on center with two 1;4" deep
intermediate stiffeners; 36" net coverage wall panel.
5.1.2 Shadow Panel (SP) 1-114" deep recesses 12" on center with
intermediate accent lines; 36" net coverage wall panel.
5.2 STANDARD PANEL PROPERTIES (36")
5.2.1 Standard roof, wall, liner, and partition panels shall be 26 gauge
unpainted Aluminum Zinc Alloy-Coated (ALUZINC) or 26 gauge
color coated cold formed panels.
5.2.2 Material for 26 gauge color coated panels shall be ALUZINC steel
conforming to ASTM Specifications A 792, Grade E SO,OOO psi, or
galvanized (G-90) steel conforming to ASTM Specification A-446,
Grade E, SO,OOO psi.
5.2.3 Material for optional 24 gauge panels shall be unpainted or color
coated ALUZINC conforming to ASTM A-792, Grade E, SO,OOO psi,
or 24 gauge color coated cold formed panels on galvanized steel
conforming to ASTM A-446 in Grade E, SO,OOO.psi
5.3 ST ANDING SEAM PANEL PROFILE
Pro Seam 3" self locking rib roof panel, concealed fixed or floating clips, 24"
net coverage.
5.4 STANDING SEAM PANEL PROPERTIES
Pro Seam panels shall be 24 gauge ALUZINC steel ASTM A-792, Grade D,
50,000 psi. Optional panels shall be 26 gauge ALUZINC steel ASTM A-792,
Grade D 50,000 psi.
5.5 FASTENERS
5.5.1 All self-tapping fasteners shall conform to USASB IS.6.4 and shall
have type A or type AB threads. All self-drilling fasteners shall
conform to IF 1113. Where required for weather tightness, fasteners
shall be assembled with neoprene sealing washers.
5.5.2 Planting
a. All fasteners shall be plated to minimum thickness of .0005"
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-7
March 200 1
b. Optional extended corrosion resistant fasteners shall be Zac (zinc-
aluminum Cast head) with aluminum and neoprene sealing washers.
5.6 SEALER
Sealer for side laps, end laps, and flashing shall be a butyl based polymer
sealant in extruded tape form. The sealer shall be non-shrinking, nondrying,
and non-toxic and shall have superior adhesion to metals, plastics, and painted
surfaces. Service temperatures range from -30 to + 300 degrees F. The
material shall not flow at 120 degrees F, and shall meet or exceed the
requirements of Gov. Spec. No. MIL-C 18969 Type II, Class Band TT-C-
1796A.
5.7 INSTALLATION OF ROOF AND WALL PANELS
5.7.1 Roof panels shall be continuous from ridge to eave for buildings 60'
wide or less. Where end laps are required they shall be a minimum of
6" long and shall occur at a roof purlin.
5.7.2 Sidewall and endwall panels shall be continuous from sill to roof line
except where length becomes prohibitive for handling purposes.
Endwall panels for buildings with 4: 12 roof slope may have a splice at
the eave line.
5.7.3 Endwall panels shall be square cut for buildings with a 1:12 roof slope
and bevel cut for buildings with a > 2: 12 roof slope.
5.7.4 Before securing, all laps of roof panels shall be sealed with a
continuous ribbon of tape sealer.
5.7.5 Standard Roof Panels
a. Roof panels shall be secured to purlins with # 14 sheet metal screws
at a Maximum spacing of 12"
b. At end laps of rib sheets the maximum spacing shall be on each
side of the Major rib for Rib-12 panels
c. Side laps to roof panels shall be stitched trough the high flat of the
rib with # 14 sheet metal screws at a maximum spacing of 20" or 12"
SFC.
5.7.6 Standing Seam Roof Panels
Pro Seam panels shall be secured by a fixed or floating clip with a # 14
x 1 1;4" self drilling fastener at 24" on center and fastened to each
purlin. Eave, peak, and panel laps shall be secured with compression
joints consisting of rigid metal plates on the top and bottom of the
panels.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-8
March 200 1
5.7.7 Standard Wall Panels
a. Wall panels shall be secured to girts with # 14 sheet metal screws at
a Maximum spacing of 12".
b. At the end laps of rib sheets the maximum spacing shall be on each
side of Major rib for Rib-12 panels.
c. At the side laps of sheets, # 10 sheet metal screws shall be placed a
Maximum of 30" or 12" SFC on center.
5.8 FLASHING, CLOSURE AND TRIM
5.8.1 Flashing and/or trim shall be furnished at the rake, corners, eaves,
framed openings, and whenever necessary to provide weather tightness
and a finished appearance.
5.8.2 Sculptured rake trim shall be roll formed 26, or optional 24, gauge
material 20' long to minimize joints. Other trim shall be 26 gauge.
5.8.3 Sculptured rake trim material shall be ALUZINC steel (50,000 psi
yield) or optional color coated galvanized steel conforming to ASTM
Specification A-446 Grade D (50,000 psi yield)
5.8.4 A formed panel matching the slope and profile of adjoining panels
shall be provided along the building ridge for Rib-12 panels. A
preformed metal outside closure and ridge flashing shall be used with
Pro Seam panels.
5.8.5 Closure strips matching the profile of the panel shall be installed along
the rake and/or eave where required for weather tightness. Closure
strips shall be closed cell, semi-rigid, crosslinked polyethylene foam
laminated for strength and uniform compressibility. Metal inside
closure strips shall be used at the eave for Pro Seam panels.
5.9 COLOR FINISH
5.9.1 Exterior steel surfaces shall be ALUZINC or option color coated
galvanized steel or ALUZINC.
a. Color of roof panels, wall panels, and corner trim shall be selected
from standard colors selected by the owner.
b. The roof ventilators shall be ALUZINC or White.
c. Gutter, rake trim, downspouts, eave trim, and door flashing shall be
ALUZINC or pre-painted galvanized Bronze or White. Final color to
be selected by the owner.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-9
March 2001
5.9.2 The color surfaces shall be a silicon-polyester co-polymer resin type to
give superior adhesion and durability. The coating shall be a D.F.T. of
1.0 mil thick (+.lmil) The reverse or backer coat shall be a straight
polyester with a D.F.T. of 0.5 mil thickness
5.9.3 The color coated panels shall include a twenty-year written limited
guarantee.
1000-6
ACCESSORIES
6.1 HOLLOW METAL SWING DOORS
6.1.1 3070 door leafs shall be 1-314" thick, full flush, 20 gauge hot dipped
galvanized (G60). The leafs shall have an expanded polystyrene core,
a closed cell, rigid thermoplastic material used for insulation against
heat or cold "U" factor of .16 and "R" factor of 6.5, sound
transmission of .32. Meets or exceeds Federal Specification HH-1-
524-C Types I, II, III conforming with Monroe County Building code.
6.1.2 Door frames shall be non-handed universal type frame, 16 gauge
galvanized steel with reinforced recessed hinge plates.
6.1.3 Doors shall be furnished with a satin stainless steel lockset, 23/4"
backset, and AS.A strike plate.
6.1.4 Each door leaf shall swing from 3-4-114" x 4-112" steel full mortise,
plain bearing hinges.
6.1.5 Door leafs and frames are manufactured with one coat of tined gray
primer (Amsco) or with primer (Ceco).
6.1.6 The threshold shall be an extruded aluminum shape to provide positive
weather seal.
6.1.7 Optional 3070 Glasslite doors shall have the following openings, with
factory pre-glazed tempered glass:
Ceco: 6" x 54"; Amsco: 8" x 62"
6.2 SLIDING DOORS
6.2.1 Sliding door leafs shall be constructed of bolted steel framing covered
with Rib-12 panels. The door leafs shall be adequately flashed and
counter-flashed for weather tightness.
6.2.2 The leafs shall be suspended from a galvanized steel track by dual-
wheeled, galvanized steel, permanently lubricated trolley hangers. The
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-lO
March 200 1
track brackets and trolleys shall be protected by a counter-flashed
hood.
6.2.3 Sliding door jambs and headers shall be cold formed channel sections
having one standard shop coat of primer.
6.3 EA VE GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS
6.3.1 Sculptured eave gutter 4 112" x 5" shall be roll formed 26 gauge, or
optional 24 gauge, 20' long for ease of erection. Gutter shall be
fastened with gutter brackets at 3' spacing after roof and wall sheets
are in place. Contour of the gutter shall match the rake flashing and
allow for easy field miter of the corner without an auxiliary corner
box.
6.3.2 Downspouts shall be 26 gauge 4" x 5". Downspouts shall have a 45
degree elbow at the bottom and shall be supported by attachment to the
wall covering at 6' maximum spacing.
1000-7
BUILDING ANCHORAGE AND FOUNDATION
7.1 ANCHOR BOLTS
Anchor bolts shall resist 100% of the critical column reactions (shear and/or
tension) determined from the load combinations. The manufacturer is
responsible for design of anchor bolt diameter and projection above the
concrete foundation but is not responsible for the transfer of anchor bolt forces
to the concrete nor the adequacy of the anchor bolts in relation to the concrete;
this is the responsibility of the buyer. Anchor bolts supplied by DSB will be
36 KSI yield
7.2 FOUNDA TION
The building foundation shall be designed by a qualified engineer to support
the building reactions in addition to other loads imposed by the building use
or occupancy. The design shall be based on actual jobsite conditions.
Foundation design shall include provisions for bolt embedment, length, hook,
bearing angles, kickout bars, tie rods, and any other associated items
embedded in the concrete.
1000-8
ERECTION AND INSTALLATION
The erection of all metal building and the installation of accessories shall be performed in
accordance with the building manufacturer's erection drawings by a qualified erector using
proper tools and equipment. Erection practices shall be in accordance with MBMA "Code of
Standard Practices". There shall be no field modifications to primary structural members except
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-11
March 2001
as authorized and specified by the building manufacturer, his Professional Engineer and the
Owner.
1000-9
BUILDING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. General
1. The contractor shall provide a power entrance service to the hangar
units. The entrance circuit shall include a meter base and power
entrance switch mounted on the exterior end wall.
The entrance circuit shall include conduit and wiring from the power
company's meter (installed in the contractor-supplied meter base)
through the power entrance switch underground with conduit through
building floor slab and up to a contractor-provided electrical power
main distribution panel located on the inside wall of the above
mentioned "spare" building space.
2. The contractor shall provide conduit and wmng circuit from
distribution panel to each individual T-Hangar unit to serve a 100-watt
light fixture located at the roof level in the center of the hangar stall.
The light fixture shall be operated by a switch located at the door
opening and five (5) feet above the floor. The contractor shall also
supply and install one duplex 110 volt receptacle at each light switch
location.
3. All equipment, wmng, materials and electrical installation of the
power entrance service, light fixture, power receptacle, switch and
security lights shall be in accordance with the local and National
Electrical Codes. The power entrance circuit requirements shall be
coordinated with the local power company which shall provide the
service to the hangar building power meter area.
B. Shop Drawings
Engineered shop drawings shall be provided for the electrical power entrance
service, main distribution panel, conduits for lighting/convenience
outletslswitches and security lights, wiring and related items. All shop
drawings are to be certified, signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer
registered in the State of Florida that the documents comply with the
requirements of the local and National Electric Codes.
1000-10 GUARANTEES
All building work to be performed under this contract shall be constructed in compliance with
the plans, specifications and Standard Construction Codes and must be guaranteed by the
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-12
March 200 1
contractor and the surety for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance against
defective workmanship and material of any nature. On all items of equipment to be incorporated
in the completed project, the contractor and his surety must guarantee that the type, quality,
design and performance will fully meet the requirements of the specifications.
1000-11 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurennent
Measurement for payment of items or work included in this item shall be
made by the lump sum measurement.
B. Paynnent
Payment for work included in this section will be paid by the lump sum (LS)
price quoted in the Bid Proposal for the following item and shall be full and
complete compensation and not limited to material, erection, labor, supplies,
equipment, electrical, plumbing with all fixtures, engineering design fees for
shop drawings and related items necessary to accomplish the work in
accordance with the plans and specifications contained herein:
Item B-I000-11.1
T-Hangar development,
complete in place....................................... Per lump sum
END ITEM B-I000
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
B-l000-13
March 200 1
ITEM 02900
LANDSCAPING
02900-1
GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDES
A. The Work specified in this Section consists of the planting of trees and shrubs, of
the species, size and quality indicated on the Drawings, in accordance with these
Specifications and at the locations shown in the Drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
B. The Engineer reserves the right to adjust the number and location of any of the
designated types and species to be used at any of the locations shown, in order to
provide for any unanticipated effects that might become apparent after other
phases of the project have been substantially completed, or for other causes.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Sodding: Item T -904
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples of all landscape materials (topsoil, fertilizer, etc.) will be required for
approval on the site or as otherwise determined by the Engineer. Approved
samples shall be stored on site and protected until furnishing of materials is
completed. Plant samples may be planted in permanent positions, but labeled as
samples.
B. Prepared Planting Soil Backfill and Subsoil Test:
1. The Contractor shall conduct soil testing (as designated by the owner's
representative). The Contractor shall test each location for oil pH, soluble
salts, and organic content, at a minimum. Soil testing shall be conducted
by an approved agronomic soil-testing laboratory. The Contractor shall
provide the Engineer with the results of the soil analysis prior to any
installations throughout the project. If soil conditions are insufficient for
proper plant growth, the Contractor shall be required to supply
recommendations for soil amendments necessary to adjust the pH range
and fertility of each area and such soil amendments as approved by the
Engineer.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-1
March, 200 1
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Existing Structures: Protect existing buildings, walls, paving, piping
and other items of construction from damage. All damage resulting from
negligence shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. Protection of Existing Plant Materials: Contractor shall be responsible for all
unauthorized cutting or damage to existing plantings (trees, shrubs, ground
covers, etc.) caused by operation of equipment, stockpiling of materials, careless
labor, etc. This shall include compaction by driving or parking inside the drip-line
or the spilling or oil, gasoline, or other deleterious materials within the drip-line of
trees.
1.4 GUARANTEE
02900-2
A.
Plant Material: Provide one (1) year guarantee covering the life and satisfactory
condition of all planted materials. The one (1) year guarantee does not begin until
the completion of the entire landscape installation or until the Final Acceptance of
the entire work under the contract, whichever is the later date. All plant materials
not found in a healthy growing condition any time during the one (1) year
guarantee period shall be removed from the site and replaced within seven (7)
calendar days after written notice.
B.
Replacement Materials and Methods: All plant replacements shall be of the same
kind and size as specified in the Drawings. They shall be furnished, planted,
mulches and watered-in as herein specified at no additional cost to the Owner.
These replacement materials shall be bound to the same guarantee conditions as
the original materials.
c.
Exceptions to Guarantee: The Contractor shall not be required to replace
damaged plant materials resulting from obvious vandalism, theft, or acts of
providence (i.e., prolonged flooding, gale force winds, etc.) after Final
Acceptance by Engineer.
PRODUCTS
2.1 MA TERIALS
A. Plants:
1. Authority for Nomenclature - Species, etc.: The designated authority for
the identification of all plant material shall be two publications of L.H.
Bailey: "Hortus II" and "Manual of Cultivated Plants", and all specimens
shall be true to type, name, etc., as described therein. The standard of
nomenclature shall be the publication of the American Joint Committee on
Horticultural Nomenclature "Standardized Plant Names."
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-2
March,2001
2. Grade Standards and Conformity with Type and Species: All plant
material shall be nursery grown except where specified as collected
material, and shall comply with all required inspection, grading standards
and plant regulations, as set forth by the Florida Department of
Agriculture's "Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants", latest edition, or
with any superseding specifications that may be called for in the
Drawings.
a. Except where a lesser grade might be specifically called for in the
Drawings, the minimum grade for all trees and shrubs shall be
Florida No.1.
b. Plant materials shall be true to type and species, and any plant
material not specifically covered in "Florida's Grade and Standards
for Nursery Plants" shall conform in type and species with the
standards and designations in general acceptance by Florida
nursenes.
3. Nurseryman's Responsibility for Correct Grade of Plants: In the event
that it becomes apparent that any nursery supplying plants for the project
has knowingly and consistently represented the grade of plants as being
higher than the actual grade as determined under the provisions of
Paragraph 2.1, A., 2. of this Section, all plants already delivered from such
source shall be removed from the job at the Contractor's expense, and no
further plants will be accepted from such nursery until written evidence is
submitted and conformed that all material for delivery has been inspected
and approved by inspectors of the State Plant Board as being of the grade
as represented.
4. Inspection and Transporting: Movement of the nursery stock shall comply
with all Federal and State regulations therefore, and required inspection,
certificates shall accompany each shipment, and shall be filed with the
Engineer.
5. All sizes shown for plant materials on the Drawings are to be
CONSIDERED AS MINIMUMS. All plant material must meet or exceed
those minimum requirements for height, spread, etc., as indicated on the
Drawings.
6. All plants shall be freshly dug, sound, healthy, vigorous, well branched
and free of disease and insect eggs and larvae and shall have adequate root
systems. Trees for planting rows shall be uniform in size or shape. All
materials shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Where any
requirements are omitted from the Drawings, the plants furnished shall be
normal for the variety. Plants shall be pruned prior to delivery only upon
the prior approval of the Engineer.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-3
March, 200 1
7. Plant Measurements:
a. Trees: Overall height shall be measured from ground to the
average height of canopy. Spread shall be measured to the end of
branching equally across the crown which is symmetrical above
the main trunk. Measurements are not to include any terminal
growth. Single trunk trees shall be free of low crotches below five
(5) feet in height and cross-branching that could be points of weak
limb structure or disease infestation.
8. Container Grown Stock:
a. All container grown materials shall be healthy, vigorous, well-
rooted plants and established in the container so that the root mass
will retain its shape and hold together when removed from the
container. The plants shall have tops which are of good quality and
are in a healthy growing condition.
b. Plants found to be root bound will not be accepted.
c. Plants shall not be handled by stems or foliage.
d. All plants shall be grown and delivered in new containers.
9. Collected Stock:
a. No collected stock shall be used unless specifically called for on
the Drawings or with written permission of the Engineer.
b. Plants collected from yards or wild and native stands shall be
subject to the same care, handling and guarantee as nursery grown
stock. Root pruning material shall be completed for an adequate
period prior to relocation and with a root ball large enough to
sustain plant growth.
B. Fertilizer: Fertilizer for trees and shrubs shall be commercial granular fertilizer
. containing 6 percent nitrogen, 6 percent phosphorous and 6 percent potassium.
For sodded areas, a commercial granular fertilizer containing 16 percent nitrogen,
4 percent phosphorous and 8 percent potassium. Fertilizers shall be applied at the
following rates:
.
One (1) pound per inch of tree caliper
18 pounds per 1,000 square feet of sod
20 pounds per palm tree
1/3 pound per 3 gallon shrub
.
.
.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-4
March,2001
Fertilizer shall be applied as a top dressing only and shall not be mixed in with the
backfill material at time of installation. The Contractor shall apply fertilizers at
time of installation and 90 days after installation at the rates stated above.
C. Water: Water for establishment may be obtained from any approved municipal
water system. In the event that the underground irrigation system is not yet
functional, and/or in addition to water supplied by the underground irrigation
system, water for establishment of all landscape material shall be supplied. The
water shall be free of excess and harmful chemicals, acids, alkalis, or any
substance that might be harmful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffic. Salt water
shall be not be used. Apply water per the following schedule and application rates:
1. Watering Schedule:
a. First three (3) weeks - five (5) times per week (daily except for
weekends
b. Second five (5) weeks - two (2) times per week
c. Third five (5) weeks - one (1) time per week
2. Application Rates:
a. Trees and Palms - 30 gallons per application
b. Sod - six (6) gallons per application
c. Shrubs - five (5) gallons per application
d. Seed and Mulch - six (6) gallons per square yard per application
3. Watering requirements during the remainder of the establishment period
shall be as necessary to ensure the health and vigor of the landscape
material for the duration of the establishment period.
4. In the event that CitylCounty emergency water restrictions are in effect for
the duration of the project, then the use of reclaimed water will be
permitted at the same schedule. If sufficient quantity of reclaimed (non-
potable) water is unavailable, then the Contractor shall water to the
maximum allowed by the water restrictions. Plant material and sod
installation shall be scheduled on days allowed for irrigation with potable
sources of water. The Contractor is to obtain all necessary permits
required for the use of reclaimed water on the project. Application rates
for reclaimed water shall be the same as potable water application rates.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-5
March, 2001
02900-3
EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL PLANTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Excavation of Plant Holes: Plant hole excavations shall be roughly cylindrical in
shape, with the sides approximately vertical. Plants shall be centered in the hole,
with the trunk location as shown in the Drawings.
1. Holes for trees shall be large enough to allow a minimum of twelve (12)
inches of prepared planting soil backfill around the sides of the root ball in
accordance with the Drawings. Additional prepared planting soil backfill
in addition to soil backfill placed in parking lot islands shall not be
required.
2. Where excess material has been excavated from the plant hole the
excavated material may be used to backfill to proper level, but not to such
extent that all other requirements of this Section will not be met.
B. Setting of Plants: When lowered into the hole, the plant shall rest on a prepared
hole bottom such that the roots are level with, or slightly above, the level of their
previous growth and so oriented such as to present the best appearance. The
Contractor, when setting plants in holes, shall make allowances for any
anticipated settling of the plants.
1. The prepared planting soil backfill shall be firmly packed and watered-in,
so that no air pockets remain. The quantity of water applied immediately
upon planting shall be sufficient to thoroughly moisten all of the
backfilled soil. Plants shall be kept in a moistened condition for the
duration of the planting period, and the cost of water shall be included in
the price of the item for the plant.
2. A watering ring six (6) inches in width shall be formed making a water
collecting basin with an inside diameter equal to the diameter of the
excavated hole. The water ring shall be maintained in an acceptable
condition from the time of planting until the end of the required
establishment period. The basin shall be level and, on steep slopes, shall
be excavated in such manner as will allow the base of the plant to be at
approximate grade level.
C. Cleaning-up Prior to Commencing Work: Clean-up work and planting areas of
rubbish or objectionable matter. Mortar, concrete and toxic material shall be
removed from the surface of all plant beds. These materials shall not be mixed
with the soil. Should the Contractor find conditions beneath the soil which will in
any way adversely affect the plant growth, he shall immediately call it to the
attention of the Engineer. Failure to do so before planting shall make the
corrective measures the responsibility of the Contractor.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-6
March,2001
D. Obstructions Below Ground: If underground construction, utilities or obstructions
to plant material are encountered during the excavation of planting areas or pits,
alternate locations will be selected by the Engineer. Such changes in location shall
be made by the Contractor without additional compensation.
E. Plant Material Layout: Stake tree or plant locations from the Landscape Drawings
prior to digging pits, making all necessary adjustments. Large planting areas shall
be scaled from the Drawings and plants spaced according to specified spacing on
the plant list.
3.2 STAKING AND GUYING
A. Refer to Drawings for staking and guying details.
3.3 PRUNING
A. The Contractor shall provide an International Society of Arboriculture (I.S.A.)
Certified Arborist with a minimum of 5 years experience with similar projects, to
evaluate impacts to existing trees to remain and direct appropriate pruning of roots
and branches and/or other treatment necessary to ensure the health, viability and
attractiveness of trees to remain. The Contractor shall be responsible for
implementation of the Certified Arborist's instructions. All broken or damaged
roots shall be cut of smoothly. At the arborist's direction, the tops of trees shall be
pruned in a manner complying with established horticultural practice. As the
pruning is completed, all remaining wood shall be alive. At the end of the
establishment period specified in Article 3.7 of this Section, at least 80 percent of
the wood remaining shall be alive. Each existing oak tree to be root pruned shall
receive the MycorTree "Ectomycorrhizal Injectable" treatment, or approval equal.
Use of inoculate shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Inoculate shall contain live spores of ectomcorrhizal fungi, beneficial bacteria,
humic acid, microbial nutrients and plant extracts.
3.4 MULCHING
A. Within one week after the planting, mulch material, conSIsting of eucalyptus
mulch, shall be uniformly applied to a minimum loose thickness of three (3)
inches or as indicated on the Drawings, over the entire area of the backfilled hole
or bed. The mulch shall be maintained continuously in place until the time of
Final Inspection.
3.5 DISPOSAL OR SURPLUS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS
A. Surplus excavated material from plant holes shall be removed from the site and
disposed of in a lawful manner, or disposed of by scattering, as might be directed
by the Engineer. All debris and other objectionable material shall be removed
from the site and the entire area cleaned up and left in a neat condition.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-7
March, 2001
3.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITION OF THE PLANTINGS
A. The Contractor shall assure that the plants are kept adequately watered, that the
guy wires are kept tight and the braces adjusted as necessary, that all planting
areas and beds are kept free of weeds and undesirable plant growth and that the
plants are fertilized as necessary so that they are healthy, vigorous and undamaged
at the time of acceptance. Contractor's responsibility for protection against
mechanical damage shall include the providing of protection from vehicles,
including the posting of approved warnings signs and barricades, as might become
necessary. Contractor shall repair, restore or replace any plants or planting areas
which might become damaged as a result of any negligence by the Contractor in
complying with these requirements. As a specific requirement of these conditions,
the Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that all plants at the time of final
inspection, exhibit the characteristics and qualifications required for the grade of
plant as originally specified.
3.7 ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
A. The Contractor will be responsible for the proper maintenance and the survival
and condition of all landscape items for a period of 12 months after completion of
planting of all landscape items included in the Contract, or until the Final
Acceptance of the work performed under the Contract, whichever of such is the
later date. Water applied during this period will be at the direction of the
Engineer.
3.8 REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PLANTS
A. Any plants showing indication of probable non-survival or lack of health and
vigor, or which do not exhibit the characteristics and conditions such as to still
qualify for the minimum grade as originally specified and, in the opinion of the
Engineer, will not recover and be within grade by the end of the one year
warrantee period, shall be replaced by the Contractor with a plant of the specified
grade, within a period of one week from the time of written notice to the
Contractor from the Engineer. In the event that replacement of a plant is called for
during the one year warrantee period and, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
omission of any such unacceptable plants from the landscape would not
significantly detract from the desired effect, no replacement will be made, and the
contract price for such plant will be deducted from any money due the Contractor.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
02900-4.1 Measurement of landscaping for payment shall be the work under this Section
completed in accordance with the plans and these specifications.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-8
March, 2001
BASIS OF PAYMENT
02900-5.1 Payment for the work measured as described shall be made at the contract lump
sum price for landscaping, which price and payment shall be full compensation for all the work
specified under this Section, including furnishing and planting the designated plant types in
accordance with the plan and these specifications, the furnishing and placing of the prepared
topsoil, fertilizer and mulch, the maintenance, care, etc., and all costs of any required replacing
of plants or restoring of damaged areas.
Payment will be under:
Item 02900-5.1
Landscaping.......................................................... Per lump sum
END OF ITEM 02900
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
02900-9
March, 200 1
B. Design criteria: Gratings and covers to withstand loadings of:
LIGHT DUTY- Pedestrian, golf carts, bicycles; Load class above 0.5.
MEDIUM DUTY - 2,000- 4,000 LB wheel load; Load class above 2.
REA VY DUTY - 4,000-8,000 LB wheel load; Load class over 4.
EXTRA REA VY DUTY - 8,000-16,000 LB wheel load; Load class
over 8.
SPECIAL DUTY - 16,000-32,000 LB wheel load; Load class over 16.
EXTREME DUTY - 32,000-64,000 LB wheel load; Load class over
32.
AIRCRAFT - Over 64,000 LB wheel load; Load class over 64.
C. Installer qualifications:
1. Use only persons thoroughly familiar with manufacturer's
installation requirements.
D. Testing agency qualifications:
1. Independent laboratory listed in National Directory of approved
testing laboratories.
E. Source quality control:
1. Manufacturer must have continuing in-house quality control
system to assure highest standards of quality.
F. Allowable tolerances:
1. Setting pluslminus 1.5mm (1/16 IN)
1.4 Submittals
A. Shop drawings:
1. Indicating layout of system with connections and accessories.
B. Product data:
1. Proving substituted items comply with specified requirements.
C. Samples:
1. Of substituted items for comparison.
D. Project information:
1. Test reports. Proving compliance with specified attributes.
E. Project closeout data:
1. Operating and maintenance data. Regarding requirements for
periodic inspection of system.
2. Warranty: That materials remain free from manufacturing defects
for one year from date of substantial completion.
Florida Keys Marathon Airport
D-703-2
March 2001